HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 2001-R0249 - Contract For The South Central Drainage Improvements - Barnard Construction - 06/14/2001Resolution No. 2001-RO249
June 14, 2001
Item No. 82
RESOLUTION
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK
THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and
directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, a Contract for the South
Central Lubbock drainage improvements, by and between the City of Lubbock and
Barnard Construction of Bozeman, Montana, and related documents. Said Contract is
attached hereto and incorporated in this resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall
be included in the minutes of the City Council.
Passed by the City Council this 14th day of June , 2001.
MM4ffiMMj4,N,OR
ATTEST:
Rebecca Garza, City Secretar
APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:
&� 6Q04A-4=
Victor Kilman, kPurchasing Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
William de Haas
Contract Manager/Attorney
gs/ccdocs/Contract-Baniard Const.res
June 4, 2001
No Text
No Text
r -
ITB #001-01NK
CZ Lubbk ADDENDUM #5
rY ofLubbock SOUTH CENTRAL LUBBOCK DRAINAGE
PURCHASING DEPARTMENT IMPROVEMENTS
ROOM L04, MUNICIPAL BUILDING
1625 13- STREET Drawing Sheet G13 Permissible Materials
LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401
PH: (806)775-2167 1 FAX:
(806)775-2164
http://Purchasing.ci.lubbock.tx.us
MAILED TO VENDOR: April 18, 2001
,.., CLOSE DATE: April 25, 2001 @ 3:00 p.m. (CST) _
THE FOLLOWING ITEMS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE ABOVE NAMED INVITATION
TO BID (ITB). WHERE ANY ITEM CALLED FOR IN THE ITB DOCUMENTS IS SUPPLEMENTED HERE, THE
ORIGINAL REQUIREMENTS, NOT AFFECTED BY THIS ADDENDUM, SHALL REMAIN 1N EFFECT.
1. For testing of the precast reinforced concrete pipe, will the test be to the 0.01 -inch crack limit or to the
ultimate strength limit?
Ans. The test for precast reinforced concrete pipe will be to the 0.01 -inch crack limit.
2. Request that all hydrocarbon resistant gaskets for all types of permissible pipe materials be of
.� neoprene instead of nitrile rubber.
Ans. No. Only one segment of proposed storm sewer pipe will be allowed to use neoprene gaskets
for hydrocarbon resistance. This segment is Line Al, Station; 72+62 to Station 93+00; and is indicated
for hydrocarbon resistant gaskets on Sheet G13 of the drawings. All other storm sewer segments that
require hydrocarbon resistant gaskets must use nitrile rubber material as originally specified.
3. Request that specification Section 02533, paragraph 1.3.13 on page 1 be revised to require no more
than three percent deflection no sooner than 30 days after installation, and no more than five percent
long-term deflection. Also include in the revision that prior to final acceptance of the project the pipe is
required to show no more than five percent long-term deflection.
Ans. No revisions to the above referenced paragraph are being made with this addendum.
4. Specification Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete, paragraph 2.1.A indicates that the form liner
must be Urethane. Can single use form liner be substituted?
Ans. Substitutions cannot be properly evaluated before bid opening because of a lack of data. The
procedure for substitutions is covered in the Special Provisions, paragraph SP -8. "Substitute" and "or -
equal" items will be evaluated after award. As an advisory to the Bidder, single use form liner will not
be considered an, acceptable substitute item.
5. Will vertical construction joints be allowed at the corners on wall concrete for the inlet structures?
Ans. Vertical construction joints at the corners of the inlet structures will probably be allowed provided
that the joint conforms to the joint requirements in specification Section 03300. Water -tightness of the
. joint will be a consideration, as well as whether adjustments to reinforcing steel placement and
quantities are necessary. Submittals will be required showing proposed joint placement.
6. Will stay -in-place permanent metal deck forms be allowed for use to form the top slabs of the inlet
structures?
Ans. Yes. Stay -in-place metal deck forms will be permitted and shall be galvanized equal to G60
coating thickness, both sides. The edge of the metal deck shall not intrude into the finished
appearance of any structure in which it is used. Submittals will be required. The thickness of the
concrete slab shall not be reduced at any point through the use of a metal deck form, nor shall the
metal deck's characteristics be considered for reductionof any reinforcing steel requirements.
�.,, Page 1 of 4
7. Inlet Al on sheet C1 of the drawings incorporates a one-foot by one-foot beam into the top concrete
slab. Will it be permissible to construct the beam first and leave a construction joint at the top of the
beam between it and the top slab?
Ans. Yes, a construction joint is permissible between the top of the beam and the underside of the _
top slab. Some reinforcement adjustment or addition may be necessary, but this will be considered
after award. A submittal will be required. Also see Section 03300 of the specifications, paragraph 3.4 '
concerning construction joints.
8. There are a number of existing utilities to cross on this project, namely 6-inch and 8-inch water and
sewer that serve the local neighborhoods. Is the City planning to temporarily cut and plug these
utilities just ahead of the proposed storm sewer construction operations and then re-install after the
storm sewer has been installed?
Ans. There are no plans for the City of Lubbock Water Utilities Department to perform more than the
water utility relocations noted on the plans and the temporary removal and re-installation of a fire
hydrant noted in Addendum No. 1, paragraph 40. The capping of these lines would, in many cases,
cut water and sewer from the residences and businesses.
9. On Line A2 near Stations 315+00, 318+00 and 321+50, the utility lines are close together. Why were
these locations not specified for tunneling as at the locations at 292+00, 295+00 and 298+007
Ans. This question is addressed in Addendum No. 3, paragraph 35.
10. Is it required that Contractors bid on both projects, i.e. ITB 9001-OINK and 1713{#078=01%VK? 'The
way that we read it, Bidders can bid on both or either one. Our reasoning is that ITB #078-01 NK is
likely to be the lower priced of the two projects and that the Bidder's best option is to submit on only
ITB #078-01 NK.
Ans. The bidder will not be required to bid on both project ITB #001-01/VK and project ITB #078-
001NK. The Owner does suggest that the bidder review the bid evaluation procedures referred to in
Addendum #4, paragraphs 13 and 14, for information on how the bids will be evaluated on these
projects.
11. Requesting approval to substitute earthen dams in lieu of sheet piling in the shallow playa lakes.
Ansa No. These lakes are the only source for drainage within the construction areas and must
continue to have the capacity for handling rainfall events for the duration of the project. Also see
Addendum No. 1, paragraph 35 and Addendum No. 3, paragraph 63.
CITY-INITIATED OR ENGINEER-INITIATED ADDENDA
12. Specifications, Section 02320, paragraph 2:1.13':2, Page 3µ"" u" "`
In specification Section 02320, paragraph 2.1.B.2 on page 3, delete the text which reads
"Water/cement ratio = .6." Insert the following text:
"Water-to-cement ratio = 0.6 to 0.75 with slump not to exceed three (3) inches"
13. Specifications, Section 02635, Paragraph 2.4, Page 3
In paragraph 2.4.A on page 3 of specification Section 02635, delete the existing text and replace with
the following text:
A. Stiffness class of CCFRPM pipe shall not be less than'that indicated"on the drawings,
however, that CCFRPM pipe within a primary tunnel liner wherein all voids and annular spaces
are grouted shall not have a stiffness of less than 36 psi:
14. Specifications, Section 02638, Pages I and 2
Page 2 of 4 —
r�-
A. Delete the existing text in paragraph 1.3.C, page 1 of specification Section 02638. Replace the
deleted text with the following:
C. Provide manufacturer's certificate of conformance to the specifications. The manufacturer
shall provide load testing facilities for performing manufacturer's load tests in conformance
roll
with ASTM C655 or ASTM C76 as applicable, or shall'arrange for an independent laboratory
r;
to perform load tests.
1. Lot size shall be the total number of joints of pipe of a specific diameter to be supplied on
±**
the project, regardless of D-Load, however the test shall not be run on a single D-Load of
pipe if different D-Loads are being supplied for a single pipe diameter. If different
diameters are supplied then there will be different lots and lot sizes. If different D-Loads
are being supplied for a single diameter, then at least one representative joint of pipe for
each D-Load must be included in the sample size even if it causes the number of
samples to exceed the ASTM sample size.
2. Sample size for testing shall be in accordance with ASTM C655, paragraph 101
"Acceptance of Pipe by Load Testing" for each lot of pipe. Sampling and testing shall be
for each size of pipe to be furnished for the project, however the sample size isnot based
on each D-Load rating. For example, if the indicated ASTM sample size is 4 joints of 48-
inch diameter pipe, the four joints of pipe need not be for the same reach of storm sewer
ti
or for the same D-Load. However, if three D-Loads are within the four-joint sample size,
then at least one joint of each D-load rating must be included.
3. Sampling shall be at random in accordance with paragraph 4.1.1 of ASTM C655, provided
. ,
that the D-Load representation specified herein is maintained.
4. Load testing for precast reinforced concrete pipe shall be to the formation of 0.01-inch
crack.
5. Pipe that has been used in 0.01-inch crack load tests, meets the strength
requirements, and is otherwise in conformance with the specifications, maybe used in the
project.
■.,
B. Add the following to paragraph 2.4, page 2 of specification Section 02638:
D. The Engineer and Owner shall be entitled to witness the load tests. The manufacturer must
provide the Engineer with adequate advance notice of when and where the load tests will take _
place. The Engineer shall then make known whether or not the load tests will be observed.
15. Specifications, Section 03300, Paragraph 1.3, Page 1
In paragraph 1.3 of specification Section 03300, add the following text:
F. Proposed plan of formwork.
G. Metal deck forms and form work support:
16. Proposed locations of construction joints not shown on the drawings."
16. Plans Sheet No. G13
On Sheet G13 delete the text: "For a,lterriate bid,permissible pipe materials see sheet G14".
Page 3 of 4 -
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to`.
Victor Kilman,`Purchasing Manager
City of Lubbock
P.O: Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
Questions may be faxed to : (806)775-2164
or Email to: vkilman@m ail. ci.lubbock.tx.us
THANK YOU
CITY OF LUBBOCK
V `
�i ..
Victor Kilman
Purchasing Manager
PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY OF THIS ADDENDUM WITH YOUR BID:
THE BIDDER HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF AND`Ai`FtE�S`CTS`BI� I$ B"�`S`E� G
#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 (Please_ Initial)
ITB #001-011VK
Ci LZtOC
hhh ADDENDUM #4
City of
Lubbock
PURCHASING DEPARTMENT SOUTH CENTRAL LUBBOCK DRAINAGE
ROOM L04, MUNICIPAL BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS.
1625 13- STREET Drawing Sheet G13 Permissible Materials
LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401
PH. (806)775-2167 FAX:
(806)775-2164
http://purchasing.ci.lubbock.tx.us
MAILED TO VENDOR:` "April 17,"2001
CLOSE DATE;: April 25,'20'01 v .. ..a...... . .. .
THE FOLLOWING ITEMS TAKE PRECEDENCE'OVER 'SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE-)�R01VE`NA-ME` Ij"I`NVl`TATION---p -"
TO BID (ITB). WHERE ANY ITEM CALLED FOR IN THE ITB DOCUMENTS IS SUFPL`Ef1E'fTEb"t1EIE TNE" - ` "
ORIGINAL REQUIREMENTS, NOT AFFECTED BY TH(S ADDFNDUl1�l;`S'FIALC="R 11`IfAli�f='E,Ci'.`�""""` "
r" 1. If groundwater is moved due to the Contractor's dewatering operations, who is responsible.if
contamination is moved into the trench with the migrating groundwater? Will the Contractor be
classified`as the generator? The Contractor will be changing the groundwater gradient with
dewatering operations, i.e. producing a drawdown cone of depression in the water table.
Ans. The owner of the LPST site is ultimately liable for introducing contamination into the
groundwater. However, the City of Lubbock will take responsibility as the generator for legal purposes
under the construction contract for migrating groundwater. -The Contractor its expected to treat
contaminated groundwater from his dewatering operations down to applicable regulated
concentrations prior to'release to surface waters or to the City sanitary sewer, for "those groundwaters
that require treatment.
2. Is the only contaminant of concern gasoline?
Ans. The contaminants of concern are petroleum products. This includes gasoline, diesel, kerosene,
hydraulic lift oil, motor oil, etc. in the regulations. The only petroleum contaminants that the Engineer
can identify from TNRCC records and limited personal knowledge ofthe sites'are from gasoline and
diesel, although other petroleum sources (such as motor oil, etc. listed in this paragraph) could be
present. The TNRCC records in the Engineer's possession are not specific about the type of product
released.
3. Will the Texas Natural Resource Conservation'Comniission`(TNRCC)"`ortfie-EPA govern aspects
dealing with petroleum releases?
Ans. The City of Lubbock will govern discharges to the City's sanitary sewer system and'disposal'of
contaminated soils at the West Texas Region Landfill. The TNRCC willgovern all other aspects of
handling petroleum -contaminated soils and water.
4. How were the petroleum -contaminated material quantities for Lines A1,A2..
and A4 calculated?
elk
Ans. These quantities were calculated by determining the approximate limits within the project that
have a higher potential for contamination as indicated by records on file with the`TNRCC, orthaf might
be suspected as having the potential for contamination (see Engineer's interpretations and opinions
attached to this addendum). Forthe quantity of potentially contaminated soil', the portion of the soil
profile within the limits described above that potentially could have been in contact wifh`contaminated
groundwater or free product were identified, and the volume of this potentially' contaminated strata of
soil was calculated. For the quantity of contaminated groundwater, the portion of the storm sewer
within the limits described above that is anticipated to be dewatered was taken as the calculated
quantity.
5. Will the City of Lubbock provide temporary storage for contaminated soils that need to be stockpiled
or remediated?
Ans. The attached replacement Section 02111 specifies how contaminated soils of differing
concentrations are to be handled.
Page 1 of 4
6. Addendum No..1 for ITB #001 -OINK, paragraph 2 gives the Contractor the option to open cut a
portion of Line Al -03 from approximate Station 9+50 to Station 18+24. If indeed the cost is lower,
then the unit prices for the average unit price for tunneling will be lower, resulting in a savings for the
City. The way that I read the addenda, if the Contractor open cuts this portion of line as described in
Addendum No. 1 then the pay quantity will not be reduced and the Contractor can incorporate any
savings in his unit price for tunneling. Is this a correct conclusion?
Ans. No. Under state law, this is not possible in a unit price contract. If the Contractor elects to open
cut the pipeline reach from Station 9+50 to Station 18+24, then the progress payment will reflect the
quantity change. That is, the open cut portion will be added to the quantity for pipe installed under the
contractor's option of method and that same quantity difference will be deducted from the tunnel/bore
quantity. In other words, there will be an increase in the quantity paid under Bid Item 2 and a
corresponding decrease in the quantity paid under Bid Item 3. Not knowing which Bidder will be
awarded the contract, and whether that Bidder will open cut or tunnel that particular reach, the bid
quantities can not be reasonably adjusted prior to bid. Therefore, it will be understood by the Owner
that the option to open cut the reach from Station 9+50 to Station 18+24 will be accounted by the
Bidder in the various bid items if the Bidder chooses to exercisethe,open cut option from Addendum
No. 1, paragraph 2.
7. Including the quantity from Station 9+50 to 18+24 as tunneling, I calculate approximately 183 linear
feet less of 72 -inch pipe in tunnel than what is shown in the revised quantities included in Addendum
No. 1. Has a run of tunneling not been listed, or have I possibly made an error?
Ans. The Engineer has found an error in the quantities included in the first page of Exhibit "A" in
Addendum No. 1. One segment of pipe was double -accounted. A replacement bid form sheet is
attached to this addendum and replaces the first page of the previous Exhibit "A" bid
submittal. Directions for replacement are indicated in this addendum. The Bidder is, also
cautioned not to simply take the differences in stations given on the profile notes of the plans when
calculating lengths. The baseline on the drawings does not always correspond to the pipe centerline.
Therefore, an error can be introduced in calculations using only differences between stations.
8. What if we run into contamination outside of the stations shown in the specifications?
Ans. if it is petroleum contamination, then the unit prices established in the bid documents will be
applied. Other contamination will have to be addressed based on the type of contamination.
9. Is the City of Lubbock going to provide temporary storage for the remediation sites?
Ansa The Contractor will not be required to remediate petroleum -contaminated soils that exceed the_.,
concentrations that can go to the West Texas Region Disposal Facility. Soils that exceed the
concentrations shown on the Texas Department of Health letter furnished with Addendum 11 will be
delivered by the Contractor to the City's soil treatment facility located on the northbound frontage road
of Interstate Highway 27 between Municipal Drive and Erskine Avenue. The soils delivered by the
Contractor shall be placed by the Contractor into one of the treatment cells located there. The
treatment cells are similar to drying beds and can be directly dumped into.
10. Will the City furnish locations for storage and remediation of soils and groundwater?
Ans. The Contractor will not be required to remediate petroleum -contaminated soils that exceed the
concentrations that can go to the West Texas Region Disposal Facility. Groundwater from the
Contractor's dewatering operations is expected to be treated, if necessary, by the Contractor to
concentration levels meeting the requirements for release to surface waters or release to the City of
Lubbock sanitary sewer system as applicable for his operations.
11. Can soils that are potentially contaminated or that have been remediated to less than the regulatory
requirements constituting mandatory disposal or remediation be placed back into the trench as
backfill?
Ans. Yes. However, if the soil has not been remediated to less than 50 ppm TPH and non-detectable
levels of BTEX and MTBE, it is desired that the soil be placed back into the trench as near its
Page 2 of 4
horizontal location (station) of origin as feasible, within reason. Placement back into the soil's original
vertical position is likely not achievablefrom a practical standpoint.
12. What does the West Texas Region Disposal Facility currently charge for petroleum -contaminated soil_
disposal?
Ans. $26.25 per ton'with a $15.00 surcharge for each load not properly covered. Also see
Addendum No. 1, paragraph 76.
13. What is the selection criteria for ITB #001 -OINK?
r
Ans. The selection criteria for ITB #001-01NK shall be, "the lowest responsible bidder" in accordance
with Chapter 252 of the Local Government Code.
14. Once the low bidder is selected for ITB #001-01NK and ITB #078 -OINK what is the criteria for
selection of the award of the contract for the project?
Ans. A selection committee consisting of several members of City staff shall conduct a cost benefit
analysis and make a recomme_ndationto senior management. Ultimately, the City Council will make
the decision based on what they feel is most advantageous for the City of Lubbock.
15. Please provide information that shows what types of contaminants and contamination levels are_
present from station 72+60 to 93+00. The geotechnical data for that area does not indicate any
contamination.
Ansa See the enclosed."Design Engineer's Interpretation and Opinion". Also see Addendum No. 1,
paragraph 43.
16. The majority of line A4 is well below the groundwater table. Page 02111-3 of the specifications list
stations 442+00 to 453+00 to have only potential soil contamination. Should the contractor assume
water contamination also?
Ans. Water contamination is dependent on the draw down for the dewatering operation and duration
of that operation. See the enclosed "Design Engineer's Interpretation and Opinion". Also see
Addendum No. 1, paragraph 43. _ _ _.
17. How many monitoring wells will be needed to demonstrate the spread of contamination onto City
property?
Ans.' One'for each`20Olinearfeet of trencti`dewaferng operation, or portion thereof. For example, a
;.
single 200 -foot trench length dewatering operation will require two wells, a 300 -foot trench length will
require three wells, a 400 -foot trench length three wells, a'500 -foot trench length four wells, etc.
18. Drawing G-13'lists stations 241+00 to 244+00 (Carlisle Motors) and 299+56 to 302+75 (Bolton's#9)
as areas where Hydrocarbon resistant pipe is required. These areas are not shown as potentially
contaminated per 02111-3 of the specifications? Are these areas contaminated?
Ans. See the enclosed revised specification Section 02111 and the enclosed"Design
Engineer's Interpretation and Opinion". Also see Addendum No. 1, paragraph 43.
19. The quantities for the pipe in bid items A2 and A3 in the bid form of Contract #001-01NK are diff, erent _
that the quantities for bid items 2 and 3 in the bid form of Contract #078-01NK. Please clarify!
Ans. This is corrected below. _
CITY -INITIATED OR ENGINEER -INITIATED ADDENDA
20. Bid Form, Exhibit "A" Page 4. "
Ans. Replace page 4 of the ITB #001-01NK Bid Submittal with the enclosed Exhibit "A" dated 04101.
This replacement page corrects for a double -accounting of one reach of pipe and retains the
additional tunnel/bore. quantity from Addendum No. 1, paragraph 32.
21. New Page, Attachment to Exhibit "A" Bid Submittal.
Page 3 of 4
Ans. Bidder is to complete the enclosed Attachment to Exhibit "A" Bid Submittal and enclose
it with his bid or the bid will be considered incomplete.
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
Questions may be faxed to : (806)775-2164
or Email to: vkilman@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us
THANK YOU
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Victor Kilman
Purchasing Manager
PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY OF THIS ADDENDUM WITH YOUR'BID. "
Page 4 of 4
'
TTS #001-01/VK, Addendum #4
EXHIBIT ,, A„
BID SUBMITTAL
BID NO 001-01/VK
oft
DRAWING SHEET G13 PERMISSIBLE MATERIALS
Item Approx.
Unit
„_ r .._
_ . Description
Description of Item and Unit Price Total "Amount
No. Quantity
Al 1
LS
izationluding insura,
Mobil%zationrDemobil,, nce
performance and payment bonds, move-in/move-out
costs, project sign, preparation of NOH and
�P
NOT, "complete, for the lump sum price of:
Dollars
g
and Cents ($ ) $
LINE Al
A2 16,600
LF
72 -Inch Approved Allowable Type Storm Sewer
Pipe, furnished and installed at contractor's
option of method, complete, in place, for the
unit price per linear foot of;
s�
Dollars
and Cents ($ , $ _.
A3 10,100
LF
72 -Inch Approved Allowable Type 'Storm Sewer
_
Pipe, furnished and" installed in a_ tunnel or _
bore, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
A4 26,700
LF
Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access"
Shaft Excavation Protection, complete, in place,
for the unit price per linear foot of storm
'
`sewer -pipe installed of:
Dollars
Cents
A5�""�`410Y
"bock Excavation for the unit price per cubic
yard of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
BIDDER'S "INITIALS
01257198
EXHIBIT -A-, 7 BID.,SITMgTTAL (G13) (REVISED 4/01)
No Text
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4
Disclaimer. The Engineer retrieved data from the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) during the design phase of the
South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements. Based on the TNRCC data, the Engineer made certain interpretations and formed certain
professional opinions. These interpretations and opinions were done solely'for design purposes and any reliance on these interpretations and
opinions by the Contractor is at the sole risk of the Contractor. Any conclusions, interpretations or opinions formed by the Contractor based on
the information herein are the sole province of the Contractor. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer assume any liability or responsibility for
<:
differing conditions that may actually be encountered
roll
The Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer with respect to:
The completeness of information herein for Contractor's purposes including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods,
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto,
or. .. _. .
• other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained herein, or
any Contractor interpretations or conclusion drawn from any TNRCC data, or information, or any Engineer interpretations or opinions.
:.
LPST Site Name: DATA INTERPRETATION
Merchant's Fast Motor Lines AND_ OPINION
East 44th & MLK Blvd. Monitor, wells show no
migration south of 44th Street Gradient probably below
LPST Site IDNo.: ' 93997 up to 1997. Depth to' pipeline, but last record in
groundwater varied from about 1997. Contaminated water not
Groundwater Impacted: 35 to 39 feet. Site is likely in piperoute. Account
Yes (at LPST) approximately 1,000 feet north for some soils handling just in
of 47th Street route, gradient case. Dewatering expected near
Soils Impacted: Yes (at LPST) varies from east-northeast to Canyon outlet, no effect
east-southeast. Groundwater expected from Merchant's
Period of TNRCC Record: contamination appears to be regardless of dewatering
?•*
1991-1997 confined to north of 44th Street, locations.
east of MLK and west of
Southeast Drive.
f
01257198 Design Engineer's Interpretation and Opinion - 1 -
04/01 Addendum 4
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4
Disclaimer: The Engineer retrieved data from the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) during the design phase of the
South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements. Based on the TNRCC data, the Engineer made certain interpretations and formed certain
professional opinions. These interpretations and opinions were done solely for design purposes and any reliance on these interpretations and
opinions by the Contractor is at the sole risk of the Contractor. Any conclusions, interpretations or opinions formed by the Contractor based on
the information herein are the sole province of the Contractor. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer assume arty liability or responsibility for
differing conditions that may actually be encountered.
The Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer with respect to: „
The completeness of information herein for Contractor's purposes including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods,
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto,
or
other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained herein, or
any Contractor interpretations or conclusion drawn from any TNRCC data, or information, or any Engineer interpretations or opinions.
LPST Site Name: DATA INTERPRETATION
United Parcel Service AND OPINION
East 44th Street Monitor wells adjacent to 44tH
Street show below detection limits Do not foresee an impact on
LPST Site ID No.: 103951 and no free product. Old tanks were the project for contaminated
closer to UPS north boundary. Soil water and soils. May be
Groundwater Impacted: borings for MW-4 and MW-5 next some vapor impacts while
Yes (at LPST) to 44th Street belowdetection trench is open, but this is
limits. 1996 water samples below considered a low
Soils Impacted: Yes (at LPST) detection limits at MW-4 and probability.
MW-5. Water levels in 1996
Period of TNRCC Record: approximately 15 feet below
? — 1996 proposed pipe. MW-4 and MW-5
show zero vapors in 1996. Gradient
is mainly eastward with variation to
east-southeast.
01257198 Design Engineer's Interpretation and Opinion - 2 _
04/01 Addendum 4-078
t
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4
Disclaimer The Engineer retrieved data from the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) during the design phase of the
South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements Based on the TNRCC data, the Engineer made certain interpretations and formed certain
professional opinions. These interpretations and opinions were done solely for design purposes and any reliance on these interpretations and
opinions by the Contractor is at the sole risk of the Contractor. Any conclusions, interpretations or opinions formed by the Contractor based on
the information herein are the sole province of the Contractor. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer assume any liability or `�esponsibility for
differing conditions that may actually be encountered.
The Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer with respect to:
• The completeness of information herein for Contractor's purposes including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods,
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto.
or
• other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained herein, or
any Contractor interpretations or conclusion drawn from any TNRCC data, or information, or any Engineer interpretations or opinions.
LPST Site Name: DATA INTERPRETATION
Galbraith Steel & Supply Co. AND OPINION
(Blish-Mize) MW -4, MW -5 and MW -7 nearest
East 44rh Street the project route. Groundwater Groundwater about 15 feet
shows below detection limits for below bottom of pipe. Soil
LPST Site ID No.: 95530 last 4 years of record for all 3 migration of hydrocarbons
wells. MW -4 -in 1990 showed 49 probably remote. Account
Groundwater Impacted: ppm of hydrocarbons in soil at 20- for some soils handling just
Yes (at LPST) foot depth, but none below that in case. Contaminated
depth to 43 feet. Depth to water and dewatering from
Soils Impacted: Yes (at LPST) groundwater has varied from 41 groundwater not expected.
feet to nearly 46 feet. Shallowest Vapor impacts probably
&
Period of TNRCC Record: depth has been 41 feet for last five minor.
1990-1999 years of record. Gradient in 2/99
shows nearly due eastward
movement.
rte.
t
01257198 Design Engineer's Interpretation and Opinion -3-
3-
04/01 Addendum 4-078
04/01
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4 -`
Disclaimer The Engineer retrieved data from the'Texas'Natural Resource Conservation'Commission (TNRCC) during the design phase of the
South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements. Based on the TNRCC data, the Engineer made certain interpretations and formed certain
professional opinions. These interpretations and opinions were done solely for design purposes and any reliance on these interpretations and
opinions by the Contractor is at the sole risk of the Contractor. Any conclusions, interpretations or opinions formed by the Contractor based on
the information herein are the sole province of the Contractor. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer assume any liability or responsibility for
differing conditions that may actually be encountered.
The Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer with respect to:
• The completeness of information herein for Contractor's purposes including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods,
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto,
or
■ other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained herein, or
• any Contractor interpretations or conclusion drawn from any TNRCC data, or information, or any Engineer interpretations or opinions.
LPST Site Name: DATA INTERPRETATION
Bolton # 3 AND OPINION
44th Street & Ave. A LPST site monitor wells MW -4 and
MW -5 lay at northeast and Dewatering not expected.
LPST Site ID No.: 96845 southeast corners of property Contaminated soils not
adjacent to Avenue A. MW -4 soils expected. There may be
Groundwater Impacted: to 30 feet essentially non -detect for some vapor impacts in
Yes (at LPST) TPH. MW -5 soils to 30 feet non- trench until backfilled.
detect for TPH. MW -4 shows some
Soils Impacted: Yes (at LPST) very low levels of hydrocarbons in
water in year 2000. MW -5 shows
Period of TNRCC Record: low levels in year 2000 for
1990-2000 hydrocarbons in groundwater.
Gradient shown ' to the east-
southeast. Recovery well operated
through April 1993. Neither MW -4
or MW -5 recorded any free
product. Groundwater indicated
about 13 feet below bottom of pipe.
01257198 Design Engineer's Interpretation and Opinion -4-
04/01
4-
04/01 Addendum 4-078
ITB #01-MIK Addendum #4
Disclaimer: The Engineer retrieved data from the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) during the design phase of the
South Central Lubbock Drainage improvements. Based on the TNRCC data, the Engineer made certain interpretations and formed certain
professional opinions. These interpretations and opinions were done solely for design purposes and any reliance on these interpretations and
opinions by the Contractor is at the sole risk of the Contractor. Any conclusions, interpretations or opinions formed by the Contractor based on
the information herein are the sole province of the Contractor. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer assume any 'liability or responsibility for
differing conditions that may actually be encountered.
The Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer with respect to:
The completeness of information herein' for Contractor's purposes including, but not limited to, any aspects 4 -the means,' methods,
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto,
or
• ' other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained herein, or
• any Contractor interpretations or conclusion drawn from any TNRCC data, or information, or any Engineer interpretations or opinions.
LPST Site Name: DATA INTERPRETATION
Carlisle Motors AND OPINION
43rd Street & Ave. Q Monitor wells MW -i and MW -6
are closest to the pipe route. MW-I'Groundwater --1s abouf 14
LPST Site ID No.: 100703 is closest to old tankhold. feet below bottom ' of pipe.
Groundwater gradient is to the east. Probable minor vapor
Groundwater Impacted: Soils sampled in 1991 at MW -1 impacts while trench is
Yes (at LPST) less than 200 ppm TPH.' Soils open. Dewatering not
sampled at MW -6 below detection expected. Maybe some soils
m. -- .._ .. _ .
Soils Impacted: Yes (at LPST) limits: Groundwater analysis shows" handling, bLiitdoubtful. '
TPH at 5.2 ppm at MW -1 in 1998
Period of TNRCC Record: and 1.3 ppm at MW -6. 'BTEX at
1991-1998 MW -6 at 1.2 ppb in 1998. Total
BTEX at MW -1 was 1,673 ppb in
1998.
f
01257/98 Design Engineer's Interpretation and Opinion -5-
5-04/01
04/01 Addendum 4-078 _
,
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4
Disclaimer: The Engineer retrieved data from the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) during the design phase of the
South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements. Based on the TNRCC data, the Engineer made certain interpretations and formed certain
professional opinions. These interpretations and opinions were done solely for design purposes and any reliance on these interpretations and
opinions by the Contractor is at the sole risk of the Contractor. Any conclusions, interpretations or opinions
formed by the Contractor based on
the information herein are the sole province of the Contractor. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer assume any liability or responsibility for
differing conditions that may actually be encountered.
The Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer with respect to:
The completeness of information herein for Contractor's purposes including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods,
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto,
or
other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained herein, or
any Contractor interpretations or conclusion drawn from any TNRCC data, or information, or any Engineer
interpretations or opinions.
LPST Site Name: DATA
INTERPRETATION
Bolton's # 9_
AND OPINION
30th Street & Ave. W MW -3 and MW -6 are monitor
wells closest to the route.
Soil impacts in route most
LPST Site ID No. 102131 Groundwater _ gradient is east-
likely to be from any
southeast away from the pipe route.
product that may have
Groundwater Impacted: Site has extraction well and soil
spread on the water table.
Yes (at LPST) vapor extraction system. Operation
That would be below
is unknown. MW -3 and MW -6
expected excavation depth. _
Soils Impacted: Yes (at LPST) have not shown any free product in
Contaminated soils
1998 or 1999. MW -3 groundwater
handling and contaminated
Period of TNRCC Record: _ shows 2,677 ppb total BTEX and
water handling not
1992-1999 less than 5 ppm TPH in 1999. MW-
expected. There may be
6 shows below detection limits for
some moderate vapor
two sample events in 1999. MW -3
impacts in open trench and
and MW -6 show tight groundwater
borings. —
elevation that only varied two feet
in 1998 and 1999. Water table
about 17 feet below bottom of pipe.
01257198 Design Engineer's Interpretation and Opinion
-6-
6-^
04/01 Addendum 4-078
04/01
sr
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4
Disclaimer: The Engineer retrieved data from the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) during the design phase of the
South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements Based on the TNRCC data, the Engineer made certain interpretations and formed certain
professional opinions. These interpretations and opinions were done solely for design purposes and any reliance on these interpretations and
Opinions by the Contractor is at the sole risk of the Contractor. Any conclusions, interpretations or opinions formed by the Contractor based on
the information herein are the sole province of the Contractor. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer assume any liability or responsibility for
differing conditions that may actually be encountered.
W
The Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer with respect to`.
The completeness of information herein for Contractor's purposes including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods.
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction tobeemployed by Contractor and safety precautions and proms -'.rams incident thereto,
or
other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained herein, or
wv
any Contractor interpretations or conclusion drawn from any TNRCC data, or information, or any Engineer
interpretations or opinions.
LPST Site Name. DATA _
INTERPRETATION
Town & Country #109
AND OPINION
University Ave. &66th Street Site Assessment form in TNRCC
record shows maximum of 84 ppm
Typical LPST leak for this
LPST SiteID No.: 098,650 _TPH soil'contamination in 1991 at
region. `Apparently '— fuel
a 45 -foot depth in a monitor well
went straight down to water
Groundwater Impacted: that was east of the old tankhold.
table, then spread on water
'
Yes (at LPST) Groundwater gradient is eastward
table as evidenced by the
in 1998 away from project route.
200 ppm TPH in soil
�»
Soils Impacted: Yes (at LPST) 1997 gradient map shows a
reading at 28.5 feet on
southwestward gradient, toward
MW -1. Free product not
Period of TNRCC Record: project route. Primary monitor
expected in trench or bore.
1991-1998 wells of interest are those
Vapors will be the main
designated as MW -4 and MW -8
problem expected.
and adjacent to University Avenue.
Dewatering not expected.
MW -4 shows 0.25feet of free
Contaminated soils not
product on the water fable reported
expected. Water table
in May 1998. MW4 built in 1997
height can be minimized if
and soil samples to 50 feet don't
K -Mart lake inlet is in
exceed 200 ppm TPH at 28.5 feet
service before construction
depth. MW -8 was built in 1998 and
on University Avenue.
soil' samples are below detection
limits for all samples taken at that
time. Groundwater tests not taken '
in May 1998 from MW -4 because
of free product present on water
table (0.25 feet thickness reported).
MW -8 sampled in May 1998 shows
all parameters below detection
limits. MW4 and MW -8 are
adjacent to University Avenue.
Water levels for MW4 show they
varied 4 feet from 1997 to 1998.
There is an extraction well
operating at the site. Depth to
groundwater was shallowest in July
1999 (measured about 3 weeks
after June 1999 flood) at about 24
feet <below grade, well below
bottom of pipe. Groundwater
should be lower if K -Mart lake kept
at a low level.
01257198 Design Engineer's Interpretation and Opinion
-7-
7-04/01
04/01 Addendum 4-078
>
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4 —
Disclaimer: The Engineer retrieved data from the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) during the design phase of the
South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements. Based on the TNRCC data, the Engineer made certain interpretations and formed certain
professional opinions. These interpretations and opinions were done solely for design purposes and any reliance on these interpretations and
opinions by the Contractor is at the sole risk of the Contractor. Any conclusions, interpretations or opinions formed by the Contractor based on
the information herein are the sole province of the Contractor. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer assume any liability or responsibility for
differing conditions that may actually be encountered.
The Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer with respect to:
The completeness of information herein for Contractor's purposes including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods,
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto,
or
other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained herein, or
any Contractor interpretations or conclusion drawn from any TNRCC data, or information, or any Engineer interpretations or opinions. —
LPST Site Name: DATA INTERPRETATION
Pete Stone Shell AND OPINION
University Ave. & 66th Street This site is just across 66th Street
from the Town & Country site. Free product not likely to
LPST Site ID No.: 109406 Monitor wells closest to storm be encountered. Dewatering
sewer route are MW4 and MW -8 not expected. Contaminated
Groundwater Impacted: in the TNRCC records. soils not expected. Vapors
Yes (at LPST) Groundwater gradient shown dated will probably be the main
June 1998 shows gradient to be problem.
Soils Impacted: Yes (at LPST) eastward, away from project route.
Reversal of gradient when water
Period of TNRCC Record: level is elevated in K -Mart lake is
1996-1999 expected (like the Town & Country
data revealed). Both MW -4 and
MW -8 were sampled near the water
table when they were drilled.
Results on soil were below
detection limits for all parameters.
MW4 was installed in 1997, MW -
8 in 1998. Highest readings for
MW -4 from 1998 through 1999
were about 2 ppm TPH and 19 ppb
total BTEX. Highest readings for
MW -8, same time period, were 9
ppm TPH and 28 ppb total BTEX.
Apparently there are also some
extraction wells on site. MW -4 T
shows a range of 26 feet to 30 feet
depth to groundwater. MW -8
shows a range of 26 feet to 34 feet.
The shallowest readings are in July
1999 after the June 1999 floods.
These depth ranges are still below
the bottom of the pipe.
01257198 Design Engineer's Interpretation and Opinion S -
04/01 Addendum 4-078
r■
eF+
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4
Disclaimer: The Engineer retrieved data from the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC)
during the design phase of the
South' Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements. Based on the TNRCC data, the Engineer made certain
interpretations and formed certain
professional opinions. These interpretations and opinions were done solely for design purposes and any
reliance on these interpretations andopinions
by the Contractor is at the sole risk of the Contractor. Any conclusions, interpretations or opinions formed by the Contractor based on
the information herein are the sole province of the Contractor. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer responsibility
assume
differing conditions that may actually be encountered.
any liability or for
M
The Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer with respect to:
The completeness of information herein for Contractor's purposes including, btif not limited to.
any aspects of the means, methods,
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto,
or
other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained herein, or
r+
any Contractor interpretations or conclusion drawn from any TNRCC data, or information, or any Engineer
interpretations or opinions.
LPST Site Name: DATA
INTERPRETATION"
Pollard Ford _
AND OPINION
South Loop 289 Monitor wells of interest are MW -5
and MW -6 ' at the Pollard "Toi�` _
_Groumdwater contamination
LPST Site ID No.: 107596 south property line. Map dated 1-7-
not likely unless dewatering
`^
-00 shows an extraction well
system cone of depression
Groundwater Impacted: adjacent to the south wall of their
extends to Pollard property
Yes (at LPST) showroom and office. Map shows a
line. Even then, dissolved
5 -foot cone of depression extending
constituents that might be
Soils Impacted: Yes (at LPST) to near MW -5. The monitor well
pulled in may be so dilute
level data show a consistent
that they become non -
Period of TNRCC Record: groundwater elevation of 3199 to
detectable Dewatering a
1996-2000 3203 from FeliruaryKK1996 _to' May
high ;probability; but could
1999. From May 1999 to
be minimized if
November 1999 if rises to 3207.
groundwater level returns to
This rise coincides with a wet May
3202 elevation. Soil
and June and the flood of June
contamination non-existent
1999. No hydrocarbons detected at
unless dewatering system
,MW -5 and MW 6 in October 1999..
Intrd
introduces
o rt through cone
MW -8 which is of P 6 1 aid's east
of depres
ssion. Even then,
property line has not shown
regulatory limits not likely
hydrocarbons in water from March
to be exceeded. Make
1998 to October 1999.
allowances for dewatering
Concentrations seem to drop
and for contaminated
rapidly with distance from the
materials handling.
original release point that was near
the building wall. Gradient is east-
southeast, which might bypass
Sundial Lake. Another map dated
December 2000 shows a cone of
depression at remediation wells of
only about one-half foot. Unknown
if system was running at that time.
01257198 Design Engineer's 'Interpretation and Opinion w
ry _ 9 _ F
04/01 Addendum 4-078
a
rrB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4
Disclaimer: The Engineer retrieved data from the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) during the design phase of the
South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements. Based on the TNRCC data, the Engineer made certain interpretations and formed certain
professional opinions. These interpretations and opinions were done solely for desigrt purposes and any reliance on these interpretations and
opinions by the Contractor is at the sole risk of the Contractor. Any conclusions, interpretations or opinions formed by the Contractor based on
the information herein are the sole province of the Contractor. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer assume any liability or responsibility for
differing conditions that may actually be encountered.
The Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer with respect to:
• The completeness of information herein for Contractor's purposes including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods,
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto,
or
• other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained herein, or
• any Contractor interpretations or conclusion drawn from any TNRCC data, or information, or any Engineer interpretations or opinions.
LPST Site Name: DATA INTERPRETATION
Friends #117 AND OPINION
7302 Indiana Monitor wells drilled in late 1998.
Gradient from the site is east- Could possibly pull the
LPST Site ID No.: 0010308 southeast from February 2000 map. dissolved constituents
MW -2 and MW -3 tested positive further south depending on —
Groundwater Impacted: 2/2000 for hydrocarbons in radius of influence of
Yes (at LPST) groundwater. No product measured dewatering system.
on water table in October 1999. Dewatering probable. Soil
Soils Impacted: Yes (at LPST) MW -3 at southeast corner of contamination not likely _
property shows no free product, unless introduced by
Period of TNRCC Record: dissolved TPH at 5 ppm and total dewatering system.
Unknown, 1999 Data only BTEX at 1,210 ppb. This site has
only limited information.
Inconclusive on groundwater
elevations shown. Datum they are
referenced to is unknown.
01257198 Design Engineer's Interpretation and Opinion -10-
04/01
10-
04/01 Addendum 4-078
ITB #001-011A, Addendum #4
SECTION 02111
EXCAVATION; HANDI'INO AND DT POA O
PART
1 - GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES _..w.
A.
Handling, testing, stockpile, treatment, and disposal of petroleum contaminated soil.
B.
Removal testing, and disposal of petroleum contaminated groundwater.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 01576 - Waste Material Disposal.
B.
Section 02240 - Dewatering.
C.
Section 02260 - Excavation Support and'-Protection.
D.
Section 02300 'Earthwork.
E.
Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
1.3
REFERENCE STANDARDS-
A.
ASTM D 5092'- Practice for Design and Installafionof Groundwater Monitoring Wells in Aquifers.
B.
Code of Federal Regulation (CFR); Title 46,-Se- citibn 261:24:`'"
C.
CFR, Title 40, Section 261; Appendix II.
' D.
Texas Administrative Code (TAC), Title 30, Section 116, Standard Exemptions 68 and 118.
E.
TAC, Title 30, Section 321'"86chapter A.
F.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), (SW-846) Test Methods for Evaluating'So1id`�T'aste,
Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response,"Washington,(P1388-239223, November 1986).
1.4
DEFINITIONS
A.
Potentially contaminated. Soil and groundwater within station-to-station locations where petroleum
contamination may exist or may be suspected to exist based on records obtained from TNRCC.
B.
Impacted: Soil or groundwater that contains visual or physical evidence of contamination, as described
in paragraph 3.1, Areas Potentially contaminated, subparagraph 3.1.13.2. The'material is no'longer
considered to be potentially contaminated and is known to contain hydrocarbons. Impacted material
may have low concentrations of hydrocarbons, but concentrations are not high enough to warrant
disposal or remediation.
C.
Contaminated: Soil that contains petroleum contamination in excess of levels identified in paragraph
3.6 Handling Iin pacted a nd Contaminated Soil, subparagraph 3:6.A, or groundwater that contains
petroleum contamination requiring permitted discharge to storm or sanitary sewer.
s 1.5
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit an Environmental Work Plan to the Engineer prior to the Date of Commencement.
1. Have the Work'Planprepared-by a- "'- rrective Action Project Manager licensed in Texas.
►y-
2. Do not commence work in potentially contaminated areas until the Environmental Work Plan
for dealing with these materials has been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer.
'- 01257198 _ .,)✓?CACrAIiO;IADL.II%1SS,�2111,:.._._m>.
, 04/01
OF CONTAIvIINATEp"MA'TERIAi;"-12E`�IS�.."`�""�"•`tl�N
f
ITB #001-01/VK,Addendum #4
3. Include in the Environmental Work Plan:
a. Sequence of construction through potentially contaminated areas;
b. Procedures for screening soil in potentially contaminated areas, identifying impacted
material, and identifying contaminated material;
C. Procedures for handling impacted and contaminated material;
d. Proposed location of stockpile areas;`
e. Proposed treatment of contaminated material to meet disposal requirements, if contractor
elects to treat contaminated materials;
f. Proposed methods for disposal of treated or contaminated material;
g. Proposed carriers of contaminated material with verification each is properly licensed;
h. ' Proposed recycle/disposal sites for contaminated material with verification each is
properly licensed (City of Lubbock treatment unit on north IH -27 is licensed under 30
TAC 334 Subchapter K)
i. List of any pemiits that may be required for handling or recycle/disposal of contaminated
material;
j. Name and qualifications of professional environmental consultants to be used by
Contractor on. health, environmental, and safety issues regarding operations within
potentially contaminated areas; and, —
k. Proposed analytical laboratory with verification it is properly certified.
B. Submit Environmental_ Health and Safety Plan to the Engineer at least 7 days prior to performing work
in potentially contaminated areas.
1. Have the plan prepared by either a Corrective Action Project Manager licensed in Texas, with
40 hours of Health and Safety Training, or a Certified Industrial Hygienist.
2. Include in the Plan, methods and procedures for assuring operations under conditions
encountered are safe for citizens and workers.
C. Submit a Groundwater Monitoring Plan to the Engineer at least 7 days prior to performing work in
potentially contaminated areas.
1. Have the Monitoring Plan prepared by a professional engineer licensed in Texas.
2. Include in the Monitoring Plan number and location of wells to be installed in potentially
contaminated areas, size and depth of wells, anticipated screen intervals, type of casing, well
development procedures, sampling procedures, plan for disposal of cuttings, number and
location of existing wells to be abandoned, and abandonment procedures for wells.
D. Submit to the Engineer soil and groundwater field screening, monitoring and analytical laboratory
test results on a weekly basis as work proceeds. Summarize test results in tables together with
applicable regulatory criteria.
E. Submit to the Engineer copies of correspondence, reports, permits and other documents provided to,
or received from, regulatory agencies.
F. Submit to the Engineer original, signed manifests for off-site disposal of contaminated material.
G. All samples sent to an analytical laboratory for lab analysis shall be accompanied by a chain of
custody.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL
04/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL - REVISED
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4
PART 3 - EXECUTION -
F 3.1 AREAS POTENTI_ALLY CONTAMINATED,
?^'^ A. Conduct operations in potentially contaminated areas and in impacted areas in accordance with the
Environmental Work Plan and the Environmental Health and Safety Plan. For this project, the
potentially contaminated areas areasfollows: _
Areas outside, of these limits that are identified as impacted or contaminated during construction will
be handled according to the guidelines set forth in the Environmental Work Plan and this section.
B. Immediately notify the Engineer and implement the Environmental Health and Safety Plan and the
Environmental Work Plan whenever impacted soil or groundwater is encountered.
1. Provide location, depth, type (soil or groundwater), source (if known), and evidence
contamination is suspected.
2. Impacted material is determined by visual or physical evidence of soil or groundwater
contamination. Visual or physical evidence includes a petroleum or chemical odor, an indication
of levels of contamination by air monitoring devices included as a part of the Environmental
Health and Safety Plan that may be of concern, soil or groundwater discoloration, material
oozing/dripping into the excavation, liquid floating on the groundwater, buried containers or
refuse, unusual physical symptoms experienced by workers, and field screening results in excess
of 100 ppm reading on a photoionization detector (PID) or 150 ppm on afield testing unit that
analyzes for TPH in soils through analytical chemistry methods. Refer to paragraph 3.4,
Screening Potentially Contaminated Soil
3.2 GROUNDWATER MONITORING
A. Install groundwater monitoring wells in potentially contaminated areas where historic monitoring well
information indicates that dewatering will be required to lower the water table, to monitor groundwater
levels and demonstrate that the _spread of contamination onto City property, right-of-way, and
easements has been minimized. Install monitoring wells in accordance with ASTM D 5092.
- B. Monitor the piezometric level in groundwater monitoring wells and piezometers in potentially
contaminated areas while dewatering systems are in operation in that area.
1. Monitor wells and piezometers identified on the drawings as being installed by other entities
during the design phase, as well as those installed.by the Contractor.
2. Monitor the wells and piezometers on a daily basis until level stabilizes.
*`^ 3. Monitor the wells and piezometers on a weekly basis after level stabilizes.
4. For the purposes of groundwater monitoring, the level in a well or piezometer is assumed to have
stabilized if the groundwater level at the dewatering system is within 6 inches of the design level
�.. for construction.
' 01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL 0211 l -3
04/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL,,,, REVISED
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4
C. Sample each groundwater monitoring well within one week prior to commencing dewatering activities
in the area of each well, at two-week intervals during construction activities, and within one week after
the piezometric level has returned to the normal level after dewatering activities in the area of the well
have been discontinued.
D. Test the samples from the groundwater monitoring wells in accordance with paragraph 3.5, Sampling
and Testing, subparagraph 3.5.C.
E. Upon completion of work in the area and with concurrence of the Engineer, abandon groundwater
monitoring wells and piezometers, in accordance with the Groundwater Monitoring Plan and Texas --
Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) requirements.
3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING IN POTENTIALLY CONTAMTNAfiD`AkEAS _,,
A. Monitor conditions in potentially contaminated areas, as specified in the Environmental Health and
Safety Plan, to maintain safe working conditions in accordance with Occupational Health and Safety
Administration (OSHA) requirements (29 CFR 1926).
3.4 SCREENING POTENTIALLY CONTAMINATED SOIL
A. Retain services of an environmental consultant or analytical testing laboratory for continuous field
screening of soil removed from the excavation in potentially contaminated areas.
1. Place samples in a sealed plastic bag for 15 minutes prior to screening.
2. Use a properly calibrated PID to screen the level of contamination in the head space of the
plastic bag.
3. Use 100 ppm isobutylene as the calibration gas.
4. For the purposes of field screening, continuous is defined as at least twice per hour while soils
are being removed in open cut areas or shafts, or once for each construction cycle in tunnels (i.e.,
each pipe length in pipe jacked tunnels or each advance of the tunnel shield in primary -lined
tunnels).
B. Soil with field screening results in excess of a 100 ppm reading on the PID, or as otherwise defined in
paragraph 3. 1, Areas Potentially Contaminated, subparagraph 3.1.B.2, is considered impacted.
3.5 SAMPLING AND TESTING
A. Sample impacted soils at a rate of not less than one composite sample for every 20 cubic yards of
excavation anticipated for disposal at the West Texas Region Disposal Facility" or the volume
corresponding to every 50 linear feet of installed sewer, whichever is more frequent. Make a composite
sample by combining 4 samples collected from different locations within the excavated volume.
B. Sample treated water from potentially contaminated areas to be discharged to a sanitary sewer at a
rate of one grab sample once per week or as otherwise specified in the discharge permit.
C. Sample treated water from potentially contaminated areas to be discharged to a storm sewer at a rate
of one composite sample and one grab sample every 24 -hours, or as otherwise specified in the
discharge permit. Make a composite sample by combining at least 24 samples of equal volume
collected at 1 -hour intervals.
D. Analyze soil samples. —
1. Analyze samples for the type of contamination suspected, as listed at the end of this section in
Table A, "Analytical Tests', in accordance with SW -846. Use grab samples for analysis of
VOCs (including BTEX) and composite samples for analysis of other parameters. —
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL- 02111 -4 -
04/01 _ OF"CONTAMINA'TED MATERIAL
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4
2, Have analyses conducted by a testing laboratory certified by the Environmental Protection
Agency or the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC).
E. Analyze Groundwater Samples.
1. For discharge to storm sewers, analyze samples for the type of contamination suspected, as
listed at the end of this section in Table A, "Analytical Tests", in accordance with SW -846. Use
grab samples for anal sis of VOCs indudin BTEC and com osite samples for analysis of
.
g p Y� ty g )._�.�.. �. _.p P Y
other parameters.
2. For discharge to sanitary sewers, analyze samples for oil and grease.
3. City of Lubbock permit required for discharge to sanitarysewer.
-4. Have analyses conducted by a testing laboratory certified by the Environmental Protection
Agency or the TNRCC. _
3.6 HANDLING IMPACTED AND CONTAIVIINATED SOIL'S
+^ A. If soil is contaminated with petroleum only, the concentration of contaminants must exceed one or more
of the levels listed m Table B, "Soil Contamination Cri'terla' Petroleum Only to be considered
- , e` . ,t,w_..
contaminated. Tab B is located at the end oftliis Section.
,,. B. Remove, handle, transport, stockpile, and dispose of contaminated soil under the direction of an
individual licensed by the State of Texas as a Corrective Action Project Manager with 40 hours of
Health and Safety Training.
C. With concurrence of the Engineer, place impacted soil, as described in paragraph -3 3. Areas Potentially
Contaminated, subparagraph 3.1:B.2, in suitable covered containers; in a stockpile at a temporary
storage area, pending receipt of analytical results and receipt of authorization from TNRCC and the
disposal site for final disposal; or, trucks for transportdirectly to the disposal facility:
1 To avoid having to obtain a`TNRCC permit for a storage facility, do not commingle impacted
soil from different locations or with different sources.
2. Locate the temporary storage area to meet all of the following criteria:
a. Selected by the Contractor.
b. Acceptable to the Engineer.
C. ` Within a reasonable `distance to allow access by City personnel.
d. Outside the 100 -year floodplain.
e.Outside of, and not adjacent to, an area known or suspected to be a wetland.
f. Secured using temporary fencing or other means of controlling access.
3. Place stockpiled soils on an impervious membrane, a minimum thickness of 20 mils, and
surround it with a berm, a minimum of 12 inches in height, to prevent migration of soils or
moisture, other than evaporation. The ground surface on which the geomembrane is to be
placed shall be free of rocks greater than 0.5 inches in"diameter and any other object which
,.., could damage the membrane.
4. Cover the stockpile and protect it from wind and rain using a waterproof membrane covering.
The cover material shall be' -anchored- to" prevent it from being removed by wind.
S. Do not place soil over monitoring wells or piezometers, utility line manholes, or any other
' potential route for water to migrate to the subsurface.
6. Contact TNRCC-Air Permitting Division for assistance with completion of a 01-7 form in
accordance with 30 TAC 116 Standard Exemptions 68 and 118. S Additional testing may be
required to evaluate emission rates from stockpiled soil.
7. Handle runoff, from the temporary storage area in accordance with paragraph 3.7, Handling
Water.
8. Remove any material, including excavated soil from the construction site, from the temporary
storage area prior to completion of the project.
01257198 EXCAV ATIOI; FiANDI 1NG ALIT) bISIOSAI ` , ' 021Y 11 - 5 a
04/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERI"AL =
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4
9. Comply with requirements as otherwise required by law.
D. If acceptable emission rates are not exceeded, and with required TNRCC permits and concurrence of
the Engineer, contaminated soil may be mixed and aerated so volatile petroleum hydrocarbons can
evaporate, reducing the level of contamination to below concentrations prescribed in paragraph 3.6.
,Handling Impacted and Contaminated Soils, subparagraph 3.6.A or 3.61. Work the soil as follows:
1. Spread stockpiled material to a maximum depth of 18 inches and make at least 3 passes with
a disc harrow and at least 3 passes with a road grader to turn material completely over.
2. Make the specified passes to turn material over at least twice per day for 5 consecutive days or
until the material contains less than permissible levels of contaminants._
E. If acceptable emission rates are exceeded and level of contamination is below levels prescribed in
paragraph 3.6.I, Contractor may choose to dispose of contaminated soil or develop and implement an
appropriate emissions control plan, both subject to approval by the Engineer. Such a plan should
include provisions to work the soil as described in paragraph 3.6.D, limit emissions to below allowable
levels, and obtain required TNRCC permits.
F. If acceptable emission rates are exceeded and level of contamination exceeds levels prescribed in
paragraph 3.6.I, Contractor may choose to treat contaminated soil by another method or develop and
implement an appropriate emissions control plan, both subject to approval by the Engineer. Again,
such a plan should include provisions to work the soil as described in paragraph 3.6.13, limit emissions
to below allowable levels, and obtain required TNRCC permits.
G. Transport contaminated soil in accordance with Department of Transportation and TNRCC rules and
regulations. Use a licensed carrier acceptable to the Engineer for such transport.
H. Dispose of contaminated soil at a properly licensed facility with prior approval of the Engineer.
L Assure that limits of contamination for disposal at the facility are not exceeded. General limits for
proper disposal of Class II petroleum contaminated soil at landfills are listed at the end of this Section
in Table C, "Contamination Limits for Disposal of Class II Soil".
1. Contact the landfill operator for exact disposal limits and for requirements regarding disposal
of other types of contaminated soil.
2. Obtain signed manifests from the receiving facility and provide originals to the Engineer.
J. Contaminated soil that exceeds the concentrations listed in I Table C can be taken to the City of Lubbock
treatment unit on the northbound frontage road of IH -27 between Municipal Drive and Erskine Avenue.,
The city will then treat the soil at the city's expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the material
ends with the delivery to the city.
3.7 HANDLING WATER
A. Install and operate groundwater control systems, as described in Section 02240 - Dewatering, and
conduct construction activities in, potentially contaminated areas to minimize the spread of
contamination. Design and operate the groundwater control systems such that water from potentially
contaminated areas is handled in systems separated and isolated from groundwater control systems
outside of the potentially contaminated area.
B. Handle, test, treat, and discharge contaminated water to the storm or sanitary sewer in accordance with
City of Lubbock, TNRCC, and EPA requirements.
1. Subchapter H of Section 321, 30 TAC describes the requirements of TNRCC for handling,
testing and discharging water contaminated with petroleum to the storm sewer.
2. On-site water handling, treatment, and disposal systems, if not already permitted, are subject
to the air permitting provisions of paragraph 3.6.C.
3. All such activities shall be under the direction of an Individual licensed by theState of Texas
as a Corrective Action Project Manager with 40 hours of Health and Safety Training.
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL 02111 -6
04/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL -REVISED
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4
C. Treat potentially contaminated, impacted, and contaminated water to be discharged to City storm or
sanitary sewers in accordance with Table D, or as required to meet other disposal requirements.
1. Provide equipment sized according to standard engineering practices to handle flows anticipated
by dewatering operations.
*^
2. Include a standard sized, commercially available oil/water separator as part of the treatment
system suitable for intended use for dewatering operation discharges to a storm or sanitary
sewer.
3. Where groundwater contamination levels exceed those noted in the Table D, provide additional
treatment systems as needed prior to discharge to the sanitary or storm sewers. Any discharge
of contaminated groundwater shall be treated with an airstripping or activated carbon unit or
other such system.. .
4. Do not discharge treated water into a sewer if the flow is less than one foot below the top of the
manhole or would cause an overflow situation.
5. Do not discharge into sanitary sewer without permit from City of Lubbock.
■^^
6. Recover free product collected in the treatment equipment.
7. Recycle (i.e., for beneficial reuse) or dispose of recovered contaminants in a manner acceptable
to the Engineer and the TNRCC.
8. Transport contaminated water and recovered contaminants in accordance with Department of
Transportation and TNRCC rules and regulations. Use a licensed carrier acceptable to the
_
Engineer for such transport.
9. Obtain signed manifests from the receiving facility and provide originals to the Engineer.
10. Furnish laboratory reports to the Engineer within one week of sample date.
D. Obtain approval and/or required permits from the City for discharge directly to a sanitary sewer which
discharges to a City -owned wastewater treatment plant prior to commencing such discharge.
E. If contamination levels are below levels indicated_ by the NPDES permit for the storm sewer, then
obtain a permit from the TNRCC for discharge directly to that storm sewer prior to commencing such
discharge. Obtain level limits and other requirements or restrictions from owner/operator of storm
sewer.
F. Limits for discharge of water contaminated with only petroleum to sewers are given at the end of this
Section in Table D, "Petroleum Contaminated Groundwater Discharge Limits".
3.8 DISPOSAL OF MATERIAL NOT CONTAMINATED
A. Dispose of excess or unsuitable excavated materials, that are not contaminated, off the job site in
►
accordance with Section 01.576 - Waste Material Disposal.
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL 02111 -7
04/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL - REVISED
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #4
TABLE A
ANALYTICAL TESTS
SUSPECTED CONTAMINATION
ANALYTICAL TESTS TO BE PERFORMED
Gasoline
BTEX (if no free product is visible)
Benzene
TPH
Toulene
MTBE (water only)
Ethyl Benzene
Ignitability/flashpoint (if free product is visible)
Total Xylenes
Lead
Oil and Grease
Diesel fuel
BTEX (if no free product is visible)
Jet Fuel
TPH
Fuel Oils: Nos. 1, 2 and 4
PAH
Ignitability/flashpoint (if free product is visible)
Oil and Grease
Lubricating oils
TPH
Hydraulic fluids
PAH
No. 6 fuel oil
Oil and Grease
Unknown petroleum contamination
BTEX
Waste oils
TPH
PAH
VOC
Total metals (soil only)
Oil and Grease
Notes: BTEX - benzene, toluene, ethyl benzene, and xylene SVOC - semi -volatile organic compounds
TPH -total petroleum hydrocarbons TOX - total organic halides
MTBE - methyl tertiary butyl ether PAH - Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
VOC - volatile organic compounds
TABLE B
SOIL CONTAMINATION CRITERIA - PETROLEUM ON'LV".. —
CONTAMINANT
MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION
(mg/kg)
TPH
200
Benzene
0.5
Toulene
20
Ethyl Benzene
10
Total Xylenes
70
01257198 EXCAVATION; HANDLING -AND DISPOSAL 021111"=` 8
04/01 OF CONTAMWATEDMATERIAL -'REVI5E`0
Note: TCLP - toxicity characteristic leachate procedure (40 CFR 261, Appendix 11)
.., TABLE D
PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER DISCHARGE, LIMITS, _ .
Parameter
Discharge to Storm Sewer
LIMIT FOR DISPOSAL
CLASS 11 SOIL
SOIL CONTANUNATED WITH
CONTANUNANT
Gasoline or Diesel
TPH
< 600 mg/kg
EPA 418.1
5
and
BTEX (mg/L)
BTEX
< 150 mg/kg if total BTEX
l
SW846
detected > 5 mg/kg
0.005
SW846
Benzene TCLP -< 0.25 mg/L
SW846
PAH (mg/L)
if benzene detected at > 5
_
EPA 8310
N/A
mg/kg
Waste Oil
Total Lead
< 250 mg/kg if lead detected
0.68
EPA 3020/7421
is > 50 mg/kg
10
Toxic Lead or Lead TCLP
< 2.5 mg/L
LEL METER
TPH
< 600 mg/kg
EPA 150.1
Total Organic Halogen
< 50 mg/kg
Oil and Grease, Total (mg/L)
Benzene TCLP
< 0.25 mg/l
Note: TCLP - toxicity characteristic leachate procedure (40 CFR 261, Appendix 11)
.., TABLE D
PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER DISCHARGE, LIMITS, _ .
Parameter
Discharge to Storm Sewer
Discharge to Sanitary Sewer
Limit
Method
Limit
Method
TPH (mg/L)
15
EPA 418.1
5
EPA 418.1
BTEX (mg/L)
0.100
SW846
l
SW846
Benzene (mg/L)
0.005
SW846
I
SW846
PAH (mg/L)
0.01
EPA 8310
N/A
N/A
Lead (mg/L)
0.25
EPA 3020/7421
0.68
EPA 3020/7421
Lower Explosive Limit (%)
10
LEL METER
10
LEL METER
pH
6.0-9.0
EPA 150.1
5.0-11.0
EPA 150.1
Oil and Grease, Total (mg/L)
N/A
N/A
400
EPA 413.1
Note: These discharge limits are subject to the permits of the operator or owner of the facility. If the operator or
owner of the facility or federal, state, or local ordinance requires a more stringent limit, the more stringent limit
will govern.
END OF SECTION 02111
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL
04/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL - REVISED
No Text
6a
0-4
,., City of Lubbock
PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
ROOM L04, MUNICIPAL BUILDING
1625 13- STREET
LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401
PH: (806)775-2167 FAX:
(806)775-2164
http://purchasing.ci.lubbock.tx.us
ADDENDUM #3
ITB 001-01/VK
SOUTH CENTRAL LUBBOCK
DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS
Drawing Sheet G13 Permissible
Materials
MAILED TO VENDOR: April 12, 2001
CLOSE DATE: April 25, 2001`@ 3:00 p:m. (CST)
THE FOLLOWING ITEMS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE ABOVE NAMED INVITATION
TO BID (ITB). WHERE ANY ITEM CALLED FOR IN THE ITB DOCUMENTS IS SUPPLEMENTED HERE, THE
ORIGINAL REQUIREMENTS, NOT AFFECTED BY THIS ADDENDUM, SHALL REMAIN IN EFFECT.
1. Can pipe types be mixed? Different types of pipe can be used, however a transition structure or
manhole must be used connecting RCP to CIPNRCP. On Line A-1 from Station 54+00 to 175+00
CIPNRCP is allowed except for railroad crossings at five locations which can not be open cut. Will a
manhole or transition structure be required on either side of every crossing in order to place
CIPNRCP?
Ans. The abbreviations for the pipe types listed above are shown on drawing Sheet G13. This
answer amends and clarifies the answer given in paragraph 15 of Addendum No. 1 and
applies wherever a transition occurs or is proposed by the Contractor between pipe types:
A. If an inlet or headwall/wingwall structure is indicated on the drawings within 300 feet of a
proposed transition between pipe material types that involves CIPNRCP, then the transition
,. will be denied and the same type of pipe material (RCP, CCFRP or CIPNRCP as permissible
for that pipe segment as listed on drawing sheet G13) must be placed to the designated inlet
or headwall/wingwall structure. Pipe material transitions can occur at inlet structures, if more
than one storm sewer line enters the inlet structure.
B. A transition between RCP and CCFRP, at other than a manhole location, shall be performed
as stated in paragraph 15 of Addendum No. 1 using an RCP -specified joint.
C. For a transition between RCP and CIPNRCP, the end of the CIPNRCP shall be smooth and
perpendicular to the axis of the pipe. Joint gap between CIPNRCP and other pipe materials
shall be minimized, and under no circumstance shall the joint gap exceed two inches. Coat
both pipe ends at the transition with a pigmented water -insensitive epoxy bonding agent for
bonding plastic concrete to cured concrete. The pigmented epoxy bonding agent shall meet
the requirements of ASTM C881, Type V, Grade 3, Class according to temperature of
substrate. A non -reinforced concrete collar shall be cast in place, two feet in width centered
on the joint and with a thickness equal to 1.5 times the thickest pipe wall joined at that
,,. location, and shall encompass the full circumference of the joint. Once the initial curing has
taken place such that forms for the collar can be removed, the entire collar's exterior shall be
coated with pigmented curing compound. The interior of the joint shall be filled and smoothed
to the interior surface of the pipe with the same polyurethane compound normally used to seal
CIPNRCP to water -tight conditions. For pipelines 30 inches in internal diameter and smaller,
the polyurethane filling of the joint's interior will not be required.
D. - For a transition between RCP and CCFRP, the same procedure as in paragraph "C"
,., immediately above shall apply, except that the CCFRP shall have an external anchor ring
around its circumference to anchor the collar against longitudinal movement and also act as a
waterstop. Epoxy bonding agent shall not be applied to CCFRP. The external anchor ring
shall not be less than one -inch in width nor less than one -inch in height in cross-sectional
dimension and shall be of the same material as, and structurally bonded to, the CCFRP. If
the anchor ring is taller than one inch and, in the Engineer's sole opinion', is sufficiently tall to
materially affect the concrete collar's integrity, then the cast -in-place concrete collar thickness
Page 1 of 14
shall be increased to the Engineer's satisfaction and at no additional compensation. The
polyurethane joint filler shall not cause detrimental effects to the CCFRP and a manufacturer's
statement that the CCFRP materials and the polyurethane joint filler are compatible shall be
required. For pipelines 30 inches in internal diameter and smaller, the polyurethane filling of
the joint's interior will not be required.
E. The completed joint shall meet the requirements for water -tightness as specified for the
specific reach of storm sewer pipe.
2. Is direct -jack installation (single pass method) of RCP or CCFRP an acceptable alternative to liner
plate installation (two pass method) where liner plate is specified if the direct jack pipe is worthy of
design loads without help of the liner plate?
Ans. Yes. See paragraph 36, Addendum No. 1.
3. At locations where the liner plate is specified, details read "96 -inch diameter minimum tunnel liner
plate if open face or shielded face tunneling is used". Is this statement meant to exclude the use of
ribs and lagging or is this statement suggesting that if microtunneling is used, the pipe may be direct
jacked? Are steel ribs and lagging allowed as a primary tunnel liner at any locations, including ones
where liner plate is detailed?
Ans. A. The RCP and CCFRP pipe may be direct -jacked in accordance with specifications without
a tunnel liner. Also see Addendum No. 1, paragraph 36, and paragraph 2 of this
Addendum No. 3.
B. Ribs and lagging maybe used for tunnel lining purposes at any location except where
steel casing is indicated on the drawings. Also see Addendum No. 1, paragraph 64 and
the remainder of this Addendum No. 3.
4. In regard to paragraph 2, Addendum No. 1, can vertical bench depth be exceeded at other locations
as well? With an allowable bench width of 22 feet, a vertical bench depth of 5 feet is restricted. Will
the City consider a vertical bench greater than 5 feet for flow lines in excess of 35 feet?
Ans. Yes. The maximum bench depth permissible is hereby amended from 5 feet to 10 feet.
5. If the Contractor doesn't need the entire 22 feet of width indicated on the drawings for benching down
for equipment reach, can the bench -down width be less?
Ans. Yes.
6. The plans show about a one -block length for allowable trench work. Explain how access to homes
and businesses is going to work. Isn't it in the specifications that the Contractor will notify property
owners?
Ans. The City and the Engineer are aware that inconveniences will occur and some residents may
not be able to reach their homes or driveways by vehicle for a few days. Yes, the Contractor
is to notify property owners in accordance with specification Section 01140, Work
Restrictions. Section 01140 also specifies that certain assistance may be required to those
handicapped persons whose access is temporarily affected.
7. Is there a list of what streets get what type of paving repair?
Ans. Yes, sheet C18 has the different street cross sections and the notes under those cross
sections indicate which pavement treatment applies to the various locations of the work.
8. On the bid form Exhibit "A" under Bid Item No. 1 for Mobilization/Demobilization, part of the items
listed are for preparation of an "NOI" and an "NOT". What are these items and where is the
description of them?
Ans. An NOI is a "Notice of Intent" to perform construction activity that will disturb more than a
certain amount of surface area, and this form is submitted to the Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) at the address indicated on the forms prior to construction. An "NOT" is a
"Notice of Termination". This also must be filed with EPA, Region 6, Dallas, Texas. This
informs the EPA that the work covered under the NOI submitted for the specific work is
Page 2 of 14
complete and that the disturbed surface has been stabilized with vegetation or pavement.
These documents have had to be submitted for the past several years to EPA in conformance
with the Code of Federal Regulations. Attached as a part of this addendum are the NOI form
(both the plain form and the annotated form), the NOT form, the Region 6 endangered
species list for Texas, the sample sign required when the storm water pollution plan is at a
location other than theLLwork site or heading, and the Federal Register from the EPA Region 6
web site and for the Contractor's information. The actual documents required at the time of
filing the NOI and NOT may be somewhat different as the Owner has no control over the
timing and procedures of the federal government making revisions or changes to their
documents.
9. Who submits the NOI's?
Ans. The Contractor will submit his own NOI's at the appropriate time. The City of Lubbock will
submit NOI's on their own behalf. It is anticipated that the Contractor and the City will
coordinate the information to be placed on their respective NOI's.
�. 10. What is the process to determine whether endangered or threatened species exist at the Project Site?
Ans. Endangered Species are addressed in the July 6, 1998 Federal Register, Part II
Environmental Protection Agency "Reissuance of NPDES General Permits for Storm Water
Discharges From Construction Activities in Region 6; Notice". The steps required for an
applicant to assess the potential effects of their storm water discharges and related activities
on listed species and their critical habitat are included in the Notice in "Addendum A —
Endangered Species, I. Instructions to Applicants, B. Procedures". The assessment is
.,, required by the cited regulations to be made prior to an applicant submitting his Notice of
Intent (NOI) form.
LL A federal listing of "Threatened and Endangered Species" by State and County is available at
6 , http://www.epa.gov/owm/cons pdf/const tx.pdf. This list is currently updated through
December 31, 1999. Currently, there is no entry for Lubbock County, Texas, in this listing.
The Texas Parks and Wildlife Department maintains a County -by -County listing of rare
species. The listing indicates the current federal and state status of listed species of animals
and plants, and is updated periodically. Currently, this listing is not available on-line, however
the list may be obtained from TPWD, Wildlife Diversity, 3000 IH -35 South, Suite 100, Austin,
TX 78704 ((512)912-7011 or (512)912=7058 fax]. Also see the remainder of this addendum
for additional information.
11. What happens if an endangered/threatened species enters the project after start of work?
Ans. This is dependent on the type of species and the activity of that species, and every scenario
can't be accounted for in this addendum. For example, if a listed bird species is just "passing
through", then the bird will probably be gone of its own accord within a short time. But, if the
listed bird starts nesting in the project site, then that is a different proposition and
circumstances will dictate a course of action, if any is necessary. However, it is expected that
applicable federal and state law will be followed.
12. Can cement -treated base be used instead of caliche flexible base and/or asphalt -stabilized base?
Ans. No.
13. On sheet G3 of the plans, Street and R.O.W. Note 6 states that for excavation in paved areas that the
asphalt surfacing shall be salvaged and delivered to the City of Lubbock stockpile location at 84'h
Street and Avenue P. Also, it states that the Contractor is not required to perform milling of the
material. Rather than performing the above requirement, can the Contractor use an asphalt grinding
machine to pulverize the material to one -inch minus material size, blend the asphaltic material with the
native materials, and use this blended material in the trench backfill?
Ans. No. The asphalt material is to be salvaged and handled as originally specified to the depth
indicated in Note 10 of that same drawing number and notes section. Asphalt materials that
are in excess of four inches depth below the surface (which would be below the maximum
rte•+
Page 3 of 14
salvage depth in Note 10) may be processed and blended with native materials and then used
as trench backfill. The Contractor's attention is drawn to the fact that the blending and use of
such material may affect the soil material density characteristics, and the development of
specific density curves may be necessary for such material.
14. This question is about sheet C20 of the drawings and the trench details for flexible pipe and precast
reinforced concrete pipe. Can the Contractor Use a round trench,bottom from the spring line down
which would be shaped by using a cast -in-place concrete pipe excavation bucket? It is believed that a
round trench bottom will give better support than a flat trench bottom.
Ans. The Engineer has some experience with rounded trench bottoms, and has found that certain
combinations of rounded trench bottom, backfill materials and backfill construction techniques
are inadequate in properly and uniformly supporting prefabricated pipe. Also, unless close
tolerances are held during the shaping of the trench to adhere to the complete and uniform
bedding of the pipe, then point loads can develop during backfilling operations that can
potentially damage the pipe. The details as shown in the drawings conform to, or exceed, the
manufacturer's recommendations and recommended practice. The installation requirements
were coordinated with the various manufacturers during design of the project. Therefore,
rounded trench bottoms for prefabricated pipe will not be allowed to replace the installation
details shown.
15. Does the City have provision for an early completion incentive payment?
Ans. No. Also see Addendum No. 2, paragraph 4.
16. Is there a required bid bond form to be submitted with the bid?
Ans. No. The City does not have a specific bid bond form that the Bidder is required to use.
17. Please clarify the intent for the potholing of existing utilities in areas where surface access is not
allowed.
Ans. As regards the Burlington Northern Santa Fe (BNSF) Railway Company and South Plains
Switching right-of-ways, the BNSF permit granted to the City shall govern. Paragraphs 7 and
8 of that permit state:
"Prior to any boring work on or about any portion of the Premises, Licensee shall explore the
proposed location for such work with hand tools, to a depth of at least three (3) feet below the
surface of the ground to determine whether pipeline(s) or other structures exist below the
surface, provided, however, that in lieu of the forgoing, the Licensee shall have the right to
use suitable detection equipment or other generally accepted industry practice (e.g.,
consulting with the Underground Services Association), to determine the existence or location
of pipeline(s) and other subsurface structures prior to drilling or excavating with mechanized
equipment.
Prior to installation, five (5) days advance notice must be given to Licensor's Roadmaster at
500 Main Street, Lubbock, TX 79401, telephone (806) 765-3955."
Within that original railroad permit application, the application states that no machine
excavation shall take place within 25 feet of a rail, and that the "no surface access" reaches
shown on the drawings were also in the permit application. Therefore, only hand excavation
will be allowed within the railroad right-of-way.
As for the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) right-of-ways and facilities, any
potholing for utility locations must first be cleared in writing with TxDOT. The Owner's permits
with TxDOT do not allow any excavation within its right-of-way. The Contractor is encouraged
to require that the utility locating entity provide vertical information on the utilities that they do
locate.
For "no surface access areas that are still within the City's indicated right-of-way or within
nt
existing indicated storm water related easemes that, are controlled by the City, potholing for
utilities' exact locations will be allowed at the tunneling or boring access shaft locations, but
not within the no access zone. Such potholing shall only be sufficient for location
Page 4 of 14
r�
confirmation. Street repair may require some cement -stabilized or lean concrete backfill
- - below asphalt level depending on the size of the pothole. The smaller potholes normally can
not be repaired effectively without some type of treated backfill. Edges of asphalt shall be
saw cut and coated with specified tack coat prior to asphalt placement repairs, and the
surface hot -mix asphalt course shall match the thickness indicated on drawing Sheet C18 for
the street's level of service.
18. Is it possible for the City to award the project to multiple bidders such as Base Bid to one contractor
and a Base Bid Option to another contractor?
Ans. No. Only one contractor will be awarded a contract regardless of the Base Bid Options
- accepted by the Owner.
19. To achieve 95 percent compaction according to ASTM D698, maintaining plus or minus two percent
optimum moisture will be critical and costly. What types of soil processing and admixtures has the
City used in the past to condition the soil to obtain this compaction specification?
Ans. No soil amendments, processing or admixtures have knowingly been used in the vicinity on
prior projects to obtain specified moisture content and specified density. The Contractor is not
prohibited from processing materials or using admixtures if he deems it suitable for his
operations and to meet specifications. However, any admixtures that might interfere with in-
place field density tests using a nuclear density gauge must be disclosed to the Owner.
20. Where will the Contractor damage existing sprinkler systems?
Ansa The known or suspected areas containing sprinkler systems are stated on the various
plan -profile sheets in the drawings. Also see General Instructions to Bidders, paragraph
20 and the Special Provisions, paragraph SP -7.
21. How will the Contractor overlap the joint, or seam, of the filter cloth on Outlet Al when it has to be
constructed one-half at a time with sheet piling?
Ans. It is not expected that the filter cloth will be able to be overlapped in the center of the channel
at Outlet Al because of the center sheet piling common to both halves of the construction
sequence. However, 6 to 12 inches of filter cloth material shall be placed against the center
cofferdam and on each face of it. This material will probably be damaged upon removal of
the cofferdam, but that cannot be avoided. Once the center cofferdam is removed, the rock
riprap on either side of it will settle against each other and the installation should then
appropriately fulfill its intended design function.
22. What is the intent to keep from damaging the filter cloth when the second half of the shoring is
installed?
Ans. It is suggested that filter cloth located in the area within the second half of the shoring not be
placed until after that shoring is installed. Minor damage to the first-half filter cloth's outer
periphery in the main channel, which was placed during the first half of the channel work, is
expected while the second half shoring is being constructed.
23. Will the Contractor be required to compact backfill outside of paved areas to 95% density as required
in specification Section 02300 and Section 02317?
Ans. Yes.
24. Will the Contractor be required to "chip -seal" (same as seal coat) the asphalt street surface after
paving is completed?
Ans. No, the Contractor is not required to chip seal or seal coat the streets after paving is
completed.
25. In specification Section 01500, page 5, will the Contractor be required to furnish a full-time, around-
the-clock security guard with every heading or crew on the project?
Ans. As stated in the specification cited, a security guard is required 24 hours per day, 7 days per
week when the site is unattended:
Page 5 of 14
A. Interpretation: If the site is unattended, as an example, over a three-day holiday weekend,
then a security guard is required 24 hours per day for each of those three days because the
site is unattended by the workmen.
B. Interpretation: If, as another example, during the work -week the site has workmen in
attendance for 8 hours per day, then the security guard is only required for the remaining 16
hours of each of those days. It is expected that the superintendent and workmen will act as
site security to prevent unauthorized entry while they are performing their labors during the
work -day.
C. Interpretation: If tunneling operations are allowed to proceed seven days per week, 24 hours
per day (see Addendum No. 1, paragraph 38), the site is expected to be occupied by
workmen and secured by them. Thus a security guard will not be required while workmen are
on site and at least one worker is at the surface where he can make observations while
performing his other duties and enforce unauthorized entry.
D. Since security fences with lockable gates are also called for in the same specification at each
work site or heading, one roving security guard will be allowed to cover multiple work sites
within a three-mile contiguous length of the project, as measured along the stationing of the
storm sewer, if the security chain-link fence at each work site or heading is at least seven feet
in height, has less than 2-1/2 inches clearance between the fence bottom and ground surface,
and the fence's gates are locked. Such roving security guard must view each site or heading
within that reach at least once per hour while on duty. If the security guard can not view each
site or heading within that reach at least once per hour, then the guard's area of coverage
must be reduced to meet the time restriction.
E. If the fence is less than seven feet in height, or has a bottom clearance greater than 2-1/2
inches from the ground surface, then a security guard must be able to view each specific work
site or specific heading at least every 20 -minute interval when on duty. This will have to be
judged on a case-by-case basis and is dependent on the travel time between sites or
headings at any stage of the project and the line -of -sight between sites or headings. In no
case shall a single security guard's coverage exceed the three-mile contiguous length noted
in item D immediately above.
F. Where steel plates are used to temporarily cover trenches in accordance with paragraph 25 of
Addendum No. 1, a fence will not be required to enclose the steel plated trench length so long
as the steel plates are butted flush with one another to form a continuous cover over the
excavation. In that case, a single security guard may be used under the provisions of item D
immediately above for a contiguous storm sewer stationing length and site viewing time
interval.
G. Both security fence and security guard will not be required from Station 0+00 to approximate
Station 19+20 (east fence at Farmers Coop Compress) provided that the City's property
boundary fence is intact and the gates are locked. (Note: The storm sewer crossing at
Guava Avenue within this station range is not planned for any construction, other than maybe
temporary potholing by the Contractor for utility locations, within the right-of-way for Guava
Avenue).
H. All other locations in the project will require security as specified in Section 01500 and as
modified by this addendum.
26. What is the status of the Corps of Engineers 404 permits?
Ans. It has been over 60 days since the Owner submitted the request, and no official response has
yet been received. As of this time of this addendum, no changes are expected as a result of
the Corps of Engineers' review. The Bidder should also see Addendum No. 1, paragraph 46.
27. In the drawings, the pipe alignment is shown down the center of many narrow streets, Can the
alignment be moved to one side of the street, depending on the segment and location in the project?
Ans. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, it appears to be feasible after considering existing
utilities, traffic, driveway closures, rate of construction, and other items that may need
Page 6 of 14
consideration, alignment adjustments can be made with the approval of the Engineer. When
such alignment adjustments are approved, the Contractor shall provide the coordinates and
elevations necessary for accurate development of record drawings by the Engineer or Owner.
This shall also include curve data where such pipeline curves are adjusted from those
indicated on the plans to include the typical curve information such as that shown on the
Horizontal Alignment Data Sheets of the drawings. Such alignmentchanges will only be
considered on a case-by-case basis.
28. The plans and specifications show about a one -block length allowable for trench work. How is the
access to homes and businesses going to work?
Ans. The Owner and Engineer know that unavoidable inconveniences are going to arise. The
specifications in Section 01140 address the identifiable special cases.
29. Isn't it in the specifications that the Contractor will notify the property owners?
' Ans. Yes, in specification Section 01140, page 4, paragraph 1.9.
30. Will the City assist in notifications to outside entities?
Ans. Yes. The Owner will assist with the dissemination of information about the project through a
planned newsletter and press releases. The Contractor's responsibilities in Section 01140 of
the specifications remains unchanged.
31. Our office is located in another state and I am not sure if the Workman's Compensation Experience
Rating is the same as that for Texas. Could this be clarified?
Ans. This question was addressed in Addendum No. 1 in paragraphs 50 and 69. A method is
given in those paragraphs for Workman's Compensation Experience Rating for those states
who do not participate in the National Council on Compensation Insurance Worker's` r "
Compensation Experience Rating System.
32. Under specification Section 01500, page 4, paragraph 3.3.D. How many project identification signs
must the Contractor supply for the project?
Ans. A. One sign shall be located at each of the Contractor's primary stockpile sites, excluding
soil material stockpiles. A primary stockpile site does not include where pipe might be strung
on the surface along the storm sewer route ahead of excavation activity. Also, a sign is not
required at the salvaged asphalt stockpile site owned by the City at 84t" and Avenue P.
B. One sign shall be located at the Contractor's common -use field office, unless the field
office is within a permanent structure leased or owned by the Contractor (for example, office
space leased in an office building or an office park).
C. One sign shall be located at each work site or heading, except that project identification
signs are not required at a work site or heading that is less than 1,320 feet (approximately two
city blocks along a block's long axis, based on Lubbock's standard block dimensions) of
another work site or heading that has a sign, excluding lake areas.
D. One sign shall be located at each lake area where construction activity is taking place
within that lake area.
E. Signs may be relocated and re -used as work progresses, and work site and heading
locations change.
F. Signs at work sites and headings may be attached to the specified security fence or
otherwise firmly secured and visible in lieu of post supports.
G. The Contractor's sequence of operations, spacing of operations, number of sites
simultaneously occupied, and other factors under the Contractor's control will determine the
number of project identification signs that will be needed in accordance with this addendum.
H. This does not relieve the Contractor of storm water pollution prevention signage as
required by the EPA storm water regulations for construction activities.
Page 7 of 14
33. There is not enough room along most of the project to stockpile the excavated material alongside the
route. How is the Contractor supposed to handle all of that soil?
Ans. The means and methods for handling the excavated materials, except as may be specified or
indicated in the documents, are the domain of the Contractor. For informational purposes
only, the Engineer has seen excavated materials in prior projects and under similar
circumstances that were loaded directly into trucks from an excavating trackhoe and no
"adjacent -to -the -trench stockpiling" was done. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine
how to handle the excavated soil volumes according to his operations.
34. Request that you reconsider the tunnel liner requirements in specification Section 02425, page 3,
paragraph 1.5.E, and in Addendum No. 1, paragraph 64 in order to promote more competition in
supplying tunnel liner plates and rib and lagging tunnel systems. This is not a request to compromise
safety or standard of care, but to re -consider the function and functional duration of the tunnel liner
systems for the project so that perhaps different systems meeting the functional objectives might bid
on the work.
Ans. See the remainder of this Addendum No. 3.
35. Why do the plans call out trenchless crossings from Station 288+25 to Station 311+60 (apparently to
avoid existing utility conflicts) while calling out zero trenchless crossings from Station 313+00 to
Station 335+00 when the exposure to existing utility conflicts seems to be relatively equal in these two
reaches of the proposed storm sewer system.
Ans. This question is answered in two parts.
A. For trenchless crossings between Station 288+25 to Station 311+60 (at other than 50th Street,
a major thoroughfare).
During the design of this project, while coordinating with Southwestern Public Service
Company and Lubbock Power and Light, the Engineer was informed that the overhead
circuits for the neighborhoods in that station range could only be supplied from one direction.
In anticipation of the size of open cut excavation equipment, it was decided that the overhead
lines would have to be temporarily removed to accommodate excavation equipment
maneuvers. The power companies could not temporarily remove those lines because
another circuit was not available to supply power to those neighborhoods. Thus, it was
decided to require trenchless methods at those specific utility crossings to avoid the potential
for equipment interference with the neighborhoods' electrical power supply.
B. Zero trenchless crossings from Station 313+00 to Station 335+00.
Within this reach of the project, the power companies informed the Engineer that they have
more than one circuit with which to supply the neighborhoods. Therefore, the matter is left
open to the Contractor as to his installation method and efficiency in his operations. The
installation method could be trenchless, it could be open cut with the power lines temporarily
taken out of the way, or it could be open cut with the Contractor's forces electing to leave the
power lines in place. It is up to the Contractor, if he elects to have the power lines temporarily
taken out of service and temporarily removed, to coordinate that expectation with the
particular power company. Any charges incurred by the Contractor from the power company
will be expected to be included in the bid price.
36. Some of the soil borings in the geotechnical reports by Terra Engineers, Inc. stop above the top of the
tunnel and that only a few borings were taken along the tunnel sections of the project. The
assumption that we are making, without incurring bid expense on a project that we may not be
awarded, is that the Geotechnical Reports accurately depict the ground conditions that we are likely to
encounter. In my opinion, this leaves the City open for a Differing Site Conditions claim should this
not be the case. We request that the City furnish all the potential bidders on this project with sufficient
full depth soil borings along with proper engineering reports on the rocks and soils likely to be
encountered.
Page 6 of 14
n --
Ans. The City will not be conducting nor furnishing any further geotechnical information. The
Special Provisions in paragraph SP -6 of the specifications state the purposes and limitations
for furnishing the Terra Engineers, Inc. reports to potential bidders.
37. The specifications say that the Contractor is to identify potential endangered species. How?
Ans. The City and the Engineeer are relying upon U.S. Fish and Wildlife listings and Texas Parks
and Wildlife listings for Lubbock County.
38. Request that the standard trench and benched trench details for precast reinforce concrete pipe
shown on sheet C20 of the drawings be modified to allow pea gravel backfill instead of cement
stabilized backfill.
Ans. No adjustment to the precast reinforced concrete pipe trench details on drawing sheet C20
will be made.
39. In our conversation with the flexible pipe manufacturers, we have discovered that they assume that
the "pea gravel' bedding is a rigid support for their pipe and it is not! Should the specification be
written for a bedding that is well graded and hand compacted road gravel?
Ans. There. is no pea gravel bedding allowed on this project. All of the trench details on sheets C20
and C21 show a sand bedding where a bedding is required.
40. Are you using the ASTM standard for field joint tests?
Ans. The field joint tests are covered in specification Section 02533.
41. 1 saw in the specifications where it shows individual joint testing is permissible for pipes that are 48
inches and larger in diameter. Can individual joint testing be performed down to 24 inches in
diameter?
Ans. Yes, provided that, in the opinion of the Engineer, reliable procedures are adhered to and
reliable results can be obtained. Otherwise, sections of pipe must be tested in accordance
with specification Section 02533.
42. How long does the bidder's bid have to be good before the City awards a contract?
Ans. Sixty calendar days. The following sentence in the Bid Submittal form is changed to read:
"The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of six -
five 65 calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids." This should allow
more than enough time for the City to evaluate bids and responsible bidders.
43. Can we do test holes in the parks?
Ans. Yes. Stay on City of Lubbock property, coordinate with the Parks Department and leave the
test hole sites clean.
44. What about test holes on the Farmers Coop Compress property?
Ans. The City has a map of the site and contact information.
45. What about test holes in the paved areas of the streets?
Ans. Test holes will need to be behind the curb, yet still in City right-of-way. No test holes within
pavement.
46. The City of Lubbock web site shows an estimated cost of $36 million. This is greater than the $30.6
million quoted earlier on the Lubbock website. Why the difference?
Ans. The $36 million referred to includes design engineering, geotechnical engineering, surveying,
aerial photography, and some other costs associated with the project in addition to estimated
construction.
47. Is there any value associated with doing more tunneling? For example, if a bidder who was doing
more tunneling of the project came in higher than another bidder who was going to open cut as much
-- Page 9 of 14
as possible of the project, is there any consideration of awarding the contract to the higher bidder who
would do more tunneling and less surface disruption?
Ans. No. There's no provision for that type of evaluation or award in the contract documents.
48. What is the Contractor supposed to do with excess materials generated from the work?
Ans. See specification Section 01576, Addendum No. 1, paragraph 23 and Addendum No. 2,
paragraphs 1 and 2.
49. Which areas are to be re -seeded and which areas are to be re -sod?
Ans. The park areas as defined in the specifications are to be re -sod. Range areas may be re-
seeded or re -sod at the Contractor's option.
50. What is the seeding rate for areas to be re -seeded?
Ans. See specification Section 02920, paragraph 3.43, page 5. The seeding rate is specified as
10 pounds of pure live seed per acre.
CITY -INITIATED OR ENGINEER -INITIATED ADDENDA
51. Addition to Special Provisions
On page SP -7 of the Special Provisions, add the following new paragraph:
"SP -11. In the General Conditions of the Agreement, page 3, paragraph 18, the provisions
regarding the character of workmen shall also include persons of female gender wherever the words
"man" or "men" is used. The provisions for the character of the workmen shall be construed to include
the Contractor's superintendent or superintendents, and Contractor's subcontracted work forces and
subcontractor superintendents."
52. Revision to specification Section 01356, page 2, paragraph 1.2.K
Replace paragraphs 1.2.K.1 and 1.2.K.2 with the following paragraphs:
1. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service lists the following species as threatened or endangered for
Lubbock County, Texas in their list updated through December 31, 1999:
a. None Federally -listed for Lubbock County, Texas.
2. The Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TP&WD) lists the following species as threatened or
endangered for Lubbock County, Texas with descriptive verbiage taken from their list revised
January 11, 2001:
a. American Peregrine Falcon endangered. Potential migrant; nests in West Texas.
b. Arctic Peregrine Falcon — threatened. Potential migrant.
c. Bald Eagle — threatened. Found primarily near sea coasts, rivers and large lakes; nests in tall
trees or on cliffs near water; communally roosts, especially in winter; hunts live prey,
scavenges, and pirates food from other birds.
d. Whooping Crane — endangered. No verbiage in TP&WD list sent to Engineer.
e. Black -footed Ferret — endangered. Considered extirpated in Texas; potential inhabitant of any
prairie dog towns in the general area.
f. Texas Horned Lizard — threatened. Open, and and semi -arid regions with sparse vegetation,
including grass, cactus, scattered brush or scrubby tre8s; soil may vary in texture from sandy
to rocky; burrows into soil, enters rodent burrows, or hides under rock when inactive; breeds
march -September.
53. Revision to specification Section 02084, page 2, paragraph 2.3
On page 2 of specification Section 2084, delete paragraphs 2.3.A and 2.3.13 in their entirety and
replace with the following under the 2.3 Special Frames and Covers for Manholes paragraph heading:
Page 10 of 14
r-'
FO
A. Where indicated on the drawings, provide watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum
of four one -inch anchor bolt holes in the frame flange. Supply watertight manhole covers and
frames meeting Neenah R -1916-D (335 pounds), Neenah R -1916-E (410 pounds), Neenah R-
1916 -F (330 pounds), Neenah R -1916-F1 (375 pounds), or equal to fit cone section and
P"" adjustment rings, and to allow for anchor bolts extending into the cone section. Frame and cover
shall be suitable for internal low pressure storm water service to 20 pounds per square inch
internal pressure.
B. Anchor lid with manufacturer's recommended size, number and strength of bolts and nuts.
C. Lid to be stamped "Storm Sewer".
D. Anchor frame with 7/8 -inch Hilti stainless steel bolt bolt or stainless steel threaded rod with washer
,., and nut. Embed anchor bolts a minimum of three inches into concrete cone section of manhole,
exclusive of length required to penetrate adjustment rings. Use a minimum of four bolts evenly
spaced on the frame circumference. Minimum pullout force per bolt to be 3,000 pounds in
tension. Use anchor bolts equal to Hilti HVA System or Hilti Kwik Bolt II System. Total anchor
bolt length dependent on frame thickness and number of grade rings. Top nuts, after tightening,
shall leave at least three full threads of the bolt showing above the nut.
54. Revision to specification Section 02425, page 3, paragraph 1.5.E, and to Addendum No. 1, paragraph
64.
In response to questions regarding the temporary nature of tunnel liners, paragraph 1.5.E on page 3
of specification Section 02425, and paragraph 64 of Addendum No. 1 are hereby deleted. The
affected language of both Section 02425 and Addendum No. 1 shall be replaced by the following:
"Liner design shall conform to AASHTO "Design Specifications for Tunnel Liner Plate", Section 16.
Because of the temporary nature of the tunnel liner and the various liner methods and materials
available, such liner design and selection shall be performed by the Contractor or the primary liner
"^ supplier. The design shall be sealed by a professional engineer and submitted to the Engineer in
accordance with paragraph 1.4.6.2 of this specification. Minimum factors of safety shall be those
selected by the designing engineer, but in no case shall they be less than any factors of safety listed in
the AASHTO specifications. Soil loads may be based on actual laboratory density compaction curves
for the tunnel location. In lieu of such compaction curves, the minimum dry soil density shall not be
less than 120 pounds per cubic foot. The design of the tunnel primary liner shall also withstand
grouting pressures when the subsurface voids are grouted.
55. Revision to specification Section 02425, page 3 paragraph 2.1
Delete paragraph 2.1 — Steel Liner Plates in its entirety on page 3 of specification Section 02425.
Replace with the following:
"2.1 Tunnel Liners
A. Tunnel liners can be composed of steel liner plates bolted together, steel ribs with bolted steel
liner plate lagging or steel ribs with timber lagging.
B. Steel liner plate shall be manufactured from steel conforming'to ASTM A-569, as
manufactured by AK Steel Corporation, Commercial Intertech, Inc., Contech Construction
Products, or equal, and certified by manufacturer for compliance with the ASTM designation.
Steel liner plate shall be of 2 -flange or 4 -flange design.
I. Plates shall be punched for bolting on both longitudinal and circumferential seams for 4 -
flange plates:
11. Plates shall be punched for bolting on circumferential seams for 2 -flange plates.
III. Plates shall be of uniform fabrication and those intended for one size and type of tunnel
liner shall be interchangeable.
IV. Material used for construction of liner plates shall be in good condition.
o
Page 11 of 14
V. A sufficient number of bolted steel liner plates shall be equipped with grout holes
furnished with plugs.
VI. Grout holes shall be located near plate center and spaced sufficiently close for grouting
the tunnel's exterior annular space.
C. Steel ribs shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation A36 or other ASTM designation
specifically for structural steel. Bolts and nuts for joining steel rib circumferential sections
shall conform to ASTM designations for the intended application.
D. Bolts and nuts for joining steel liner plate shall conform to ASTM Designation A153 where
possible. Where manufacturing, product application, design, or availability warrants variation
from ASTM A153, the bolts and nuts proposed for use within a variance shall meet ASTM
designation for such materials, finishes, and strength in the proposed application.
E. Steel materials are not required to be galvanized or otherwise plated with corrosion resistant
material.
F. Timber lagging shall be of the thickness, wood type and grade sufficient for the loads
expected to be imposed and for the duration of support (including grouting of voids external to
the tunnel liner) anticipated prior to completely grouting the annular space between the
primary tunnel liner and the carrier pipe.
I. Timber material used for construction of timber lagging shall be in good condition.
ll. A sufficient number of grout holes with plugs shall be provided in the lagging."
56. Revisions to specification Section 02920, various paragraphs
A. Page 1, Paragraph 1.1, Summary
Under the summary paragraph add the following: "Where re -seeding is specified, the Contractor
has the option of either re -seeding or re -sodding, or a mixture of both methods, in accordance
with these specifications. Where the Contractor elects to re -seed, he has the option of either
planting seed with a drill or planting seed through hydroseeding, or a mixture of both methods, in
accordance with these specifications.
B. Page 1, Paragraph 1.3.E
Delete the definition of "Park" as shown in the specifications. Insert the following definition for
Park: "A formally designated park by the City of Lubbock as indicated on the plans, storm water
conveyance and storage easements within lake areas (with lake area as defined in specification
Section 01140, paragraph 1.5.D), storm water storage impoundment easements, and surface
channel easements or right-of-ways that serve as surface water flow conveyances between lake
areas. All areas outside of the area defined as range in paragraph 1.35 shall be considered as
parks for purposes of re -vegetation.
C. Page 1, Paragraph 1.3.F
Add the following to paragraph 1.3.F for "Range".
"For the purposes of meeting the re -vegetation requirements required under this project, range
shall be defined as that reach of the project from Station 0+00 (the project downstream outlet area
at Yellowhouse Canyon) to approximate Station 52+37 (the eastern boundary fence of the
Farmers Coop Compress that is parallel to the BNSF railway tracks). All other areas not defined
as range in this paragraph shall be treated as parks for re -vegetation purposes.
D. Page 3 Paragraph 1.8.E
Change the phrase "Lawn Postfertilization" to Park Sodding Postfertilization".
E. Page 3, Paragraph 1.9.E
Change the phrase "Lawn Postfertilization to "Range Seeding/Sodding Postfertilization".
F. Page 4, Paragraph 3.3.13.1
Page 12 of 14
Page 13 of 14
rpm
Delete the text "Apply superphosphate fertilizer directly to subgrade before loosening".
Replace the deleted text with "Apply fertilizer directly to subgrade before loosening at a rate of
400 pounds per acre".
G. Page 4, Paragraph 3.3.C.1
Delete the text "Apply superphosphate fertilizer directly to subgrade before loosening".
Replace the deleted text with "Apply fertilizer directly to subgrade before loosening at a bulk
�-+
rate of 400 pounds per acre".
57. Correction to Plan Sheet P38
On sheet P38, in the profile view, there is a note which states "No surface access Sta 406+45 to Sta
410+00. Boring and jacking or tunneling required."
Change Sta 406+45 above to Sta 406+49. This will make the note on Sheet P38 compatible with the
similar note on Sheet P37.
58. Revision to Plan Sheet C16
On plan sheet C16, Section A detail, delete the following note: "Flanged style TF -1 Tide Flex check
valve or approved equal'." Replace the deleted note with this note: "Slip-on connection style TF -1
Tide Flex check valve or approved equal'.
59. Revisions to Plan Sheet C23
A. On plan sheet C23, Watertight Manhole Detail
Delete the note which states "Watertight manhole lid and frame with 1" anchor bolts (4m in.).
Neenah R -1916-F1 or approved equal (375 lbs minimum total weight) stamped "storm sewer".
Replace the deleted note with "Frame and cover as specified".
r
B. On Plan sheet C23, Note 6
Delete note 6 at the right side of the sheet that states "See sheet G14 for permissible pipe
material under alternative bid."
60. Revison to Plan Sheet C24
On plan sheet C24, delete note 6 which states "See sheet G14 for permissible pipe materials under
alternative bid."
61. Revison to Plan Sheet C25
On drawing sheet C25, upper right-hand corner, notes. Delete note 5 which states "See sheet G14
r*+
for permissible pipe materials under alternate bid."
62. Revision to Plan Sheet C20
A. Standard Trench Detail, Flexibel Pipe (CSB Option), top left of sheet — this detail shows a 12 -inch
minimum depth of cement stabilized backfill above the top of the pipe. Change the 12 -inch
minimum to an 8 -inch minimum depth above the top of the pipe.
B. Benched Trench Detail, Flexibel Pipe (CSB Option), bottom left of sheet — this detail shows a 12 -
inch minimum depth of cement stabilized backfill above the top of the pipe. Change the 12 -inch
minimum to an 8 -inch minimum depth above the top of the pipe.
63. Clarification to Plan Sheets GR1 Through GR21
Additional clarification is contained in Addendum No. 1, paragraph 35. As regards the sheet pile
cofferdams shown on Sheets GR1 through GR21, the intent is to require the Contractor to use
cofferdam materials that do not introduce fill material into the indicated areas. Therefore earthen
levees or dikes, closed cell earth -filled cofferdams and other such types of cofferdams that introduce
r.-
what could be classified as fill will not be allowed, however temporary it might be. However, this does
not preclude the Contractor from proposing for use proprietary cofferdam systems or H-pile/sheeting
Page 13 of 14
rpm
types of systems provided that the environmental impact is no greater than what can be expected —
from a sheet pile system.
64. Addendum No. 1, paragraph 49
In Addendum No. 1 for the ITB #001-01NK, Drawing Sheet G13 Permissible Materials, wherever the —
phrase "Project Options" is used, it shall also be interpreted to mean "Base Bid Options".
65. Addendum No. 2, paragraph 3
Add the following to paragraph 3 of Addendum No. 2:
"For flexible wall pipe such as CCFRP, the manufacturer's joint test shall be conducted at the
allowable maximum deflection of five percent."
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
Questions may be faxed to : (806)775-2164 -
or Email to: vkilman@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us
THANK YOU,
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Victor Kilman
Purchasing Manager
PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY OF THIS ADDENDUM WITH YOUR BID.
Page 14 of 14
BID SUBMITTAL
UNIT PRICE BID CONTRACT
DATE:
PROJECT NUMBER: #001-01/VK -SOUTH CENTRAL LUBBOCK DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS -'
Drawing Sheet G13 Permissible Materials
Bid of (hereinafter
called Bidder)
To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Gentlemen:
The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of a SOUTH CENTRAL
LUBBOCK DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions
to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work,
and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including
the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to
construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time
set forth therein and at the price stated in Exhibit "A".
The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds,
according to the accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated
and for the prices stated in Exhibit "A" of this bid.
Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be
!^* specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 1,200 (ONE
THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED) consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications
and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the
sum of $3,100.00 (THREE THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED DOLLARS) for each consecutive calendar day
in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the
general conditions of the contract documents.
Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in
accordance with instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any
formality in the bidding.
The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty-five
(65) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids.
The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully
examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and
he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and
to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents.
r
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a
cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from
a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not
less than one percent (1 %) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter
into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within
fifteen (15) days after notice of award of the contract to him.
Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for
Dollars ($ ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of
Dollars ($ ), which it is agreed shall be
collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the
Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance
certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within fifteen (15) days after the date of
receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be
returned to the undersigned upon demand.
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and
include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to
Bidders.
Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code
252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has
been opened may not be changed for the
purpose of correcting an error in the bid price.
THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID
PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID
SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING.
(Sea[ if Bidder is a Corporation)
ATTEST:
Date:
Authorized Signature
(Printed or Typed Name)
Company
MNVBE
Firm:
County
Zip Code
Woman Black American Native American
Hispanic Asian Pacific American Other (Specify)
American
Address
Secretary
City,
Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
State
Addenda No.
Date
Telephone:
Addenda No.
Date
Fax:
Addenda No.
Date
Addenda No.
Date
MNVBE
Firm:
County
Zip Code
Woman Black American Native American
Hispanic Asian Pacific American Other (Specify)
American
a
THIS FORM REPLACES PREVIOUS FORM 3510-6 (8-98) Form Approved. OMB No. 2040-0188
See Reverse for Instructions
United States Environmental Protection Agency
NPDESA
Washington, DC 20460
FORM
`
%,
E
PA Notice of Intent (NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with
-- CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY Under a NPDES General Permit
Submission of this Notice of Intent constitutes notice that the party identified in Section I of this form intends to be authorized by a NPDES permit issued
for storm water discharges associated with construction activity in the State/Indian Country Land identified in Section II of this form. Submission of this Notice
of Intent also constitutes notice that the party identified in Section I of this form meets the eligibility requirements in Part I.B. of the general permit (including
those related to protection of endangered species determined through the procedures in Addendum A of the general permit), understands that continued
authorization to discharge is contingent on maintaining permit eligibility, and that implementation of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan required under
Part IV of the general permit will begin at the time the permittee commences work on the construction project identified in Secion If below. IN ORDER TO
OBTAIN AUTHORIZATION, ALL INFORMATION REQUESTED MUST BE INCLUDED ON THIS FORM. SEE INSTRUCTIONS ON BACK OF FORM.
1. Owner/Operator (Applicant) Information
Name: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Phone: l l I I I I I I
Status of
i t i l l l i i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Owner/Operator: El
City: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I State: L—I Zip Code: I I I I 1 1-1 1 1 1
II. Project/Site Information Is the facility located on Indian
Country Lands?
Project Name: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 Yes ❑ No ❑
Project Address/Location: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
City: I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I State: IZip Code: I I I I I— I I I I
Latitude: I I I I I I J Longitude: I I County: I I I I I I I I I I I 'i , r I I I I
Has the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) been prepared? Yes ❑ No ❑
Optional: Address of location of
SWPPP for viewing ❑Address in Section I above ❑Address in Section II above ❑Other address (if known) below:
SWPPP Phone:
Address: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
City: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I State: L I Zip Code: I I I I I— I I I I
Name of Receiving Water: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I l I I I I I I I I Based on instruction provided in Addendum A of the permit, are
Month Day Year Month Day Year there any listed endangered or threatened species, or designated
Estimated Construction Start Date Estimated Completion Date critical habitat in the project area?
Estimate of area to be disturbed (to nearest acre): I I I I I I Yes ❑ No ❑
Estimate of Likelihood of Discharge (choose only one): I have satisfied permit eligibility with regard to protection of
endangered species through the indicated section of Part I.B.3.e.(2)
1. ❑ Unlikely 3. ❑ Once per week 5. ❑ Continual of the permit (check one or more boxes):
2. ❑ Once per month 4. ❑ Once per day (a) ❑ (b) ❑ (c) ❑ (d) ❑
III. Certification
I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system
designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who
manage this system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and
belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and
imprisonment for knowing violations.
Print Name: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 Date: I I I
Signature:
EPA Form 3510-9 replaced 3510-6 (8-98)
Instructions — EPA Form 3510-9 Form Approved. OMB No. 2040.0188
���EPA Notice of Intent (NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with
Construction Activity to be Covered Under a NPDES Permit
Who Must File a Notice of Intent Form
Under the provisions of the Clean Water Act, as amended, (33 U.S.C. 1251
et.seq.; the Act), except as provided by Part 1.B.3 the permit, Federal law
prohibits discharges of pollutants in storm water from construction activities
without a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permit. Operator(s)
of construction sites where 5 or more acres are disturbed, smaller sites that
are part of a larger common plan of development or sale where there is a
cumulative disturbance of at least 5 acres, or any site designated by the
Director, must submit an NOI to obtain coverage under an NPDES Storm
Water Construction General Permit. If you have questions about whether
you need a permit under the NPDES Storm Water program, or if you need
information as to whether a particular program is administered by EPA or
a State agency, write to or telephone the Notice of Intent Processing Center
at (703) 931-3230.
Where to File NOI Form
NOls must be sent to the following address:
Storm Water Notice of Intent (4203)
USEPA
401 M. Street, SW
Washington, D.C. 20460
Do not send Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans (SWPPPs) to the
above address. For overnightlexpress delivery of NOls, please include the
room number 2104 Northeast Mall and phone number (202) 260-9541 in
the address.
When to File
This form must be filed at least 48 hours before construction begins.
Completing the Form
OBTAIN AND READ A COPY OF THE APPROPRIATE EPA STORM WATER
CONSTRUCTION GENERAL PERMIT FOR YOUR AREA. To complete
this form, type or print, using uppercase letters, in the appropriate areas
only. Please place each character between the marks (abbreviate if
necessary to stay within the number of characters allowed for each item).
Use one space for breaks between words, but not for punctuation marks
unless they are needed to clarify your response. If you have any questions
on this form, call the Notice of Intent Processing Center at (703) 931-3230.
Section 1. Facility Owner/Operator (Applicant) Information
Provide the legal name, mailing address, and telephone number of the
person, firm, public organization, or any other entity that meet either of the
following two criteria: (1) they have operational control over construction
plans and specifications, including the ability to make modifications to those
plans and specifications; or (2) they have the day-to-day operational control
of those activities at the project necessary to ensure compliance with SWPPP
requirements or other permit conditions. Each person that meets either of
these criteria must file this form. Do not use a colloquial name. Correspon-
dence for the permit will be sent to this address.
Enter the appropriate letter to indicate the legal status of the owner/operator
of the project: F = Federal; S = State; M = Public (other than federal or
state); P = Private.
Section II. Project/Site Information
Enter the official or legal name and complete street address, including city,
county, state, zip code, and phone number of the project or site. If it lacks
a street address, indicate with a general statement the location of the site
(e.g., Intersection of State Highways 61 and 34). Complete site information
must be provided for permit coverage to be granted.
The applicant must also provide the latitude and longitude of the facility in
degrees, minutes, and seconds to the nearest 15 seconds. The latitude
and longitude of your facility can be located on USGS quadrangle maps.
Quadrangle maps can be obtained by calling 1-800 USA MAPS. Longitude
and latitude may also be obtained at the Census Bureau Internet site:
hftp://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/gazetteer.
Latitude and longitude for a facility in decimal form must be converted to
degrees, minutes and seconds for proper entry on the NOI form. To convert
decimal latitude or longitude to degrees, minutes, and seconds, follow the
steps in the following example.
Convert decimal latitude 45.1234567 to degrees, minutes, and seconds
1) The numbers to the left of the decimal point are degrees.
2) To obtain minutes, multiply the first four numbers to the right of the
decimal point by 0.006. 1234 x.006 = 7.404.
3) The numbers to the left of the decimal point in the result obtained in
step 2 are the minutes: 7'.
4) To obtain seconds, multiply the remaining three numbers to the right of
the decimal from the result in step 2 by 0.06: 404 x 0.06 = 24.24. Since
the numbers to the right of the decimal point are not used, the result is
24".
5) The conversion for 45.1234 = 45° 7' 24".
Indicate whether the project is on Indian Country Lands.
Indicate if the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) has been
developed. Refer to Part IV of the general permit for information on SWPPPs.
To be eligible for coverage, a SWPPP must have been prepared.
Optional: Provide the address and phone number where the SWPPP can
be viewed if different from addresses previously given. Check appropriate
box.
Enter the name of the closest water body which receives the project's
construction storm water discharge.
Enter the estimated construction start and completion dates using four digits
for the year (i.e. 05/27/1998).
Enter the estimated area to be disturbed including but not limited to:
grubbing, excavation, grading, and utilities and infrastructure installation.
Indicate to the nearest acre; if less than 1 acre, enter 1." Note: 1 acre =
43,560 sq. ft.
Indicate your best estimate of the likelihood of storm water discharges from
the project. EPA recognizes that actual discharges may differ from this
estimate due to unforeseen or chance circumstances.
Indicate if there are any listed endangered or threatened species, or
designated critical habitat in the project area.
Indicate which Part of the permit that the applicant is eligible with regard
to protection of endangered or threatened species, or designated critical
habitat.
Section III. Certification
Federal Statutes provide for severe penalties for submitting false information
on this application form. Federal regulations require this application to be
signed as follows:
For a corporation: by a responsible corporate officer, which means:
(i) president, secretary, treasurer, or vice president of the corporation in
charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs
similar policy or decision making functions, or (ii) the manager of one or
more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities employing more than
250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25
million (in second-quarter 1980 dollars), if authority to sign documents has
been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate
procedures;
For a partnership or sole proprietorship: by a general partner of the proprietor,
or
For a municipality, state, federal, or other public facility: by either a principal
executive or ranking elected official. An unsigned or undated NOI form will
not be granted permit coverage.
Paperwork Reduction Act Notice
Public reporting burden for this application is estimated to average 3.7
hours. This estimate includes time for reviewing instructions, searching
existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and
completing and reviewing the collection of information. An agency may not
conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection
of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Send comments regarding the burden estimate, any other aspect of the
collection of information, or suggestions for improving this form, including
any suggestions which may increase or reduce this burden to: Director,
OPPE Regulatory Information Division (2137), U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, 401 M Street, SW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB
control number on any correspondence. Do not send the completed form
to this address.
I
r
THIS FORM REPLACES PREVIOUS FORM 3510-7 (8-92) Form Approved. outs Naso4o-ooes
Please See Instructions Before Completing This Form AppfOPre ; eat-elt
United States Environmental Protection Agency
NPDES t1 Washington, DC 204W
FORM���E Notice of Termination (NOT) of Coverage Under a NPDES General Permit for
Storm Water Discharges Associated with Industrial Activity
Submission of this Notice of Termination constitutes notice that the party identified in Seam 11 of this form is no longer authorized to discharge stoma water
associated with industrial activity under the NPDES program. ALL NECESSARY INFORMATION MUST BE PROVIDED ON THIS FORM.
1. Permit information
NPDES Storm Water �C Here if You are No Longer Check Here Nthe Storm Water ❑
General Permit Number. Li..... I-I--�•••-• 0---j--�•••- Operator of the Facility. Discharge is Being Terminated:
IL Facility Operator Information
Name:
Phone: i
Address:......
i • i ..1...._.1__....1.
City: t.._.._i...�__.a__ � ! _._! :. � �.._..L_�.___..,.-._:.__. Stata: I E ZIP Code: l- __.t_�._...t.__L...t..:_
Ill. Facility/Site Location Information
Name: 11; 11 : - : : 3 : : : . J a 1 1 11 1: 1
Address: ] : :
City: i i i i i i { State: L-iZIP Code: l i i ii -i ;Ili
Latitude: t—L...... 1_.l Longitude: I t __L_j 1 L Section: 1 1 1 Township: Ir-__.L.L........... j Range:
IV. Certification: 1 certify under penalty of law that all storm water discharges associated with industrial activity from the identified facility that are
authorized by a NPDES general permit have been eliminated or that I am no longer the operator of the facility or construction site. I understand that by
submitting this Notice of Termination, I am no longer authorized to discharge storm water associated with industrial activity under this general permit, and
that discharging pollutants in storm water associated with industrial activity to waters of the United States is unlawful under the Clean Water Act where
the discharge is not authorized by a NPDES permit. I also understand that the submittal of this Notice of Termination does not release an operator from
liability for any violations of this permit or the Clean Water Act.
Print Name:
Signature:
Date:
Instructions for Completing Notice of Termination (NOT) Form _ I
Who May File a Notice of Termination (NOT) Form
Permittees who are presently covered under an EPA -issued National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit (including the 1995
Multi -Sector Permit) for Storm Water Dicharges Associated with Industrial Activity
may submit a Notice of Termination (NOT) form when their facilities no longer
have any storm water discharges associated with industrial activity as defined in
the storm water regulations at 40 CFR 122.26(b)(14), or when they are no longer
the operator of the facilities.
For construction activities, elimination of all storm water discharges associated
with industrial activity occurs when disturbed soils at the construction site have
been finally stabilized and temporary erosion and sediment control measures
have been removed or will be removed at an appropriate time, or that all storm
water discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site that
are authorized by a NPDES general permit have otherwise been eliminated. Final
stabilization means that all soiWisturbing activities at the site have been
completed, and that a uniform perennial vegetative cover with a density of 70% of
the cover for unpaved areas and areas not covered by permanent structures has
been established, or equivalent permanent stabilization measures (such as the
use of riprap, gabions, or geolextiles) have been employed.
00* EPA Forth 3510-7 (8.98)
Where to File NOT Form
Send this form to the the followina address:
Storm Water Notice of Termination (4203)
401 M Street, S.W.
Washington, DC 20450
Completing the Form
Type or print, using upper-case letters, in the appropriate areas only. Please
place each character between the marks. Abbreviate if necessary to stay within
the number of characters allowed for each item. Use only one space for breaks
between words, but not for punctuation marks unless they are needed to clarity
your response. It you have any questions about this form, telephone or write the
Notice of Intent Processing Center at (703) 931.3230.
Instructions - EPA Form 3510-7
Notice of Termination (NOT) of Coverage Under The NPDES General Permit
for Storm Water Discharges Associated With Industrial Activity
Section I Permit Information
Enter the existing NPDES Stone Water General Permit number assigned to the
facility or site identified in Section III. If you do not know the permit number,
telephone or write your EPA Regional storm water contact person.
Indicate your reason for submitting this Notice of Termination by checking the
appropriate box:
If there has been a change of operator and you are no longer the operator of
the facility or site identified in Section III, check the corresponding box.
If all storm water discharges at the facility or site identified in Section III have
been terminated, check the corresponding box.
Section It Facility Operator Information
Give the legal name of the person, firm, public organization, or any other entity that
operates the facility or site described in this application. The name of the operator
may or may not be the same name as the facility. The operator of the facility is the
legal entity which controls the facility's operation, rather than the plant or site
manager. Do not use a colloquial name. Enter the complete address and telephone
number of the operator.
Section III Facility/Site Location Information
Enter the facility's or site's official or legal name and complete address, including
city, state and ZIP code. If the facility lacks a street address, indicate the state, the
latitude and longitude of the facility to the nearest 15 seconds, or the quarter,
section, township, and range (to the nearest quarter section) of the approximate
center of the site.
Section IV Certification
Federal statutes provide for severe penalties for submitting false information on this
application form. Federal regulations require this application to be signed as
follows:
For a corporation: by a responsible corporate officer, which means: (i) president,
secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal
business function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision
making functions, or (ii) the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or
operating facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales
or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second-quarter 1980 dollars), if authority
to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance
with corporate procedures;
Fora partnership or sole proprietorship: by a general partner or the proprietor; or
For a municipality, State, Federal, or other public facility: by either a principal
executive officer or ranking elected, official.
Paperwork Reduction Act Notice
Public reporting burden for this application is estimated to average 0.5 hours per
application, including time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data
sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing
the collection of information. Send comments regarding the burden estimate, any
other aspect of the collection of information, or suggestions for improving this form,
including any suggestions which may increase or reduce this burden to: Chief,
Information Policy Branch, 2136, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M
Street, SW, Washington, DC 20460, or Director, Office of Information and
Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, DC 20503.
Asp.
W
36490 Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION N. Endangered Species Protection (February 17, 1998) in the "Summary of
AGENCY V. Historic Properties Protection Responses to Comments on the
VI. Regulatory Review (Executive Order Proposed Permit" section of the
[FRL-6119-7] 12866) reissuance of NPDES General Permits
VII. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Reissuance of NPDES General Permits
for Storm Water Discharges from
VIII. Paperwork Reduction Act From Construction Activities for
IX. Regulatory Flexibility Act Regions 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9 and 10.
Construction ActiVities in Region 6 I. Introduction
AGENCY: Environmental Protection The United States Environmental
Agency (EPA). Protection Agency Region 6 office is
ACTION: Notice of final NPDES general reissuing the general permits which
permits. authorizes the discharge storm water
SUMMARY: Region 6 is issuing the final
National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) general
permits for storm water discharges
associated with construction activity in
Region 6. EPA first issued permits for
these activities in September 1992.
These permits subsequently expired in
September 1997. Today's permits,
which replace those expired permits,
are similar to the permits issued in
1992. The main changes from those
1992 permits are summarized. in the
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section,
below.
ADDRESSES: The index to the
administrative record and the complete
administrative record are available at
the Water Docket, MC -4101, U.S. EPA,
401 M Street SW, Washington, DC
20460. Copies of information in the
record are available upon request. A
reasonable fee may be charged for
copying. The index to the
administrative record is also available
from EPA Region 6, Water Quality
Protection Division, Customer Service
Branch (6WQ-CA) 1445 Ross Avenue,
Suite 1200, Dallas, TX 75202.
DATES: These general permits shall be
effective on July 6, 1998.
NOTICE OF INTENT: A NOTICE OF INTENT
(NOI) FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED TO OBTAIN
COVERAGE FOR STORM WATER DISCHARG
UNDER THESE PERMITS. THE NOI FORM IS
GIVEN IN ADDENDUM C OF THESE PERMITS.
DEADLINES FOR SUBMITTAL OF NOI'S ARE
PROVIDED IN PART ILA OF THE PERMITS.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For
further information on the NPDES
Construction General Permits, call the
EPA Region 6 Storm Water Hotline at 1
800-245-6510. Information is also
available through the EPA Region 6's
storm water web site at "http://
www.epa.gov/region6/sw/ and on the
PIPES bulletin board web site at "http:/
/pipes.ehsg.saic.com/pipes. htm".
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Contents
I. Introduction
II. Answers to Common Questions
III. Section 401 Certification and Coastal
Zone Management Act
- associated with construction activity.
used in this permit, "storm water
associated with construction activity"
means construction activity disturbing
at least five acres, or construction
activity disturbing less than five acres
which is part of a larger common plan
of development or sale with the
potential to disturb cumulatively five or
more acres (See 40 CFR
122.26(b) (14) (x)).
These permits replace the previous
Baseline Construction General Permits
which were issued for a five-year term
in September 1992. The most significant
changes from the 1992 permits are
00, New conditions to protect listed
endangered and threatened species and
critical habitats;
10 -Expanded coverage to
construction sites under five acres of
disturbed land which are not part of a
larger common plan of development or
sale when an operator has been
designated by the Director to obtain
coverage.
0-A requirement to post at the
construction site the confirmation of
permit coverage (the permit number or
copy of the Notice of Intent (NOI) if arm
permit number has not yet been
assigned) including a brief description
of the project;
00 -Storm water pollution prevention
plan performance objectives have been
added.
These general permits for storm water
discharges associated with construction
activity was proposed on June 2, 1997
(62 FR 29786), and are hereby issued for
the following areas in Region 6: The
States of New Mexico and Texas; Indian
Country lands in Louisiana, Oklahoma,
Texas and New Mexico (except Navajo
Reservation Lands and Ute Mountain
Reservation Lands); and oil and gas
construction in the State of Oklahoma.
II. Answers to Common Questions
In this section, EPA provides answers
to some of the more common questions
on the construction storm water
permitting program. These answers are
fairly broad and may not take into
account all scenarios possible at
construction sites. More details on these
issues are provided at 63 FR 7858
How do I Know ifl Need a Permit?
You need a storm water permit if you
can be considered an "operator" of the
construction activity that would result
in the "discharge of storm water
As associated with construction activity."
You must become a permittee if you
meet either of the following two criteria:
► You have operational control of
construction project plans and
specifications, including the ability to
make modifications to those plans and
specifications; or
► You have day-to-day operational
control of those activities at a project
which are necessary to ensure
compliance with a storm water
pollution prevention plan (SWPPP) for
the site or other permit conditions (e.g.,
you are authorized to direct workers at
a site to carry out activities required by
the SWPPP or comply with other permit
conditions).
There maybe more than one party at
a site performing the tasks relating to
"operational control" as defined above.
Depending on the site and the
relationship between the parties (e.g.,
owner, developer), there can either be a
single party acting as site operator and
consequently be responsible for
obtaining permit coverage, or there can
be two or more operators with all
needing permit coverage. The following
are three general operator scenarios
(variations on any of the three are
possible as the number of "owners" and
contractors increases):
► Owner as Sole Permittee. The
property owner designs the structures
for the site, develops and implements
the SWPPP, and serves as general
contractor (or has an on-site
representative with full authority to
direct day-to-day operations). He may be
the only party that needs a permit, in
which case everyone else on the site
may be considered subcontractors and
not need permit coverage.
► Contractor as Sole Permittee. The
property owner hires a construction
company to design the project, prepare
the SWPPP, and supervise
implementation of the plan and
compliance with the permit (e.g., a
"turnkey" project). Here, the contractor
would be the only party needing a
permit. It is under this scenario that an
individual having a personal residence
built for his own use (e.g., not those to
be sold for profit or used as rental
property) would not be considered an
Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices 36491
operator. EPA believes that the general
contractor, being a professional in the
building industry, should be the entity
rather than the individual who is better
equipped to meet the requirements of
both applying for permit coverage and
developing and properly implementing
a SWPPP. However, individuals would
meet the definition of "operator" and
require permit coverage in instances
where they perform general contracting
duties for construction of their personal
residences.
No -Owner and Contractor as Co -
Permittees. The owner retains control
over any changes to site plans, SWPPPs
or storm water conveyance or control
designs; but the contractor is
responsible for overseeing actual earth
disturbing activities and daily
implementation of SWPPP and other
permit conditions. In this case, both
parties may need coverage.
However, you are probably not an
operator and subsequently do not need
permit coverage if.
0 -You are a subcontractor hired by,
and under the supervision of, the owner
or a general contractor (i.e., if the
contractor directs your activities on-site
you probably are not an operator); or
D-youractivities on site result in
earth disturbance and you are not
legally a subcontractor, but a SWPPP
specifically identifies someone other
than you (or your subcontractor) as the
party having operational control to
address the impacts your activities may
have on storm water quality (i.e.,
another operator has assumed
responsibility for the impacts of your
construction activities). This particular
provision will apply to most utility
service line installations. For further
information concerning whether utility
service line installations meet the
definition of operator and require
permit coverage, see the discussion
under "Installation of Utility Service
Lines" in Section VIII, Summary
Response to Public Comments of the
Fact Sheet.
In addition, for purposes of this
permit and determining who is an
operator, "owner" refers to the party
that owns the structure being built.
Ownership of the land where
construction is occurring does not
necessarily imply the property owner is
an operator (e.g., a landowner whose
property is being disturbed by
construction of a gas pipeline).
Likewise, if the erection of a structure
has been contracted for, but possession
of the title or lease to the land or
structure is not to occur until after
construction, the would-be owner may
not be considered an operator (e.g.,
having a house built by a residential
homebuilder).
My Project Will Disturb Less Than Five
Acres, but it May Be Part of a "Larger
Common Plan of Development or Sale."
How Can I Tell and What Must I do?
If your smaller project is part of a
larger common plan of development or
sale that collectively will disturb five or
more acres (e.g., you are building on six
half -acre residential lots in a 10 -acre
development or are putting in a parking
lot in a large retail center) you need
permit coverage. The "plan" in a
common plan of development or sale is
broadly defined as any announcement
or piece of documentation (including a
sign, public notice or hearing, sales
pitch, advertisement, drawing, permit
application, zoning request, computer
design, etc.) or physical demarcation
(including boundary signs, lot stakes,
surveyor markings, etc.) indicating
construction activities may occur on a
specific plot. You must still meet the
definition of operator in order to be
required to get permit coverage,
regardless of the acreage you personally
disturb. As a subcontractor, it is
unlikely you would need a permit.
For some situations where less than
five acres of the original common plan
of development remain undeveloped, a
permit may not be needed for the
construction projects "filling in" the last
parts of the common plan of
development. A case in which a permit
would not be needed is where several
empty lots totaling less than five acres
remain after the rest of the project had
been completed, providing stabilization
had also been completed for the entire
project. However, if the total area of all
the undeveloped lots in the original
common plan of development was more
than five acres, a permit would be
needed.
When Can You Consider Future
Construction on a Property To Be Part
of Separate Plan of Development or
Sale?
In many cases, a common plan of
development or sale consists of many
small construction projects that
collectively add up to five (5) or more
acres of total disturbed land. For
example, an original common plan of
development for a residential
subdivision might layout the streets,
house lots, and areas for parks, schools
and commercial development that the
developer plans to build or sell to others
for development. All these areas would
remain part of the common plan of
development or sale until the intended
construction occurs. After this initial
plan is completed for a particular
parcel, any subsequent development or
redevelopment of that parcel would be
regarded as a new plan of development,
and would then be subject to the five -
acre cutoff for storm water permitting.
What Must I do to Satisfy The Permit
Eligibility Requirements Related to
Endangered Species?
In order to be eligible for this permit,
you must follow the procedures and
examples found in Addendum A for the
protection of endangered species. You
cannot submit your NOI until you are
able to certify your eligibility for the
permit. Enough lead time should be
built into your project schedule to
accomplish these procedures. If another
operator has certified eligibility for the
project (or at least the portion of the
project you will be working on) in his
NOI, you will usually be able to rely on
his certification of project eligibility and
not have to repeat the process. EPA
created this "coat tail" eligibility option
for protection of endangered species to
allow the site developer/owner to obtain
up -front "clearance" for a project,
thereby avoiding duplication of effort by
his contractors and unnecessary delays
in construction.
What Does the Permit Require
Regarding Historic Preservation?
Today's permit does not currently
impose requirements related to historic
preservation, though EPA may modify
the permit at a later date after further
discussions with the Advisory Council
on Historic Preservation. Therefore,
under today's permit, EPA will conduct
consultations as it did under the pre
existing Baseline Construction General
Permit on a case-by-case basis as
needed. Removal of the proposed permit
provisions related to historic
preservation in no way relieves
applicants and permittees of their
obligations to comply with applicable
State, Tribal or local laws for the
preservation of historic properties. EPA
reminds permittees that according to
section I I0(k) of the National Historic
Preservation Act (NHPA), an intentional
action to significantly adversely affect
historic resources with intent to avoid
Federal historic preservation
requirements may jeopardize future
permit coverage for such a permittee.
How Many Notices of Intent (NOIs) Must
I Submit? Where and When Are They
Sent?
You only need to submit one NOI to
cover all activities on any one common
plan of development or sale. The site
map you develop for the storm water
pollution prevention plan identifies
which parts of the overall project are
0
36492 Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6,
1998 / Notices
under your control. For example, if you
Must Every Permittee Have His Own
temporary stabilization and the
are a homebuilder in a residential
Separate SWPPP or Is a Joint Plan
residence has been transferred to the
development, you need submit only one
Allowed?
homeowner.
NOI to cover all your lots, even if they
are on opposite sides of the
The only requirement is that there be
III. Section 401 Certification and
development.
at least one SWPPP for a site which
Coastal Zone Management Act
The NOI must be postmarked two
incorporates the required elements for
all operators, but there can be separate
Section 401 of the Clean Water Act
days before you begin work on site. The
plans individual permittees so desire.
states that EPA may not issue an NPDES
address for submitting NOIs is found in
EPA encourages permittees to explore
permit until the State in which the
the instruction portion of the NOI form
Possible cost savings by having a joint
discharge will originate grants or waives
and in Part II.C. of the CGP. You must
SWPPP for several operators. For
certification to ensure compliance with
also look in Part X of the permit to
determine if copies of the NOI form are
example, the prime developer could
appropriate requirements of the Act and
State law. The Region has received
t
w
to be sent to a State or Indian Tribe.
assume the inspection responsibilities
for the entire site, while each
section 401 certification from the
If Am on an ongoing Construction
homebuilder shares in the installation
appropriate States and Indian Tribes for
all facilities covered by today's permits.
Project, do I Have to Fill in a New NOI
To Be Covered by the Permit.
and maintenance of sediment traps
serving common areas.
Additional permit requirements were
required as a condition of certification
Yes, if you are on an ongoing
If a Project Will Not Be Completed
by the State of Texas and by the Pueblos
construction project, a construction _
Before This Permit Expires, How Can I
of Isleta, Nambe, Picuris, Pojoaque,
project which started prior to the
Keep Permit Coverage?
Sandia, Tesuque and Santa Clara in
effective date of this permit, you must
complete a revised NOI Form (EPA
If the permit is reissued or replaced
New Mexico. These additional permit
requirements are contained in Part X of
Form 3510-9) to obtain coverage under
with a new one before the current one
this permit. However, applicants who
have previously submitted an NOI for
expires, you will need to comply with
whatever conditions the new permit
The Coastal Zone Management Act
(CZMA) requires all Federal permitting
'
r"
permit coverage nor to the effective
P g P
requires in order to transition coverage
from the old permit. This usually
actions to be reviewed for consistent
date of thisermit have the option to
p p
leave the section regarding Addendum
includes submitting a new NOI. If the
g
with each approved State Coastal Zone
Management Plan. Texas is the only
A on endangered species blank unless
there is a impact on
p
permit expires before a replacement
permit can be issued, the permit will be
State covered by these permits that has
potential
P
endangered species or their habitat.
administratively "continued." You are
an approved Coastal Zone Management
Plan. EPA Region 6 has determined that
a.
How do I Know Which Permit
automatically covered under the
continued permit, without needing to
the permit is consistent with the Texas
Conditions Apply to Me?
submit anything to EPA, until the
Coastal Zone Management Plan. The
You are responsible for complying
earliest of:
Texas Coastal Zone Management Plan
procedures for Federal consistency with
with all parts of the permit that are
P► The permit being reissued or
re laced;
Coastal Management Program goals and
rn
applicable to the construction activities
you perform. Part III.E. of the permit
V Submittal of a Notice of
policies (31 TAC 506.12 state that if an
defines the roles of various operators at
a site. In addition, several States and
Termination (NOT);
Do -Issuance of an individual permit
activity requiring a state agency or
subdivision action above thresholds
Indian Tribes require alternative or
for your activity; or
requires an equivalent Federal permit,
the Texas Coastal Coordination Council
additional permit conditions, and these
1 The Director issues a formal
may determine the consistency of the
can be found in Part X of the permit.
decision not to reissue the permit, at
state agency/subdivision action or the
Dol Have Flexibility in Preparing the
ti
which me you must seek coverage
under ti alternative permit.
Federal permit, but not both. Permittees
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
whose construction projects are located
(SWPPP) and Selecting Best
When Can I Terminate Permit Coverage?
within the boundary of the Texas
Management Practices (BMPs) for My
Can I Terminate Coverage (i.e., Liability
Coastal Management Program above
Site?
for Permit Compliance) Before the Entire
thresholds will be required, as a part of
Storm water pollution prevention
Project Is Finished?
pre -construction project approval, to
plan requirements were designed to
You can submit an NOT for your
have a consistency review by the Texas
allow maximum flexibility to develop
portion of a site providing: (1) You have
Council. An additional consistency
the needed storm water controls based
achieved final stabilization of the
review by the Texas Coastal
on the specifics of the site. Some of the
portion of the site for which you are a
Coordination Council of the storm water
factors you might consider include:
permittee (including, if applicable,
discharges from these construction
more stringent local development
returning agricultural land to its pre-
projects covered by today's permit is,
requirements and/or building codes;
construction agricultural use); (2)
therefore, not required.
precipitation patterns for the area at the
another operator/permittee has assumed
IV. Endangered Species Protection
time the project will be underway; soil
control according to Part VI.G.2.c. of the
A. Background
types, slopes; layout of structures for the
permit over all areas of the site that have
site; sensitivity of nearby water bodies;
not been finally stabilized which you
The Construction General Permit
safety concerns of the storm water
were responsible for (for example, a
(CGP) also contains conditions to ensure
controls (e.g., potential hazards of water
developer can pass permit responsibility
the activities regulated by it are
in storm water retention ponds to the
for lots in a subdivision to the
protective of species that are listed
safety of children; the potential of
homebuilder who purchases those lots,
under the Endangered Species Act
drawing birds to retention ponds and
providing the homebuilder has filed his
(ESA) as endangered or threatened
the hazards they pose to aircraft); and
own NOD; or (3) for residential
(known as "listed species"), and listed
*+
coordination with other site operators.
construction only, you have completed
species habitat that is designated under
0
Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices 36493
the ESA as critical ("critical habitat"). In
addition, the permit's coverage does not
extend to discharges and discharge -
related activities likely to jeopardize the
continued existence of species proposed
but not yet listed as endangered or
threatened or result in the adverse
modification of habitat proposed to be
designated critical habitat.
The ESA places several different
requirements on activities covered by
the CGP. First, section 9 of the ESA and
the ESA implementing regulations
generally prohibit any person from
"taking" a listed animal species (e.g.,
harassing or harming it) unless the take
is authorized under the ESA. This
prohibition applies to all entities and
includes EPA, permit applicants,
permittees and the public at large.
Second, section 7(a) (2) of the ESA
requires that Federal agencies consult
with the Fish and Wildlife Service
(FWS) or the National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS) ("the Services") to
insure that any action authorized,
funded or carred out by them (also
known as "agency actions") are not
likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any listed species or result
in the destruction or adverse
modification of critical habitat.
Jeopardizing the continued existence of
a listed species means to engage in an
action that reasonably would be
expected, directly or indirectly, to
reduce appreciably the likelihood of
both the survival and recovery of a
listed species in the wild by reducing
the reproduction, numbers or
distribution of that species (See 40 CFR
402.02).
The ESA section 7 implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 402 apply this
consultation requirement to any action
authorized by a Federal agency that may
affect listed species or critical habitat,
including permits. This effect, among
other things, can be beneficial,
detrimental, direct and indirect. The
issuance of the CGP by EPA is thus
subject to the ESA section 7(a)(2)
consultation requirements. Finally, ESA
section 7(a)(1) directs Federal agencies
to use their authority to further the
purposes of the ESA by carrying out
programs for the conservation of listed
species, and section 7(a)(4) directs
Federal agencies to confer with the
Services on Agency actions likely to
jeopardize the existence of species
proposed but not yet finally listed or
result in the adverse modification of
critical habitat proposed to be
designated.
The ESA regulations provide for two
types of consultation: formal and
informal. Informal consultation is an
optional process that includes
discussions, correspondence, etc.
between the Services and a Federal
agency or a designated non -Federal
representative (NFR) to determine
whether a Federal action is likely to
have an adverse effect on listed species
or critical habitat. During informal
consultation the Services may suggest
modifications to the action that a
Federal agency, permit applicant or
non -Federal representative could
implement to avoid likely adverse
effects to listed species or critical
habitat. If adverse effects are likely and
those effects cannot be addressed
through informal consultation, then
formal consultation generally occurs.
Also of relevance for the CGP are ESA
section 10 incidental taking permits.
Section 10 of the ESA allows persons,
including non -Federal entities to
incidentally take listed animal species,.
where otherwise prohibited, through the
issuance of a permit after development
of a habitat conservation plan (HCP).
These procedures were developed to
allow non -Federal entities such as
developers to, among other things, alter
habitat without incurring takings
liability where take is minimized to the
extent practicable.
B. Conditions in the June 2, 1997
Proposed Permit To Protect Species and
Critical Habitat
The CGP was proposed with a number
of conditions to ensure that storm water
discharges and best management
practices (BMPs) to control storm water
runoff were protective of listed species
or critical habitat. Specifically, coverage
under the proposed CGP would be
granted only under the following
circumstances:
1. An applicant's storm water
discharges or BMPs to control storm
water runoff were not likely to adversely
affect listed species (identified in
Addendum A of the permit) or critical
habitat: or
2. The applicant's activity was
previously authorized under § 7 or § 10
of the Endangered Species Act (ESA)
and that authorization addressed storm
water discharges and BMPs to control
storm water runoff; or
3. The applicant's activity was
considered as part of a larger, more
comprehensive assessment of impacts
on endangered and threatened species
under § 7 or § 10 of the ESA which
accounted for storm water discharges
and BMPs to control storm water runoff;
or
4. Consultation under § 7 of the ESA
was conducted for the applicant's
activity which resulted in either a no
jeopardy opinion or a written
concurrence on a finding of no
likelihood of adverse effects; or
5. The applicant's activity was
considered as part of a larger, more
comprehensive site-specific assessment
of impacts on endangered and
threatened species by the owner or other
operator of the site and that permittee
certified eligibility under items 1., 2., 3.
or 4. above.
The proposal required that applicants
assess the impacts of their "storm water
discharges" and "BMPs to control storm
water runoff' on listed species and
critical habitat that are located "in
proximity" to the those discharges and
BMPs when developing Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plans (SWPPPs) as
part of the application process. The
proposed CGP also required applicants
to include measures in SWPPPs to
protect listed species and critical
habitat. "In proximity" was defined in
Addendum A to include species:
► Located in the path or immediate
area through which or over which
contaminated point source storm water
flows from construction activities to the
point of discharge into the receiving
water;
► Located in the immediate vicinity
of, or nearby, the point of discharge into
receiving waters; or
► Located in the area of a site where
storm water BMPs are planned or are to
be constructed.
EPA also solicited comment on
whether the area or scope of impacts to
be considered by applicants should be
broadened to encompass listed species
found on the entire construction site
and not just those species found "in
proximity" as currently defined in
Addendum A.
Failure by permittees to abide by
measures in their SWPPPs to protect
species and critical habitat would
invalidate permit coverage. Attached to
the proposed permits were instructions
(Addendum A) to assist permit
applicants in making this inquiry. The
proposal indicated that a county -by -
county species list would be included in
Addendum A of the final permit to
assist applicants in determining if listed
species might be "in proximity" to
storm water discharges and BMPs. EPA
did not provide a draft species list in
proposed Addendum A. Instead, EPA
referred commenters to a similar species
list that was used for an earlier EPA -
issued storm water permit, the
Multisector Storm Water General
Permit, that was issued on September
29, 1995 (See 62 FR 29792, note 12, June
2, 1997).
36494 Federal Register / Vol. 63; No. 128/Monday, July 6,
1998 / Notices
C. Final CGP Conditions To Protect
results in either a no jeopardy opinion
species are in the project area, and (3)
Listed Species
or a written concurrence by the
whether the applicant's storm water
On April 28, 1997, EPA entered into
Service(s) on a finding that the
discharges and discharge -related
formal consultation with the Fish and
applicant's storm water discharges and
activities are likely to adversely affect
Wildlife Service (FWS) and the National
storm water discharge -related activities
listed species or critical habitat. If
Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) (the
are not likely to adversely affect listed
adverse effects are likely. then
"Services") for issuance of the CGP.
species or critical habitat. A section 7
applicants would have to meet one of
After discussions with the Services,
consultation may occur in the context of
the eligibility requirements of Part
EPA terminated formal consultation and
another Federal on (e.g., an ESA section
I.B.3.e.(2) (b) -(d) (paragraphs b., c., and
--
entered into ESA section 7 informal
7 consultation was performed for
d. above) to receive permit coverage.
consultation and conferencing with the
issuance of a wetlands dredge and fill
"Discharge -related activities" include
Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and the
permit for the project, or as part of a
activities which cause point source
National Fisheries Service Services
National Environmental Policy Act
storm water pollutant discharges
(NMFS) on June 11, 1997. On November
(NEPA] review); or
c. The applicant's construction
including but not limited to excavation,
site development, and other surface
4, and 26, 1997, EPA completed ESA
informal consultation when NMFS and
activities are covered by a permit under
disturbing activities, and measures to
FWS provided their respective
section 10 of the ESA and that permit
control, reduce or prevent storm water
concurrences with EPA's finding that
addresses the effects of the applicant's
pollution including the siting,
issuance of the CGP`was not likely to
storm water discharges and storm water
construction and operation of BMPs.
"project
adversely affect listed species or critical
discharge -related activities on listed
species and critical habitat (Part
The area" includes:
1. Area(s) on the construction site
habitat. However, the negotiations on
CGP did not consider ongoing
I.B.3.e. (2) (c)); or
where storm water discharges originate
construction projects; i.e., construction
d. The applicant's storm water
discharges and storm water discharge-
and flow towards the point of discharge
into the receiving waters (this includes
projects which started prior to the
related activities were already addressed
the entire area or areas where
effective date of these permits.
In January, 1998, Region 6 decided to
in another operator's certification of
excavation, site development, or other
address ESA certification issues for
eligibility under Part I.B.3.e.(2) (a), (b), or
(c) which included the applicant's
ground disturbance activities occur),
and the immediate vicinity;
ongoing construction projects before
project area. By certifying eligibility
2. Area(s) where storm water
,�..
finalizing the permit. In February, 1998,
under Part I.B.3.e.(2) (d), the applicant
discharges flow from the construction
EPA Region 6 began a supplemental
agrees to comply with any measures or
site to the point of discharge into
informal consultation with FWS and
controls upon which the other
receiving waters;
NMFS on language to clarify
operator's certification under Part
3. Area(s) where storm water from
-.,
requirements for ongoing construction
I.B.3.e. (2) (a), (b) or (c) was based.
construction activities discharges into
activity. EPA Region 6 completed ESA
The CGP requires that applicants
the receiving waters and the area(s) in
informal section 7 consultation and
consider effects to listed species and
the immediate vicinity of the point of
-
conferencing when FWS and NMFS
critical habitat when developing
discharge; and
provided their concurrences that
SWPPPs and require that those plans
4. Area(s) where storm water BMPs
"^
issuance of these permits is unlikely to
include measures, as appropriate, to
will be constructed and operated',
adversely affect listed species or critical
protect those resources. Failure by
including any area(s) where storm water
habitat on June 9, and 15, respectively.
permittees to abide by measures in the
flows to and from BMPs.
With the completion of these
SWPPPs to protect species and critical
The project area will vary with the
1
consultations, EPA Region 6 has
habitat may invalidate permit coverage.
size and structure of the construction
the Ve burden
This permit requires all projects
activity, the nature and quantity of the
assocuceati
ed w obtaining permit
h
commencing construction after the
storm water discharges, the measures
coverage for ongoing construction
effective date of this permit, to follow
(including BMPs) to control storm water
projects for the federal agencies and the
the procedures provided in Addendum
runoff, and the type of receiving waters.
regulated community.
A of the permit when applying for
Addendum A also contains
Based on that consultation and in
permit coverage. The Director may also
information on where to find
consideration of comments received on
require any existing permittee or
information on listed and proposed
the June 2, 1997, proposal, EPA has
applicant to provide documentation of
species organized by State and county to
placed the following conditions in the
eligibility for this permit using the
assist applicants in determining if
permit to protect listed species and
procedures in Addendum A, where EPA
further inquiry is necessary as to
critical habitat (See Part I.B.3.e).
or the Fish and Wildlife Services
whether listed species are present in the
Coverage under the CGP is available for
determine that there is a potential
project area. Applicants can check the
+�"**
construction projects only if.
impaction on endangered or threatened
Office of Wastewater Management's
a. The storm water discharges and
species or a critical habitat. Nothing in
website (http://www.epa.gov/owm).
storm water discharge -related activities
the permit relieves applicants which are
CGP applicants can also get updated
are not likely to adversely affect listed
under construction as of the effective
species information for their county by
species or critical habitat (Part
date of this permit of their obligations
calling the appropriate FWS or NMFS
I.B.3.e.(2) (a)); or
they may have to comply with any
office. EPA Region 6 applicants can also
b. Formal or informal consultation
requirements of the Endangered Species
contact the EPA Region 6 Storm Water
with the Services under section 7 of the
Act.
Hotline (1-800-245-6510) for updated
Endangered Species Act (ESA) has been
Addendum A contains instructions to
species information.
concluded which addresses the effects
assist permit applicants in making this
The CGP also requires that applicants
of the applicant's storm water
inquiry. Those instructions require that
comply with any conditions imposed
discharges and storm water discharge-
applicants ascertain: (1) If their
under the eligibility requirements of
related activities on listed species and
construction activities would occur in
Part I.B.3.e.(2)a., b., c., or d. above to
critical habitat and the consultation _
critical habitat; (2) whether listed
remain eligible for coverage under this
Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices 36495
permit. Such conditions must be
incorporated in the applicant's SWPPP.
The CGP does not authorize any
prohibited take (as defined under
section 3 of the ESA and 50 CFR 17.3)
of endangered or threatened species
unless such takes are authorized under
sections 7 or 10 of the ESA. The CGP
does not authorize any storm water
discharges or storm water discharge -
related activities that are likely to
jeopardize the continued existence of
any species that are listed or proposed
to be listed as endangered or threatened
under the ESA or result in the adverse
modification or destruction of habitat
that is designated or proposed to be
designated as critical under the ESA.
It is EPA's intention to provide permit
applicants with the greatest possible
flexibility in meeting permit
requirements for protecting listed
species and critical habitat. Thus, EPA
is allowing applicants to use either
section 7 or section 10 ESA mechanisms
to address situations where adverse
effects are likely (See Part I.B.3.e.(2) (b)
and (c)). Also, to give applicants
additional flexibility in meeting the Part
I.B.3.e. eligibility requirements and with
the timing of informal consultations, the
permit automatically designates CGP
applicants as non -Federal
representatives for the purpose of
carrying out informal consultation.
However, EPA notes that meeting ESA
requirements raises difficult.
implementation issues on how to best
ensure that the permits are protective of
listed species and critical habitats
without unduly burdening permit
applicants, permittees, and State, local,
and Federal governmental entities.
Thus, EPA intends in the future to
review those permit conditions and
procedures that relate to the ESA and
the protection of historic resources to
see how well that goal has been
achieved and may revise the permits if
necessary to better achieve that goal.
V. Historic Property Protection
A. Background
The National Historic Preservation
Act of 1966, as amended, (NHPA)
establishes a national historic
preservation program for the
identification and protection of historic
properties and resources. Under the
NHPA, identification of historic
properties is coordinated by the State
Historic Preservation Officers (SHPOs),
Tribal Historic Preservation Officers
(THPOs) or other Tribal Representatives
(in the absence of a THPO). Section 106
of the NHPA requires Federal agencies
to take into account the effects of their
actions on historic properties that are
listed or eligible for listing on the
National Register of Historic Places and
to seek comments from the Advisory
Council on Historic Preservation
(ACNP). The permit was proposed with
a number of conditions pertaining to the
consideration of historic properties.
EPA has decided to not include those
conditions because the ACHP and the
National Conference of State Historic
Preservation Officers (NCSHPO) have
requested that EPA not include such
conditions in the final permit at this
time. The ACHP and the NCSHPO have
recommended that EPA issue the permit
but recommend that EPA continue
working with them and Tribes regarding
the possible development of a more
comprehensive and efficient approach
to ensure that effects to historic
properties are given appropriate
consideration while ensuring undue
burdens are not imposed on applicants
and regulatory authorities. EPA plans to
continue working with the ACNP,
NCSHPO and Tribes on this effort and
may modify the permit to incorporate
procedures regarding the protection of
historic resources at a later date.
B. Future CGP Conditions To Protect or
Consider Effects to Historic Properties
In response to comments received on
the permit proposal and because the
Agency is still discussing historic
preservation with the Advisory Council
on Historic Preservation (ACNP), the
final permit reserves permit
requirements related to historic
preservation. Today's final permit does
not include the eligibility restrictions
and evaluation requirements from the
proposed permit. After future
discussions with the ACNP, EPA may
modify the permit to reflect those
discussions.
VI. Regulatory Review (Executive Order
12866)
Under Executive Order 12866, (58 FR
51735 [October 4, 1993]) the Agency
must determine whether the regulatory
action is "significant" and therefore
subject to OMB review and the
requirements of the Executive Order.
The Order defines "significant
regulatory action" as one that is likely
to result in a rule that may have an
annual effect on the economy of $100
million or more or adversely affect in a
material way the economy, a sector of
the economy, productivity, competition,
jobs, the environment, public health or
safety, or State, local or Tribal
governments or communities; create a
serious inconsistency or otherwise
interfere with an action taken or
planned by another agency; materially
alter the budgetary impact of
entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan
programs or the rights and obligations of
recipients thereof; or raise novel legal or
policy issues arising out of legal
mandates, the President's priorities, or
the principles set forth in the Executive
Order. It has been determined that this
re -issued general permit is not a
"significant regulatory action" under
the terms of Executive Order 12866.
VII. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Pub. L.
104-4, establishes requirements for
Federal agencies to assess the effects of
their regulatory actions on State, local,
and Tribal governments and the private
sector. Under UMRA section 202, EPA
generally must prepare a written
statement, including a cost -benefit
analysis, for proposed and final riles
with "Federal mandates" that may
result in expenditures to State, local,
and Tribal governments, in the
aggregate, or to the private sector, of
$100 million or more in any one year.
Before promulgating an EPA rule for
which a written statement is needed,
UMRA § 205 generally requires EPA to
identify and consider a reasonable
number of regulatory alternatives and
adopt the least costly, most cost-
effective or least burdensome alternative
that achieves the objectives of the rule.
The provisions of UMRA § 205 do not
apply when they are inconsistent with
applicable law. Moreover, UMRA § 205
allows EPA to adopt an alternative other
than the least costly, most cost-effective
or least burdensome alternative if the
Administrator publishes an explanation
with the final rule why the alternative
was not adopted.
Before EPA establishes any regulatory
requirements that may significantly or
uniquely affect small governments,
including Tribal governments, it must
have developed under UMRA § 203 a
small government agency plan. The plan
must provide for notifying potentially
affected small governments, enabling
officials of affected small governments
to have meaningful and timely input in
the development of EPA regulatory
proposals with significant Federal
intergovernmental mandates, and
informing, educating and advising small
governments on compliance with the
regulatory requirements.
A. UMRA Section 202 and the
Construction General Permit
UMRA § 202 requires a written
statement containing certain
assessments, estimates and analyses
prior to the promulgation of certain
general notices of proposed rulemaking
(2 U.S.C. 1532). UMRA § 421 (10) defines
36496 Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128 / Monday, July 6,
1998 / Notices
"rule" based on the definition of rule in
seeking coverage under the permit.
if issued as drafted, would not have a
the Regulatory Flexibility Act. Section
Thus, UMRA § 203 would not apply.
significant impact on a substantial
601 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act
defines "rule" to mean any rule for
VIII. Paperwork Reduction Act
number of small entities. EPA based its
conclusion on the fact that the draft
which anen publishes general
cy a P g
On June 2, 1997, EPA solicited
permit was largely the same as the
notice of proposed rulemaking pursuant
comments on the proposed revision to
previous permit issued in 1992 and, to
to § 553 of the Administrative Procedure
the current Information Collection
the extent it differed, provided
Act. EPA does not propose to issue
Request OCR) document for this permit
dischargers with more flexibility than
NPDES general permits based on APA
OCR approved OMB; OMB No. 2040-
that permit allowed.
§ 553. Instead, EPA relies on publication
0086, expiration, August 31, 1998) to
Some commenters on the proposed
of general permits in the Federal
accommodate the increased information
CGP disagreed with EPA's conclusions
Register in order to provide "an
requirements in the new NOI for the
that NPDES general permits are not
opportunity for a hearing" under CWA
construction general permit (62 FR
subject to rulemaking requirements and
L
§ 402(a), 33 U.S.C. 1342(a). Nonetheless,
29826). A revised NOI form has been
that the proposed permit would not
EPA has evaluated permitting
approved (EPA Form 3510-9 OMB No.
have a significant impact on small
alternatives for regulation of storm
2040-0188.) This revised form is
included in
entities. They asserted that the CGP is
water discharges associated with
the permit in Addendum C.
subject to rulemaking requirements and
construction activity. The general
EPA estimates an increase in the burden
thus the RFA, and that the Agency
permit that EPA proposes to re -issue
associated with filling out the NOI form
should have prepared an IRFA for the
would be virtually the same NPDES
for the permit due to added
permit.
general permit for construction that
requirements under the Endangered
In light of the comments received,
many construction operators have used
Species Act. EPA also anticipates a
EPA further considered whether NPDES
-
over the past five years. Furthermore,
small increase in the time because of the
general permits are subject to
general permits provide a more cost and
requirement to submit an NOT upon
rulemaking requirements. The Agency
0,;t
time efficient alternative for the
completion of construction activities.
reviewed its previous NPDES general
regulated community to obtain NPDES
IX. Regulatory Flexibility Act
Permitting actions and related
permit coverage than that provided
through individually drafted permits.
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
statements in the Federal Register or
elsewhere. This review suggests that the
(RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq., a Federal
Agency has generally treated NPDES
B. UMRA Section 203 and the
agency must prepare an initial
general permits effectively as rules,
Construction General Permit
regulatory flexibility analysis "for any
though at times it has given contrary
Agencies are required to prepare
proposed rule" for which the agency "is
required by section 553 of [the
indications as to whether these'actions
small government agency plans under
UMRA § 20033 pprrioo r to establishing any
Administrative Procedure Act (APA)],
are rules or permits. EPA also reviewed
again the applicable law, including the
regulatory requirement that might
or any other law, to publish general
notice of proposed rulemaking." The
CWA, relevant CWA case law and the
APA, as well as the Attorney General's
significantly or uniquely affect small
governments. "Regulatory
RFA exempts from this requirement any
rule that the issuing agency certifies
Manual on the APA (1947). On the basis
requirements" might, for example,
-will not, if promulgated, have a
of its review, EPA has concluded, as set
forth in the proposal, that NPDES
include the requirements of these
NPDES general permits for discharges
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities."
general permits are permits under the
associated with construction activity,
EPA did not prepare an initial
APA and thus not subject to APA
rulemaking requirements or the RFA.
especially if a municipality sought
coverage under one of the general
regulatory flexibility analysis aRFA) for
the proposed CGP. (Note that in today's
The APA defines two broad, mutually
exclusive categories of agency action—
...:
permits. EPA envisions that some
municipalities—those with municipal
action, EPA is issuing a separate general
permit for each jurisdiction where EPA
"rules" and "orders." Its definition of
"rule" encompasses "an agency
...
separate storm sewer systems serving a
population over 100,000—may elect to
issues permits: i.e., in certain States,
Indian Country lands and Federal
statement of general or particular
applicability and future effect designed
seek coverage under these proposed
general permits. For many
facilities within certain States. However,
for purposes of readability, reference is
to implement, interpret, or prescribe law
or policy or describing the organization,
municipalities, however, a permit
application is not required until August
made to the permits in the singular form
such as "permit" or "CGP" rather than
procedure, or practice requirements of
an agency * * ` APA section 551(4).
7, 2001, for a storm water discharge
in plural form.) In the notice of the
Its definition of "order" is residual: "a
associated with construction activity
where the construction site is owned or
proposed permit, EPA explained its
view that issuance of an NPDES general
final disposition * * * of an agency in
a matter other than rule making but
operated by a municipality with a
permit is not subject to rulemaking
including licensing." APA section
population of less than 100,000. (See 40
CFR 122.26(e)(1)(ii) and (g)).
requirements, including the requirement
for
551(6) (emphasis added). The APA
"license" "include
a general notice of proposed
defines to * * * an
In any event, any such permit
rulemaking, under APA section 553 or
agency permit* * *" APA section
requirements would not significantly
any other law, and is thus not subject to
551(8). The APA thus categorizes a
affect small governments because most
the RFA requirement to prepare an
permit as an order, which by the APA's
State laws already provide for the
IRFA. Nevertheless, in keeping with
definition is not a rule.
control of sedimentation and erosion in
EPA's policy to consider the impact of
Section 553 of the APA establishes
rA
a similar manner as today's general
its actions on small entities even when
"rule making" requirements. The APA
permit. Permit requirements also would
it is not legally required to do so, the
defines rule making as "the agency
not uniquely affect small governments
Agency considered the potential impact
process for formulating, amending, or
because compliance with the permit's
of the permit on small entities that
repealing a rule." APA § 551(5). By its
conditions affects small governments in
would be eligible for coverage under the
terms, then, § 553 applies only to
^*
the same manner as any other entity
permit. EPA concluded that the permit,
"rules" and not also to "orders," which
Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices 36497
include permits. As the Attorney
General's Manual on the APA explains,
"the entire Act is based upon a
dichotomy between rule making and
adjudication [the agency process for
formulation of an order]" (p. 14).
The CWA specifies the use of permits
for authorizing the discharge of
pollutants to waters of the United
States. Section 301(a) of the CWA
prohibits discharges of pollutants
"[except as in compliance with"
specified sections of the CWA,
including section 402. 33 U.S.C.
1311(a). Section 402 of the CWA
authorizes EPA "to issue a permit for
the discharge of any pollutant * *
notwithstanding section [301(a) of the
CWA]." 33 U.S.C. 1342(a). Thus, the
only circumstances in which a
discharge of pollution may be
authorized is where the Agency has
issued a permit for the discharge.
Courts, recognizing that a permit is the
necessary condition -precedent to any
lawful discharge, specifically suggested
the use of area -wide and general permits
as a mechanism for addressing the
Agency's need to issue a substantial
number of permits. See NRDC v. Train,
396 F.Supp. 1393, 1402 (D.D.C. 1975);
NRDC v. Costle, 568 F.2d 1369, 1381.
(D.C. Cir. 1977). Adopting the courts'
suggestion, EPA has made increasing
use of general permits in its CWA
regulatory program, particularly for
storm water discharges.
In the Agency's view, the fact that an
NPDES general permit may apply to a
large number of different dischargers
does not convert it from a permit into
a rule. As noted above, the courts which
have faced the issue of how EPA can
permit large numbers of discharges
under the CWA have suggested use of a
general permit, not a rule. Under the
APA, the two terms are mutually
exclusive. Moreover, an NPDES general
permit retains unique characteristics
that distinguish a permit from a rule.
First, today's NPDES general permit for
storm water discharges associated with
construction activity is effective only
with respect to those dischargers that
choose to be bound by the permit. Thus,
unlike the typical rule, this NPDES
general permit does not impose
immediately effective obligations of
general applicability. A discharger must
choose to be covered by this general
permit and so notify EPA. A discharger
always retains the option of obtaining
its own individual permit. Relatedly,
the terms of the NPDES general permit
are enforceable only against dischargers
that choose to make use of the permit.
If a source discharges without
authorization of a general or an
individual permit, the discharger
violates § 301 of the Act for discharging
without a permit, not for violating the
terms of an NPDES general permit.
Because the CWA and its case law
make clear that NPDES permits are the
congressionally chosen vehicle for
authorizing discharges of pollutants to
waters of the United States, the APA's
rulemaking requirements are
inapplicable to issuance of such
permits, including today's general
permit. Further, while the CWA requires
that NPDES permits be issued only after
an opportunity for a hearing, it does not
require publication of a general notice of
proposed rulemaking. Thus, NPDES
permitting is not subject to the
requirement to publish a general notice
of proposed rulemaking under the APA
or any other law. Accordingly, it is not
subject to the RFA.
At the same time, the Agency
recognizes that the question of the
applicability of the APA, and thus the
RFA, to the issuance of a general permit
is a difficult one, given the fact that a
large number of dischargers may choose
to use the general permit. Indeed, the
point of issuing a general permit is to
provide a speedier means of permitting
large number of sources and save
dischargers and EPA time and effort.
Since the Agency hopes that many
dischargers will make use of a general
permit and since the CWA requires EPA
to provide an opportunity for "a
hearing" prior to issuance of a permit,
EPA provides the public with notice of
a draft general permit and an
opportunity to comment on it. From
public comments, EPA learns how to
better craft a general permit to make it
appropriate for, and acceptable to, the
largest number of potential permittees.
This same process also provides an
opportunity for EPA to consider the
potential impact of general permit terns
on small entities and how to craft the
permit to avoid any undue burden on
small entities. This process, however, is
voluntary, and does not trigger
rulemaking or RFA requirements.
In the case of the CGP being issued
today, the Agency has considered and
addressed the potential impact of the
general permit on small entities in a
manner that would meet the
requirements of the RFA if it applied.
Specifically, EPA has analyzed the
potential impact of the general permit
on small entities and found that it will
not have a significant economic impact
on a substantial number of small
entities. Like the previous general
permit that it replaces (the Baseline
Construction General Permit), the
permit will make available to many
small entities, particularly operators of
construction sites, a streamlined process
for obtaining authorization to discharge.
Of the possible permitting mechanisms
available to dischargers subject to the
CWA, NPDES general permits are
designed to reduce the reporting and
monitoring burden associated with
NPDES permit authorization, especially
for small entities with discharges having
comparatively less potential for
environmental degradation than
discharges typically regulated under
individual NPDES permits. Thus,
general permits like the permit at issue
here provide small entities with a
permitting application option that is
much less burdensome than NPDES
individual permit applications.
Furthermore, the general permit is
virtually identical to its predecessor, the
Baseline Construction General Permit,
under which many construction
operators have operated during the past
five years. Moreover, the other new
provisions of the permit have been
designed to minimize burdens on small
entities, including eliminating the
requirement that construction site
operators require that their contractors
and subcontractors sign a standard
certification statement agreeing to abide
by storm water pollution prevention
plan provisions developed for a project.
In today's general permit, only the
operator(s) of a construction site are
required to satisfy certification
requirements under the permit. EPA
believes this modification from the prior
permit should reduce any such adverse
economic impacts on both operators and
contractors/subcontractors who, in
many instances, are small entities. In
view of the foregoing, the Regional
Administrators find that the final
general permit, even if it were a rule,
will not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities.
Storm Water General Permit for
Construction Activities in Region 6
NPDES Permit No. [See Part I.A.]
Authorization to Discharge Under the
National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System
In compliance with the provisions of
the Clean Water Act, as amended, (33
U.S.C. 1251 et. seq.), except as provided
in Part I.B.3 of this permit, operators of
construction activities located in an area
specified in Part I.A. and who submit a
Notice of Intent in accordance with Part
II, are authorized to discharge pollutants
to waters of the United States in
accordance with the conditions and
requirements set forth herein.
This permit shall become effective on
[insert the date of publication of the
final permit in the Federal Register].
36498 Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6,
1998 / Notices
This permit and the authorization to
A. Endangered Species
prevention plan covering the discharges
discharge shall expire at midnight, July
B. Historic Properties (Reserved)
from the support activity areas.
!^*+
7, 2003.
C. Notice of Intent (NOD Form
D. Notice of Termination (NOT) Form
3. Limitations on Coverage
Signed: June 24, 1998.
William B. Hathaway,
Part I. Coverage Under This Permit
a. Post Construction Discharges. This
permit does not authorize storm water
Director, Water Quality Protection Division.
A. Permit Area
discharges that originate from the site
NPDES General Permits for Storm
The permit language is structured as
after construction activities have been
Water Discharges from Construction
if it were a single permit, with State,
completed and the site, including any
Activities
Indian Country land, or other area-
temporary support activity site, has
Table of Contents
specific conditions specified in Part X.
undergone final stabilization. Industrial
Permit coverage is actually provided by
post -construction storm water
Part I. Coverage Under this Permit
legally separate and distinctly
discharges may need to be covered by a
A. Permit Area
numbered permits covering each of the
separate NPDES permit.
B. Eligibility
following areas:
b. Discharges Mixed with Non -Storm
C. Obtaining Authorization
Water. This permit does not authorize
D. Terminating Coverage
Region 6
discharges that are mixed with sources
Part 11. Notice of Intent Requirements
A. Deadlines for Notification
LAR10*##I: Indianoun Clands in the
�'
of non -storm water, other than those
B. Contents of Notice of Intent
State of Louisiana
discharges which are identified in Part
C. Where to Submit
NMR10*###: The State of New Mexico,
III.A.2. or 3. (exceptions to prohibition
Part III. Special Conditions, Management
except Indian Country lands
on non -storm water discharges) and are
Practices, and Other Non -Numeric
NMR10*##I`. Indian Country lands in the
in compliance with Part IV.D.5 (non -
Limitations
State of New Mexico, except Navajo
storm water discharges).
A. Prohibition on Non -Storm Water
Reservation Lands and Ute Mountain
c. Discharges Covered by Another
Discharges
Reservation Lands
Permit. This permit does not authorize
B. Releases in Excess of Reportable
OKR10*##I: Indian Country lands in the
storm water discharges associated with
Quantities
C. Spills
State of Oklahoma
construction activity that have been
D. Discharge Compliance with Water
OKR10 ##F: Oil and Gas Sites in State
covered under an individual permit or
Quality Standards
of Oklahoma
required to obtain coverage under an
E. Responsibilities of Operators
TXR10*###; The State of Texas, except
alternative general permit in accordance
F. Consistency with the Texas Coastal
Indian Country lands
with Part VI.L.
Management Program
TXR10*##I: Indian Country lands in the
d. Discharges Threatening Water
Part IV. Storm Water Pollution Prevention
State of Texas
Quality. This permit does not authorize
�a
Plans
A. Deadlines for Plan Preparation and
B. Eligibility
storm water discharges from ,
construction sites that the Director
Compliance
B. Signature, Plan Review and Making
1. Permittees are authorized to
(EPA) determines will cause, or have
Plans Available
discharge pollutants. in storm water
reasonable potential to cause or
C. Keeping Plans Current
runoff associated with construction
contribute to, violations of water quality
D. Contents of Plan
activities as defined in 40 CFR
standards. Where such determinations
Part V. Retention of Records
122.26(b) (14) (x) and those construction
have been made, the Director may notify
A. Documents
site discharges designated by the
the operator(s) that an individual permit
B. Accessibility
Director as needing a storm water
application is necessary in accordance
C. Addresses
permit under 122.26(a) (1)(v) or under
with Part VI.L. However, the Director
Part VI. Standard Permit Conditions
122.26(a)(9) and 122.26(g)(1)(i).may
authorize coverage under this
A. Duty to Comply
B. Continuation of the Expired General
r Dischaes identified under Part I.B.3
g
permit after appropriate controls and
Permit
are excluded from coverage. Any
implementation procedures designed to
P
C. Need to Halt or Reduce Activity not a
discharge authorized by a different
bring the discharges into compliance
Defense
NPDES permit may be commingled with
with water quality standards have been
D. Duty to Mitigate
discharges authorized by this permit.
included in the storm water pollution
E. Duty to Provide Information.
2. This permit also authorizes storm
prevention plan;
F. Other Information
water discharges from support activities
e. Storm water discharges and storm
G. Signatory Requirements
(e.g., concrete or asphalt batch plants,
water discharge -related activities that
H. Penalties for Falsification of Reports
equipment staging yards, material
are not protective of Federally listed
I. Oil and Hazardous Substance Liability
J. Property Rights
storage areas, excavated material
endangered and threatened ('listed')
K. Severability
disposal areas, borrow areas) provided:
species or designated critical habitat
L. Requiring an Individual Permit or an
a. The support activity is directly
PP Y Y
("critical habitat`).
Alternative General Permit
related to a construction site that is
(1) For the purposes of complying
- -
M. State/Tribal Environmental Laws
required to have NPDES permit
with the Part I.B.3.e. eligibility
N. Proper Operation and Maintenance
coverage for discharges of storm water
requirements, "storm water discharge -
0. Inspection and Entry
associated with construction activity;
related activities" include:
P. Permit Actions
b. The support activity is not a
(a) Activities which cause, contribute
Part VII. Reopener Clause
commercial operation serving multiple
to, or result in point source storm water
Part VIII. Termination of Coverage
unrelated construction projects by
pollutant discharges, including but not
Oft
A. Notice of Termination
B. Addresses
different operators, and does not operate
limited to: excavation, site
Part IX. Definitions
beyond the completion of the
development, grading and other surface
Part X. Permit Conditions. Applicable to
construction activity
Y at the last
disturbance activities; and
Specific States, Indian Country Lands, or
construction project it supports: and
(b) Measures to control storm water
Territories
c. Appropriate controls and measures
including the siting, construction and
Addenda
are identified in a storm water pollution
operation of best management practices
Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128 / Monday, July 6, 1998 / Notices 36499
(BMPs) to control, reduce or prevent
storm water pollution.
(2) Coverage under this permit is
available only if the applicant certifies
that it meets at least one of the criteria
in paragraphs (a)—(d) below. Failure to
continue to meet one of these criteria
during the term of the permit will
render a permittee ineligible for
coverage under this permit.
(a) The storm water discharges and
storm water discharge -related activities
are not likely to adversely affect listed
species or critical habitat; or
(b) Formal or informal consultation
with the Fish and Wildlife Service and/
or the National Marine Fisheries Service
(the "Services") under section 7 of the
Endangered Species Act (ESA) has been
concluded which addresses the effects
of the applicant's storm water
discharges and storm water discharge -
related activities on listed species and
critical habitat and the consultation
results in either a no jeopardy opinion
or a written concurrence by the
Service(s) on a finding that the
applicant's storm water discharges and
storm water discharge -related activities
are not likely to adversely affect listed
species or critical habitat. A section 7
consultation may occur in the context of
another Federal action (e.g., a ESA
section 7 consultation was performed
for issuance of a wetlands dredge and
fill permit for the project, or as part of
a National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA) review); or
(c) The applicant's construction
activities are authorized under section
10 of the ESA and that authorization
addresses the effects of the applicant's
storm water discharges and storm water
discharge -related activities on listed
species and critical habitat; or
(d) The applicant's storm water
discharges and storm water discharge -
related activities were already addressed
in another operator's certification of
eligibility under Part I.B.3.e. (2) (a), (b), or
(c) which included the applicant's
project area. By certifying eligibility
under Part I.B.3.e. (2) (d), the applicant
agrees to comply with any measures or
controls upon which the other
operator's certification under Part
I.B.3.e.(2)(a), (b) or (c) was based.
(3) For all projects commencing
construction after the effective date of
this permit, applicants must follow the
procedures provided at Addendum A of
this permit when applying for permit
coverage. The Director may also require
any existing permittee or applicant to
provide documentation of eligibility for
this permit using the procedures in
Addendum A, where EPA or the Fish
and Wildlife Services determine that
there is a potential impaction on
endangered or threatened species or a
critical habitat. Nothing in this permit
relieves applicants which are under
construction as of the effective date of
this permit of their obligations they may
have to comply with any requirements
of the Endangered Species Act.
(4) The applicant must comply with
any applicable terns, conditions or
other requirements developed in the
process of meeting eligibility
requirements of Part I.B.3.e. (2) (a), (b),
(c), or (d) above to remain eligible for
coverage under this permit. Such terms
and conditions must be incorporated in
the applicant's storm water pollution
prevention plan.
(5) Applicants who choose to conduct
informal consultation to meet the
eligibility requirements of Part
I.B.3.e. (2) (b) are automatically
designated as non -Federal
representatives under this permit. See
50 CFR 402.08. Applicants who choose
to conduct informal consultation as a
non -Federal representatives must notify
EPA and the appropriate Service office
in writing of that decision.
(6) This permit does not authorize any
storm water discharges where the
discharges or storm water discharge -
related activities cause prohibited
"take" (as defined under section 3 of the
Endangered Species Act and 50 CFR
17.3) of endangered or threatened
species unless such takes are authorized
under sections 7 or 10 of the
Endangered Species Act.
(7) This permit does not authorize any
storm water discharges where the
discharges or storm water discharge -
related activities are likely to jeopardize
the continued existence of any species
that are listed or proposed to be listed
as endangered or threatened under the
ESA or result in the adverse
modification or destruction of habitat
that is designated or proposed to be
designated as critical under the ESA.
f. Storm water Discharges and Storm
Water Discharge -Related Activities with
Unconsidered Adverse Effects on
Historic Properties. (Reserved)
C. Obtaining Authorization
1. In order for storm water discharges
from construction activities to be
authorized under this general permit, an
operator must:
a. Meet the Part I.B eligibility
requirements;
b. Except as provided in Parts II.A.5
and II.A.6, develop a storm water
pollution prevention plan (SWPPP)
covering either the entire site or all
portions of the site for which they are
operators (see definition in Part IX.N)
according to the requirements in Part IV.
A ';joint" SWPPP may be developed and
implemented as a cooperative effort
where there is more than one operator
at a site; and
c. Submit a Notice of Intent (NOI) in
accordance with the requirements of
Part II, using an NOI form provided in
Addendum C of this permit. Only one
NOI need be submitted to cover all of
the permittee's activities on the
common plan of development or sale
(e.g., you do not need to submit a
separate NOI for each separate lot in a
residential subdivision or for two
separate buildings being constructed at
a manufacturing facility, provided your
SWPPP covers each area for which you
are an operator). The SWPPP must be
implemented upon commencement of
construction activities.
2. Any new operator on site,
including those who replace an operator
who has previously obtained permit
coverage, must submit an NOI to obtain
permit coverage.
3. Unless notified by the Director to
the contrary, operators who submit a
correctly completed NOI in accordance
with the requirements of this permit are
authorized to discharge storm water
from construction activities under the
terms and conditions of this permit two
(2) days after the date that the NOI is
postmarked. The Director may deny
coverage under this permit and require
submittal of an application for an
individual NPDES permit based on a
review of the NOI or other information
(see Part VI.Q.
D. Terminating Coverage
1. Permittees wishing to terminate
coverage under this permit must submit
a Notice of Termination (NOT) in
accordance with Part VIII of this permit.
Compliance with this permit is required
until an NOT is submitted. The
permittee's authorization to discharge
under this permit terminates at
midnight of the day the NOT is signed.
2. All permittees must submit a NOT
within thirty (30) days after one or more
of the following conditions have been
met:
a. Final stabilization (see definition
Part IX.I) has been achieved on all
portions of the site for which the
permittee is responsible (including if
applicable, returning agricultural land
to its pre -construction agricultural use);
b. Another operator/permittee has
assumed control according to Part
VI.G.2.c. over all areas of the site that
have not been finally stabilized; or
c. For residential construction only,
temporary stabilization has been
completed and the residence has been
transferred to the homeowner.
Enforcement actions may be taken if
a permittee submits a NOT without
!"M
36500 Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Mon'd'ay, July 6,
1998/Notices
meeting one or more of these
b. For the first 90 days from the
proposed threatened or endangered
conditions.
effective date of this permit, comply
species, or designated critical habitat,
Part 11. Notice of Intent Requirements
With the terms and conditions of the
are in proximity to the storm water
1992 baseline construction general
discharges or storm water discharge -
A. Deadlines for Notification
permit they were previously authorized
related activities to be covered by this
1. Except as provided in Parts IIA.3,
under; and
permit;
II.A.4, II.A.5 or II.A.6 below, parties
c. Update their storm water pollution
j. Under which section(s) of Part
defined as operators (see definition in
prevention plan to comply with the
I.B.3.e. (Endangered Species) the
Part IX.N) due to their operational
requirements of Part IV within 90 days
applicant is certifying eligibility; and
control over construction plans and
after the effective date of this permit.
Note that as of the effective date of
specifications, including the ability to
6. Operators of on-going construction
this permit, reporting of information
make modifications to those plans and
projects as of the effective date of this
relating to the preservation of historic
specifications, must submit a Notice of
permit which did not receive
properties has been reserved and is not
Intent (NOD in accordance with the
authorization to discharge for these
required at this time. Such reservation
requirements of this Part at least two (2)
projects under the 1992 baseline
in no way relieves applicants or
days prior to the commencement of
construction general permit must:
permittees from any otherwise
construction activities (i.e., the initial
a. Prepare and comply with an
applicable obligations or liabilities
disturbance of soils associated with
interim storm water pollution
related to historic preservation under
clearing, grading, excavation activities,
prevention plan in accordance with the
State, Tribal or local law. After further
or other construction activities).
1992 baseline construction general
discussions between EPA and the
2. Except as provided in Parts IIA.3,
permit prior to submitting an NOI;
Advisory Council on Historic
ILA.4, II.A.5 or II.A.6 below, parties
b. Submit a NOI according to Part ILB;
Preservation, the Agency may modify
defined as operators (see definition in
and
the permit. Any such modification may
Part IX.N) due to their day-to-day
c. Update their storm water pollution
affect future Notice of Intent reporting
operational control over activities at a
prevention plan to comply with the
requirements.
project which are necessary to ensure
requirements of Part IV within 90 days
after the effective date of this permit.
C. Where To Submit
compliance with a storm water
pollution prevention plan or other
B. Contents of Notice of Intent (NOI)
1. NOIs must be signed in accordance
permit conditions (e.g., general
with Part VI.G. and sent to the following
contractor, erosion control contractor)
1. Use of Revised NOI Form
address: Storm Water Notice of Intent
`
must submit a NOI at least two (2) days
The revised NOI form [EPA Form
(4203) , US EPA, 401 M Street, SW,
prior to commencing work on-site.
3510-9] shall be signed in accordance
Washington, DC 20460.
3. For storm water discharges from
with Part VI.G of this permit and shall
Part III. Special Conditions,
construction projects where the operator
include the following information:
Management Practices, and Other Non -
changes, including instances where an
a. The name, address, and telephone
Numeric Limitations
operator is added after a NOI has been
submitted under Parts II.A.1 or II.A.2,
number of the operator filing the NOI
for permit coverage;
A. Prohibition on Non -Storm Water
*'
the new operator must submit a NOI at
b. An indication of whether the
Discharges
_least two (2) days before assuming
operator is a Federal, State, Tribal,
1. Except as provided in Parts I.B.2 or
operational control over site
private, or other public entity;
3 and III.A.2 or 3, all discharges covered
specifications or commencing work on-
c. The name (or other identifier),
by this permit shall be composed
r
site.
address, county, and latitude/longitude
entirely of storm water associated with
4. Operators are not prohibited from
of the construction project or site;
construction activity.
submitting late NOIs. When a late NOI
d. An indication of whether the
2. Discharges of material other than
is submitted, authorization is only for
project or site is located on Indian
storm water that are in compliance with
discharges that occur after permit
Country lands;
an NPDES permit (other than this
coverage is granted. The Agency
e. Confirmation that a storm water
permit) issued for that discharge may be
reserves the right to take appropriate
pollution prevention plan (SWPPP) has
discharged or mixed with discharges
enforcement actions for any
been developed or will be developed
authorized by this permit.
unpermitted activities that may have
prior to commencing construction
3. The following non -storm water
*^
occurred between the time construction
activities, and that the SWPPP will be
discharges from active construction sites
commenced and authorization of future
compliant with any applicable local
are authorized by this permit provided
discharges is granted (typically 2 days
sediment and erosion control plans.
the non -storm water component of the
after a complete NOI is submitted).
Copies of SWPPPs or permits should not
discharge is in compliance with Part
.�,
5. Operators of on-going construction
be included with the NOI submission;
IV.D.5 (non -storm water discharges):
projects as of the effective date of this
f. Optional information: the location
discharges from fire fighting activities;
permit which received authorization to
where the SWPPP may be viewed and
fire hydrant flushings; waters used to
discharge for these projects under the
the name and telephone number of a
wash vehicles where detergents are not
1992 baseline construction general
contact person for scheduling viewing
used; water used to control dust in
permit must:
times;
accordance with Part IV.D.2.c.(2);
"
a. Submit a NOI according to Part II.B.
g. The name of the receiving water(s);
potable water sources including
within 90 days of the effective date of
h. Estimates of project start and
waterline flushings; routine external
this permit. If the permittee is eligible
completion dates, and estimates of the
building wash down which does not use
to submit a Notice of Termination (e.g.,
number of acres of the site on which soil
detergents; pavement washwaters where
construction is finished and final
will be disturbed (if less than 1 acre,
spills or leaks of toxic or hazardous
stabilization has been achieved) before
enter "l");
materials have not occurred (unless all
the 90th day, a new NOI is not required
i. Based on the instructions in
spilled material has been removed) and
to be submitted;
Addendum A, whether any listed or
where detergents are not used; air
!"M
Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices 36501
conditioning condensate;
uncontaminated ground water or spring
water; and foundation or footing drains
where flows are not contaminated with
process materials such as solvents.
B. Releases in Excess of Reportable
Quantities
The discharge of hazardous
substances or oil in the stone water
discharge(s) from a facility shall be
prevented or minimized in accordance
with the applicable storm water
pollution prevention plan for the
facility. This permit does not relieve the
permittee of the reporting requirements
of 40 CFR 110, 40 CFR 117 and 40 CFR
302. Where a release containing a
hazardous substance or oil in an amount
equal to or in excess of a reportable
quantity established under either 40
CFR 110, 40 CFR 117 or 40 CFR 302,
occurs during a 24 hour period:
1. The permittee is required to notify
the National Response Center (NRC)
(800-424-8802; in the Washington, DC,
metropolitan area call 202-426-2675) in
accordance with the requirements of 40
CFR 110, 40 CFR 117 and 40 CFR 302
as soon as he or she has knowledge of
the discharge;
2. The storm water pollution
prevention plan required under Part IV
of this permit must be modified within
14 calendar days of knowledge of the
release to: provide a description of the
release, the circumstances leading to the
release, and the date of the release. In
addition, the plan must be reviewed to
identify measures to prevent the
reoccurrence of such releases and to
respond to such releases, and the plan
must be modified where appropriate.
C. Spills
This permit does not authorize the
discharge of hazardous substances or oil
resulting from an on-site spill.
D. Discharge Compliance With Water
Quality Standards
Operators seeking coverage under this
permit shall not be causing or have the
reasonable potential to cause or
contribute to a violation of a water
quality standard. Where a discharge is
already authorized under this permit
and is later determined to cause or have
the reasonable potential to cause or
contribute to the violation of an
applicable water quality standard, the
Director will notify the operator of such
violation(s). The permittee shall take all
necessary actions to ensure future
discharges do not cause or contribute to
the violation of a water quality standard
and document these actions in the storm
water pollution prevention plan. If
violations remain or re -occur, then
coverage under this permit may be
terminated by the Director, and an
alternative general permit or individual
permit may be issued. Compliance with
this requirement does not preclude any
enforcement activity as provided by the
Clean Water Act for the underlying
violation.
E. Responsibilities of Operators
Permittees may meet one or both of
the operational control components in
the definition of "operator" found in
Part IX.N. Either Parts III.E.1 or III.E.2 or
both will apply depending on the type
of operational control exerted by an
individual permittee. Part III.E.3 applies
to all permittees.
1. Permittees with operational control
over construction plans and
specifications, including the ability to
make modifications to those plans and
specifications (e.g., developer or owner),
must:
a. Ensure the project specifications
that they develop meet the minimum
requirements of Part IV (Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plans (SWPPP))
and all other applicable conditions;
b. Ensure that the SWPPP indicates
the areas of the project where they have
operational control over project
specifications (including the ability to
make modifications in specifications),
and ensure all other permittees
implementing portions of the SWPPP
impacted by any changes they make to
the plan are notified of such
modifications in a timely manner; and
c. Ensure that the SWPPP for portions
of the project where they are operators
indicates the name and NPDES permit
number for parties with day-to-day
operational control of those activities
necessary to ensure compliance with the
SWPPP or other permit conditions. If
these parties have not been identified at
the time the SWPPP is initially
developed, the permittee with
operational control over project
specifications shall be considered to be
the responsible party until such time as
the authority is transferred to another
party (e.g., general contractor) and the
plan updated.
2. Permittee(s) with day-to-day
operational control of those activities at
a project which are necessary to ensure
compliance with a SWPPP for the site
or other permit conditions (e.g., general
contractor) must:
a. Ensure that the SWPPP for portions
of the project where they are operators
meets the minimum requirements of
Part IV (Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan) and identifies the
parties responsible for implementation
of control measures identified in the
plan;
b. Ensure that the SWPPP indicates
areas of the project where they have
operational control over day-to-day
activities;
c. Ensure that the SWPPP for portions
of the project where they are operators
indicates the name and NPDES permit
number of the party(ies) with
operational control over project
specifications (including the ability to
make modifications in specifications);
3. Permittees with operational control
over only a portion of a larger
construction project (e.g., one of four
homebuilders in a subdivision) are
responsible for compliance with all
applicable terms and conditions of this
permit as it relates to their activities on
their portion of the construction site,
including protection of endangered
species and implementation of BMPs
and other controls required by the
SWPPP. Permittees shall ensure either
directly or through coordination with
other permittees, that their activities do
not render another party's pollution
controls ineffective. Permittees must
either implement their portions of a
common SWPPP or develop and
implement their own SWPPP.
F. Consistency With the Texas Coastal
Management Program
This permit does not relieve
permittees whose construction project is
located within the boundary of the
Texas Coastal Management Program of
their responsibility to insure
consistency with all applicable
requirements of this State program.
While pre -construction approval of
development projects is not within the
jurisdiction of the Federal NPDES
permit program, State or local pre -
construction project approvals and/or
permits may be required. The
permittee's Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan must be consistent with
any storm water discharge -related
requirements established pursuant to, or
necessary to be consistent with, the
Texas Coastal Management Program.
This permit may be reopened, upon
petition by the State, to include more
stringent discharge requirements
applying to areas within the State's
designated coastal zone.
The Texas Coastal Management
Program boundary covers part or all of
the following Texas Counties: Aransas,
Brazoria, Calhoun, Cameron, Chambers,
Galveston, Harris, Jackson, Jefferson,
Kenedy, Kleberg, Matagorda, Nueces,
Orange, Refugio, San Patricio, Victoria,
and Willacy. To determine if a
construction project is located within
the Texas Coastal Zone, and if so, the
applicable requirements of the Texas
Coastal Management Program, please
36502 Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices
contact the Texas General Land Office's
Coastal Hotline at 1 -800 -85 -BEACH or
access their Internet site at "http://
red.glo.state.tx.us/res-mgmt/coastal/".
Information is also available from the
Texas Coastal Coordination Council's
Coastal Permitting Assistance Office at
1-888-3—PERMIT or via the Internet at
"http://red.glo.state.tx.us/
coastalpermits/".
Part IV. Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plans
At least one storm water pollution
prevention plan (SWPPP) shall be
developed for each construction project
or site covered by this permit. For more
effective coordination of BMPs and
opportunities for cost sharing, a
cooperative effort by the different
operators at a site to prepare and
participate in a comprehensive SWPPP
is encouraged. Individual operators at a
site may, but are not required, to
develop separate SWPPPs that cover
only their portion of the project
provided reference is made to other
operators at the site. In instances where
there is more than one SWPPP for a site,
coordination must be conducted
between the permittees to ensure the
storm water discharge controls and
other measures are consistent with one
another (e.g., provisions to protect listed
species and critical habitat).
Storm water pollution prevention
plans shall'be prepared in accordance
with good engineering practices. The
SWPPP shall identify potential sources
of pollution which may reasonably be
expected to affect the quality of storm
water discharges from the construction
site. The SWPPP shall describe and
ensure the implementation of practices
which will be used to reduce the
pollutants in storm water discharges
associated with construction activity at
the construction site and assure
compliance with the terms and
conditions of this permit.
When developing SWPPPs, applicants
must follow the procedures in
Addendum A of this permit to
determine whether listed endangered or
threatened species or critical habitat
would be affected by the applicant's
storm water discharges or storm water
discharge -related activities. Any
information on whether listed species or
critical habitat are found in proximity to
the construction site must be included
in the SWPPP. Any terms or conditions
that are imposed under the eligibility
requirements of Part I.B.3.e and
Addendum A of this permit to protect
listed species or critical habitat from
storm water discharges or storm water
discharge -related activity must be
incorporated into the SWPPP.
Permittees must implement the
applicable provisions of the SWPPP
required under this part as a condition
of this permit.
A. Deadlines for Plan Preparation and
Compliance
The storm water pollution prevention
plan shall:
1. Be completed prior to the submittal
of an NOI to be covered under this
permit (except as provided in Parts
ILA.5 and II.A.6) updated as
appropriate, and
2. Provide for compliance with the
terms and schedule of the SWPPP
beginning with the initiation of
construction activities.
B. Signature, Plan Review and Making
Plans Available
1. The SWPPP shall be signed in
accordance with Part VI.G, and be
retained on-site at the facility which
generates the storm water discharge in
accordance with Part V (Retention of
Records) of this permit.
2.. The permittee shall post a notice
near the main entrance of the
construction site with the following
information:
a. The NPDES permit number for the
project or a copy of the NOI if a permit
number has not yet been assigned;
b. The name and telephone number of
a local contact person;
c. A brief description of the project;
and
d. The location of the SWPPP if the
site is inactive or does not have an on-
site location to store the plan.
If posting this information near a
main entrance is infeasible due to safety
concerns, the notice shall be posted in
a local public building. If the
construction project is a linear
construction project (e.g., pipeline,
highway, etc.), the notice must be
placed in a publicly accessible location
near where construction is actively
underway and moved as necessary. This
permit does not provide the public with
any right to trespass on a construction
site for any reason, including inspection
of a site; nor does this permit require
that permittees allow members of the
public access to a construction site.
3. The permittee shall make SWPPPs
available upon request to the Director, a
State, Tribal or local agency approving
sediment and erosion plans, grading
plans, or storm water management
pians; local government officials; or the
operator of a municipal separate storm
sewer receiving discharges from the site.
The copy of the SWPPP that is required
to be kept on-site or locally available
must be made available to the Director
for review at the time of an on-site
inspection. Also, in the interest of
public involvement, EPA encourages
permittees to make their SWPPPs
available to the public for viewing
during normal business hours.
4. The Director may notify the
permittee at any time that the SWPPP
does not meet one or more of the
minimum requirements of this Part.
Such notification shall identify those
provision of this permit which are not
being met by the SWPPP as well as
those requiring modification in order to
meet the minimum requirements of this
Part. Within seven (7) calendar days of
receipt of such notification from the
Director (or as otherwise provided by
the Director), the permittee shall make
the required changes to the SWPPP and
shall submit to the Director a written
certification that the requested changes
have been made. The Director may take
appropriate enforcement action for the
period of time the permittee was
operating under a plan that did not meet
the minimum requirements of this
permit.
C. Keeping Plans Current
The permittee must amend the storm
water pollution prevention plan
whenever:
1. There is a change in design,
construction, operation, or maintenance
which has a significant effect on the
discharge of pollutants to the waters of
the United States which has not been
addressed in the SWPPP; or �—
2. Inspections or investigations by site
operators, local, State, Tribal or Federal
officials indicate the SWPPP is proving
ineffective in eliminating or
significantly minimizing pollutants
from sources identified under Part
IV.D.1 of this permit, or is otherwise not
achieving the general objectives of
controlling pollutants in storm water
discharges associated with construction
activity.
D. Contents of Plan
The storm water pollution prevention
plan (SWPPP) shall include the
following items:
1. Site Description
Each SWPPP shall provide a
description of potential pollutant
sources and other information as
indicated below:
a. A description of the nature of the
construction activity;
b. A description of the intended
sequence of major activities which
disturb soils for major portions of the
site (e.g., grubbing, excavation, grading,
utilities and infrastructure installation);
c. Estimates of the total area of the site
and the total area of the site that is
Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices 36503
expected to be disturbed by excavation,
grading, or other activities including off-
site borrow and fill areas;
d. An estimate of the runoff
coefficient of the site for both the pre -
construction and post -construction
conditions and data describing the soil
or the quality of any discharge from the
site;
e. A general location map (e.g., a
portion of a city or county map) and a
site map indicating the following:
drainage patterns and approximate
slopes anticipated after major grading,
activities; areas of soil disturbance;
areas which will not be disturbed;
locations of major structural and
nonstructural controls identified in the
SWPPP; locations where stabilization _
practices are expected to occur;
locations of off-site material, waste,
borrow or equipment storage areas;
surface waters (including wetlands); and
locations where storm water discharges
to a surface water;
L Location and description of any
discharge associated with industrial
activity other than construction,
including storm water discharges from
dedicated asphalt plants and dedicated
concrete plants, which is covered by
this permit;
g. The name of the receiving water(s)
and the areal extent and description of
wetland or other special aquatic sites (as
described under 40 CFR 230.3(q-1)) at
or near the site which will be disturbed
or which will receive discharges from
disturbed areas of the project;
h. A copy of the permit requirements
(attaching a copy of this permit is
acceptable);
i. Information on whether listed
endangered or threatened species, or
critical habitat, are found in proximity
to the construction activity and whether
such species may be affected by the
applicant's storm water discharges or
storm water discharge -related activities;
and
j. Information on whether storm water
discharges or storm water discharge -
related activities would have an affect
on a property that is listed or eligible for
listing on the National Register of
Historic Places; where effects may
occur, any written agreements with the
State Historic Preservation Officer:
Tribal Historic Preservation Officer, or
other Tribal leader to mitigate those
effects.
2. Controls
Each SWPPP shall include a
description of appropriate control
measures (i.e., BMPs) that will be
implemented as part of the construction
activity to control pollutants in storm
water discharges. The SWPPP must
clearly describe for each major activity
identified in Part IV.D.l.b: (a)
appropriate control measures and the
general timing (or sequence) during the
construction process that the measures
will be implemented; and (b) which
permittee is responsible for
implementation (e.g., perimeter controls
for one portion of the site will be
installed by Contractor A after the
clearing and grubbing necessary for
installation of the measure, but before
the clearing and grubbing for the
remaining portions of the site; and
perimeter controls will be actively
maintained by Contractor B until final
stabilization of those portions of the site
up -gradient of the perimeter control;
and temporary perimeter controls will
be removed by the owner after final
stabilization). The description and
implementation of control measures
shall address the following minimum
components:
a. Erosion and Sediment Controls.
(1) Short and Long Term Goals and
Criteria:
(a) The construction -phase erosion
and sediment controls should be
designed to retain sediment on site to
the extent practicable.
(b) All control measures must be
properly selected, installed, and
maintained in accordance with the
manufacturers specifications and good
engineering practices. If periodic
inspections or other information
indicates a control has been used
inappropriately, or incorrectly, the
permittee must replace or modify the
control for site situations.
(c) If sediment escapes the
construction site, off-site accumulations
of sediment must be removed at a
frequency sufficient to minimize offsite
impacts (e.g., fugitive sediment in street
could be washed into storm sewers by
the next rain and/or pose a safety hazard
to users of public streets).
(d) Sediment must be removed from
sediment traps or sedimentation ponds
when design capacity has been reduced
by 50%.
(e) Litter, construction debris, and
construction chemicals exposed to
storm water shall be prevented from
becoming a pollutant source for storm
water discharges (e.g., screening
outfalls, picked up daily).
(0 Offsite material storage areas (also
including overburden and stockpiles of
dirt, borrow areas, etc.) used solely by
the permitted project are considered a
part of the project and shall be
addressed in the SWPPP.
(2) Stabilization Practices: The
SWPPP must include a description of
interim and permanent stabilization
practices for the site, including a
schedule of when the practices will be
implemented. Site plans should ensure
that existing vegetation is preserved
where attainable and that disturbed
portions of the site are stabilized.
Stabilization practices may include but
are not limited to: establishment of
temporary vegetation, establishment of
permanent vegetation, mulching,
geotextiles, sod stabilization, vegetative
buffer strips, protection of trees,
preservation of mature vegetation, and
other appropriate measures. Use of
impervious surfaces for stabilization
should be avoided.
The following records shall be
maintained and attached to the SWPPP:
the dates when major grading activities
occur: the dates when construction
activities temporarily or permanently
cease on a portion of the site; and the
dates when stabilization measures are
initiated.
Except as provided in Parts
IV.D.2.a.(2)(a), (b), and (c) below,
stabilization measures shall be initiated
as soon as practicable in portions of the
site where construction activities have
temporarily or permanently ceased, but
in no case more than 14 days after the
construction activity in that portion of
the site has temporarily or permanently
ceased.
(a) Where the initiation of
stabilization measures by the 14th day
after construction activity temporary or
permanently cease is precluded by snow
cover or frozen ground conditions,
stabilization measures shall be initiated
as soon as practicable.
(b) Where construction activity on a
portion of the site is temporarily ceased,
and earth disturbing activities will be
resumed within 21 days, temporary
stabilization measures do not have to be
initiated on that portion of site.
(c) In and areas (areas with an average
annual rainfall of 0 to 10 inches), semi-
arid areas (areas with an average annual
rainfall of 10 to 20 inches), and areas
experiencing droughts where the
initiation of stabilization measures by
the 14th day after construction activity
has temporarily or permanently ceased
is precluded by seasonal and
conditions, stabilization measures shall
be initiated as soon as practicable.
(3) Structural Practices: The SWPPP
must include a description of structural
practices to divert flows from exposed
soils, store flows or otherwise limit
runoff and the discharge of pollutants
from exposed areas of the site to the
degree attainable. Structural practices
may include but are not limited to: silt
fences, earth dikes, drainage swales,
sediment traps, check dams, subsurface
drains, pipe slope drains, level
spreaders, storm drain inlet protection,
P_
36504 Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6,
1998/Notices
rock outlet protection, reinforced soil
dictated by individual site conditions)
local waste disposal, sanitary sewer or
retaining systems, gabions, and
of the construction area unless a
septic system regulations to the extent
temporary or permanent sediment
sediment basin providing storage for a
these are located within the permitted
basins. Placement of structural practices
calculated volume of runoff from a 2
area.
in floodplain should be avoided to the
year, 24 hour storm or 3,600 cubic feet
(4) The SWPPP shall include a
-
degree attainable. The installation of
of storage per acre drained is provided.
description of construction and waste
these devices may be subject to section
EPA encourages the use of a
materials expected to be stored on-site
404 of the CWA.
combination of sediment and erosion
with updates as appropriate. The
(a) For common drainage locations
control measures in order to achieve
SWPPP shall also include a description
that serve an area with ten (10) or more
maximum pollutant removal.
of controls to reduce pollutants from
acres disturbed at one time, a temporary
b. Storm Water Management. A
these materials including storage
(or permanent) sediment basin that
description of measures that will be
practices to minimize exposure of the
provides storage for a calculated volume
installed during the construction
materials to storm water, and spill
of runoff from a 2 year, 24 hour storm
process to control pollutants in storm
prevention and response.
from each disturbed acre drained, or
water discharges that will occur after
(5) The SWPPP shall include a
equivalent control measures, shall be
construction operations have been
description of pollutant sources from
provided where attainable until final
completed must be included in the
areas other than construction (including
stabilization of the site. Where no such
SWPPP. Structural measures should be
storm water discharges from dedicated
calculation has been performed, a
placed on upland soils to the degree
asphalt plants and dedicated concrete
temporary (or permanent) sediment
attainable. The installation of these
plants), and a description of controls
ea-
basin providing 3,600 cubic feet of
devices may also require a separate
and measures that will be implemented
storage per acre drained, or equivalent
permit under section 404 of the CWA.
at those sites to minimize pollutant
w ..
control measures, shall be provided
Permittees are only responsible for the
discharges.
where attainable until final stabilization
installation and maintenance of storm
(6) The SWPPP shall include a
of the site. When computing the number
water management measures prior to
description of measures necessary to
of acres draining into a common
final stabilization of the site, and are not
protect listed endangered or threatened
location it is not necessary to include
responsible for maintenance after storm
species, or critical habitat, including
flows from offsite areas and flows from
water discharges associated with
any terms or conditions that are
onsite areas that are either undisturbed
construction activity have been
imposed under the eligibility
or
or have undergone final stabilization
eliminated from the site. However, post-
requirements of Part I.B.3.e(4) of this
where such flows are diverted around
construction storm water BMPs that
permit. Failure to describe and
both the disturbed area and the
discharge pollutants from point sources
implement such measures will result in
sediment basin.
once construction is completed may, in
storm water discharges from
In determining whether installing a
themselves, need authorization under a
construction activities that are ineligible
sediment basin is attainable, the
separate NPDES permit.
for coverage under this permit.
permittee may consider factors such as
(1) Such practices may include but are
d. Approved State, Tribal or Local
site soils, slope, available area on site,
not limited to: storm water detention
Plans.
etc. In any event, the permittee must
structures (including wet ponds); storm
(1) Permittees which discharge storm
consider public safety, especially as it
water retention structures; flow
water associated with construction
relates to children, as a design factor for
attenuation by use of open vegetated
activities must ensure their storm water
the sediment basin and alternative
swales and natural depression:
pollution prevention plan is consistent
sediment controls shall be used where
infiltration of runoff onsite; and
with requirements specified in
site limitation would preclude a safe
sequential systems (which combine
applicable sediment and erosion site
design. For drainage location which
several practices). The SWPPP shall
plans or site permits, or storm water
serve ten (10) or more disturbed acres at
include an explanation of the technical
management site plans or site permits
one time and where a temporary
basis used to select the practices to
approved by State, Tribal or local
sediment basin or equivalent controls is
control pollution where flows exceed
officials.
not attainable, smaller sediment basins
predevelopment levels.
(2) Storm water pollution prevention
and/or sediment traps should be used.
(2) Velocity dissipation devices shall
plans must be updated as necessary to
Where neither the sediment basin nor
be placed at discharge locations and
remain consistent with any changes
equivalent controls are attainable due to
along the length of any outfall channel
applicable to protecting surface water
site limitation, silt fences, vegetative
to provide a non-erosive flow velocity
resources in sediment and erosion site
buffer strips, or equivalent sediment
from the structure to a water course so
plan or site permits, or storm water
controls are required for all down slope
that the natural physical and biological
management site plans or site permits
boundaries of the construction area and
characteristics and functions are
approved by State, Tribal or local
-*
for those side slope boundaries deemed
maintained and protected (e.g., no
officials for which the permittee
appropriate as dictated by individual
significant changes in the hydrological
receives written notice.
site condition. EPA encourages the use
of a combination of sediment and
regime of the receiving water).
c. Other Controls.
3. Maintenance
erosion control measures in order to
(1) No solid materials, including
All erosion and sediment control
achieve maximum pollutant removal.
building materials, shall be discharged
measures and other protective measures
(b) For drainage location serving less
to waters of the United States, except as
identified in the SWPPP must be
than 10 acres, smaller sediment basins
authorized by a permit issued under
maintained in effective operating
and/or sediment traps should be used.
section 404 of the CWA.
condition. If site inspection required by
At a minimum, silt fences, vegetative
(2) Off-site vehicle tracking of
PartIV.D.4. identify BMPs that are not
buffer strips, or equivalent sediment
sediments and the generation of dust
operating effectively, maintenance shall
controls are required for all down slope
shall be minimized.
be performed before the next anticipated
boundaries (and for those side slope
(3) The SWPPP shall be consistent
storm event, or as necessary to maintain
Klir
boundaries deemed appropriate as
with applicable State, Tribal and/or
the continued effectiveness of storm
P_
Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices 36505
water controls. If maintenance prior to
the next anticipated storm event is
impracticable, maintenance must be
scheduled and accomplished as soon as
practicable.
4. Inspections
Qualified personnel (provided by the
permittee or cooperatively by multiple
permittees) shall inspect disturbed areas
of the construction site that have not
been finally stabilized, areas used for
storage of materials that are exposed to
precipitation, structural control
measures, and locations where vehicles
enter or exit the site, at least once every
fourteen (14) calendar days and within
24 hours of the end of a storm event of_
0.5 inches or greater.
Where sites have been finally or
temporarily stabilized, runoff is unlikely
due to winter conditions (e.g., site is
covered with. snow, ice, or frozen
ground exists), or during seasonal aria
periods in and areas (areas with an
average annual rainfall of 0 to 10 inches)
and semi -arid areas (areas with an
average annual rainfall of 10 to 20
inches) such inspections shall be
conducted at least once every month.
Permittees are eligible for a waiver of
monthly inspection requirements until
one month before thawing conditions
are expected to result in a discharge if
all of the following requirements are
met: (1) the project is located in an area
where frozen conditions are anticipated
to continue for extended periods of time
(i.e., more than one month); (2) land
disturbance activities have been
suspended; and (3) the beginning and
ending dates of the waiver period are
documented in the SWPPP.
a. Disturbed areas and areas used for
storage of materials that are exposed to
precipitation shall be inspected for
evidence of, or the potential for,
pollutants entering the drainage system.
Sediment and erosion control measures
identified in the SWPPP shall be
observed to ensure that they are
operating correctly. Where discharge
locations or points are accessible, they
shall be inspected to ascertain whether
erosion control measures are effective in
preventing significant impacts to
receiving waters. Where discharge
locations are inaccessible, nearby
downstream locations shall be inspected
to the extent that such inspections are
practicable. Locations where vehicles
enter or exit the site shall be inspected
for evidence of offsite sediment
tracking.
b. Based on the results of the
inspection, the SWPPP shall be
modified as necessary (e.g., show
additional controls on map required by
Part IV.D.1; revise description of
controls required by Part IV.D.2) to
include additional or modified BMPs
designed to correct problems identified.
Revisions to the SWPPP shall be
completed within 7 calendar days
following the inspection. If existing
BMPs need to be modified or if
additional BMPs are necessary,
implementation shall be completed
before the next anticipated storm event.
If implementation before the next
anticipated storm event is
impracticable, they shall be
implemented as soon as practicable.
c. A report summarizing the scope of
the inspection, name(s) and
qualifications of personnel making the
inspection, the date(s) of the inspection,
and major observations relating to the
implementation of the SWPPP shall be
made and retained as part of the SWPPP
for at least three years from the date that
the site is finally stabilized. Major
observations should include: the
location(s) of discharges of sediment or
other pollutants from the site:
location(s) of BMPs that need to be
maintained; location(s) of BMPs that
failed to operate as designed or proved
inadequate for a particular location: and
location(s) where additional BMPs are
needed that did not exist at the time of
inspection. Actions taken in accordance
with Part IV.D.4.b of this permit shall be
made and retained as part of the storm
water pollution prevention pian for at
least three years from the date that the
site is finally stabilized. Such reports .
shall identify any incidents of non-
compliance. Where a report does not
identify any incidents of non-
compliance, the report shall contain a
certification that the facility is in
compliance with the storm water
pollution prevention plan and this
permit. The report shall be signed in
accordance with Part VI.G of this
permit.
5. Non -Storm Water Discharges
Except for flows from fire fighting
activities, sources of non -storm water
listed in Part III.A.2 or 3 of this permit
that are combined with storm water
discharges associated with construction
activity must be identified in the
SWPPP. The SWPPP shall identify and
ensure the implementation of
appropriate pollution prevention
measures for the non -storm water
component(s) of the discharge.
Part V. Retention of Records
A. Documents
The permittee shall retain copies of
storm water pollution prevention plans
and all reports required by this permit,
and records of all data used to complete
the Notice of Intent to be covered by this
permit, for a period of at least three
years from the date that the site is
finally stabilized. This period may be
extended by request of the Director at _
any time.
B. Accessibility
The permittee shall retain a copy of
the storm water pollution prevention
plan required by this permit (including
a copy of the permit language) at the
construction site (or other local location
accessible to the Director, a State, Tribal
or local agency approving sediment and
erosion plans, grading plans, or storm
water management plans; local
government officials; or the operator of
a municipal separate storm sewer
receiving discharges from the site) from
the date of project initiation to the date
of final stabilization. Permittees with
day-to-day operational control over
SWPPP implementation shall have a
copy of the SWPPP available at a central
location on-site for the use of all
operators and those identified as having
responsibilities under the SWPPP
whenever they are on the construction
site.
C. Addresses
Except for the submittal of NOIs and
NOTs (see Parts II.0 and VIII.B,
respectively), all written
correspondence concerning discharges
in any State, Indian Country land or
from any Federal facility covered under
this permit and directed to the EPA,
including the submittal of individual
permit applications, shall be sent to the
address listed below: United States EPA,
Region 6, Storm Water Staff,
Enforcement and Compliance Assurance
Division (GEN -WC), EPA SW
Construction GP, P.O. Box 50625,
Dallas, TX 75205.
Part VI. Standard Permit Conditions
A. Duty To Comply
1. The Permittee Must Comply With All
Conditions of This Permit
Any permit noncompliance
constitutes a violation of CWA and is
grounds for enforcement action; for
permit termination, revocation and
reissuance, or modification; or for
denial of a permit renewal application.
2. Penalties for Violations of Permit
Conditions
The Director will adjust the civil and
administrative penalties listed below in
accordance with the Civil Monetary
Penalty Inflation Adjustment Rule
(Federal Register: December 31, 1996,
Volume 61, Number 252, pages 69359-
69366, as corrected, March 20, 1997,
Volume 62, Number 54, pages 13514—
M
36506 Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128 / Monday, July 6,
19987 Notices
13517) as mandated by the Debt
exceed $27,500 per day for each
relevant facts or submitted incorrect
Collection Improvement Act of 1996 for
violation.
information in the Notice of Intent or in
inflation on a periodic basis. This rule
c. Administrative Penalties. The CWA
any other report to the Director, he or
allows EPA's penalties to keep pace
provides that any person who violates a
she shall promptly submit such facts or
with inflation. The Agency is required
permit condition implementing sections
information.
g -
to review its penalties at least once
301, 302, 306, 307, 308, 318, or 405 of
G. Signatory Requirements
every four years thereafter and to adjust
the Act is subject to an administrative
them as necessary for inflation
penalty, as follows:
All Notices of Intent, Notices of
according to a specified formula. The
(1) Class I Penalty. Not to exceed
Termination, storm water pollution
civil and administrative penalties listed
$11,000 per violation nor shall the
prevention plans, reports, certifications
below were adjusted for inflation
maximum amount exceed $27,500.
or information either submitted to the
starting in 1996.
(2) Class II Penalty. Not to exceed
Director or the operator of a large or
a. Criminal.
$11,000 per day for each day during
medium municipal separate storm
(1) Negligent Violations. The CWA
which the violation continues, nor shall
sewer system, or that this permit
provides that any person who
the maximum amount exceed $137,500.
requires be maintained by the permittee,
negligently violates permit conditions
B. Continuation of the Expired General
shall be signed as follows:
implementing sections 301, 302; 306,
Permit
1. All Notices of Intent and Notices of
307, 308, 318, or 405 of the Act is
Termination shall be signed as follows:
subject to a fine of not less than $2,500
If this permit is not reissued or
a. For a corporation: by a responsible
nor more than $25,000 per day of
replaced prior to the expiration date, it
corporate officer. For the purpose of this
violation, or by imprisonment for not
will be administratively continued in
section, a responsible corporate officer
more than l year, or both.
accordance with the Administrative
means: a president, secretary, treasurer,
(2) Knowing Violations. The CWA
Procedures Act and remain in force and
or vice-president of the corporation in
provides that any person who
effect. Any permittee who was granted
charge of a principal business function,
knowingly violates permit conditions
permit coverage prior to the expiration
or any other person who performs
implementing sections 301, 302, 306,
date will automatically remain covered
similar policy or decision-making
k
307, 308, 318, or 405 of the Act is
by the continued permit until the earlier
functions for the corporation; or the
subject to a fine of not less than $5.000
of:
manager of one or more manufacturing,
nor more than $50,000 per day of
1. Reissuance or replacement of this
production or operating facilities
aa:
violation, or by imprisonment for not
permit, at which time the permittee
employing more than 250 persons or
more than 3 years, or both.
must comply with the Notice of Intent
having gross annual sales or
(3) Knowing Endangerment. The CWA
conditions of the new permit to
expenditures exceeding $25,000,000 (in
provides that any person who
knowingly violates permit conditions
maintain authorization to discharge; or
2. The permittee's submittal of a
second-quarter 1980 dollars) if authority
to sign documents has been assigned or
implementing sections 301, 302, 306,
307, 308, 318, or 405 of the Act and who
Notice of Termination; or
3. Issuance of an individual permit for
delegated to the manager in accordance
with corporate procedures;
knows at that time that he is placing
P g
the permittee's discharges: or
4. A formal permit decision by the
b. For a partnership or sole
another person in imminent danger of
P g
death or serious bodily injury is subject
Director not to reissue this general
proprietorship: es a general partner or
the proprietor, respectively; or
w
- to a fine of not more than $250,000, or
Permit, at which time the permittee
must seek coverage under an alternative
C.For a municipality, State, Federal,
by imprisonment for not more than 15
years, or both.
general permit or an individual permit.
or other public agency: by either a
principal executive officer or ranking
(4) False Statement. The CWA
C. Need To Halt or Reduce Activity Not
elected official. For purposes of this
provides that any person who
a Defense
section, a principal executive officer of
knowingly makes any false material
It shall not be a defense for a
a Federal agency includes (1) the chief
statement, representation, or
certification in any application, record,
Permittee in enforcement action that
executive officer of thea enc or 2 a
senior executive officer agency,( )
g
report, plan, or other document filed or
P P
it would have been necessary n halt or
a
reduce the permitted activity in order to
responsibility for the overall operations
required to be maintained under the Act
maintain compliance with the
of a principal geographic unit of the
or who knowingly falsifies, tampers
conditions of this permit.
agency (e.g., Regional Administrators of
with, or renders inaccurate, any
EPA).
monitoring device or method required
D. Duty To Mitigate
2. All reports required by this permit
to be maintained under the Act, shall
The permittee shall take all
and other information requested by the
upon conviction, be punished by a fine
reasonable steps to minimize or prevent
Director or authorized representative of
of not more than $10,000 or by
any discharge in violation of this permit
the Director shall be signed by a person
,.,
imprisonment for not more than two
which has a reasonable likelihood of
described above or by a duly authorized
years, or by both. If a conviction is for
adversely affecting human health or the
representative of that person. A person
a violation committed after a fust
environment.
is a duly authorized representative only
conviction of such person under this
if:
paragraph, punishment shall be by a
E. Duty To Provide Information
a. The authorization is made in
fine of not more than $20,000 per day
The permittee shall furnish to the
writing by a person described above and
of violation, or by imprisonment of not
Director or an authorized representative
submitted to the Director.
more than four years, or by both. (See
of the Director any information which is
b. The authorization specifies either
section 309.c.4 of the Clean Water Act).
requested to determine compliance with
an individual or a position having
^^
b. Civil Penalties. The CWA provides
this permit or other information.
responsibility for the overall operation
that any person who violates a permit
F. Other Information
of the regulated facility or activity, such
-
condition implementing sections 301,
as the position of manager, operator,
302, 306, 307, 308, 318, or 405 of the
When the permittee becomes aware
superintendent, or position of
Act is subject to a civil penalty not to
that he or she failed to submit any
equivalent responsibility or an
M
Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices 36507
individual or position having overall
responsibility for environmental matters
for the company. (A duly authorized
representative may thus be either a
named individual or any individual
occupying a named position).
c. Changes to Authorization. If an
authorization under Part II.B is no
longer accurate because a different
operator has responsibility for the
overall operation of the construction
site, a new Notice of Intent satisfying
the requirements of Part II.B must be
submitted to the Director prior to or
together with any reports, information,
or applications to be signed by an
authorized representative. The change
in authorization must be submitted
within the time frame specified in Part
II.A.3, and sent to the address specified
in Part II.C.
d. Certification. Any person signing
documents under Part VI.G shall make
the following certification:
"I certify under penalty of law that
this document and all attachments were
prepared under my direction or
supervision in accordance with a system
designed to assure that qualified
personnel properly gathered and
evaluated the information submitted.
Based on my inquiry of the person or
persons who manage the system, or
those persons directly responsible for
gathering the information, the
information submitted is, to the best of
my knowledge and belief, true, accurate,
and complete. I am aware that there are
significant penalties for submitting false
information, including the possibility of
fine and imprisonment for knowing
violations." .
H. Penalties for Falsification of Reports
Section 309(c)(4) of the Clean Water
Act provides that any person who
knowingly makes any false material
statement, representation, or
certification in any record or other
document submitted or required to be
maintained under this permit, including
reports of compliance or noncompliance
shall, upon conviction, be punished by
a fine of not more than $10,000, or by
imprisonment for not more than two
years, or by both.
L Oil and Hazardous Substance Liability
Nothing in this permit shall be
construed to preclude the institution of
any legal action or relieve the permittee
from any responsibilities, liabilities, or
penalties to which the permittee is or
may be subject under section 311 of the
CWA or section 106 of the
Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability
Act of 1980 (CERCLA).
J. Property Rights
The issuance of this permit does not
convey any property rights of any sort,
nor any exclusive privileges, nor does it
authorize any injury to private property
nor any invasion of personal rights, nor
any infringement of Federal, State or
local laws or regulations.
K Severability
The provisions of this permit are
severable, and if any provision of this
permit, or the application of any
provision of this permit to any
circumstance, is held invalid, the
application of such provision to other
circumstances, and the remainder of
this permit shall not be affected thereby.
L. Requiring an Individual Permit or an
Alternative General Permit
1. The Director may require any
person authorized by this permit to
apply for and/or obtain either an
individual NPDES permit or an
alternative NPDES general permit. Any
interested person may petition the
Director to take action under this
paragraph. Where the Director requires
a permittee authorized to discharge
under this permit to apply for an
individual NPDES permit, the Director
shall notify the permittee in writing that
a permit application is required. This
notification shall include a brief
statement of the reasons for this
decision, an application form, a
statement setting a deadline for the
permittee to file the application, and a
statement that on the effective date of
issuance or denial of the individual
NPDES permit or the alternative general
permit as it applies to the individual
permittee, coverage under this general
permit shall automatically terminate.
Applications shall be submitted to the
appropriate Regional Office indicated in
Part V.0 of this permit. The Director
may grant additional time to submit the
application upon request of the
applicant. If a permittee fails to submit
ina timely manner an individual
NPDES permit application as required
by the Director under this paragraph,
then the applicability of this permit to
the individual NPDES permittee is
automatically terminated at the end of
the day specified by the Director for
application submittal.
2. Any permittee authorized by this
permit may request to be excluded from
the coverage of this permit by applying
for an individual permit. In such cases,
the permittee shall submit an individual
application in accordance with the
requirements of 40 CFR 122.26(c) (1) (ii),
with reasons supporting the request, to
the Director at the address for the
appropriate Regional Office indicated in
Part V.0 of this permit. The request may
be granted by issuance of any individual
permit or an alternative general permit
if the reasons cited by the permittee are
adequate to support the request.
3. When an individual NPDES permit
is issued to a permittee otherwise
subject to this permit, or the permittee
is authorized to discharge under an
alternative NPDES general permit, the
applicability of this permit to the
individual NPDES permittee is
automatically terminated on the
effective date of the individual permit or
the date of authorization of coverage
under the alternative general permit,
whichever the case may be. When an
individual NPDES permit is denied to
an owner or operator otherwise subject
to this permit, or the owner or operator
is denied for coverage under an
alternative NPDES general permit, the
applicability of this permit to the
individual NPDES permittee is
automatically terminated on the date of
such denial, unless otherwise specified
by the Director.
M. State/Tribal Environmental Laws
1. Nothing in this permit shall be
construed to preclude the institution of
any legal action or relieve the permittee
from any responsibilities, liabilities, or
penalties established pursuant to any
applicable State/Tribal law or regulation
under authority preserved by section
510 of the Act.
2. No condition of this permit shall
release the permittee from any
responsibility or requirements under
other environmental statutes or
regulations.
N. Proper Operation and Maintenance
The permittee shall at_all times
properly operate and maintain all
facilities and systems of treatment and
control (and related appurtenances)
which are installed or used by the
permittee to achieve compliance with
the conditions of this permit and with
the requirements of storm water
pollution prevention plans. Proper
operation and maintenance also
includes adequate laboratory controls
and appropriate quality assurance
procedures. Proper operation and
maintenance requires the operation of
backup or auxiliary facilities or similar
systems, installed by a permittee only
when necessary to achieve compliance
with the conditions of this permit.
O. Inspection and Entry
The permittee shall allow the Director
or an authorized representative of EPA,
the State/Tribe, or, in the case of a
construction site which discharges
36508 Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6,
1998/Notices
through a municipal separate storm
2. An indication of whether the storm
B. Addresses
sewer, an authorized representative of
water discharges associated with
1. All Notices of Termination, signed
the municipal owner/operator or the
construction activity have been
in accordance with Part VI.G of this
separate storm sewer receiving the
eliminated (i.e., regulated discharges of
permit, are be submitted using the
discharge, upon the presentation of
storm water are being terminated) or the
form provided the Director (or a
credentials and other documents as may
permittee is no longer an operator at the
photocopy thereeoo f) to the address
*�*
be=d by law, to:
1. Enter upon the permittee's
site:
3. The name, address and telephone
specified on the NOT form.
premises where a regulated facility or
number of the permittee submitting the
Part IX. Definitions
activity is located or conducted or
where records must be kept under the
Notice of Termination;
A. Best Management Practices
conditions of this permit;
4. The name of the project and street
("BMPs") means schedules of activities,
2. Have access to and copy at
address (or a description of location if
prohibitions of practices, maintenance
reasonable times, any records that must
no street address is available) of the
procedures, and other management
be kept under the conditions of this
construction site for which the
practices to prevent or reduce the
permit; and
notification is submitted;
discharge of pollutants to waters of the
"^
3. Inspect at reasonable times any
5. The latitude and longitude of the
United States. BMPs also include
facilities or equipment (including
construction site; and
treatment requirements, operating
monitoring and control equipment).
6. The following certification, signed
ps t cvnoffures, andspillage ces oo control
-plant
•^+
P. Permit Actions
in accordance with Part VI.G (signatory
requirements) of this permit. For
or waste disposal, or drainage
sludgepo g
This permit may be modified, revoked
construction projects with more than
from raw material storage.
and reissued, or terminated for cause.
operator, the
permittee and/ormake
B. Control Measure as used in this
The filing of a request by the permittee
permittee need onllyyone
this
permit, refers to any Best Management
for a permit modification, revocation
certification for those portions the
Practice or other method used to
and reissuance, or termination, or a
construction site where the permni ittee
prevent or reduce the discharge of
notification of planned changes or
was authorized under this permit and
pollutants to waters of the United
anticipated noncompliance does not
stay any permit condition.
not for areas where the permittee was
States.
C. Commencement of Construction
sem.
Part VII. Reopener Clause
not an operator:
"I certify under penalty of law that all
the initial disturbance of soils
associated with clearing, grading, or
A. If there is evidence indicating that
storm water discharges associated with
excavating activities or other
the storm water discharges authorized
industrial activity from the identified
construction activities.
by this permit cause, have the
facility that authorized by a general
D. CWA means the Clean Water Act or
reasonable potential to cause or
permit have been eliminated or that I
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act,
contribute to, a violation of a water
am no longer the operator of the facility
33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.
quality standard, the permittee may be
or construction site. I understand that
E. Director means the Regional
required to obtain an individual permit
by submitting this notice of termination,
Administrator of the Environmental
or an alternative general permit in
I am no longer authorized to discharge
Protection Agency or an authorized
R
accordance with Part LC of this permit,
storm water associated with industrial
representative.
or the permit may be modified to
activity under this general permit, and
F. Discharge when used without
include different limitations and/or
that discharging pollutants in storm
qualification means the "discharge of a
�;.
requirements.
water associated with industrial activity
pollutant."
B. Permit modification or revocation
to waters of the United States is
G. Discharge of Storm Water
will be conducted according to 40 CFR
unlawful under the Clean Water Act
Associated With Construction Activity
122.62, i22.63, 122.64 and 124.5.
where the discharge is not authorized by
as used in this permit, refers to a
C. EPA may propose a modification to
a NPDES permit. I also understand that
discharge of pollutants in storm water
this permit after further discussions
the submittal of this Notice of
runoff from areas where soil disturbing
between the Agency and the Advisory
Termination does not release an
activities (e.g., clearing, grading, or
Council on Historic Preservation for the
operator from liability for any violations
excavation), construction materials or
protection of historic properties.
of this permit or the Clean Water Act."
equipment storage or maintenance (e.g.,
Part VIII. Termination of Coverage
For the purposes of this certification,
fill piles, borrow areas, concrete truck
elimination of storm water discharges
washout, fueling), or other industrial
_ .
A. Notice of Termination
associated with construction activity
storm water directly related to the
Permittees must submit a completed
means that all disturbed soils at the
construction process (e.g., concrete or
s-,
Notice of Termination (NOT) that is
portion of the construction site where
asphalt batch plants) are located.
signed in accordance with Part VI.G of
the operator had control have been
H. Facility or Activity means any
this permit when one or more of the
finally stabilized (as defined in Part IX I)
NPDES "point source" or any other
conditions contained in Part I.D.2.
and temporary erosion and sediment
facility or activity (including land or
(Terminating Coverage) have been met
control measures have been removed or
appurtenances thereto) that is subject to
at a construction project. The NOT form
will be removed at an appropriate time
regulation under the NPDES program.
found in Addendum D will be used
to ensure final stabilization is
I. Final Stabilization means that
unless it has been replaced by a revised
maintained, or that all storm water
either:
version by the Director. The Notice of
discharges associated with construction
1. All soil disturbing activities at the
Termination shall include the following
activities from the identified site that
site have been completed and a uniform
information:
are authorized by a NPDES general
(e.g., evenly distributed, without large
1. The NPDES permit number for the
permit have otherwise been eliminated
bare areas) perennial vegetative cover
storm water discharge identified by the
from the portion of the construction site
with a density of 70% of the native
Notice of Termination;
where the operator had control.
background vegetative cover for the area
Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices 36509
has been established on all unpaved
areas and areas not covered by
permanent structures, or equivalent
permanent stabilization measures (such
as the use of riprap, gabions, or
geotextiles) have been employed. In
some parts of the country, background
native vegetation will cover less than
100% of the ground (e.g., and areas,
beaches). Establishing at least 70% of
the natural cover of native vegetation
meets the vegetative cover criteria for
final stabilization (e.g., if the native
vegetation covers 50% of the ground,
70% of 50% would require 3596 total
cover for final stabilization; on a beach
with no natural vegetation, no
stabilization is required); or
2. For individual lots in residential
construction by either: (a) the
homebuiider completing final
stabilization as specified above, or (b)
the homebuilder establishing temporary
stabilization including perimeter
controls for an individual lot prior to
occupation of the home by the
homeowner and informing the
homeowner of the need for, and benefits
of, final stabilization. (Homeowners
typically have an incentive to put in
landscaping functionally equivalent to
final stabilization as quick as possible to
keep mud out of their homes and off
their sidewalks and driveways.); or
3. For construction projects on land
used for agricultural purposes (e.g.,
pipelines across crop or range land),
final stabilization may be accomplished
by returning the disturbed land to its
preconstruction agricultural use. Areas
disturbed that were not previously used
for agricultural activities, such as buffer
strips immediately adjacent to "waters
of the United States," and areas which
are not being returned to their
preconstruction agricultural use must
meet the final stabilization criteria in (1)
or (2) above.
J. Flow -Weighted Composite Sample
means a composite sample consisting of
a mixture of aliquots collected at a
constant time interval, where the
volume of each aliquot is proportional
to the flow rate of the discharge.
K. Large and Medium Municipal
Separate Storm Sewer System means all
municipal separate storm sewers that
are either:
1. Located in an incorporated place
(city) with a population of 100,000 or
more as determined by the latest
Decennial Census by the Bureau of
Census (these cities are listed in
Appendices F and G of 40 CFR 122); or
2. Located in the counties with
unincorporated urbanized populations
of 100,000 or more, except municipal
separate storm sewers that are located in
the incorporated places, townships or
towns within such counties (these
counties are listed in Appendices H and
I of 40 CFR 122); or
3. Owned or operated by a
municipality other than those described
in paragraph (i) or (ii) and that are
designated by the Director as part of the
large or medium municipal separate
storm sewer system.
L. NOI means Notice of Intent to be
covered by this permit (see Part 11 of this
permit).
M. NOT means Notice of Termination
(see Part VIII of this permit).
N. Operator for the purpose of this
permit and in the context of storm water
associated with construction activity,
means any party associated with a
construction project that meets either of
the following two criteria:
1. The party has operational control
over construction plans and
specifications, including the ability to
make modifications to those plans and
specifications; or
2. The party has day-to-day
operational control of those activities at
a project which are necessary to ensure
compliance with a storm water
pollution prevention plan for the site or
other permit conditions (e.g., they are
authorized to direct workers at a site to
carry out activities required by the
SWPPP or comply with other permit
conditions).
This definition is provided to inform
permittees of EPA's interpretation of
how the regulatory definitions of
"owner or operator" and "facility or
activity" are applied to discharges of
storm water associated with
construction activity.
O. Owner or operator means the
owner or operator of any "facility or
activity" subject to regulation under the
NPDES program.
P. Point Source means any
discernible, confined, and discrete
conveyance, including but not limited
to, any pipe, ditch, channel, tunnel,
conduit, well, discrete fissure,
container, rolling stock, concentrated
animal feeding operation, landfill
leachate collection system, vessel or
other floating craft from which
pollutants are or may be discharged.
This term does not include return flows
from irrigated agriculture or agricultural
storm water runoff.
Q. Pollutant is defined at 40 CFR
122.2. A partial listing from this
definition includes: dredged spoil, solid
waste, sewage, garbage, sewage sludge,
chemical wastes, biological materials,
heat, wrecked or discarded equipment,
rock, sand, cellar dirt, and industrial or
municipal waste.
R. Runoff coefficient means the
fraction of total rainfall that will appear
at the conveyance as runoff.
S. Storm Water means storm water
runoff, snow melt runoff, and surface
runoff and drainage.
T. Storm Water Associated With
Industrial Activity is defined at 40 CFR
122.26(b)(14) and incorporated here by
reference. Most relevant to this permit is
40 CFR 122.26(b)(14)(x), which relates
to construction activity including
clearing, grading and excavation
activities that result in the disturbance
of five (5) or more acres of total land
area, or are part of a larger common plan
of development or sale.
U. Waters of the United States means:
1. All waters which are currently
used, were used in the past, or may be
susceptible to use in interstate or foreign
commerce, including all waters which
are subject to the ebb and flow of the
tide;
2. All interstate waters, including
interstate "wetlands";
3. All other waters such as interstate
lakes, rivers, streams (including
intermittent streams), mudflats,
sandflats, wetlands, sloughs, prairie
potholes, wet meadows, playa lakes, or
natural ponds, the use, degradation, or
destruction of which would affect or
could affect interstate or foreign
commerce including any such waters:
a. Which are or could be used by
interstate or foreign travelers for
recreational or other purposes;
b. From which fish or shellfish are or
could be taken and sold in interstate or
foreign commerce; or
c. Which are used or could be used for
industrial purposes by industries in
interstate commerce;
4. All impoundments of waters
otherwise defined as waters of the
United States under this definition;
5. Tributaries of waters identified in
paragraphs (a) through (d) of this
definition;
6. The territorial sea; and
7. Wetlands adjacent to waters (other
than waters that are themselves
wetlands) identified in paragraphs 1.
through 6. of this definition.
Waste treatment systems, including
treatment ponds or lagoons designed to
meet the requirements of the CWA
(other than cooling ponds for steam
electric generation stations per 40 CFR
423 which also meet the criteria of this
definition) are not waters of the United
States. Waters of the United States do
not include prior converted cropland.
Notwithstanding the determination of
an area's status as prior converted
cropland by any other federal agency,
for the purposes of the Clean Water Act,
the final authority regarding Clean
.-6
36510 Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6,
1998/Notices
Water Act jurisdiction remains with
SWPPPs are to be sent to the address
(3) Part IV.A.3 is added to the permit
EPA.
given in Part II.C.2.
as follows:
Part X. Permit Conditions Applicable to
b. Pueblo of Nambe. Copies of Notices
Special Storm Water Pollution
Specific States and Indian Country
of Intent (NOD, Notices of Termination
Prevention Plan Requirements for the
Lands
(NOT), and Storm Water Pollution
Pueblo of Picuris. Storm water pollution
The provisions of this Part provide
Prevention Plans (SWPPPs) must be
submitted to the Pueblo of Nambe
prevention plans must be submitted to
the Picuris Environment Department
additions to the applicable conditions of
Department of Environment and Natural
before the project on Pueblo of Picuris
Parts I through IX of this permit to
Resources.
tribal lands begins. SWPPPs are to be
reflect specific additional conditions
(1) Part II.C.2 is added to the permit
sent to the address given in Part II.C.2.
required as part of the State or Tribal
as follows:
d. Pueblo of Pojoaque. Copies of
CWA Section 401 certification process.
Special NOI Requirements for the
Notices of Intent (NOD, Notices of
The additional revisions and
Pueblo of Nambe. NOIs shall also be
Termination (NOT), and Storm Water
requirements listed below are set forth
submitted to the Pueblo of Nambe
Pollution Prevention Plans (SWPPPs)
in connection with, and only apply to,
Department of Environment and Natural
must be submitted to the Pueblo of
r
the following States and Indian Country
Resources at the same time they are
Pojoaque Environment Department
z
lands.
submitted to EPA at the following
Director.
1. LAR10*##I.• Indian Country Lands in
address: Pueblo of Nambe, Department
(1) Part II.C.2 is added to the permit
the State of Louisiana
of Environment and Natural Resources,
as follows:
No additional requirements.
Route 1 Box 11788, Santa Fe, New
Mexico 87501, Phone (505) 455-2036,
Special NOI Requirements for the
Pueblo of Pojoaque. NOIs shall also be
2. NMR10*###: The State of New
Fax(505)455-2038.
submitted to the Pueblo of Pojoaque
Mexico, Except Indian Country Lands
(2) Part VIII.B.2 is added to the permit
Environment Department Director at the
No additional requirements.
as follows:
same time they are submitted to EPA at
Special NOT Requirements for the
the following address: Pueblo of
3. NMR10*##I.• Indian Country Lands in
Pueblo of Nambe. NOTs shall also be
Pojoaque, Environment Department,
the State of New Mexico, Except Navajo
submitted to the Pueblo of Nambe
Route 11, P.O. Box 208, Santa Fe, New
Reservation Lands (see Region 9) and
Department of Environment and Natural
Mexico 87501, Phone (505) 455-3383,
Ute Mountain Reservation Lands (see
Resources at the same time they are
Fax(505)455-3633.
Region 8)
submitted to EPA. NOTs are to be sent
(2) Part VIII.B.2 of the permit is added
a. Pueblo oflsleta. Copies of Notices
to the address given in Part II.C.2.
as follows:
of Intent (NOD, Notices of Termination
(3) Part IV.A.3 is added to the permit
Special NOT Requirements for the
(NOT), and Storm Water Pollution
as follows:
Pueblo of Pojoaque. NOTs shall also be
Prevention Plans (SWPPPs) must be
Special Storm Water Pollution
submitted to the Pueblo of Pojoaque
submitted to the Pueblo of Isleta's
Prevention Plan Requirements for the
Environment Department Director at the
Environment Department, Water Quality
Pueblo of Nambe. Storm water pollution
same time they are submitted to BPA.
Program.
prevention plans must be submitted to
NOTs are to be sent to the address given
r
(1) Part II.C.2 of the permit is added
the Pueblo of Nambe Department of
in Part II.C.2.
as follows:
Environment and Natural Resources
(3) Part IV.A.3 is added to the permit
Special NOI Requirements for the
before the project on Pueblo of Nambe
as follows:
Pueblo of Isleta. NOIs shall also be
tribal lands begins. SWPPPs are to be
Special Storm Water Pollution
submitted to the Pueblo of Isleta's
sent to the address given in Part II.C.2.
Prevention Plan Requirements for the
Environment Department, Water Quality
c. Pueblo of Picuris. Copies of Notices
Pueblo of Pojoaque. Storm water
r .
Program, concurrently with their
of Intent (NOD, Notices of Termination
pollution prevention plans must be
submission to EPA at the following
(NOT), and Storm Water Pollution
submitted to the Pueblo of Pojoaque
address: Isleta Environment
Prevention Plans (SWPPPs) must be
Environment Department Director
Department, Water Quality Program,
submitted to the Pueblo of Picuris '
before the project on Pueblo of Pojoaque
Pueblo of Isleta, PO Box 1270, Isleta,
Environment Department.
tribal lands begins. SWPPPs are to be
New Mexico 87022.
(1) Part II.C.2 is added to the permit
sent to the address given in Part II.C.2.
(2) Part VIII.B.2 is added to the permit
as follows:
e. Pueblo of San Juan. No additional
.•.s
as follows:
Special NOI Requirements for the
requirements.
Special NOI Requirements for the
Pueblo of Picuris. NOIs shall also be
f. Pueblo of Sandia. Copies of Notices
-
Pueblo of Isleta. NOTs shall also be
submitted to the Pueblo of Picuris
of Intent (NOD, Notices of Termination
submitted to the Pueblo of Isleta's
Environment Department at the same
p
(NOT), and Storm Water Pollution `
Environment Department, Water Quality
time they are submitted to EPA at the
Prevention Plans (SWPPPs) must be
Program, concurrently with their
following address: Pueblo of Picuris,
submitted to the Pueblo of Sandia
submission to EPA. NOTs are to be sent
Environment Department, P.O. Box 127,
Environment Department.
to the address given in Part II.C.2.
Penasco, New Mexico 87553, Phone
(1) Part II.C.2 of the permit is added
(3) Part IV.A.3 is added to the permit
(505) 587-2519, Fax (505) 587-1071.
as follows:
as follows:
(2) Part VIII.B.2 is added to the permit
Special NOI Requirements for the
Special Storm Water Pollution
as follows:
Pueblo of Sandia. NOIs shall also be
Prevention Plan Requirements for the
Special NOT Requirements for the
submitted to the Pueblo of Sandia
Pueblo of Isleta. Storm water pollution
Pueblo of Picuris. NOTs shall also be
Environment Department at the same
prevention plans must be submitted to
submitted to the Pueblo of Picuris
time they are submitted to EPA at the
the Pueblo of Isleta Environment
Environment Department at the same
following address: Pueblo of Sandia,
Department, Water Quality Program, ten
time they are submitted to EPA. NOTs
Environment Department, Box 6008,
working days prior to commencing the
are to be sent to the address given in
Bernalillo, New Mexico 87004, Phone
project on Pueblo of Isleta tribal lands.
Part II.C.2.
(505)867-4533-,Fax(505)867-9235.
Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices 36511
(2) Part VIII.B.2 is added to the permit
as follows:
Special NOT Requirements for the
Pueblo of Sandia. NOTs shall also be
submitted to the Pueblo of Sandia
Environment Department at the same
time they are submitted to EPA. NOTs
are to be sent to the address given in
Part II.C.2.
(3) Part IV.A.3 is added to the permit
as follows:
Special Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan Requirements for the
Pueblo of Sandia. Storm water pollution
prevention plans must be submitted to
the Pueblo of Sandia Environment
Department before commencement of
the project on Pueblo of Sandia tribal
lands. SWPPPs are to be sent to the
address given in Part II.C.2.
g. Pueblo of Tesuque. Copies of
Notices of Intent (NOI), Notices of
Termination (NOT), Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plans (SWPPPs),
inspection reports, all certifications and
"other information" must be submitted,
by hand delivery or certified mail, to the
Pueblo of Tesuque.
(1) Part II.C.2 of the permit is added
as follows:
Special NOI Requirements for the
Pueblo of Tesuque. NOIs shall also be
submitted to the Pueblo of Tesuque at
least five (5) days prior to any ground
disturbing activity at the following
address: Pueblo of Tesuque,
Environment Department, Route 5, Box
3260-T, Santa Fe, New Mexico 87501,
Phone (505) 983-2667; Fax (505) 982-
2331.
(2) Part VIII.B.2 is added to the permit
as follows:
Special NOT Requirements for the
Pueblo of Tesuque. NOTs shall also be
submitted to the Pueblo of Tesuque at
the same time they are submitted to
EPA. NOTs are to be sent to the address
given in Part II.C.2.
(3) Part IV.A.3 is added to the permit
as follows:
Special Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan Requirements for the
Pueblo of Tesuque. Storm water
pollution prevention plans must be
submitted to the Pueblo of Tesuque at
least five (5) days prior to any ground
disturbing activity on Pueblo of Tesuque
tribal lands. SWPPPs are to be sent to
the address given in Part H.C.2.
(4) Part V.D is added to the permit as
follows:
Special Reporting Requirements for
the Pueblo of Tesuque. Copies of all
certifications required by Section IV.D,
and copies of "other information"
required by Section VLF shall be
provided to the Pueblo of Tesuque, by
hand delivery or certified mail. Also,
copies of all inspection reports required
under Section IV.D.4.c. shall be
submitted within five (5) days of
completion of the inspection. All
information sent to the Pueblo of
Tesuque is to be sent to the address
given in Part II.C.2.
h. Santa Clara Pueblo. Copies of
Notices of Intent (NOI) and Notices of
Termination (NOT) must be submitted
to the Santa Clara Pueblo Governors
Office with a copy to the Office of
Environmental Affairs.
(1) Part I.C.4. is added to the permit
as follows:
Special Authorization Requirements
for the Santa Clara Pueblo. Prior to
submitting a Notice of Intent, the
operator must obtain permission from
the Santa Clara Governors Office to do
the construction. If the project is
approved by the tribal administration,
the operator may proceed with
submitting a Notice of Intent (NOD.
(2) Part II.C.2 is added to the permit
as follows:
Special NOI Requirements for the
Santa Clara Pueblo. NOIs shall also be
submitted to the Santa Clara Pueblo
Governors Office with a copy to the
Office of Environmental Affairs at least
two (2) weeks prior to the start of
construction at the following address:
Santa Clara Governors Office, PO Box
580, Espanola, New Mexico 87532,
Phone (505) 753-7326; Fax (505) 753-
8988.
(3) Part VIII.B.2 is added to the permit
as follows:
Special NOT Requirements for the
Santa Clara Pueblo. NOTs shall also be
submitted to the Santa Clara Pueblo
Governors Office with a copy to the
Office of Environmental Affairs at least
two (2) weeks prior to the start of
construction. NOTs are to be sent to the
address given in Part II.C.2.
L All Other Indian Country lands in
New Mexico. No additional
requirements.
4. OKR10*##I: Indian Country Lands in
the State of Oklahoma
No additional requirements.
5. OKR10*##F.• Oil and Gas Sites in the
State of Oklahoma
No additional requirements.
6. TXR10*###: The State of Texas,
Except Indian Country Lands
a. Part III of the permit is modified as
follows: Change the title of Part III.
(Special Conditions, Management
Practices, and other Non -Numeric
Limitations) to: Part III. Special
Conditions, Management Practices, and
other Limitations.
b. Part III.G is added to the permit as
follows:
Special Numeric Limitations for
Discharges from Ready -Mixed Concrete
Plants in the State of Texas, except
Indian Country lands. All discharges of
storm water from ready -mixed concrete
plants covered by this permit must
comply with the following limitations:
pH—Between 6.0 and 9.0 standard units
Oil and Grease -15 mg/l as a daily
maximum
Total Suspended Solids -65 mg/l as a
daily maximum
These limitations must be taken into
account when designing the storm water
control measures to be used for areas
draining any ready -mixed concrete
plants operated by the permittee.
7. TXRIO*##L• Indian Country Lands in
the State of Texas
No additional requirements.
Addendum A—Endangered Species
I. Instructions for Applicants
A. Background
To meet its obligations under the Clean
Water Act and the Endangered Species Act
(ESA) and to promote those Acts' goals, the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is
seeking to ensure the activities regulated by
the Construction General Permit (CGP) are
protective of endangered and threatened
species and critical habitat. To ensure that
those goals are met, applicants for CGP
coverage are required under Part I.B.3.e. to
assess the impacts of their storm water
discharges and storm water discharge -related
activities on Federally listed endangered and
threatened species ("listed species") and
designated critical habitat ("critical habitat")
by following Steps One through Six listed
below. EPA strongly recommends that
applicants follow these steps at the earliest
possible stage to ensure that measures to
protect listed species and critical habitat are
incorporated early in the planning process.
At minimum, the procedures should be
followed when developing the storm water
pollution prevention plan.
Permittees and applicants also have an
independent ESA obligation to ensure that
their activities do not result in any prohibited
"takes" of listed species.' Many of the
measures required in the CGP and in these
instructions to protect species may also assist
permittees in ensuring that their construction
activities do not result in a prohibited take
of species in violation of § 9 of the ESA.
Applicants who plan construction activities
in areas that harbor endangered and
threatened species are advised to ensure that
I Section 9 of the ESA prohibits any person from
"taking" a listed species (e.g., harassing or harming
it) unless: (1) the taking is authorized through a
"incidental take statement" as part of undergoing
ESA § 7 formal consultation; (2) where an
incidental take permit is obtained under ESA § 10
(which requires the development of a habitat
conservation plan); or (3) where otherwise
authorized or exempted under the ESA. This
prohibition applies to all entities including private
individuals, businesses, and governments.
I --
certification of eligibility under Part
I.B.3.e.(2)(a), (b), or (c). This is allowed under
Part I.13.3.e.(2)(d) of the permit. However, the
other operator's certification must apply to
the applicant's project area and must address
the effects from the applicant's storm water
discharges and storm water discharge -related
activities on listed species and critical
habitat. By certifying eligibility under Part
I.B. 3.e. (2) (d), the applicant agrees to comply
with any measures or controls upon which
the other operator's certification under Part
I.13.3.e.(2)(a), (b) or (c) was based. This
situation will typically occur where a
developer or primary contractor, such as one
for construction of a subdivision or industrial
park, conducts a comprehensive assessment
of effects on listed species and critical habitat
for the entire construction project, certifies
eligibility under Part I.B.3.e. (2) (a), (b) or (c),
and that certification is relied upon by other
operators (i.e., contractors) at the site.
However, applicants that consider relying on
another operator's certification should
carefully review that certification along with
any supporting information. If an applicant
does not believe that the operator's
certification provides adequate coverage for
the applicant's storm water discharges and
storm water discharge -related activities or for
the applicant's particular project area, the
applicant should provide its own
independent certification under Part
I.13.3.e.(2)(a), (b), or (c).
B. Procedures
To receive coverage under the Construction
General Permit, applicants must assess the
potential effects of their storm water
discharges and storm water discharge -related
activities on listed species and their critical
habitat. To make this assessment, applicants
must follow the steps outlined below prior to
completing and submitting Notice of Intent
(NOD form. Applicants who are able to
certify eligibility under Parts I.13.3.e.(2)(b), (c)
or (d) because of a previously issued ESA
§ 10 permit, a previously completed ESA § 7
consultation, or because the applicant's
activities were already addressed in another
operator's certification of eligibility may
proceed directly to Step Six.
Step One: Determine if the Construction Site
Is Found Within Designated Critical Habitat
for Listed Species
Some, but not all, listed species have
designated critical habitat. Exact locations of
such habitat is provided in the Service
regulations at 50 CFR Parts 17 and 226. To
determine if their construction site occurs
within designated critical habitat, applicants
should either.
• Contact the nearest Fish and Wildlife
Service (FWS) and National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS) Office. A list of FWS and
NMFS offices is found in Section II of this
Addendum; or
• Contact the State or Tribal Natural
Heritage Centers. These centers compile and
disseminate information on Federally listed
and other protected species. They frequently
have the most current information on listed
species and critical habitat. A list of these
centers is provided in Section III of this
Addendum; or
• Review those regulations (which can be
found in many larger libraries).
If the construction site is not located in
designated critical habitat, then the applicant
does not need to consider impacts to critical
habitat when following Steps Two through
Six below. If the site is located within critical
habitat, then the applicant must look at
impacts to critical habitat when following
Steps Two through Six. Note that many but
not all measures imposed to protect listed
species under these steps will also protect
critical habitat. Thus, meeting the eligibility
requirements of this permit may require
measures to protect critical habitat that are
separate from those to protect listed species.
Step Two: Determine if Listed Species Are
Located in the County(les) Where the
Construction Activity Will Occur
Section IV of the Addendum contains a
county -by -county list of listed endangered
and threatened species ("listed species"), and
proposed endangered and threatened species
("proposed species"). Since the list was
current as of September 1, 1997, applicants
must also check with other sources for
updated species and county information.
review the species list for the county which
lies immediately downstream or is across the
water body from the point of discharge.
After a review of the available information
from the sources mentioned above, if no
listed species are located in a facility's
county or if a facility's county is not listed,
and the construction site is not Iocated in
critical habitat as described under Step One,
an applicant is eligible for CGP coverage
without further inquiry into the presence of,
or effect to, listed species. The applicant
must check the appropriate certification item
on the revised NOI form (Part I.B.3.e. (2) (a)).
Once the applicant has determined which
listed species are located in his or her
facility's county, the applicant must follow
Step Three.
Step Three: Determine if any Federally Listed
Endangered and Threatened Species May Be
Present in the Project Area
The project area consists of:
• The areas on the construction site where
storm water discharges originate and flow
toward the point of discharge into the
receiving waters (including areas where
excavation, site development, or other
ground disturbance activities occur) and the
immediate vicinity.
Example(s)
1. Where bald eagles nest in a tree that is
on or bordering a construction site and could
be disturbed by the construction activity.
2. Where grading causes storm water to
flow into a small wetland or other habitat
that is on the site which contains listed
species.
• The areas where storm water discharges
flow from the construction site to the point
of discharge into receiving waters.
Example(s)
1. Where storm water flows into a ditch,
swale, or gully which leads to receiving
waters and where listed species (such as
amphibians) are found in the ditch, swale, or
gully.
• The areas where storm water from
construction activities discharge into
receiving waters and the areas in the
immediate vicinity of the point of discharge.
t
36512 Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6,
1998 / Notices
they are protected from potential takings
Note. -The revised NOI form which was
These sources include: Sections II and III of
liability under ESA § 9 by obtaining either an
included in the CGP (see 62 FR 29822-29823,
this Addendum; EPA's Office of Wastewater
ESA § 10 permit or by requesting formal
June 2, 1997) requires that applicants provide
Management's web page at" http:H
�.-.
consultation under ESA § 7 (as described in
detailed certification information on listed
www.epa.gov/owm" where updates of the
more detail in Step Seven below). Applicants
species. That form is still under development
county -by -county list will be posted on a
who seek protection from takings liability
and is not expected to be finalized before this
periodic basis: Federal Register Notices;
should be aware that it is possible that some
permit is issued. Until the revised NOI form
State wildlife protection offices: a biologist or
specific construction activities may be too
is finalized, applicants must use the existing
similar professional in the environmental
unrelated to storm water discharges to be
NOI form which does not contain the specific
field; or any other method which can be
afforded incidental take coverage through an
certification provisions relating to listed
reasonably expected to provide this
ESA § 7 consultation that is performed to
species and critical habitats at construction
information. Applicants with construction
meet the eligibility requirements for CGP
projects. However, use of the existing NOI
Projects located in EPA Region 2 and Region
coverage. In such instances, applicants
form does not relieve applicants of their
6 can call the Storm Water General Permits
r-,
should apply for an ESA § 10 permit. Where
obligation to follow the procedures listed
Hotline at (800) 245-6510 for further
applicants are not sure whether to pursue a
below to determine if their construction
assistance, while applicants with projects
§ 10 permit or a § 7 consultation for takings
storm water discharges or storm water
located in EPA Regions 1, 3, 7, 8, 9 and 10
protection, they should confer with the
discharge -related activities meet permit
may contact the appropriate EPA Regional
appropriate Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS)
or National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS)
eligibility requirements for the protection of
listed species and critical habitat. By
Office.
Where a facility is located in more than
office.
This permit provides for the possibility of
following these instructions, applicants will
have sufficient information on listed species
one county, the lists for all counties should
be reviewed. Where a facility discharges into
multiple permittees at a construction site.
a
and critical habitat in order to complete
a water body which serves as a border
Applicants should be aware that in many
cases they can meet the eligibility
either the existing or revised NOI form and
between counties or which crosses a county
line is in the immediate
permit
sign the certification statement.
which vicinity of the
requirements by relying on another operators
point of discharge, applicants should also
I --
certification of eligibility under Part
I.B.3.e.(2)(a), (b), or (c). This is allowed under
Part I.13.3.e.(2)(d) of the permit. However, the
other operator's certification must apply to
the applicant's project area and must address
the effects from the applicant's storm water
discharges and storm water discharge -related
activities on listed species and critical
habitat. By certifying eligibility under Part
I.B. 3.e. (2) (d), the applicant agrees to comply
with any measures or controls upon which
the other operator's certification under Part
I.13.3.e.(2)(a), (b) or (c) was based. This
situation will typically occur where a
developer or primary contractor, such as one
for construction of a subdivision or industrial
park, conducts a comprehensive assessment
of effects on listed species and critical habitat
for the entire construction project, certifies
eligibility under Part I.B.3.e. (2) (a), (b) or (c),
and that certification is relied upon by other
operators (i.e., contractors) at the site.
However, applicants that consider relying on
another operator's certification should
carefully review that certification along with
any supporting information. If an applicant
does not believe that the operator's
certification provides adequate coverage for
the applicant's storm water discharges and
storm water discharge -related activities or for
the applicant's particular project area, the
applicant should provide its own
independent certification under Part
I.13.3.e.(2)(a), (b), or (c).
B. Procedures
To receive coverage under the Construction
General Permit, applicants must assess the
potential effects of their storm water
discharges and storm water discharge -related
activities on listed species and their critical
habitat. To make this assessment, applicants
must follow the steps outlined below prior to
completing and submitting Notice of Intent
(NOD form. Applicants who are able to
certify eligibility under Parts I.13.3.e.(2)(b), (c)
or (d) because of a previously issued ESA
§ 10 permit, a previously completed ESA § 7
consultation, or because the applicant's
activities were already addressed in another
operator's certification of eligibility may
proceed directly to Step Six.
Step One: Determine if the Construction Site
Is Found Within Designated Critical Habitat
for Listed Species
Some, but not all, listed species have
designated critical habitat. Exact locations of
such habitat is provided in the Service
regulations at 50 CFR Parts 17 and 226. To
determine if their construction site occurs
within designated critical habitat, applicants
should either.
• Contact the nearest Fish and Wildlife
Service (FWS) and National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS) Office. A list of FWS and
NMFS offices is found in Section II of this
Addendum; or
• Contact the State or Tribal Natural
Heritage Centers. These centers compile and
disseminate information on Federally listed
and other protected species. They frequently
have the most current information on listed
species and critical habitat. A list of these
centers is provided in Section III of this
Addendum; or
• Review those regulations (which can be
found in many larger libraries).
If the construction site is not located in
designated critical habitat, then the applicant
does not need to consider impacts to critical
habitat when following Steps Two through
Six below. If the site is located within critical
habitat, then the applicant must look at
impacts to critical habitat when following
Steps Two through Six. Note that many but
not all measures imposed to protect listed
species under these steps will also protect
critical habitat. Thus, meeting the eligibility
requirements of this permit may require
measures to protect critical habitat that are
separate from those to protect listed species.
Step Two: Determine if Listed Species Are
Located in the County(les) Where the
Construction Activity Will Occur
Section IV of the Addendum contains a
county -by -county list of listed endangered
and threatened species ("listed species"), and
proposed endangered and threatened species
("proposed species"). Since the list was
current as of September 1, 1997, applicants
must also check with other sources for
updated species and county information.
review the species list for the county which
lies immediately downstream or is across the
water body from the point of discharge.
After a review of the available information
from the sources mentioned above, if no
listed species are located in a facility's
county or if a facility's county is not listed,
and the construction site is not Iocated in
critical habitat as described under Step One,
an applicant is eligible for CGP coverage
without further inquiry into the presence of,
or effect to, listed species. The applicant
must check the appropriate certification item
on the revised NOI form (Part I.B.3.e. (2) (a)).
Once the applicant has determined which
listed species are located in his or her
facility's county, the applicant must follow
Step Three.
Step Three: Determine if any Federally Listed
Endangered and Threatened Species May Be
Present in the Project Area
The project area consists of:
• The areas on the construction site where
storm water discharges originate and flow
toward the point of discharge into the
receiving waters (including areas where
excavation, site development, or other
ground disturbance activities occur) and the
immediate vicinity.
Example(s)
1. Where bald eagles nest in a tree that is
on or bordering a construction site and could
be disturbed by the construction activity.
2. Where grading causes storm water to
flow into a small wetland or other habitat
that is on the site which contains listed
species.
• The areas where storm water discharges
flow from the construction site to the point
of discharge into receiving waters.
Example(s)
1. Where storm water flows into a ditch,
swale, or gully which leads to receiving
waters and where listed species (such as
amphibians) are found in the ditch, swale, or
gully.
• The areas where storm water from
construction activities discharge into
receiving waters and the areas in the
immediate vicinity of the point of discharge.
Federal Register / Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices 36513
Example(s)
1. Where storm water from construction
activities discharges into a stream segment
that is known to harbor listed aquatic
species.
• The areas where storm water BMPs will
be constructed and operated, including any
areas where storm water flows to and from
BMPs.
Example(s)
1. Where a storm water retention pond
would be built.
The project area will vary with the size and
structure of the construction activity, the
nature and quantity of the storm water
discharges, the storm water discharge -related
activities and the type of receiving water.
Given the number of construction activities
potentially covered by the CGP, no specific
method to determine whether listed species
may be located in the project area is required
for coverage under the CGP. Instead,
applicants should use the method which
allows them to determine, to the.best of their
knowledge, whether listed species are
located in their project area. These methods
may include:
• Conducting visual inspections: This
method may be particularly suitable for
construction sites that are smaller in size or
located in non -natural settings such as highly
urbanized areas or industrial parks where
there is little or no natural habitat, or for
construction activities that discharge directly
into municipal storm water collection
systems.
• Contacting the nearest State or Tribal
wildlife agency, the Fish and Wildlife
Service (FWS), or the National Marine
Fisheries Service (NMFS). Many endangered
and threatened species are found in well-
defined areas or habitats. Such information is
frequently known to State, Tribal, or Federal
wildlife agencies. A list of FWS and NMFS
offices is provided in Section II of this
Addendum below.
• Contacting local/regional conservation
groups or the State or Tribal Natural Heritage
Centers (see Section III of this Addendum).
State and local conservation groups may have
location specific listed species information.
The Natural Heritage Centers inventory
species and their locations and maintain lists
of sightings and habitats.
• Submitting a data request to a Natural
Heritage Center. Many of these centers will
provide site specific information on the
presence of listed species in a project area.
Some of these centers will charge a fee for
researching data requests.
• Conducting a formal biological survey.
Larger construction sites with extensive
storm water discharges may choose to
conduct biological surveys as the most
effective way to assess whether species are
located in the project area and whether there
are likely adverse effects. Biological surveys
are frequently performed by environmental
consulting firms. A biological survey can be
used to follow Steps Four through Six of
these instructions.
• Conducting an environmental
assessment under the National
Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). Some
construction activities may require
environmental assessments under NEPA.
Such assessments may indicate if listed
species are in the project area. Coverage
under the CGP does not trigger such an
assessment because the permit does not
regulate any dischargers subject to New
Source Performance Standards under Section
306 of the Clean Water Act, and is thus
statutorily exempted from NEPA. See CWA
§ 511(c). However, some construction
activities might require review under NEPA
because of Federal funding or other Federal
involvement in the project.
If no species are found in the project area,
an applicant is eligible for CGP coverage.
Applicants must provide the necessary
certification on the revised NOI form. If listed
species are found in the project area,
applicants must indicate the location and
nature of this presence in the storm water
pollution prevention plan and follow Step
Four.
Step Four. Determine if Listed Species or
Critical Habitat Are Likely To Be Adversely
Affected by the Construction Activity's Storm
Water Discharges or Storm Water Discharge -
Related Activities
To receive CGP coverage, applicants must
assess whether their storm water discharges
or storm water discharge -related activities are
likely to adversely affect listed species or
critical habitat. "Storm water discharge -
related activities" include:
• Activities which cause, contribute to, or
result in point source storm water pollutant
discharges, including but not limited to
excavation, site development, grading, and
other surface disturbance activities; and
• Measures to control storm water
discharges including the siting, construction,
operation of best management practices
(BMPs) to control, reduce or prevent storm
water pollution.
Potential adverse effects from storm water
discharges and storm water discharge -related
activities include:
• Hydrological. Storm water discharges
may cause siltation, sedimentation or induce
other changes in receiving waters such as
temperature, salinity or pH. These effects
will vary with the amount of storm water
discharged and the volume and condition of
the receiving water. Where a storm water
discharge constitutes a minute portion of the
total volume of the receiving water, adverse
hydrological effects are less likely.
Construction activity itself may also alter
drainage patterns on a site where
construction occurs which can impact listed
species or critical habitat.
• Habitat. Excavation, site development,
grading, and other surface disturbance
activities from construction activities,
including the installation or placement of
storm water BMPs, may adversely affect
listed species or their habitat. Storm water
may drain or inundate listed species habitat.
• Toxicity. In some cases, pollutants in
storm water may have toxic effects on listed
species.
The scope of effects to consider will vary
with each site. If the applicant is having
difficulty in determining whether his or her
project is likely to adversely Affect a listed
species or critical habitat, then the
appropriate office of the FWS, NMFS or
Natural Heritage Center listed in Sections II
and III of this Addendum should be
contacted for assistance. If adverse effects are
not likely, then the applicant should make
the appropriate certification on the revised
NOI form and apply for coverage under the
permit. If adverse effects are likely,
applicants must follow Step Five.
Step Five: Determine if Measures Can Be
Implemented To Avoid Any Adverse Effects
If an applicant makes a preliminary
determination that adverse effects are likely,
it can still receive coverage under Part
I.B.3.e.(2)(a) of the CGP if appropriate
measures are undertaken to avoid or
eliminate the likelihood of adverse effects
prior to applying for permit coverage. These
measures may involve relatively simple
changes to construction activities such as re-
routing a storm water discharge to bypass an
area where species are located, relocating
BMPs, or by changing the "footprint" of the
construction activity. Applicants may wish to
contact the FWS and/or NMFS to see what
appropriate measures might be suitable to
avoid or eliminate the likelihood of adverse
impacts to listed species and/or critical
habitat. (See 50 CFR 402.13(b).) This can
entail the initiation of informal consultation
with the FWS and/or NMFS which is
described in more detail in Step Six.
If applicants adopt measures to avoid or
eliminate adverse effects, they must continue
to abide by those measures during the course
of permit coverage. These measures must be
described in the storm water pollution
prevention plan and may be enforceable as
permit conditions. If appropriate measures to
avoid the likelihood of adverse effects are not
available to the applicant, the applicant must
follow Step Six.
Step Six: Determine if the Eligibility
Requirements of Part LB.3.e.(2)(b)-(d) Can Be
Met
Where adverse effects are likely, the
applicant must contact the EPA and FWS/
NMFS. Applicants may still be eligible for
CGP coverage if any likely adverse effects can
be addressed through meeting the criteria of
Part I.B.3.e.(2)(b)-(d) of the permit. These
criteria are as follows:
1. An ESA Section 7 Consultation Is
Performed for the Applicant's Activity (See
Part I.B.3.e.(2)(b)
Formal or informal ESA § 7 consultation is
performed with the FWS and/or NMFS
which addresses the effects of the applicant's
storm water discharges and storm water
discharge -related activities on listed species
and critical habitat. The formal consultation
must result in either a "no jeopardy opinion"
or a "jeopardy opinion" that identifies
reasonable and prudent alternatives to avoid
jeopardy which are to be implemented by the
applicant. The informal consultation must
result in a written concurrence by the
Service(s) on a finding that the applicant's
storm water discharge(s) and storm water
discharge -related activities are not likely to
adversely affect listed species or critical
habitat (for informal consultation, see 50 CFR
402.13).
9
36514 Federal Register / Vol. 6,' No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices
..w__.,.
Most consultations are accomplished
Certification under Part I.B.3.e.(2)(d) is
through informal consultation. By the terms
discussed in more detail in Section I.A. of
of this permit, EPA has automatically
this addendum.
designated applicants as non -Federal
The applicant must comply with any terms
representatives for the purpose of conducting
and conditions imposed under the eligibility
informal consultations. See Part I.B.3.e.(5)
requirements of paragraphs I.B.3.e(2) (a), (b),
and 50 CFR 402.08 and 402.13. When
(c), (d) to ensure that its storm water
conducting informal ESA § 7 consultation as
discharges and storm water discharge -related
a non -Federal representative, applicants must
activities are protective of listed species and/
follow the procedures found in 50 CFR 402
or critical habitat. Such terns and conditions
_. of the ESA regulations.
must be incorporated in the project's SWPPP.
Applicants must also notify EPA and the
If the eligibility requirements of Part
Services of their intention and agreement to
I.11.3.e.(2)(a)-(d) cannot be met, then the
conduct consultation as a non -Federal
applicant may not receive coverage under the
representative. Consultation may occur in the
CGP. Applicants should then consider
context of another Federal action at the
applying to EPA for an individual permit.
construction site (e.g., where ESA § 7
consultation was performed for issuance of a
1 wetlands dredge and fill permit for the
project or where a NEPA review is performed
for the project which incorporates a section
7 consultation). Any terms and conditions
developed through consultations to protect
listed species and critical habitat must be
incorporated into the SWPPP. As noted
above, applicants may, if they wish, initiate
consultation with the Services at Step Five.
Whether ESA § 7 consultation must be
performed with either the FWS, NMFS or
both Services depends on the listed species
- which may be affected by the applicant's
activity. In general, NMFS has jurisdiction
+^ over marine, estuarine, and anadromous
species. Applicants should also be aware that
while formal § 7 consultation provides
protection from incidental takings liability,
informal consultation does not.
2. An Incidental Taking Permit Under
Section 10 of the ESA Is Issued for the
Applicants Activity (See Part I.B.3.e. (2) (c))
The applicant's construction activities are
authorized through the issuance of a permit
under § 10 of the ESA and that authorization
addresses the effects of the applicant's storm
water discharge(s) and storm water
discharge -related activities on listed species
and critical habitat. Applicants must follow
FWS and/or NMFS procedures when
applying for an ESA Section 10 permit (see
50 CFR § 17.22(b)(1) (FWS) and §222.22
(NMFS)). Application instructions for
Section 10 permits for NMFS species can be
obtained by (1) accessing the "Office of
Protected Resources" sector of the NMFS
Home Page at "http://www.nmfs.gov" or by
contacting the National Marine Fisheries
Service, Office of Protected Resources,
Endangered Species Division, F/PR3, 1315
East-West Highway, Silver Spring, Maryland
20910; telephone (301) 713-1401, fax (30 1)
713-0376.
3. The Applicant Is Covered Under the
Eligibility Certification of Another Operator
for the Project Area (See Part I.B.3.e. (2) (d))
The applicant's storm water discharges and
storm water discharge -related activities were
already addressed in another operator's
certification of eligibility under Part
I.13.3.e.(2)(b), or (c) which also included the
applicant's project area. By certifying
eligibility under Part I.B.3.e.(2)(d), the
applicant agrees to comply with any
measures or controls upon which the other
operator's certification under Part
I.B.3.e. (2) (a), (b) or (c) was based.
W"
II. List of Fish and Wildlife Service and
National Marine Fisheries Service Offices
A. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Offices
National Website for Endangered Species
Information
Endangered Species Home page: http:H
www.fws.gov/r9endspp/endspp.html
Regional, State, Field and Project Offices
USFWS Region Two
Regional Office
Division Chief, Endangered Species, U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, ARD Ecological
Services, P.O. Box 1306, Albuquerque, NM
87103
State, Field, and Project Offices (Region Two)
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Corpus Christi Field Office, 6300
Ocean Dr., Campus Box 338, Corpus
Christi, TX 78412
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Arlington Field Office, 711
Stadium Dr., East, Suite 252, Arlington, TX
76011
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Clear Lake Field Office, 17629 El
Camino Real, Suite 211, Houston, TX
77058
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Oklahoma Field Office, 222 S.
Houston, Suite a, Tulsa, OK 74127
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, New Mexico Field Office, 2105
Osuna, NE, Albuquerque, NM 87113
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Austin Ecological Serv. Field
Office, 10711 Burnet Road, Suite 200,
Austin, TX 78758
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Arizona State Office, 2321 W.
Royal Palm Road, Suite 103, Phoenix, AZ
85021-4951
USFWS Region Four
Regional Office
Division Chief, Endangered Species, U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, ARD—
Ecological Services, 1875 Century Blvd.,
Suite 200, Atlanta, GA 30345
State, Field, and Project Offices (Region Four)
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Panama City Field Office, 1612
June Avenue, Panama City, FL 32405-3721
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, South Florida Ecosystem Field
Office, 1360 U.S. Hwy 1, #5; P.O. Box 2676,
Vero Beach, FL 32961-2676
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Caribbean Field Office, P.O. Box
491, Boqueron, PR 00622
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Puerto Rican Parrot Field Office,
P.O. Box 1600, Rio Grande, PR 00745
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Brunswick Field Office, 4270
Norwich Street, Brunswick, GA 31520-
2523
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Jacksonville Field Office, 6620
Southpoint Drive S., Suite 310,
Jacksonville, FL 32216-0912
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Charleston Field Office, 217 Ft.
Johnson Road, P.O. Box 12559, Charleston,
SC 29422-2559
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Clemson F.O., Dept. of Forest
Resources, 261 Lehotsky Hall, Box 341003,
Clemson, SC 29634-1003
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Raleigh Field Office, P.O. Box
33726, Raleigh, NC 27636-3726
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Cookeville Field Office, 446 Neal
Street, Cookeville, TN 38501
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Asheville Field Office, 160
Zillicoa Street, Asheville, NC 28801
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Daphne Field Office, P.O. Drawer
1190, Daphne, AL 36526 .
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Vicksburg Field Office, 2524 S.
Frontage Road, Suite B, Vicksburg, MS
39180-5269
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Svc.,
Lafayette Field Office, Brandywine II, Suite
102, 825 Kaliste Saloom Road, Lafayette,
LA 70508
Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Jackson Field Office, 6578
Dogwood View Pkwy Suite A, Jackson, MS
39213
B. National Marine Fisheries Service Offices
The National Marine Fisheries Service is
developing a database to provide county and
territorial water (up to three miles offshore)
information on the presence of endangered
and threatened species and critical habitat.
The database is projected to be available to
the public sometime in December 1997. The
database should be found at the "Office of
Protected Resources" site on the NMFS
Homepage at "http://www.nmfs.gov".
Regional and Field Office
Southeast Region
Protective Species Management Branch,
National Marine Fisheries Service,
Southeast Region, 9721 Executive Center
Drive, St. Petersburg, Florida 33702-2432
III. Natural Heritage Centers
The Natural Heritage Network comprises
85 biodiversity data centers throughout the
Western Hemisphere. These centers collect,
organize, and share data relating to
endangered and threatened species and
habitat. The network was developed to
inform land -use decisions for developers,
Federal Register / Voi. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices 36515
corporations, conservationists, and
government agencies and is also consulted
for research and educational purposes. The
centers maintain a Natural Heritage Network
Control Server Website (http://
www.heritage.tnc.org) which provides
website and other access to a large number
of specific biodiversity centers. Some of these
centers are listed below:
Oklahoma Natural Heritage Inventory
Oklahoma Biological Survey, 111 East
Chesapeake Street, University of
Oklahoma, Norman, OK 73019-0575,405/
325-1985 Fax: 405/325-7702, Web site:
http://obssun02.uoknor.edu/biosurvey/
onhi/home.html
Louisiana Natural Heritage Program
Department of Wildlife & Fisheries, P.O. Box
98000, Baton Rouge, LA 70898-9000, 504/
765-2821 Fax: 504/765-2607
Navajo Natural Heritage Program
P.O. Box 1480, Window Rock, Navajo Nation,
AZ 86515, (520) 871-7603, (520) 871-7069
(FAX)
Texas Biological and Conservation Data
System
3000 South IH -35, Suite 100, Austin, TX
78704, 512/912-7011 Fax: 512/912-7058
IV. County List of Endangered and
Threatened Species
Please see February 17, 1998, Federal
Register Vol. 63 no. 31 for county by county
listing or contact EPA Region 6 Storm Water
Hotline (1-800-245-6510). EPA's Office of
Wastewater Management's web page at
"http://www.epa.gov/owm" will post
periodic updates of the county -by -county list.
You may also check the list of endangered
and threatened species published by the Fish
and Wildlife Service on the Endangered
Species Home Page (http://www.fws.gov/
-r9endspp/enddspp.htm) which is also
attached to the FWS Home Page in the
"Nationwide Activities Category". List of
species under NMFS jurisdiction can be
found on the NMFS Homepage
(http:www.nmfs.gov) under the "Protected
Resources Program." Lists and maps of
critical habitat can be found in the Code of
Federal Regulations (GFRs) at 50 CFR parts
17 and 226.
Addendum B—Historic Properties
(Reserved)
Instructions related to historic preservation
have not been included in the permit at this
time. EPA may modify the permit to include
such provisions at a later date. This does not
relieve applicants or permittees of their
responsibility to comply with applicable
State, Tribal or local laws for the protection
of historic properties.
Addendum C—Revised Notice of Intent
Form
The Notice of Intent form (EPA3510-9)
replaces the Notice of Intent form (EPA
3510-6 (8-98)). The revised form is
contained in this Addendum. According to
the provisions in Part II.B.1 of this permit,
applicants are reminded they must certify
that they meet all eligibility requirements of
Part I.B. of this permit and are informing the
Director of their intent to be covered by, and
comply with, those terms and conditions.
These conditions include certifications that
the applicant's storm water discharges and
storm water -related discharge activities will
not adversely affect listed endangered or
threatened species, or their critical habitat.
EPA may modify this permit to include
provisions relating to historic preservation.
BILLING CODE 6560-66-P
36516 Federal Register/Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices
A.,w
THIS FORM REPLACES PREVIOUS FORM 3510-6 (8-96) Form Approved. OMB No. 2040-0188
See Reverse for Instructions
United States Environmental Protection Agency
NPDES
EPA
Washington, DC 20460
FORM
JKAVNotice
of Intent (NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY Under a NPDES General Permit
Submission of this Notice of Intent constitutes notice that the party identified in Section I of this form intends to be authorized by a NPDES permit issued
for storm water discharges associated with construction activity in the StateAndian Country Land identified in Section It of this form. Submission of this Notice
of Intent also constitutes notice that the party identified in Section I of this form meets the eligibility requirements in Part I.B. of the general pem it(including
those related to protection of endangered species determined through the procedures in Addendum A of the general permit), understands that continued
authorization to discharge is contingent on maintaining permit eligibility, and that implementation of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Pian required under
Part IV of the general permit will begin at the time the permittee commences work on the construction project identified in Secion tl below. IN ORDER TO
OBTAIN AUTHORIZATION, ALL INFORMATION REQUESTED MUST BE INCLUDED ON THIS FORM. SEE -INSTRUCTIONS ON BACK OF FORM.
1. Owner/Operator (Applicant) Information
Name: I I I I I I! I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Phone: L I I I I V I I I I
Status of
Address:) I I I I I I I I I I t i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i f l I I Owner/Operator: ❑
City: I I I i l l I I I l k I I I I I I I I I I I I State: Zip Code: I I I 11 1-1
Is the facility II. Project/Site Information h' located on Indian
Country Lands?
Project Name: I i I I I l l l I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 I I I I I I I I Yes ❑ No ❑
Project Address/Location: I! I 1 1 I I I I I I i I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -J
City: I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I t I I i I I I I i I I I State: LTJ Zip Code: L I 1 1 1 1— I t I I I
Latitude: I I I t I I I Longitude: I I I I I I I I County: I -1 I I I I I i I i I I I I I I i I I I
Has the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) been prepared? Yes ❑ No ❑
Optional: Address of location of
SWPPP for viewing ❑ Address in Section I above ❑ Address in Section II above ❑ Other address (if known) below:
SWPPP Phone:
Address: I 1 t I l 1 I I I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I lLJ I i I I I 1 1 I t l
City: I I I I I I I I l l I i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I State: III Zip Code: I I I I I I— I I I I l
Name of Receiving Water: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I Based on instruction provided in Addendum A of the permit, are
Month Day Year Month Day Year
there any listed endangered or threatened species, or designated
Estimated Construction Start Date Estimated Completion Date critical habitat in the project area?
Estimate of area to be disturbed (to nearest acre): I I I i I I I Yes ❑ No ❑
Estimate of Likelihood of Discharge (choose only one): I have satisfied permit eligibility with regard to protection of
endangered species through the indicated section of Part I.13.3.e.(2)
1. ❑ Unlikely 3. ❑ Once per week 5. ❑ Continual of the permit (check one or more boxes):
2. ❑ Once per month 4. ❑ Once per day (a) ❑ (b) ❑ (c) ❑ (d) ❑
Ill. Certification
I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system
designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who
manage this system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and
belief, true, accurate, and complete. i am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and
imprisonment for knowing violations.
Print Name: I I I I I I I I I I t t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Date:
Signature:
EPA Form 3510-9 replaced 3510-6 (8-98)
Federal Register/Vol. 63, No. '128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices 36517
Instructions— EPA Form 3510-9 Form Approved. OMB No. 2040-0188
��,�EPA Notice of Intent (NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with
Construction Activity to be Covered Under a NPDES Permit
Who Must File a Notice of Intent Form
Under the provisions of the Clean Water Act, as amended, (33 U.S.C. 1251
et.seq.; the Act), except as provided by Part I.B.3 the permit, Federal law
prohibits discharges of pollutants in storm water from construction activities
without a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System PenTk Operators)
of construction sites where 5 ormore acres are disturbed, smaller sites that
are part of a larger common plan of development or sale where there is a
cumulative disturbance of at least 5, acres, or any site designated by the
Director, must submit an NOI to obtain coverage under an NPDES Storm
Water Construction General Permit. If you have questions about whether
you need a permit under the NPDES Storm Water program, or if you need
information as to whether a particular program is administered by EPA or
a State agency, write to or telephone the Notice of Intent Processing Center
at (703) 931-3230.
Where to File NOI Form
NOls must be sent to the following address:
Storm Water Notice of Intent (4203)
USEPA
401 M. Street, SW
Washington, D.C. 20460
Do not send Storm Water Pollution Prevention Pians (SWPPPs) to the
above address. For ovemight/express delivery of NOls, please include the
room number 2104 Northeast Mall and phone number (202) 260.9541 in
the address.
When to File
This form must be filed at least 48 hours before construction begins.
Completing the Form
OBTAIN AND READ A COPY OF THE APPROPRIATE EPA STORM WATER
CONSTRUCTION GENERAL PERMIT FOR YOUR AREA. To complete
this form, type or print, using uppercase letters, in the appropriate areas
only. Please place each character between the marks (abbreviate if
necessary to stay within the number of characters allowed for each item).
Use one space for breaks between words, but not for punctuation marks
unless they are needed to clarify your response. If you have any questions
on this form, call the Notice of Intent Processing Center at (703) 931-3230.
Section I. Facility Owner/Operator (Applicant) Information
Provide the legal name, mailing address, and telephone number of the
person, firm, public organization, or any other entity that meet either of the
following two criteria: (1) they have operational control over construction
plans and specifications, including the ability to make modifications to those
plans and specifications; or (2) they have the day-to-day operational control
of those activities at the project necessary to ensure compliance with SWPPP
requirements or other permit conditions. Each person that meets either of
these criteria must file this form. Do not use a colloquial name. Correspon-
dence for the permit will be sent to this address.
Enter the appropriate letter to indicate the legal status of the owner/operator
of the project: F = Federal; S = State; M = Public (other than federal or
state); P = Private.
Section If. Project/Site Information
Enter the official or legal name and complete street address, including city,
county, state, zip code, and phone number of the project or site. If it lacks
a street address, indicate with a general statement the location of the site
(e.g., Intersection of State Highways 61 and 34). Complete site information
must be provided for permit coverage to be granted.
The applicant must also provide the latitude and longitude of the facility in
degrees, minutes, and seconds to the nearest 15 seconds. The latitude
and longitude of your facility can be located on USGS quadrangle maps.
Quadrangle maps can be obtained by calling 1-800 USA MAPS. Longitude
and latitude may also be obtained at the Census Bureau Internet site:
httpJ/www.census.gov/cgi-bin/gazetteer.
Latitude and longitude for a facility in decimal form must be converted to
degrees, minutes and seconds for proper entry on the NOI form. To convert
decimal latitude or longitude to degrees, minutes, and seconds, follow the
steps in the following example.
Convert decimal latitude 45.1234567 to degrees, minutes, and seconds.
1) The numbers to the lett of the decimal point are degrees.
2) To obtain minutes, multiply the first four numbers to the right of the
decimal point by 0.006. 1234 x .006 = 7.404.
3) The numbers to the left of the decimal point in the result obtained in
step 2 are the minutes: 7.
4) To obtain seconds, multiply the remaining three numbers to the right of
the decimal from the result in step 2 by 0.06: 404 x 0.06 = 24.24. Since
the numbers to the right of the decimal point are not used, the result is
24'.
5) The conversion for 45.1234 = 45° T 24'.
Indicate whether the project is on Indian Country Lands.
Indicate if the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) has been
developed. Refer to Part IV of the general permit for information on SWPPPs.
To be eligible for coverage, a SWPPP must have been prepared.
Optional: Provide the address and phone number where the SWPPP can
be viewed if different from addresses previously given. Check appropriate
box.
Enter the name of the closest water body which receives the projects
construction storm water discharge.
Enter the estimated construction start and completion dates using four digits
for the year (i.e. 05/27/1998).
Enter the estimated area to be disturbed including but not limited to:
grubbing, excavation, grading, and utilities and infrastructure installation.
Indicate to the nearest acre; if less than 1 acre, enter "1.* Note: 1 acre =
43,560 sq. ft.
Indicate your best estimate of the likelihood of storm water discharges from
the project. EPA recognizes that actual discharges may differ from this
estimate due to unforeseen or chance circumstances.
Indicate if there are any listed endangered or threatened species, or
designated critical habitat in the project area.
Indicate which Part of the permit that the applicant is eligible with regard
to protection of endangered or threatened species, or designated crifical
habitat.
Section Ill. Certification
Federal Statutes provide for severe penalties for submitting false information
on this application form. Federal regulations require this application to be
signed as follows:
For a corporation: by a responsible corporate officer, which means:
(i) president, secretary, treasurer, or vice president of the corporation in
charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs
similar policy or decision making functions, or (ii) the manager of one or
more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities employing more than
250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25
million (in second-quarter 1980 dollars), if authority to sign documents has
been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate
procedures;
For a partnership or sole proprietorship: by a general partner of ft proprietor,
or
For a municipality, state, federal, or other public facility: by either a principal
executive or ranking elected official. An unsigned or undated NOI forth will
not be granted permit coverage.
Paperwork Reduction Act Notice
Public reporting burden for this application is estimated to average 3.7
hours. This estimate includes time for reviewing instructions, searching
existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and
completing and reviewing the collection of information. An agency may not
conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection
of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Send comments regarding the burden estimate, any other aspect of the
collection of information, or suggestions for improving this form, including
any suggestions which may increase or reduce this burden to: Director,
OPPE Regulatory Information Division (2137), U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, 401 M Street, SW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB
control number on any correspondence. Do not send the completed form
to this address.
,. 36518 Federal Register/Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices
Addendum D—Notice of Termination Form
wu From the effective date of this permit, permittees are to use the existing Notice of Termination form (EPA Form 3510-7) contained
t in this Addendum until they are instructed by the Director (EPA) to use a revised version. Permittees are to complete, sign and
submit the form in accordance with Part VIII of the permit when terminating permit coverage at a construction project when one
or more or the conditions contained in Part I.D.2 have been met.
THIS FORM REPLACES PREVIOUS FORM 351" (8-92) Form Approved. or ma smooaa
Piety See kwouetlons Before Com This Form AwwW eokm •sem
!�
Agency
Wdted �.
NPDES
DC ��
FORM
`8'
EPA
Twm_ for
Notice ofStorm
SW Dhichtirges Associated with Industrial Acc& y
Submission of this Notes of Termination otxut urtes notice that to party kWnVW to Section If of this form is no longer authorized to disdwps storm wow
NPDES ALL NECESSARY INFORMATION BE PROVIDED ON THIS FORM.
naoclood with Irdusb* aWft nattier itis payam. MUST _
1. Permit infounstion
NPDES Stam Water Check Hen It You an No Longer Q Check Here If the Stam Water ❑
General Permit Number: E 1- t-3- �—i-) to Opsrabr d ft W. Distlarye Is Being Terminated:
N. Facility Operator Information
Name: 4 { Phare:
Address:
CRY. I m : : t State: LLL mss code:
Ill. Factlity Site t ocatleon Infornaton
Name: { {
Address: t r ,,, r, i r , ,, i iI i I, i,
City I state: L_t—{ zip coda: 1 , I
taNhde: �t_J_W t ortgitude:� i t Quarter: W Section: I I T..to: Marge: l l l t l
IV. Cera flcabon: 1 certify under penalty of law that ON storm water discharges associated with Industrial activity from the Identified facility that are
F'S ggeenrreeral per Ithave been eliminated or that I am no longer the operator of the faciNty or constmxUon site. I understand that by
ng this Noticeharior
Fub
any vlobatlons of this pemmt or the dean Water Act.
L'_L.._1_.i_L..1_-7_..._S._...!__..4_...t___t.__t_._:._._L..-.i_�-1__, i , , i , i�t�_i--�.__A_._� Date:
Print Name: �--
Signature:
Instructions for Completing Notice of Termination (NOT) Form
Who May File a Notice or Termination (NOT) Form Where to Rte NOT Form
Permittees who are presenay covered wrier an EPA -issued National Pobutant Said Ws form to the lite following address:
Dledar9e EAntkadon System (NPDES) General Permit (Includlg the 1995
AWIMSeacr Permit) for Storm Wafer Dicharges Associated with Industrial Activity Storm Water Notice of Temdnation (4203)
may aubma a Notice of Termination (NOT) form when "r faatities no longer 401M Street, S.W.
haus any storm water d adwoes associated with Industrial activity as detbwd in Washington, DC 20460
ON storm water regutatofs at 40 CFR 122:2S(bx14), or when they aro no low
the operator of the taeialiea.
lAmpleWp the Form
For eagtnudbn acdAes, sivniallon of fir storm water disdorges associated
with k dusbW activity ooaus when dsturbed sans at the constnuebon airs have Type or print. using uppercase lattom m tiro sppropnete areae only. Please
been firmly aWAad and lsmporny erosion and sediment control measures place each dwmcter between the made. Abbreviate V necessary to stay within
have been removed or wijl be removed at an appmprlale time, or tial fir corm the number of eNncters allowed for each item. Use ody one apace for breaks
water d oc arges asw doted wkh'tru activity from ft constAx"on ske Vat between words, but rot for punctuation marks unless they are needed to clarify
are audweaed by a NPDES general permit have otherwise been 86minste . FwW your response. V you hos any "stbna about this forth, telephone or write the
slabgtaton means that sol soil -disturbing activifdies at the site have been Notice of Intent Processing Center at (703) 9314230.
cor plstod, and that a uniform perennial vageuow cover with a densay of 70% of
the ewer for unpaved areas and areae not covered by psmenent strwwm has
been wished, or aguivele t permanent Stabilization measures (such as the
use of dprep, gabord, or geotexaes) have been & ays& j
EPA Form 3610-71&9a)
Federal Register/Vol. 63, No. 128/Monday, July 6, 1998/Notices 36519
Instructions - EPA Form 3510-7
Notice of Termination (NOT) of Coverage Under The NPDES General Permit
for Storm Water Discharges Associated With Industrial Activity
Section I Permit Information
Enter the existing NPDES Storm Water General Permit number assigned to the
facility or site identified in Section III. If you do not know the permit number,
telephone or write your EPA Regional storm water contact person.
Indicate your reason for submitting this Notice of Termination by checking the
appropriate box:
If there has been a change of operator and you are no longer the operator of
the facility or site identified in Section III, check the corresponding box.
If al storm water discharges at the facility or site identified in Section III have
been terminated, check the corresponding box.
Section II Facility Operator Information
Give the legal name of the person, firm, public organization, or any other entity that
operates the facility or site described in this application. The name of the operator
may or may not be the same name as the facility. The operator of the facility is the
legal entity which controls the facility's operation, rather than the plant or site
manager. Do rot use a colloquial name. Enter the complete address and telephone
number of the operator.
Section Ill Facility/Site Location Information
Enter the facility's or sites official or legal name and complete address, including
city, state and 23P code. If the facility lacks a street address, indicate the state, the
latitude and longitude of the facility to the nearest 15 seconds, or the quarter,
section, township, and range (to the nearest quarter section) or the approximate
center of the she.
[FR Doc. 98-17521 Filed 7-2-98; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
Section N Certification
Federal statutes provide for severe penalties for submitting false information on this
application form. Federal regulations require this application to be signed as
follows:
For a corporation: by a responsible corporate officer, which means: 0i president,
secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal
business function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision
maldrg functions, ora the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or
operating facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales
or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second-quarter 1980 dollars), t authority
to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance
with corporate procedures;
Fora partnership orsole proprietorship: by a general partner or the proprietor, or
For municipality, State, Federal, or other public faclFty: by either a principal
executive officer or ranking elected official.
Paperwork Reduction Act Notice
Public reporting burden for this application is estimated to average 0.5 hours per
application, including time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data
sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing
the collection of information. Send comments regarding the burden estimate, an
otheraspect of the collection of information, or suggestions for improving this form,
including any suggestions which may increase or reduce this burden to: Chief,
Information Policy Branch, 2136, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M
Street, SW, Washington, DC 20460, or Director, Office of Information and
Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, DC 20503.
�dE ,Ticy,
Other
. AF•ytCiO
NPDES General Construction Storm Water Permit Checklist
Maintenance Procedures
(including storm water discharges from
dedicated
asphalt and concrete plants) yam?
pollutants leaving the site will exceed pre -development levels)
measures, and vehicle access)
❑ Technical explanation why practices are selected
Site
Description
Site Map
❑
Nature of the activity
❑
Drainage patterns
❑
Intended sequence of major events
❑
Approximate slopes after major grading
❑
Timing
❑
Areas of soil disturbance
❑
Which permittee is responsible
❑
Areas which will not be disturbed
❑
Total area of site, area to be disturbed (including off-site
❑
Locations of control measures
❑ Measures to protect threatened or endangered species, or
borrow and fill areas)
❑
Locations were stabilization practice are expect to occur
❑
Run-off coefficient for pre -construction and post -construction
❑
Location of off-site storage of material, waste, borrow, or
❑
General location map
equipment storage
❑
Discharge locations
❑
Surface waters
❑
Receiving water
❑
Storm water discharge locations
❑
Wetland or special aquatic sites (on-site, near or receiving
discharges)
Stabilization Practices
❑
Copy of the permit language
❑
Description of interim stabilization practices
❑
Endangered species information (threatened or endangered
❑
Description of permanent stabilization practices
species, or critical habitat are found in proximity)
❑
Schedule of implementation
❑
Historic Preservation Information (including any written
❑
Dates when major grading activities occur
agreements with SHPO, THPO)
❑
Dates when construction activities cease (permanently or
temporarily)
Structural Practices
❑
Type of stabilization used and location
El Structures used to divert storm water
Other
❑ Structures used to store, storm water _
❑
Maintenance Procedures
❑ Post -construction controls (required when sediment or other
❑
Inspections (of disturbed areas, areas used for material storage, control
pollutants leaving the site will exceed pre -development levels)
measures, and vehicle access)
❑ Technical explanation why practices are selected
Inspection Reports
❑ Velocity dissipation devices
❑
Name & qualification of inspector
❑ Controls used to prevent solid materials
❑
Date
❑ Controls used to minimized offsite tracking
❑
Major observations
" ' '`d r �'
❑ Compliance with local and state regulations
❑
If everything is okay, certification that facility is in
� g Y� h'
❑ Materials to be stored on-site (with updates)
compliance with SWPPP.
❑ Pollutants from support activities (asphalt/concrete plant)
❑
Non -storm water discharge sources
❑ Control measures for support activities
0
Control measure used on non -storm water discharges
❑ Measures to protect threatened or endangered species, or
❑
Plan Certification
critical habitat
8/26/98
Erosion & Sediment Controls .
S Control measures used should be designed to keep sediment
on site
S Control measures should be properly selected, installed and
maintained in accordance with manufactures specification
and good engineering practices
S Accumulated sediment, off-site, must be removed often
enough to minimize impacts
S Sedimentation ponds/traps must be cleaned out when 50%
full (by volume)
S Litter must be prevented from being a pollutant
S Offsite material storage areas are consider part of the plan
Inspections
P Performed every fourteen days or after %i inch rain
P Major observations to be made during inspections:
- locations of discharges of sediment or other
pollutants from the site
- locations BMPs that are need of maintenance
- locations BMPs that are not performing, failing to
operate, or were inadequate
- locations were additional BMPs are needed
Some Stabilization Practices
Preservation of
Existing Vegetation
Protection of Trees
Vegetative Buffer Strips
Mulching
Geotextiles
Temporary Vegetation
Permanent Vegetation
Sod Stabilization
Avoid: Impervious surfaces for
stabilization
Some Structural Practices
Silt Fences
Pipe Slope Drains
Earth Dikes
Level Spreaders
Drainage Swales
Inlet Protection
Sediment Traps
Outlet Protection
Check Dams
Gabions
Subsurface Drains
Sediment Basins
SPILLS and RELEASES (of reportable quantities) - The following steps must be taken:
1) Notify the National Response Center 800/424-8802 as soon as you have knowledge of the spill;
2) The SWPPP must be modified within 14 days to provide a description of the release, the circumstances
leading to the release and the date of the release;
In semi -arid and and areas,
during seasonal and periods
inspection are only required
once a month.
This is also true for sites that
won't have runoff because of
winter conditions. (frozen!)
Sites that are finally stabilized,
too.
Sedimentation Basins
For any discharge location that serves an area of ten or more
acres a sedimentation basin or equivalent controls must be used.
This sediment basin must be sized to provide storage for runoff
from a 2 year, 24 hour storm or 3600 cubic feet.
Runoff from acreage that has been diverted around both the
disturbed area and the sedimentation basin does not count
"Final Stabilization" means a uniform perennial
vegetative cover of at least 70% of the native
background cover for the area
The NPDES permit number must be
posted at the site (or NOI if permit
# has not be assigned)
To order NOI forms or permit language: 202/260-7786
Region 6 Storm Water Help line: 800/245-6510
Storm Water Home Page: www.epa.gov/region6/sw/
P^
rte*
IN. COUNTY/SPECIES LIST
The following list identifies federally listed or proposed U.S. species by State and County. It has been updated through December 31, 1999. Species listed below with a status
of both E and T are generally either endangered or threatened within the specified county. Designation of critical habitat (CH) d oes not mean that the county constitutes
critical habitat, only that critical habitat has been designated for that species (see Addendum A "Instructions of the Construction General Permit, or Addendum H instructions of
the Multi -Sector Permit).
Action/
State/County
Group name
Inverse name
Scientific name
Status
TEXAS
NO COUNTY DETAILS
BIRDS
PLOVER, MOUNTAIN .....................................................
Chadrius montanus
T
'
ANDERSON ...........
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ... ...................... .....
Haliaeelus leucocephalus
T
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED ............................................
Picoides borealis
E
MAMMALS .......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK .................................................
Ursus americanus luteol us
T
ANGELINA ............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE, BALD_
............................................ ............
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED ...........................................
Picoi des borealis
E
'
MAMMALS .......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK ...... ......... .."....... .... . .... _ .............
Ursus americanus luteolus
T
ARANSAS .............
BIRDS ...........
..
CRANE, WHOOPING .......................... .................. .......
Gros americana
E,CH
CURLEW, ESKIMO ......
Numentus borealis
E
..
EAGLE, BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
PELICAN, BROWN ........................................................
Pelicanus occidentalis
E
PLOVER, PIPING .................... .......................... ...........
Charadrius melodus
EJ
PRAIRIE -CHICKEN, ATTR'ATER'S GREATER ............. _ ..................
Tympanuchus cupido attwateri
E
MAMMALS .......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK .................................................
Ursus americanus luteolus
T
--^
1AGUARUNDI ..................... ......................... .....
Fel is yagouaroundi tolteca
E
OCELOT.................................................................
Felispardalis
E
n+.
REPTILES ........
TURTLE, GREEN SEA ......................................................
Chelonia mydas
E,T,CH
TURTLE, HAWKSBILL SEA ....................... .........................
Eretmochelys imbricata
E,CH
.
TURTLE, KEMP'S (ATLANTIC) R[DLEY SEA .................................
Lepidochelys kempii
E
TURTLE, LOGGERHEAD TA ...............................................
Caretta caretta
T
ARCHER ..............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ............................ ..........................
Grus americana ..
E,CH
ATASCOSA ............
MAMMALS .......
OCELOT................................................................
Felis pardalis
E
..
AUSTIN ................
AMPHIBIANS .....
TOAD, HOUSTON.........................................................
Bufo houstonensis
E,CH
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING .......................... ............................
Gmsamericana
E,CH
EAGLE,BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
PRAIRIE -CHICKEN, ATTWATER'S GREATER .................................
Tympanuchus cupido attwateri -
E
BAILEY . ..............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE, BALD .......... .................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
BANDERA.............
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED .................................. ..... .....
Vireo atricapillus
"E'"
Ancistrocactus tobuschii
PLANTS. _ _ ..
CACTUS, TOBUSCH FISHHOOK .....
(=Echinocactus t, Mammila)
E
BASTROP .............
AMPHIBIANS .....
TOAD, HOUSTON .................. ........... _ ........................
Bufo houstonensis
E,CH
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ...................... _ ................. .. ..........
Grus americana
E,CH
E.AGLE,BALD ...... ............... ...... I ...... I ...... ....... .....
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
BAYLOR ..............
BIRDS ..........
CRANE, WHOOPINGE
......................................................
Grus americana
E,CH
='CRANE,
.....
WHOOPING ......... ............................................
Grus americana
E,CH
BELL .................
BIRDS .........
CRANE, WHOOPING_ .................... .............. ... .............
Grusamericana
E,CH
EAGLE,BALD...........................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ................... ...............................
Vireo atricapillus
E
i
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED .......... ..........................
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
BEXAR .... ........
BIRDS ..........
CRANE, WHOOPING ...................................... ................
Grusamericana
E,CH
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ..................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
c
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED ........... .....................
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
INVERTEBRATES
BEETLE, HELOTES MOLD ........................ ............
Batrisodes venvivi
E
`
BEETLE, NO COMMON NAME.. ....................................
Rhadine exilis
E
BEETLE, NO COMMON NAME .............................................
Rhadine infernalis
E
HARVESTMAN, ROBBER BARON CAVE .....................................
Texellacokendolpheri
E
NO COMMON NAME .......................................................
Cicurina venii
E
=-
SPIDER, GOVERNMENT CANYON CAVE.. . .. .. .........................
Neoleptoneta microps
E
SPIDER, MADLA'S CAVE .......................................... ....
Cicurina madla
E
+r""+
SPIDER, ROBBER BARON CAVE ............................................
Cicurina baronia
E
SPIDER, VESPER CAVE ....................................................
Cicurina vespera
E
BLANCO ..............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING... . ............ ............................. .......
Grusamericana
E,CH
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED .............. _ .................. ................
Vireo atricapillus
E
Key: E - Endangered, T - Threatened, CH - Critical Habitat
IV. COUNTY/SPECIES LIST—CONTINUED
[The following list identifies federally listed or proposed U.S. species by State and County. It has been updated through December 31, 1999.]
state/County
Group name
Inverse name
Scientific name
Action/
Status
WARBLER (WOOD). GOLDEN-CHEEKED ........
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
BOSQUE ..............
BIRDS .. .......
CRANE, WHOOPING..., ... .......
Grus americana
E,CH
MAMMALS .......
EAGLE,BALD...........................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
PLANTS ..........
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED .......................... ... ..................
Vireo atricapillus -
E
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED ............................... ....
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
BOWIE ................
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE, BALD ............................................... ............
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..................... ........................
Sterna anti llamm
E
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED ......................................... I
Picoides borealis
E
BRAZORIA ............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING .................... .......... _ ......... ..........
Grusamericana
E,CH
BIRDS . .........
EAGLE,BALD ...........................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
MAMMALS .......
PELICAN, BROWN .......................... .... ...
Pelicanusoccidentalis
E
-
PLOVER, PIPING .................................... .... ............
Charadrius melodus
E,T
BIRDS ..........
REPTILES ........
TURTLE, GREEN SEA ......................................................
Chelonia mydas
E,T,CH
BIRDS ...........
TURTLE, KEMP'S (ATLANTIC) RIDLEY SEA ........................ .. .....
Lepidochelys kempii
E
REPTILES ........
TURTLE, LEATHERBACK SEA ................. ............................
Dermochelys coriacea
E,CH
AMPHIBIANS .....
TURTLE, LOGGERHEAD SEA ..................... _ ......................
Caretta caretta
T
BRAZOS ..............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ...................... ....................... ......
Grus americana
E,CH
EAGLE,BALD .............................. ............................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
MAMMALS .......
PLANTS ..........
LADIES' -TRESSES, NAVASOTA ............ .................. .............
Spiranthes parksii
E
BREWSTER ...........
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO..........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
F
BROOKS ..............
BROWN ...............
BURLESON ..... _ .. .
BURNET ..............
CALDWELL .......... I
CALHOUN ............
Key: E - Endangered, T - Threatened, CH - Critical Habitat
FLYCATCHER, SOUTHWESTERN WILLOW ...................................
Empiodonac traillii eXtim US
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
FISHES .... .....
GAMBUSIA, BIG BEND .....................................................
Gambusia gaigei
MAMMALS .......
BAT, MEXICAN LONG -NOSED.. .........................
..............
Leptonycteris nivalis
PLANTS ..........
CACTUS, BUNCHED CORY ........................ ........................
Coryphantha ramillosa -
CACTUS, CHISOS MOUNTAIN HEDGEHOG ......................
...........
Echinocereus reichenbachii var. chisoensis
CACTUS, LLOYD'S MARIPOSA ............................................
Neolloydia mariposensis
CACTUS, NELLIE CORY .........................................
.........
Coryphantha minima
CAT'S-EYE, TERLINGUA CREEK ...........................................
Cryptantha crossipes
PITAYA, DAVIS' GREEN ..................................................
Echinocereus viridiflorus var. davisii
BIRDS . .........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO ............... .........................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
MAMMALS .......
JAGUARUNDI ... .......................... .. .........................
Felisvagouaroundi tolteca
OCELOT ............. _ ............. ..
..
Felis pardalis
BIRDS ..........
CRANE, WHOOPING ......................................................
Grus americana
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...............
...............
Vireo atricapillus
REPTILES ........
SNAKE, CONCHO WATER ..................................................
Nerodiaharteri paucimaculata
AMPHIBIANS .....
TOAD, HOUSTON .............................................
..........
Bufo houstonensis
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ....................................
.......
............
m
Grus americana
EAGLE, BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
MAMMALS .......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK .................................................
Ursus americanus IMC01US
PLANTS ..........
LADIES' -TRESSES, NAVASOTA .................... ......................
Spiranthes parksii
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING... ............
..... ......
Grus americana
EAGLE,BALD ............. ............................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ........................ ..........................
Vireo atricapillus
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED ..... ........ ... .....
............
Dendroica chrysoparia
31RDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING .....................................................
.
Grus americana
71SHES ..........
DARTER, FOUNTAIN ...................... ...................
............
Etheostoma fonticola
31RDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ................. ...............................
...
Grus americana
EAGLE,BALD................................. ..........................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
PELICAN, BROWN ......................... ... ........
.............. ..
Pelicanus occidentalis
PLOVER, PIPING ........................................
........ _ ..
Charadrius melodus
ZEPTILES ........
TURTLE, GREEN SEA ..................................................
Chelonia mydas
TURTLE, HAWKSBILL SEA ....................................
............
Eretmochelys imbricata
TURTLE, KEMP'S (ATLANTIC) RIDLEY SEA ...... _ . ........................
Lepidochelys kempii
TURTLE, LEATHERBACK SEA . ...........................
..... ..........
Dermochelys coriacea
TURTLF, LOGGERHEAD SEA .................. ........
.........
Caretta caretta
Key: E - Endangered, T - Threatened, CH - Critical Habitat
IV. COUNTY/SPECIES LIST—CONTINUED
[The following list identifies federally listed or proposed U.S. species by State and County. It has been updated through December 31, 1999.]
Action/
State/County
Group name
Inverse name
Scientific name
Status
CAMERON .... .....
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ..... ........................ _ ............................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
-
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO ..........................................
Falco femoralis septenirionalis
E
PELICAN, BROWN ............................. ..........................
Pelicanus occidentalis
E
PLOVER, PIPING ......................... ......
Charadrius melodus
E,T
FISHES ..........
MINNOW, RIO GRANDE SILVERY...........................................
Hybognathus amarus
E
MAMMALS .... ..
JAGUARUNDI.............................................................
Felis yagouaroundi tolieca
E
,...
OCELOT.................................................................
Fells pardalis
E
REPTILES ........
TURTLE, GREEN SEA.......................................................
Chelonia mydas
E,T,CH
TURTLE, HAWKSBILL SEA.................................................
Eretmochelvs imbricata
E.CH
TURTLE, KEMP'S (ATLANTIC) RIDLEY SEA..................................
Lepidochelys kempii
E
-
TURTLE, LEATHERBACK SEA..............................................
Dermochelys coriacea
E,CH
TURTLE, LOGGERHEAD STA ...............................................
Caretta caretta
T
CASS .................
BIRDS _ ..........
EAGLE,BALD ...........................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
WOODPECKER, RED-COCKADED ................. ........................
Picoides borealis
E
'. ..
MAMMALS .......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK.................................................
Ursus americanus luteolus
T
CHAMBERS ...........
BIRDS ...........
CURLEW, ESKIMO................................ ....................
Numenius borealis
E
EAGLE,BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
'a .:.¢ -.. ... ._...
..,.. - ;
PELICAN, BROWN ........................................... ..
Pelicanus occidentalis
E
PLOVER, PIPING..........................................................
Charadrius melodus
E,T
REPTILES .......
TURTLE, GREEN SEA......................................... ............
Chelonia mvdas
E,T,CH
TURTLE, HAWKSBILL SEA.................................................
Eretmochelys imbricata
E,CH
TURTLE, KEMP'S (ATLANTIC) RIDLEY SEA..................................
Lepidochelys kempii
E
TURTLE, LEATHERBACK SEA . .......................... . .................
Dermochelys coriacea
E,CH
TURTLE, LOGGERHEAD SEA ............................................
Caretta caretta
T
CHEROKEE ............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus -.
T
«
WOODPECKER, RED-COCKADED ................ . ..........................
Picoides borealis
E
MAMMALS.
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK ................................................
Ursus americanus luteolus
T
CHILDRESS ...........
BIRDS ... _ .......
CRANE, WHOOPING......................................................
Grus americana
E,CH
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST
Sterna antillarum
1e"+
..............................................
E
". CLAY .................
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Grus americana
E,CH
EAGLE,BALD............................................................
Haliaeetusleucocephalus
T
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..............................................
Sterna anti llamm
E
COKE .................
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK-CAPPED ... ..... ...........
Vireo atricapillus
E
PLANTS.. .... ...
POPPY-MALLOW, TEXAS..................................................
Callirhoe scabriuscula
E
REPTILES .......
SNAKE, CONCHO WATER ............................. _ .... ...............
Nerodia harteri paucimaculata
T,CH
COLEMAN ............
BIRDS ............
CRANE, WHOOPING .................... .................. ...............
Grus americana
E,CH
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK-CAPPED .................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
r
REPTILES ..... ...
SNAKE, CONCHO WATER .... ......
Nerodia harteri paucimaculata
T,CH
i' -• - COLLINGSWORTH .....
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ............ ............... . ...... ..................
Grus americana
E,CH
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..............................................
Sterna antillamm
E
COLORADO ...........
AMPHIBIANS .....
TOAD, HOUSTON........................................................
Bufo houstonensis
E,CH
ar~+.
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING .... ..........
Grus americana
E,CH
'
EAGLE,BALD .... ...... ............................... ................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
PRAIRIE-CHICKEN, ATTWATER'S GREATER.................................
Tympanuchus cupido attwateri
E
COMAL ........... ...
AMPHIBIANS .....
SALAMANDER, SAN MARCOS .................. .........................
Eurycea nana
T,CH
BIRDS ...........
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED ........................
Dendroicachrysoparia
E
CRUSTACEAN ....
AMPHIPOD, PECK'S CAVE ......... .... ..... ....................
Stygobromus pecki
E
-`
AMPHIPOD, PECK'S CAVE ................................................
Stygobromus pecki
E
FISHES ..........
DARTER, FOUNTAIN........................................ ............
Etheostoma fonticola
E,CH
INSECTS .........
BEETLE. COMAL SPRINGS DRYOPID ............
Stygoparnus comalensis
E
`
BEETLE, COMAL SPRINGS RIFFLE..........................................
Heterelmis comalensis
E
REPTILES ... ..
TURTLE, CAGLE'S MAP.. . ...... .......... . ............. ..........
Graptemys caglei
T
COMANCHE ...........
BIRDS ...........
CRANE. WHOOPING.......................................................
Grusamencana
E,CH
VIREO, BLACK-CAPPED . ..... ........................
Vireo atricapillus
E
`
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED.....................................
Dendroica chrysoparia -
E
CONCHO ............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD .................. .................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
x�
Key: E - Endangered, T - Threatened, CH - Critical Habitat
IV, COUNTY/SPECIES LIST—CONTINUED
[The following list identifies federally listed or proposed U.S. species by State and County. It has been updated through December 31. 1999.]
State/County
Group name
Inverse name
Scientiric name
Action/
Status
REPTILES ........
SNAKE, CONCHO WATER .................................................
Nerodia harteri paucimaculata
T,CH
COOKE ...............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ............................................ , ........
Grus americana
E,CH
EAGLE,BALD ........ _ .. _......................................... ..
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..............................................
Sterna antillarum
E
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED .................................. ................
Vireo atricapillus
E
CORYELL .............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ........... .................... ......................
Grus americana
E,CH
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ................. ...................... ...........
Vireo atricapillus
E
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED.....................................
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
CROCKETT ............
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ......................... .........................
Vireo atricapillus
E
CULBERSON ..........
BIRDS ..........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO ........... ......... ....... ............
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
E
PLANTS ..........
CACTUS, SNEED PINCUSHION ................................. _ ...........
Coryphantha sneedii var. sneedii
F.
DALLAS ..............
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ..................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
DE WITT ..............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING .....................................................
Grus americana
E,CH
REPTILES ........
TURTLE, CAGLE'S MAP ...................................................
Graptemys caglei
T
DIMMIT ...............
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO..........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
E
MAMMALS .......
OCELOT ......................................... . .......................
Felis pardalis
E
DUVAL ..............
MAMMALS .......
OCELOT.................................................................
Felis pardalis
E
ECTOR ................
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO..........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
E
EDWARDS ..........
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ........................ _..................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED.....................................
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
Ancistrocactus tobuschii
PLANTS ..........
CACTUS, TOBUSCH FISHHOOK... . ... ........ ............................
(=Echinocactus t., Mammila)
E
SNOWBELLS, TEXAS ......................................................
Styrax texana
E
EL PASO ..............
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO .................. .......................
Falco femoral is septentrionalis
E
PLANTS .........
CACTUS, SNEED PINCUSHION ..............................................
Coryphantha sneedii var. sneedii
E
ELLIS . ...............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ........................................................
Grusamericana
E,CH
ERATH................
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING...................................................... .
Grusamericana
E,CH
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED.....................................
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
FALLS ................
BIRDS ...... _ ...
CRANE, WHOOPING.. ................................ ...................
Grusamericana
E,CH
FANNIN ..............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE, BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..............................................
Sterna anti llarum
E
FAYETTE .............
BIRDS ..........
CRANE, WHOOPING ..................................... _ ................
Grus americana
E,CH
EAGLE, BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
FORT BEND ......
AMPHIBIANS .. ..
TOAD, HOUSTON ....................................... ..............
Bufo houstonensis
E,CH
BIRDS ..........
CRANE, WHOOPING ............................................... .....
Grusamericana
E,CH
EAGLE,BALD............................................ ....... ... .
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
PLANTS ..........
DAWN -FLOWER, TEXAS PRAIRIE (=TEXAS BITTERWEED) ......................
Hymenoxys texana
E
FREESTONE .........
AMPHIBIANS .....
TOAD, HOUSTON.........................................................
Bufo houstonensis
E,CH
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ........ _.................................. ...............
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
PLANTS.. . .......
LADIES' -TRESSES, NAVASOT.A ... ... .................... ..............
Spiranthesparksii
E
SAND -VERBENA, LARGE -FRUITED ..........................................
Abronia macrocarpa
E
FRIO ........... _ .....
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO.........................................
Falco femoral is septentrionalis
E
GALVESTON ..........
BIRDS ...........
CURLEW, ESKIMO........................................................
Numenius borealis
E
EAGLE, BALD .. _ .................. _ . _................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
PELICAN, BROWN .............. .......................... .......... ...
Pelicanusoccidentaiis
E
PLOVER, PIPING.........................................................
Charadrius melodus
E,T
PRAIRIE -CHICKEN, ATTWATER-S GREATER . ...............................
Tympanuchus cupido anwaten
E
REPTILES ........
TURTLE, GREEN SEA .....................................................
Chelonia mydas
E,T,CH
TURTLE, HAWKSBILL SEA ........................ ........................
Eretmochelys imbricata
E,CH
TURTLE, KEMP'S (ATLANTIC) RIDLEY SEA ..................................
Lepidochelys kempii
E
TURTLE, LEATHERBACK SEA ..................................... . .........
Dermochelys coriacea
E,CH
TURTLE, LOGGERHEAD SEA ...... .................................. .
Caretta caretta
T
GILLESPIE ..............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ....................................... ...............
Grus americana
E,CH
GOLIAD ...............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING........................................................
Grus americana
E,CH
EAGLE,BALD . ................ _ ........................ .... .......... ..
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
Key: E - Endangered, T - Threatened, CH - Critical Habitat
j
IV. COUNTY/SPECIES LIST—CONTINUED
[The following list identifies federally listed or proposed U.S. species by State and County. It has been updated through December 31, 1999.1
Key: E - Endangered, T - Threatened, CH - Critical Habitat
'
PRAIRIE -CHICKEN, ATTWATER'S GREATER ........................
......
Tympanuchus cupido anwateri
GONZALES ............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ........................ ..............................
Grusamericana
-
REPTILES
...
TURTLE, CAGLE'S MAP .................. _ ...... ......... ...............
Graptemys caglei
GRAYSON .............
BIRDS ........
...
EAGLE, BALD ...........................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
PLOVER, PIPING.
.........................................................
Charadriusmelodus
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ................. ............................
Sterna anti llamm
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
GREGG ....... .....
BIRDS ... ....
_ ,
EAGLE,BALD .......................... ............. .........
......
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
MAMMALS .......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK - .......................
Ursus americanus luteolus
GRIMES ...............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ...................... _....................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
PLANTS..........
LADIES'-TRESSES,NAVASOTA.............................................
Spiranthesparksii
GUADALUPE ..........
BIRDS ... _ .. _
.
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Grus americana
REPTILES ........
TURTLE, CAGLE'S MAP ............... _ .....
..........
Graptemys caglei
HALL .................
BIRDS ...........
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..............................................
Sterna anti Ilarum
HAMILTON ......
.....
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING......................................................
Grus americana
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED....................................
Dendroica chmsoparia
HARDEMAN ...........
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Grusamericana
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..... _ .......... .....
...........
Sterna antillarum
HARDIN ...............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE, BALD ............................................... ...........
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED ...........................................
Picoides borealis
ars+
PLANTS . _ .......
PHLOX. TEXAS TRAILING . .. ................................. ...............
Phlox nivalis ssp. texensis
HARRIS ...............
PLANTS ..........
DAWN -FLOWER, TEXAS PRAIRIE (=TEXAS BITTERWEED ...................
..
Hymenoxys texana
'.
HARRISON ............
AMPHIBIANS .....
TOAD, HOUSTON ............................ _ ...........................
Bufo houstonensis
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Grusamericana
r+
EAGLE,BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
p..
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED ...................... ...... ................
Picoides borealis
..
MAMMALS .......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK .................................................
Ursus americanus luteolus
PLANTS ..........
DAWN -FLOWER, TEXAS PRAIRIE (=TEXAS BITTERWEED ..................
...
Hymenoxys texana
sew
HASKELL .............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ....................................................
...
Grus americana
HAYS .................
AMPHIBIANS .....
SALAMANDER, SAN MARCOS..............................................
Eurycea nana
SALAMANDER, TEXAS BLIND ..............................................
Typhlomolge rathbuni
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Grusamericana
s�•+
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED ............................
.......
Dendroica chrysoparia
.
CRUSTACEAN...
AMPHIPOD, PECK'S CAVE
..
Stygobromus pecki
FISHES ..........
DARTER, FOUNTAIN .....................................................
Etheostoma fonticola
GAMBUSIA, SAN MARCOS ....... ........ ..............................
Gambusia georgei
t-
INSECTS .........
BEETLE, COMAL SPRINGS DRYOPID......................................
Srygopamus comalensis
,.. -
BEETLE, COMAL SPRINGS RIFFLE ..........................................
Heterelmis comalensis
PLANTS ..........
WILD -RICE, TEXAS.........................................................
Zizania texana
HEMPHILL ............
BIRDS ..........
EAGLE,BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST .............................................
Sterna antillarum
e.
FISHES ..........
SHINER, SHINER, ARKANSAS RIVER ........................................
Notropis girardi
HENDERSON ........
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
sw
HIDALGO ............
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO..........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalts
MAMMALS. . .....
JAGUARUNDI .............. _ ....... _ ...................................
Felis yagouaroundi tolteca
,.
.
OCELOT.................................................................
Felispardalis
PLANTS ..........
AYENIA,TEXAS .... _....................................................
Ayenia limitaris
MANIOC, WALKER'S......................................................
Manihot walkerae
HILL ..................
BIRDS ..........
CRANE, WHOOPING.. ...................
Grus americana
,,..'
EAGLE,BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
HOOD ...... _ ........
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Gros americana
EAGLE,BALD ........ _ ........... _....................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
+�+
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED .................... .....................
..
Picoides borealis
'
HOUSTON .............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED ...................... _ ...................
Picoides borealis
Key: E - Endangered, T - Threatened, CH - Critical Habitat
IV. COUNTY/SPECIES LIST—CONTINUED
[The following list identifies federally listed or proposed U.S. species by State and County. It has been updated through December 31, 1999.]
State/County
Group name
Inverse name
Scientific name
Actiory
Staters
HUDSPETH ............
BIRDS ..... .....
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO ................... ................. ...
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
E
PLANTS ..........
CACTUS, LLOYD'S HEDGEHOG ..............................................
Echinocereus Iloydii
E
CACTUS, SNEED PINCUSHION ....................... ......................
Coryphantha sneedii var. sneedii
E
HUNT .. ..... ... ....
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ..... ........................................ ... _ ......
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
HUTCHINSON .........
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ...........................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..............................................
Sterna antillarum
E
FISHES ..........
SHINER, SHINER, ARKANSAS RIVER ....... ...............................
Notropis girardi
T
IRION ... ............
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED . ................ .............. ........ _ .. ..
Vireo atricapillus
E
REPTILES ........
SNAKE, CONCHO WATER ................ .............................. ..
Nerodia harteri paucimaculata
T,CH
JACKSON .............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Grits americana
E,CH
EAGLE,BALD ...........................................................
Hahi etus leucocephalus
T
PELICAN, BROWN ....................... .................... ... ..
Pei icanusOccidental is
E
JASPER ...............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD.......................................... .................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED ............................................
Picoides borealis
E
PLANTS ..........
LADIES' -TRESSES, NAVASOTA...................................... . ......
Spiranthes parksn
E
JEFF DAVIS ...........
BIRDS ... .......
EAGLE,BALD.......................................... ..... ...........
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO..........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
E
FISHES ..........
GAMBUSIA, PECOS........................................................
Gambusia nobilis
E
PUPFISH, COMANCHE SPRINGS ......... ............ .....................
Cyprinodon elegans
E
PLANTS ..........
PONDWEED, LITTLE AGUJA CREEK ........................................
Potamogeton clystocarpus
E
JEFFERSON ...........
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ............................. .... .........................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
PELICAN, BROWN ........................................................
Pelicanus occidentalis
E
PLOVER, PIPING ......................................... _ ...............
Charadrius melodus
E,T
REPTILES ........
TURTLE, GREEN SEA ......................................................
Chelonia mydas
E,T,CH
TURTLE, HAWKSBILL SEA .................................................
Eretmochelysimbricata
E,CH
TURTLE, KEMP'S (ATLANTIC) RIDLEY SEA ..................................
Lepidochelys kempii
E
TURTLE, LEATHERBACK SEA .............................................
Devnochelys coriacea
E,CH
TURTLE, LOGGERHEAD SEA ................. .............................
Caretta caretta
T
JIM HOGG .............
MAMMALS .......
OCELOT..................................................................
Felis pardalis
E
JIM WELLS ............
MAMMALS .... ..
JAGUARUNDI.............................................................
Felisyagouaroundi tolteca
E
OCELOT.................................................................
Fells pardalis
E
PLANTS ..........
CACTUS, BLACK LACE ....................................................
Echinocereus reichenbachii var. albertii
E
JOHNSON .............
BIRDS .... ......
CRANE, WHOOPING .......... .............. .................
Grus americana
E,CH
JONES ................
BIRDS ..........
CRANE, WHOOPING ................................................ ...
Grus americana
E,CH
KARNES ..............
BIRDS ......... .
CRANE, WHOOPING .................................................. ....
Gins americana
E,CH
KENDALL .............
REPTILES ..... ..
TURTLE, CAGLE'S MAP .......................................... I ....... I .
Graptemys caglei
T
KENEDY ..............
BIRDS ...........
CURLEW, ESKIMO .......................................................
Numenius borealis
E
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO .... ... .... .... .......................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
E
PELICAN, BROWN ................................ .......................
Pelicanus occidentalis
E
PLOVER, PIPING ........................................... ..............
Charadrius melodus
E,T
MAMMALS .......
JAGUARUNDI ............... ...................... ............ .. ....
Fel is yagouaroundi tolteca
E
OCELOT ................ ....... ..... .... ................ ....
Felis pardalis
E
REPTILES ........
TURTLE, GREEN SEA .....................................................
Chelonia mydas
E,T,CH
TURTLE, HAWKSBILL SEA ........................ .......................
Eretmochelys imbricata
E,CH
TURTLE, KEMP'S (ATLANTIC) RIDLEY SEA ..................................
Lepidochelys kempii
E
TURTLE, LEATHERBACK SEA ..............................................
Dermochelys coriacea
E,CH
TURTLE, LOGGERHEAD SEA ...............................................
Caretta caretta
T
KERR .................
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED .....................................
Dendroicachrysoparia
E
Ancistrocactus tobuschii
PLANTS ..........
CACTUS, TOBUSCH FISHHOOK .............................................
(=Echinocactus t., Mammila)
E
REPTILES ........
TURTLE, CAGLE'S MAP .................... ... .......................
Graptemys caglei
T
KIMBLE . . .... ..
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED...................................
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
Ancistrocactus tobuschii
PLANTS.. . .... ...
CACTUS, TOBUSCH FISHHOOK .......................... ..................
(=Echinocactus t., Mammila)
E
SNOWBELLS, TEXAS ........................................... .... .....
Styrax texana
E
Key: E - Endangered, T - Threatened, CH - Critical Habitat
I
wr
IV. COUNTY/SPECIES LIST—CONTINUED
[The following list identifies federally listed or proposed U.S. species by State and County. It has been updated through December 31. 1999.]
Action/
state/County
Group name
Inversename
Scientific name
Status
KING . ................
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ................. ..............
Grusamericana
E,CH
KINNEY ...............
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO ................... ......................
Falco femoralis septentnonalis
E
VIREO, BLACK-CAPPED ...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED ............................ ........
Dendroica chrvsopana
E
FISHES ..........
MINNOW, DEVILS RIVER ....... ................
Diondadiaboli.
T
Ancistrocactus tobuschii
-
PLANTS... .... ..
CACTUS, TOBUSCH FISHHOOK.............................................
(=Echinocactus t., Mammila)
E
KLEBERG .............
BIRDS ...........
CURLEW, ESKIMO.......................................................
Numenius borealis
E
EAGLE,BALD.................. ............ .................. ............
Hafiaeetus leucocephalus
T
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO.........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
E
--
PELICAN, BROWN ...................................... _ ......... _ .....
Pelicanus occidentalis
E
PLOVER, PIPING..........................................................
Charadrius melodus
EJ
MAMMALS .......
JAGUARLNDI.............................................................
Fehsyagouaroundi tolteca
E
OCELOT.................................................................
Felis pardalis
E
_.
PLANTS..........
AMBROSIA, SOUTH TEXAS................................................
Ambrosia cheiranthifolia
E
AYENIA,TEXAS..........................................................
Aveniahmitaris
E
�...
CACTUS, BLACK LACE....................................................
Echinocereus reichenbachii var. albervi
E
RUSH-PEA, SLENDER......................................................
Hoffmannseggia tenella
E
REPTILES ........
TURTLE, GREEN SEA......................................................
Chelonia mydas
E,T,CH
TURTLE, HAWKSBILL SEA ...............................................
Eretmochelys imbricata
E,CH
sew
TURTLE, KEMP'S (ATLANTIC) RIDLEY SEA ........................ .........
Lepidochelys kempii
E
"
TURTLE, LEATHERBACK SEA...............................................
Dermochelys conacea
E,CH
.,
TURTLE, LOGGERHEAD SEA ..............................................
Caretta caretta
T
KNOX ................
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING................................. I ...... I ............ I
Grus americana
E,CH
LAMAR ...............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING
Grus
.......................................................
americana
E,CH
-
EAGLE, BALD..............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..............................................
Sterna amillarum
E
LAMPASAS ............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Grus americana
E,CH
s�
VIREO, BLACK-CAPPED...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED ...................
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
REPTILES ........
SNAKE, CONCHO WATER..................................................
Nerodia harteri paucimaculata
T,CH
LAVACA ..............
AMPHIBIANS .....
TOAD, HOUSTON........................................................
Bufo houstonensis
E,CH
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.. . ... ........ ............
Grus americana
E,CH
-
MAMMALS .......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK .
�-������������.������.........................
Ursus americanus luteolus
T
- LEE ..................
.
AMPHIBIANS .....
TOAD, HOUSTON .............................. ...........................
Bufo houstonensis
E,CH
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Grusamericana
E,CH
LEON .................
AMPHIBIANS .....
TOAD, HOUSTON . ............................. ....:.....
Bufo houstonensis
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD.............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
I
MAMMALS ... ..
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK ... ...... ............ ..............
Ursus americanus luteolus
T
PLANTS..........
LADIES'-TRESSES, NAVASOTA.............................................
Spiranthes parksii
E
SAND-VERBENA, LARGE-FRUITED................................... _ ....
Abronia macrocarpa
E
LIBERTY ..............
BIRDS ...........
..................................
EAGLE,BALD........... ...............
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
WOODPECKER, RED-COCKADED...........................................
Picoides borealis
E
LIMESTONE ...........
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ......... .........
Grus americana
EAGLE,BALD ...... _....................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
LIPSCOMB ............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ......................................... .........
Grus americana
E,CH
' LIVE OAK .............
MAMMALS .......
JAGUARUNDI
Felis yagouaroundi tolteca
E
OCELOT .... ...........................................................
Felis pardalis
E
PLANTS_ ........
SPIDERLING, NIATHIS .... _...............................................
Boerhavia mathisiana
E
LLANO................
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.. ......................
Grus americana
E,CH
�- -
VIREO, BLACK-CAPPED...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
°---
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED .......... ..........................
Dendroica chrysopana
E
LOVING ............. . .
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO..........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
E
MADISON .............
PLANTS ...... _ ..
LADIES'-TRESSES, NAVASOTA .............. ..............................
Spiranthes parksii
E
' MARION ..............
BIRDS ... '.......
EAGLE,BALD.............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
-
WOODPECKER. RED-COCKADED...........................................
Picoides borealis
E
MAMMALS.... ..
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK ................................................
Ursus americanus luteolus
T
Key: E - Endangered, T - Threatened, CH - Critical Habitat
IV. COUNTY/SPECIES LIST—CONTINUED
[The following list identifies federally listed or proposed U.S. species by State and County. It has been updated through December 31. 1999.]
Action/
MASON ...............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ..... ..-.... .... .... ...................... ............
Grus americana
E,CH
MATAGORDA .........
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ......................... ... ..... .... ..:..............
Gms americana
E,CH
EAGLE,BALD .............................. ........ ....... ............
Haliaeetus Ieucocephalus
T
PELICAN, BROWN ........ ............... ............. .... ...
Pelicanus occidentalis
E
PLOVER, PIPING..........................................................
Charadrius melodus
E,T
REPTILES ........
TURTLE, GREEN SEA ........................ .............................
Chelonia mydas
E T,CH
TURTLE, HAWKSBILL SEA .................................................
Eretmochelys imbricata
E,CH
TURTLE, KEMP'S (ATLANTIC) RIDLEY SEA ..................................
Lepidochelys kempii
E
TURTLE, LEATHERBACK SEA ................................. ............
Dermochelys coriacea
E,CH
TURTLE, LOGGERHEAD SEA _ _..........................................
Caretta caretta
T
MAVERICK ............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ...................... .... ..
Gnts americana
E.CH
EAGLE,BALD .............................. ... ............ ...........
Haliaeetus Ieucocephalus
T
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO ........ _ ...... .........................
Falco femoralis septentrionahs
E
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
MAMMALS .......
OCELOT................................................................
Felis pardalis
E
REPTILES ........
SNAKE, CONCHO WATER.. . ............. ....... .... ... .. .... .....
Nerodia harteri paucimaculata
T,CH
MC LENNAN ..........
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ............................ ....................
Vireo atricapillus
E
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED.....................................
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
MC MULLEN ..........
MAMMALS .......
OCELOT..................................................................
Felis pardalis
E
MEDINA ..............
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED.....................................
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
MENARD .......... _ .
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED .............................. ....................
Vireo atricapillus
E
MENARD .............
FISHES ..........
GAMBUSIA, CLEAR CREEK ................... .. .........................
Gambusia heterochir
E
MIDLAND ...........
BIRDS .... ......
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Gms americana
E,CH
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO..........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
E
MILAM ...............
AMPHIBIANS .....
TOAD, HOUSTON..........................................................
Bufo houstonensis
E,CH
MILLS ................
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING .... ......... ......... ............. ,................ ...
Grusamericana
E,CH
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
REPTILES ........
SNAKE, CONCHO WATER ...................... .. ........................
Nerodia harteri paucimaculata
T,CH
MITCHELL ............
PLANTS ..........
POPPY -MALLOW. TEXAS ..................................................
Callirhoe scabriuscula
E
MONTAGUE ...........
BIRDS ..........
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Grus americana
E,CH
EAGLE,BALD .................. ......................... ......... ....
Haliaeetus Ieucocephalus
T
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ................................... .... ....
Sterna anti llamm
E
MONTGOMERY .......
BIRDS ..........
EAGLE,BALD ............... ..........................................
Haliaeetus Ieucocephalus
T
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED. .................................. .....
Picoides borealis
E
MOORE ........ ......
BIRDS ..........
EAGLE,BALD .......................... ......................... .....
Haliaeetus Ieucocephalus
T
FISHES ..........
SHINER, SHINER, ARKANSAS RIVER ........................................
Notropisgirardi
T
MORRIS ........ .....
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ........................... .................. _ .. _ ... _
Haliaeetus Ieucocephalus
T
NACOGDOCHES .......
BIRDS ..........
EAGLE,BALD......................................... ..................
Haliaeetus Ieucocephalus
T
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED .........................................
Picoides borealis
E
MAMMALS .......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK ...................................... I ..........
Ursus americanus Iuteolus
T
NEWTON.... .....
BIRDS ... ......
EAGLE,BALD ............................................................
Haliaeetus Ieucocephalus
T
WOODPECKER- RED -COCKADED ..........................................
Picoides borealis
E
NUECES ..............
BIRDS ..........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO. ...................... ..................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
E
. ................
PELICAN,BROWN ............................... .. .......
Pelicanus occidentalis
E
PLOVER, PIPING .......... .... .......... _ .......... ...................
Charadrius melodus
E,T
MAMMALS ... _ ..
JAGUARUNDI ............................................................
Felis yagouaroundi tolteca
E
OCELOT......................................... _ .....................
Felispardalis
E
PLANTS ..........
AMBROSIA, SOUTH TEXAS .................... I ...................... — I
Ambrosia cheiranthifolia
E
AYENIA,TEXAS..........................................................
Ayenia limitaris
E
RUSH -PEA, SLENDER. . . ... ... ..... .. .. . .. ....... ...........
Hoffmannseggia tenella
E
REPTILES ......
TURTLE, GREEN SEA ..................................... . ........ . .......
Chelonia mydas
E,T,CH
TURTLE, HAWKSBILL SEA ................................. ..............
Eretmochelys imbricata
E,CH
TURTLE, KEMP'S (ATLANTIC) RIDLEY SEA ................. .. .........
Lepidochelys kempii
E
TURTLE, LEATHERBACK SEA ................ ..................... ..... ..
Dermochelys coriacea
E,CH
TURTLE, LOGGERHEAD SEA ..............................................
Caretta caretta
T
Key E - Endangered, T - Threatened, CH - Critical Habitat
IV. COUNTY/SPECIES LIST—CONTINUED
^ [The following list identifies federally listed or proposed U.S. species by State and County. It has been updated through December 31, 1999.]
State/County
Group name
Inverse name
Scientific name
OCHILTREE .........
BIRDS ... ...
CRANE, WHOOPING ................ .................
Grus americana
OLDAM
FISHES ..
SHINER, SHINER, ARKANSAS RIVER ........................................
Notropis_irardi
ORANGE ..............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ................... _.......................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
PALO PINTO.
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING .............................. ........................
Grus americana
P_
.....................
EAGLE,BALD.................................. ....
Haliaeetus leucocephal us
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED ..................... .....................
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
°- -
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED ............ ................ ...
Dendroica chrysoparia
PANOLA .............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
+u^
BIRDS ...........
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED ... .... ............
Picoides borealis
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
MAMMALS .......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK .................................................
Ursus americanus luteol us
:. PARKER .. ......... . .
BIRDS . .........
CR -ANE, WHOOPING ........................... .. .......................
Grus americana
PECOS ................
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
ruse
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO ........... ..............................
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
FISHES ..........
GAMBUSIA, PECOS ....................... ... ..
...........................
Gambusia nobil is
-
PUPFISH, LEON SPRINGS ....................................... ..........
Cyprinodon bovinus
PLANTS .........
SUNFLOWER, PECOS......................................................
Helianthus, paradoxus
POLK .................
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ....................... _..................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
`
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED ..................... .....................
Picoides borealis
..
PLANTS ..........
PHLOX,TEXAS TRAILING ..................................................
Phlox nivalis ssp. texensis
POTTER ...............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
FISHES ..... ....
SHINER, SHINER, ARKANSAS RIVER ........................................
Notropis girardi
PRESIDIO ....
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO ........... ..............................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
..
PLANTS ..........
CACTUS, LLOYD'S MARIPOSA ............................................
Neolloydia mariposensis -
.
OAK, HINCKLEY .................................................. .......
Quercus hinckleyi
RANDALL
BIRDS
EAGLE,BALD
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
.............
...........
...........................................................
REAL .................
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...................... ............................
Vireo atricapillus
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED.....................................
Dendroica chrysoparia
Ancistrocactus tobuschii
PLANTS ..........
CACTUS, TOBUSCH FISHHOOK .............................................
(=Echinocactus t., Mammila)
SNOWBELLS, TEXAS ......................................................
Styrax texana
RED RIVER ............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ..................... ........ ...........
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
-.
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ...............................................
Sterna antillarum
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED ................. ...
Picoides borealis
REEVES ..............
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO ... ........
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
`
FISHES ..........
GAMBUSIA, PECOS.................................. _ ..... _ ...........
- Gambusia nobilis
PUPFISH, COMANCHE SPRINGS ...................................... ......
Cyprinodon elegans
PLANTS ..........
SUNFLOWER, PECOS.. .. .. ... ........ .._ ......... _ ... _ .............
Helianthus paradoxus
REFUGIO ...... _
.. _
BIRDS ..... - .
...
CRANE, WHOOPING ..................... ............. ..
.................
Grus americana
a.. `.'
EAGLE, BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
-
PELICAN, BROWN .............. ....... ..............
Pelicanus occidentalis
PLOVER, PIPING ..........................................................
Charadrius melodus
+r"+
PRAIRIE -CHICKEN, ATTW.ATER'S GREATER .................................
Tympanuchus cupido attwateri
MAMMALS .......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK .................................................
Ursus americanus luteolus
- -
PLANTS ..........
CACTUS, BLACK LACE ....................................................
Echinocereus reichenbachii var. albertii
ROBERTS ............
BIRDS ...........
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ............................. ......
Sterna amillarum
FISHES ..........
SHINER, SHINER, ARKANSAS RIVER ........................ .......
Notropisgirardi
(
ROBERTSON .........
AMPHIBIANS..
..............................................
TOAD, HOUSTON...........
Bufo houstonensis
�-
-
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ................................ _ ..... ...........
Grus americana
EAGLE,BALD...........................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
P"
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST .... ......... _ ..........................
Sterna anti Ilanna
MAMMALS.......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK .................................................
Ursus americanus luteolus
c.
PLANTS..........
LADIES' -TRESSES, NAVASOTA ............. ............. ... .....
Spiranthes parksti
SAND -VERBENA, LARGE -FRUITED ........................................
Abronia macrocarpa
RUNNELS .............
BIRDS ..........
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
PLANTS .. .......
POPPY -MALLOW, TEXAS ...... ............................................
Callirhoe scabriuscula
`.
REPTILES ........
SNAKE, CONCHO WATER .................................................
Nerodia harteri paucimaculata
RUSK .................
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ......... ....................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
Key: E - Endangered, T - Threatened, CH - Critical Habitat
ems-+
IV. COUNTY/SPECIES LIST—CONTINUED
[The following list identifies federally listed or proposed U.S. species by State and County. It has been updated through December 31, 1999.1
State/Corm tv
Group name
Inverse name
Scientific name
Action/
Status
MAMMALS .. ....
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK ......................................... .......
Ursus americanus luteolus
T
SABNE ..............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ..... _.....................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED ..........................................
Picoides borealis
E
SAN .AUGUSTINE ......
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ....... .... _ .. _.................................... .....
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED ...........................................
Picoides borealis
E
PLANTS..........
BLADDERPOD, WHITE ........... ..... .... _..... ........................
Lesquerella pall ida
E
SAN JACINTO..........
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ...........................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED. .... ......................
Picoides borealis
E
SAN PATRICIO ........
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ................................................. _ ....
Grus americana
E,CH
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO..........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
E
PELICAN, BROWN ........................................................
Pehcanus occi dental is
E
PLOVER, PIPNG..........................................................
Charadrius melodus
E,T
MAMMALS .......
JAGUARUNDI.................................................. ..........
Felisyagouaroundi tolteca
E
OCELOT.................................................................
Felis pardalis
E
PLANTS ..........
SPIDERLING, MATHIS ... .............
Boerhavia mathisiana
E
SAN SABA ............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Gms americana
E,CH
EAGLE,BALD ............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED.....................................
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
REPTILES ........
SNAKE, CONCHO WATER .................................................
Nerodia harten paucimaculata
T,CH
SHACKELFORD ........
BIRDS ...... ....
EAGLE,BALD .......................... ................ ........... ....
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
SHELBY ....... ......
BIRDS ...... ....
EAGLE,BALD....................................... ....................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
WOODPECKER, RED -COCKADED .......................................
Picoides borealis
E
MAMMALS .......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK ................................................
Ursus americanus luteolus
T
SOMERVELL ..........
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ................................. .....................
Grus americans
E,CH
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ..... ............................ ...............
Vireo atricapillus
E
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED..................... ................
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
STARR ................
BIRDS ...........
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST .............................................
Sterna antillarum
E
MAMMALS .. ....
JAGUARUNDI ............................................................
Felis yagouaroundi tolteca
E
OCELOT ................................................................
Felis pardalis
E
PLANTS ..........
BLADDERPOD, ZAPATA..................................................
Lesquerella thamnophila
E
CACTUS, STAR ........................................... ...............
Astrophytum asterias (=Echinocactus asterias)
E
DOGWEED, ASHY ........................................................
Dyssodia tephroleuca
E
FRANKENIA, JOHNSTON'S ......................... .......................
Frankenia johnstonii
E
MANIOC, WALKER'S .................................. ......... .........
Manihot walkerae
E
STEPHENS .. ...... ..
BIRDS ...........
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED.....................................
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
CRANE, WHOOPING ........................................ _ ............
Grus americana
E,CH
TARRANT .............
BIRDS ......... .
PLOVER, PIPING .................................................. .......
Charadrius melodus
E,T
TAYLOR ..............
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ...............................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
TERRELL .......:....
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO ........................ ...... .. I ......
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
E
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ......................................... ... ....
Vireo atricapillus
E
PLANTS ..........
CACTUS, BUNCHED CORY ..... ......................... ..................
Coryphantha ramillosa
T
THROCKMORTON .....
BIRDS ..........
CRANE, WHOOPING ....................................... ... . ........
Grus americana
E,CH
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..............................................
Sterna antillarum
E
TOM GREEN ...........
BIRDS ..........
EAGLE,BALD ............................. .... ...........................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
T
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ..................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
REPTILES ........
SNAKE, CONCHO WATER .............................................. ...
Nerodia harten paucimaculata
T,CH
TRAVIS ...............
AMPHIBIANS .....
SALAMANDER, BARTON SPRINGS ........... ..............................
Eurycea sosorum
E
ARACHNIDS ......
HARVESTMAN. BEE CREEK CAVE ................................ ........
Texella reddelli
E
HARVESTMAN, BONE CAVE ............ _ _ .......................... ....
Texellarevesi
E
PSEUDOSCORPION, TOOTH CAVE ..........................................
Microcreagnstexana
E
SPIDER, TOOTH CAVE ....................................................
Leptoneta myopica
E
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING ........... _ ............. ..........................
Grusamericana
E,CH
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED .............. .. ...............................
Vireo atricapillus
E
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED...................................
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
INSECTS .........
BEETLE, COFFIN CAVE MOLD ..............................................
Bastrisodes texanus
E
Key: E - Endangered, T - Threatened, CH - Critical Habitat
IV. COUNTY/SPECIES LIST—CONTINUED
! [The following list identifies federally listed or proposed U.S. species by State and County. It has been updated through December 31, 1999.]
State/County
name
Inverse name
Scientific name
FGSrou
BEETLE. KRETSCHMARR CAVE MOLD. ........... ........ .............
Texamaurops reddelli
BEETLE. TOOTH CAVE GROUND................. . ............. _ ..........
Rhadine persephone
TRINITY .............
..... " _ ...
EAGLE, BALD..
........................................................ ..
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
WOODPECKER, RED-COCKADED ......... ....... . .........................
Picoides borealis
1r""S TYLER ................
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD ............... _...........................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
WOODPECKER, RED-COCKADED ..................... .....................
Picoides borealis
'
PLANTS ..........
PHLOX, TEXAS TRAILING................................................. "
Phlox nivalis ssp. texensis
UPSHUR ..............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE,BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
MAMMALS.. . ....
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK ...................
Ursus amencanus luteolus
UVALDE ..............
BIRDS ...........
VIREO, BLACK-CAPPED...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED.....................................
Dendroica chrysoparia
PLANTS.. . ....
CACTUS, BLACK LACE.....................................................
Echinocereus reichenbachii var. albertii
Ancistrocactus tobuschii
CACTUS, TOBUSCH FISHHOOK........................................ _ ...
(=Echinocactus t., Mammila)
SNOWBELLS, TEXAS.......................................................
Styrax texana
VAL VERDE ...........
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE, BALD...........................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO ............... ..........................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
`
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..............................................
Sterna anti llamm
VIREO, BLACK-CAPPED...................................................
Vireo atricapillus
FISHES ..........
MINNOW, DEVILS RIVER...... ...................."....... ................
Diondadiaboli
Ancistrocactus tobuschii
-
e.....
PLANTS..........
CACTUS, TOBUSCHFISHHOOK ..
"""""""............................
(=Echinocactus t., Mammila)
SNOWBELLS, TEXAS ............................. ........................
Styrax texana
. VICTORIA .............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING........................................................
Grusamericana
EAGLE,BALD ...........................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
-
PELICAN, BROWN ........................................................
Pelicans occidentalis
MAMMALS .......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK................................... .............
Ursus americanus luteolus
REPTILES ........
TURTLE,CAGLE's MAP....................................................
Graptemyscaglei
WALKER ..............
BIRDS ...........
EAGLE, BALD............................................................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
A
WOODPECKER, RED-COCKADED...........................................
Picoides borealis
EAGLE,BALD....................... ..................... ............. .."
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
WARD ................
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO..........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
WASHINGTON .........
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Grus americana
EAGLE,BALD................................... _ .......................
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
'.
PRAIRIE-CHICKEN, ATTWATER'S GREATER .. - " ......... ...................
Tympanuchus cupido attwaten
-
MAMMALS .......
BEAR, LOUISIANA BLACK ...... "..........................................
Ursus americanus luteolus
PLANTS .........
LADIES'-TRESSES, NAVASOTA ............ I ...... " .........................
Spiranthes parksii
v" WEBB ...............
BIRDS ....... ...
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO .........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..............................................
Sterna antillarum
_..
MAMMALS .......
OCELOT.................................................................
Felis pardalis
PLANTS ..........
DOGWEED, ASHY.........................................................
Dyssodia tephroleuca
WHARTON ............
.
BIRDS ... .....
CRANEWHOOPING ...............
, ..... ......... ............................
Grus americana
EAGLE,BALD........................................ _ .... .............
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
WHEELER .............
BIRDS ...........
......................
CRANE, WHOOPING .... ............................
Grus !,
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..............................................
Sterna anti llarum
..., WICHITA .............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Grus amencana
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..............................................
Sterna anti llarum
WILBARGER ..........
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Grus americana
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..............................................
Sterna anti llarum
WILLACY .............
f"^
BIRDS ...........
CURLEW, ESKIMO ................. .....................................
Numenius borealis
"
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO..........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
x•
PELICAN, BROWN ................................ _ .................... -
Pelicanus occidentalis
PLOVER, PIPING ........................... ..............................
Characinusmelodus
r—
MAMMALS .......
JAGUARUNDI.............................................................
Felisyagouaroundi tolteca
OCELOT.................................................................
Felis pardalis
'..
REPTILES ........
TURTLE, GREEN SEA......................................................
Cheloniamydas
TURTLE, HAWKSBILL SEA.................................................
Eretmochelys imbricata
Key: E - Endangered, T - Threatened, CH - Critical Habitat
IV. COUNTY/SPECIES LIST—CONTINUED
[The following list identifies federally listed or proposed U.S. species by State and County. It has been updated through December 31, 1999.1
State/County
Group name
Inverse name
Scientific name
Action/
Status
TURTLE, KEMP'S (ATLANTIC) RIDLEY SEA ....... .......................
Lepidochelys kempit
E
TURTLE, LEATHERBACK SEA ..............................................
Dermochelys conacea
E,CH
TURTLE. LOGGERHEAD SEA ........................... ...................
Caretta caretta
T
WILLIAMSON ..........
ARACHNIDS ......
HARVESTMAN, BEE CREEK CAVE ................. ......... ..............
Texella reddelli
E
HARVESTMAN, BONE CAVE ...............................................
Texella reyesi
E
PSEUDOSCORPION, TOOTH CAVE ..........................................
Microcreagris texana
E
SPIDER, TOOTH CAVE .................................. ...................
Leptoneta myopica
E
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING .................................................. ...
Grus americana
E,CH
VIREO, BLACK -CAPPED ..................................................
Vireo atricapillus
E
WARBLER (WOOD), GOLDEN-CHEEKED ................ ..................
Dendroica chrysoparia
E
INSECTS .........
BEETLE, COFFIN CAVE MOLD ................................... ..........
Bastrisodes texanus
E
BEETLE, KRETSCHMARR CAVE MOLD ......................................
Texamaurops reddelli
E
BEETLE, TOOTH CAVE GROUND .......... ....................... .........
Rhadine Persephone
E
WILSON ..............
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING........................................................
Grusamericana
E,CH
WINKLER .............
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO..........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
E
WISE ..................
BIRDS ...........
CRANE, WHOOPING.......................................................
Grus americana
E,CH
YOUNG ............. .
BIRDS ...........
............................................
CRANE, WHOOPING .... .......
Grus americana
E,CH
ZAPATA .......... _ ..
BIRDS ...........
FALCON, NORTHERN APLOMADO...........................................
Falco femoralis septentrionalis
E
-
TERN, INTERIOR (POP) LEAST ..............................................
Sterna antillamm
E
MAMMALS .......
JAGUARL'NDI.............................................................
Felisyagouaroundi tolteca
E
OCELOT ......................................... ......................
Felis pardalis
E
PLANTS ........
BLADDERPOD, ZAPATA...................................................
Lesquerella thamnophila
E
DOGWEED, ASHY .......... ................................... ..
Dyssodia tephroleuca
E
FRANKENIA,JOHNSTON'S.................................................
Frankeniajohnstonii
E
Key: E - Endangered, T - Threatened, CH - Critical Habitat
rte+
J��(ED STgr�s. /Fi E G j0.
o �
EPA NPDES
?s�yT'9tp O'(g Storm Water Program
i •� �2.
e^*. R �R C E�ii
The following information is posted in compliance with Part IV.B.2. of the NPDES Region 6 Storm Water Construction
.., General Permit [63 Fed. Rea. 36502]. This form should be posted in a conspicuous place accessible by the public at the
entrance of the facility. All parties that either individually, or taken together, meet the definition of "operator," must be
permitted. Each party should complete and post a separate form. Each of these parties must have separate and distinct
NPDES permit numbers (e.g. a separate permit is typically needed for each Owner/Developer, General Contractor. and/or
Builder). If you do not know your NPDES Permit Number. contact the NOI Processing Center at (301)495-4145. EPA's
Region 6 storm water hotline phone number is (800)245-6510. If you have mailed your NOI application form and have
not received a permit number, you must post a copy of the NOI application form next to this document until you receive
your permit number. This form was prepared as an example and it is not a required form for use with the permit. This
information may be displayed in alternative form or formats within guidelines set forth in the permit. Additional
information regarding the NPDES Region 6 storm water program may be found on the Internet at
http:'/www.epa.aov/region6/sw/. Any person with a complaint about the operation of this facility in regards to this
?^ permit should contact EPA Region 6 at (214)665-7112.
Permit Number -
Contact Name
Contact Phone
Project Description
SWPPP Location (only
necessary if the site is inactive or does no
have an on-site location to store the plan.
hqp://www.epa.lrov/earth 1 r6/6en/w/sw/sil;n.pdf Revision 4, October 28, 1999
No Text
J'�E� SrRrs EPA NPDES
1,4V A,
o Construction
�y. 71r'4C PROWG Inspection Form
The following inspection is being performed in compliance with Part IV.D.4. of the NPDES Region 6 Storm Water Construction General Permit [63 Fed. Ree. 36502] and
P_ being retained in accordance with Part V of the Permit. Qualified personnel (provided by the permittee or cooperatively by multiple permittees) shall inspect disturbed areas
of the construction site that have not been finally stabilized, areas used for storage of materials that are exposed to precipitation, placement and effectiveness of structural
control measures, and locations where vehicles enter or exit the site. Inspections shall be performed at least once every 14 days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm
event of 0.5 inches or greater. Where sites have been temporarily stabilized, runoff is unlikely due to winter conditions, or 11 during seasonal arid periods in and areas (0-10
inches of rainfall annually) and semi -arid areas (10-20 inches annually) such inspections shall be conducted at least once every month This form is primarily intended
Polkfor use with construction projects in Texas and New Mexico. Permittees on Indian Country lands in Oklahoma, Louisiana and Arkansas and some oil and gas facilities
in Oklahoma may use this form if they are eligible for this permit. Other facilities need to check with their NPDES authority before using this form.
If you do not know your NPDES Permit Number, contact the NOI Processing Center at (301)195-4145. This form was prepared as an example and it is not a required form
�. for use with the permit. Alternative forms may be used if they contain all of the required information as set forth in the permit. This form and additional information
regarding the NPDES Region 6 storm water program may be found on the Internet at httn:,,www.ena.2oy/reeion6.%sw!. Any person with a complaint about the operation
of this facility in regards to this permit should contact EPA Region 6 at (214)665-7112
i
Permit Number(s) covered by this
inspection (e.g. owners, developers,
general contractor, builders)
Signature and Certification in accordance
I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared
with Part VI.G of the permit:
under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that
qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based
on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons
directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the
best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there
are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of
fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.
Signature Date
Date of Inspection
Inspector Name
Is there a copy of the permit language
• YES 0 NO
with the SWPPP?
Is the inspector qualified and are the
• YES • NO
qualifications documented in the
-
SWPPP?
Is an NPDES storm water construction
• YES 0 NO
sign posted at the entrance for all
permittees?
You may want to use EPA Region 6 construction checklist to assure components of the SWPPP are complete. This form, the construction sign,
and the checklist are available on the Region 6 NPDES Storm Water Forms and Documents web page which may be found on the internet at
httl):/hrtivw.eya.gov/earth I r6/6en/w/fotmsw.htm In addition to the checklist, you should provide a narrative (see next page) on the existing Best
Management Practices and Structural Controls found during each inspection. Any problems identified in an inspection should be corrected
within 7 days. The inspection should cover all components of the SWPPP and all potential pollutants. While eroded soil is the primary pollutant
of concern, do not forget to inspect for other pollutant sources such as fuel tanks, paints, solvents, stabilization materials, concrete hardner, batch
plants, and construction debris. The inspector will need to update the SWPPP to reflect findings of the inspection. The site map should be
updated after an inspection to show controls that have been added or removed, to ensure the site map is kept current in accordance with Part IV.C.
of the permit.
Revision 4, March 1, 2000
ve Findings of the inspection:
Observations should include any findings of Best Management Practices or controls that are not in accordance with the
SWPPP. If a control is not in place or failed, observe the reason why. A control removed temporarily for work is not
necessarily a violation if properly recorded in the SWPPP. If it has been removed, record why it was removed and, if
applicable, when it will be reinstalled. If the control has failed, observe the conditions so a conclusion may be made as to
wether the control failed for improper maintenance or improper design. The qualified inspector will know when a failed
control is inadequate and should be replaced by an improved control mechanism. Qualified inspectors are to have
authority to make changes to the SWPPP to assure compliance. Controls that have not been installed should be given a
reason why they are not installed and/or a scheduled date for installation if they are designed for a later phase of
construction. After the inspection, the SWPPP and its site map should be updated to reflect current conditions of controls
and Best Management Practices at the time of the inspection. This includes removing uninstalled controls from the site
map or otherwise denoting on the site map if they are no longer installed if the controls have been removed because they
are no longer necessary (e.g. stabilization has been achieved in that area).
Revision 4, March 1, 2000
R.,
By signing this authorization, I confirm that I meet the following requirements to make such a designation as set
forth in either Part VI.G.1 of the Construction general permit [63 Fed Reg 36506] or Part 9.7. of the Multi -Sector
general permit [65 Fed Reg 64746-64880].
For a corporation: by a responsible corporate officer. For the purpose of this section, a responsible corporate officer means: a president,
secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function or any other person who performs
similar policy or decision making functions for the corporation; or the manager of one or more manufacturing, production or operating
facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25,000,000 (in second quarter 1980
dollars) if authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures.
For a partnership or sole proprietorship: by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively.
For a municipality, State, Federal or other public agency: by either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. For purposes of
this section, a principal executive officer of a Federal agency includes (1) the chief executive officer of the agency, or (2) a senior executive
officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency (e.g. Regional Administrators of EPA).
"I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or
supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the
information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons
directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief,
true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including
the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations."
Ism
"Director"
US EPA Region 6
1445 Ross Ave., Suite 1200 (6EN-W)
Dallas, TX 75202-2733
NPDES Storm Water General Permit No.
Delegating an "Authorized Representative"
Dear Director:
This letter serves to designate either a person or specifically described position as an authorized person for
signing reports, stone water pollution prevention plans, certifications or other information requested by the Director or
required by the permit. This authorization cannot be used for signing an NPDES permit application (e.g. Notice of
Intent (NOI)) in accordance with 40 CFR 122.22. The following person or position is hereby authorized to sign
reports, plans or certifications other than the NOI application:
Name Title
You are encouraged to print this out on your company letterhead.
Date
No Text
§ 117.2
40 CFR Ch. 1 (7-1-97 Edition)
RO in pounds (kilograms)
Acetaldehyde.............................................................................................................
C ....................
(4) All impoundments of waters oth-
0) Process waste water means any
Aceticacid.................................................................................................................
erwise defined as navigable waters
water which, during manufacturing or
under this paragraph;
processing, comes into direct contact
5,000 (2,270)
(5) Tributaries of waters identified in
with or results from the production or
f
paragraphs (i) (1) through (4) of this
use of any raw material, intermediate
Acetylbromide...........................................................................................................
section, including adjacent wetlands;
product, finished product, byproduct,
`
and
or waste product.
5,000 (2,270)
(6) Wetlands adjacent to waters iden-
i44 FR 50776, Aug. 29, 1979, as amended at 58
7
tified in paragraphs (i) (1) through (5)
FR 45039, Aug. 25, 19931
Acrylonitrile................................................................................................................
of this section ("Wetlands" means
100 (45.4)
those areas that are inundated or satu-
§117.2 Abbreviations.
5,000 (2.270)
rated by surface or ground water at a
NPDES equals National Pollutant
X ....................
frequency and duration sufficient to
Discharge Elimination System. RQ
Allyl alcohol................................................................................................................
support, and that under normal cir-
equals reportable quantity.
cumstances do support, a prevalence of
C ....................
1.000 (454)
vegetation typically adapted for life in
§117.3 Determination of reportable
D ....................
saturated soil conditions. Wetlands
quantities.
Ammonia....................................................................................................................
generally included playa lakes,
Each substance in Table 117.3 that is
swamps, marshes, bogs, and similar
listed in Table 302.4, 40 CFR part 302, is
5,000 (2,270)
areas such as sloughs, prairie potholes,
assigned the reportable quantity listed
-
wet meadows, prairie river overflows,
in Table 302.4 for that substance.
Ammonium bicarbonate.............................................................................................
mudflats, and natural ponds): Provided,
5,000 (2,270)
,.
That waste treatment systems (other
TABLE 117.3—REPORTABLE QUANTITIES
10 (4.54)
than cooling ponds meeting the cri-
of HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES DES-
B ....................
teria of this paragraph) are not waters
IGNATED PURSUANT TO SECTION 311 of
Ammonium bisulfite...................................................................................................
of the United States.
THE CLEAN WATER ACT
Navigable waters do not include prior
NOTE: The first number under the column
5,000 (2,270)
converted cropland. Notwithstanding
headed "RQ" is the reportable quantity in
D ....................
the determination of an area's status
pounds. The number in parentheses is the
Ammonium chloride...................................................................................................
as prior converted cropland by any
metric equivalent in kilograms. For conven-
other federal agency, for the purposes
ience, the table contains a column headed
*'Category"
10 (4.54)
of the Clean Water Act, the final au-
which lists the code letters "X",
B
e�+
thorit regarding Clean Water Act u-
Y g g j
o
portable quantities of I, 10, 100; 1000; and 5000
Cti and f 1, associated with 000
484
risdiction remains with EPA.
pounds, respectively.
TABLE 117.3—REPORTABLE QUANTITIES OF HAZARDOUS
SUBSTANCES DESIGNATED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 311 OF THE
CLEAN WATER ACT
Material
Category
RO in pounds (kilograms)
Acetaldehyde.............................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Aceticacid.................................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Aceticanhydride........................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
!a"9
Acetone cyanohydnn.................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Acetylbromide...........................................................................................................
D ....................
5.000 (2,270)
Acetylchloride...........................................................................................................
D - ..................
5,000 (2,270)
Acrolein......................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Acrylonitrile................................................................................................................
B ..................-
100 (45.4)
Adipicacid.................................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2.270)
..+
Aldrin..........................................................................................................................
X ....................
1(0.454)
' ....
Allyl alcohol................................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Allylchloride..............................................................................................................
C ....................
1.000 (454)
Aluminumsulfate.......................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Ammonia....................................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Ammoniumacetate....................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Ammoniumbenzoate.................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
�r+e
Ammonium bicarbonate.............................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Ammoniumbichromate ..............................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Ammoniumbifluoride.................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
..
Ammonium bisulfite...................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Ammoniumcarbamate..............................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Ammoniumcarbonate...............................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
/tea
Ammonium chloride...................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2.270)
Ammoniumchromate................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
,.
Ammonium citrate dibasic.........................................................................................
D - ............. .....
5,000 (2,270)
484
Environmental Protection Agency §117.3
TABLE 117.3—REPORTABLE QUANTITIES OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES DESIGNATED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 311 OF THE CLEAN WATER ACT—Continued
Material I Category I RO in pounds (kilograms)
Ammonium fluoborate...............................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2.270)
Ammoniumfluoride....................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Ammonium hydroxide................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Ammoniumoxalate....................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Ammoniumsilicofluoride............................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Ammoniumsulfamate................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Ammonium sulfide......................................................... ...................................:......:.
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Ammoniumsulfite......................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Ammoniumtartrate....................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2.270)
Ammoniumthiocyanate.............................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Amylacetate..............................................................................................................
D ....................
5.000 (2,270)
Aniline........................................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Antimonypentachloride.............................................................................................
C ....................
1.000 (454)
Antimony potassium tartrate......................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Antimonytribromide...................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Antimonytrichloride...................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Antimony trifluoride....................................................................................................
C ....................
1.000 (454)
Antimonytrioxide.......................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Arsenicdisulfide..............................................................................r .......... ;..............
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Arsenicpentoxide......................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Arsenictrichloride......................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Arsenictrioxide...................................................................................................:......
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Arsenictrisulfide........................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Bariumcyanide..........................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Benzene.....................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Benzoicacid..................................................................................................... .........
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Benzonitrile................................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Benzoylchloride........................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Benzylchloride..........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Berylliumchloride......................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Berylliumfluoride.......................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Berylliumnitrate.........................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Butylacetate...............................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Butylamine.................................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
n -Butyl phthalate........................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Butyricacid................................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2270)
Cadmiumacetate......................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Cadmiumbromide................................................................:....................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Cadmiumchloride......................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Calciumarsenate.......................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Calciumarsenite............................ ......................... :........................... .......................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Calciumcarbide ........................... ..'..........................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Calciumchromate......................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Calciumcyanide........................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Calcium dodecylbenzenesulfonate............................................................................
C ....................
1.000 (454)
Calciumhypochlorite.................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Captain.......................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Carbaryl.....................................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Carbofuran.................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Carbondisulfide.........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Carbontetrachloride..................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Chlordane...................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Chlorine.....................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Chlorobenzene..........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Chloroform........................... ............................................ ..........................................
A .....................
10 (4.54)
Chlorosulfonicacid....................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Chlorpyrifos................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Chromicacetate........................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Chromicacid..............................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Chromicsulfate..........................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Chromouschloride....................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Cobaltous bromide....................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Cobaltousformate.....................................................................................................C
....................
1.000 (454)
Cobaltous sulfamate................................... ............................. ....... .......... .................
C ....................
1.000 (454)
Coumaphos...............................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Cresol........................................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Crotonaldehyde.........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Cupricacetate...........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Cupricacetoarsenite..................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Cupricchloride...........................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Cupricnitrate.............................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
485
P"
R"""
§ 117.3 40 CFR Ch. 1 (7-1-97 Edition)
TABLE .117.3 -REPORTABLE QUANTITIES OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES DESIGNATED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 311 OF THE CLEAN WATER ACT -Continued
Material I Category I RQ in pounds (kilograms)
Cupricoxalate............................................................................................................
B ....................
loo (45.4)
Cupricsulfate.............................................................................................................
A - ...............
.. 10 (4.54)
Cupricsulfate, ammoniated.......................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Cuprictartrate............................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Cyanogenchloride.....................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Cyclohexane..............................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
2,4-D Acid..................................................................................................................
8 ....................
100 (45.4)
2,4-D Esters...............................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
DDT...........................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Diazinon.....................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Dicamba..................................................................................................................-
C ....................
1.000 (454)
Dichlobenil.................................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Dichtone.....................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Dichlorobenzene........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Dichloropropane........................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Dichloropropene........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Dichloropropene-Dichloropropane (mixture).............................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
22-Dichloropropionic acid.........................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Dichlorvos..................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Dicofol........................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Dieldrin.......................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Diethylamine..............................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Dimethylamine...........................................................................................................
C ....................
1.000 (454)
Dinitrobenzene(mixed).............................................................................................
8 ....................
100 (45.4)
Dinitrophenol..............................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (45.4)
Dinitrotoluene.............................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Diquat........................................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Disulfoton...................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Diuron........................................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid....................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Endosulfan.................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Endrin........................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Epichlorohydrin..........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Ethion.........................................................................................................................
A - ................
10 (4.54)
Ethylbenzene.............................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Ethylenediamine........................................................................................................
D ....................
5.000 (2,270)
Ethylenediamine-tetraacetic acid (EDTA).................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Ethylenedibromide....................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Ethylenedichloride....................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Ferricammonium citrate............................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Ferricammonium oxalate..........................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Ferricchloride............................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Ferricfluoride.............................................................................................................
B - ............
100 (45.4)
Ferricnitrate...............................................................................................................
C - .................
1,000 (454)
Ferricsulfate..............................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Ferrous ammonium sulfate ............... -.....................................................................
.
C ....................
1.000 (454)
Ferrouschloride.........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Ferroussulfate ...................................... ........... :.........................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Formaldehyde............................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Formicacid................................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Fumaricacid..............................................................................................................
D ....................
5.000 (2.270)
Furfural ....... ........... ......... ........ ................
......... .........
D .................
5.000 (2,270)
Guthion......................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Heptachlor.................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene.......................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Hydrochloricacid.......................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Hydrofluoricacid........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Hydrogencyanide......................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Hydrogensulfide........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Isoprene.....................................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Isopropanolamine dodecylbenzenesulfonate............................................................
C .................-
1,000 (454)
Kepone......................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Leadacetate..............................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Leadarsenate .................................. ............................... -.... ...............
.....................
X .................-
1 (0.454)
Leadchloride.............................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Leadfluoborate..........................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Leadfluoride..............................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Leadiodide................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Leadnitrate................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Leadstearate .............................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Leadsulfate...............................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
486
Environmental Protection Agency § 117.3
TABLE 117.3—REPORTABLE QUANTITIES OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES DESIGNATED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 311 OF THE CLEAN WATER ACT—Continued
Material I Category I RQ in pounds (kilograms)
Leadsulfide...............................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Leadthiocyanate.......................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Lindane......................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Lithiumchromate ............ ..........................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Malathion...................................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Maleicacid.................................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Maleicanhydride.......................................................................................................D
....................
5,000 (2,270)
Mercaptodimethur................................... ....................... ..............
..............................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Mercuriccyanide.......................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Mercuricnitrate..........................................................................................................A
....................
10 (4.54)
Mercuricsulfate.........................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Mercuricthiocyanate.................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Mercurousnitrate.......................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Methoxychlor...................................... .......................................................................X
....................
1 (0.454)
Methylmercaptan......................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Methylmethacrylate..................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Methylparathion.................................................................................................:......
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Mevinphos.................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Mexacarbate............................................................................
..................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Monoethylarnme........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Monomethylamine.....................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Naled.........................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Naphthalene..............................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Naphthenicacid.........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Nickel ammonium sulfate..........................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Nickelchloride...........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Nickelhydroxide........................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Nickelnitrate..............................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Nickelsulfate.............................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Nitricacid...................................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Nitrobenzene.............................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Nitrogendioxide.........................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Nitrophenol(mixed)...................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Nitrotoluene...............................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Paraformaldehyde.....................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454) _.
Parathion...................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Pentachlorophenol.....................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Phenol........................................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Phosgene...................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Phosphoricacid.........................................................................................................
0 ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Phosphorus................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Phosphorus oxychloride............................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Phosphorus pentasulfide...........................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Phosphorus trichloride...............................................................................................
C ....................
1.000 (454)
Polychlorinated biphenyls..........................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Potassiumarsenate...................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Potassiumarsenite....................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Potassiumbichromate...............................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Potassiumchromate..................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Potassiumcyanide....................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Potassiumhydroxide.................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Potassium permanganate..........................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Propargite..................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Propionicacid............................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2.270)
Propionicanhydride...................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Propyleneoxide.........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Pyrethrins...................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Quinoline....................................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Resorcinol..................................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Seleniumoxide..........................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Silvernitrate...............................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Sodium.......................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Sodiumarsenate.......................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Sodiumarsenite.........................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Sodiumbichromate....................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Sodiumbifluoride.......................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Sodiumbisulfite.........................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Sodiumchromate......................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Sodiumcyanide.........................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate........................... ..................................................C
....................
1.000 (454)
Sodiumfluoride..........................................................................................................
C ....................
1.000 (454)
487
§ 117.3 40 CFR Ch. 1 (7-1-97 Edition)
TABLE 117.3 -REPORTABLE QUANTITIES OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES DESIGNATED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 311 OF THE CLEAN WATER ACT -Continued
Material I Category I RO in pounds (kilograms)
Sodiumhydrosulfide..................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Sodiumhydroxide......................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Sodiumhypochlorite ................................................ ....................-...........................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Sodiummethylate......................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Sodiumnitrite.............................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Sodium phosphate, dibasic.......................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Sodium phosphate, tribasic.......................................................................................
D - .................
5,000 (2,270)
Sodiumselenite.........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Strontiumchromate...................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Strychnine..................................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Styrene......................................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Sulfuricacid...............................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Sulfurmonochloride...................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
2,4,5-T acid................................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
2,4,5-T amines...........................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
2,4,5-T esters............................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
2,4,5-T salts...............................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
TDE............................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
2A5 -TP acid .............................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
2,4,5 -TP acid esters..................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Tetraethyllead...........................................................................................................
A .................-
10 (4.54)
Tetraethyl pyrophosphate..........................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Thalliumsulfate.........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Toluene......................................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Toxaphene.................................................................................................................
X ....................
1 (0.454)
Trichlorfon..................................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Trichloroethylene.......................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Trichlorophenol..........................................................................................................
A .................-
10 (4.54)
Triethanolamine dodecylbenzenesulfonate...............................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Thethylamine.............................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Trimethylamine..........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Uranylacetate...........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Uranylnitrate.............................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Vanadium pentoxide..................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Vanadylsulfate..........................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Vinylacetate..............................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Vinylidenechloride....................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Xylene(mixed)...........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Xylenol.......................................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Zincacetate...............................................................................................................
C ....................
1.000 (454)
Zinc ammonium chloride...........................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Zincborate.................................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Zincbromide..............................................................................................................
C ....................
1.000 (454)
Zinccarbonate...........................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Zincchloride..............................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Zinccyanide..............................................................................................................
A ....................
10 (4.54)
Zincfluoride...............................................................................................................
C .................
-
1,000 (454)
Zincformate...............................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Zinchydrosulfite........................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Zincnitrate.................................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Zinc phenolsulfonate.................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Zincphosphide..........................................................................................................
B ....................
100 (45.4)
Zinc silioofluonde.......................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Zincsulfate................................................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Zirconium nitrate........................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Zirconium potassium fluoride....................................................................................
C ....................
1,000 (454)
Zirconiumsulfate.......................................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
Zirconium tetrachloride..............................................................................................
D ....................
5,000 (2,270)
[50 FR 13513, Apr. 4, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 34547, Sept.
29, 1986; 54 FR 33482, Aug. 14, 1989;
58 FR 35327, June 30, 1993; 60 FR 30937, June 12, 19951
488
No Text
-O1/VK, Addendum #2
ity, of Lubbock ADDENDUM #2
RCHASZNc ITB #001-01 /VK
MAICED'TO VtNDOR: March
CLOSE DATE: Y Aprit 11 25 2001-@'3`00 p_Jiii. (CST)
iE`FOLLOWING iTEMSJAKE"P, ECEDENC,E OVER SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE ABOVE
ns.
C
, aue
>n sh;
psi internal p
water velocit
leakage rate
to meet spec
Weeping of 1
tight joints.
circumferenc
eral local contractors who might be interested in getting the ezcess' rnMenal
ct:
Also, the Texas Departmenfof Transportation is currently developing plans
I freeway. They might be interested in the material also. TxtOOT can be
306)745-4411 and ask for Frank Phillips:
Joint leakage and pressure requirements contained in thespecifications
1, paragraphs 79 and 81?
a,.
has been requested on pipe joint evaluation, performance and witness testing
�turer s facilities. This clarification applies to specification Section 02635,
vection 02638; and to Addendum No. 1, paragraph numbers 79 and81.
ater-tight joints shall be defined '-as `Visible water leakage at the pipe joint such
remains, in contact with the pipe joint surfaces as it may gradually flow' within the
avity, and result in water dripping at the lowest point in the joint. Such dripping
in individual droplet form with air space between individual"droplets. At 10 psi
are for the`facility joint test, no water leakage at any point in the circumference
it shall be with suff icient'velocity or force such that the Water leakage breaks its
:he, pipe's' external surface. The joint leakage rate at 10 psi internal` pressure
Dxceed the equivalent of 170 gallons per inch of inside diameter per mile per 24
akage atthe 10 psi internal pressure shall be for properly made joint and not
misaligned joint, misaligned or displaced joint gasket or sealer, or a joint that
to' meet specifications. Displacementof the joint gasket or sealer due to the 10
Mure'shall be considered failure of the joint to meet specifications. Escaping
that causes the leakage to break contact with the outside pipe surface, or a
eeater than that defined in this paragraph, shall be considered failure of the joint
ications.
in -water -tight joints shall be as defined in the preceding paragraph for water
-
t 10 psi internal pressure for the facility test, no water leakage'at any point in the
of the pipe joint shall be'with sufficient velocity or force such that the water
No Text
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #2
4,
vv nut rinanciai incentive is tnere to complete the pro
due to higher incremental costs?
a shorter time and earn less money
' Ans. There are no incentives for early completion in this project.v The Owner and Engineer looked
at this in great detail during the plan preparation and determined that we could not put
k " incentives for early completion in a contract when we are regulating the working hours. The
working hours are regulated in specification Section 01140 and Addendum No. 1 paragraph
38. Such regulation of working hours is contradictory to an early completion incentive,
therefore an incentive is not'being offered.
5. Drawings, Sheet P33
Ans. In the profile view of drawing SheetP33' there is a note with%a leader line to Manhole A2-9'
that states "Water Tight'Joints Required From Station 352+25 'to Station 410+09''.Delete
this note. Use the joint requirementstable on Sheet G13 for station ranges where watertight
- joints are required.
6. Addendum No. 1, Paragraph'I Add'tl�e following to paragraph`77 in Addendum No. 1:W
"Where cuttings or spoil from excavation operations have been mixed with carrier fluids that contain
t ntai _....., _. ....,_
Kemaadit�Tron�Pa cfemas �Polse bmerDrd�DrilSnstems s Cetco Cross Tech; Federal Summit Dulling Fluids,
1.
Polymer - g y , Wyo Ben, and others) suchcuttings or spoil shall be
as
cons
unsuitable
yorbackfill and
shall not be used for backfill. Where cuttings or spoil have
� been' mei ed with Ovate onlsuch
gs or spoil may be used for backfill provided the material's
water content can be satisfactorily reduced to optimum and specified compaction density can be
achieved."
7. The drainage improvement project contains several bid items intended to covert
he hand -ling
and disposal of contaminated soil and water. The actual quantities'ofthese materials,
particularly in the case of water, and the degree of contamination are very difficult to quantify.
In order to cover the uncertainties associated with these items it will be necessary to add
contingent costs to these Id items. It would seem that an overall lower cost would be
realized by the city of Lubbock if they assumed the risk of tFi'is wow k by performing it on an
r,.. Extra Work order basis. We"hereby'' request that you give consideration to performing this
work on an Extra Work Order
Ans. This request is taken as regards the proximity of some of the known leaking petroleum
„1,,, storage tank (LPST) sites along the storm sewer route. There is information in the plans
regarding the location of monitor wells that are located on the properties of the applicable
LPST sites, and ground water elevation information from TNRCC records for those monitoring
wells i,s' shown. The
"fecor'd's contain
chemical analyses of he oil '
s and gro nd waterr. Some of those TNRCCprecords also have
i historical information regarding`LPSTsite'ground waterlevels and groundwater gradients.'*'
Also, Total Petroleum Hydrocarbon (TPH) analytical `results of soil- samples retrieved by the
Engineer`and analyzed by an independent laboratory are in Addendum 1. The Owner
'�- and the Engineer are of the opinion that with the information contained in the plans, the
anager
i4 O'NEFCOPY OF, THIS ADDENDUkwi!H YOUR BID.
Q IVJMMIM,M"y\'MM,V_\MINMUM-1 1\FLI�J�II"ll �1��'�X11 /11\ tail
(hereinafter`
Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
rthe prices stated in EXI
Bidder hereby agrees
ed in a written "Notice fc
SAND TWO HUNDREE
her contract documents
f $3,100.00 (THREE TH
ass of the time set forth
al conditions of the contr
Bidder understands al
lance Iwith instruction nu
ceptance'of his bid to execute a contract and anyreq'uired bonds,
forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated
ibit`"A" of this bid.
o commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be
Proceed" of the Owner.and,to fully complete the project within 1,200 (ONE
consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications
Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owneras liquidated damages the
)USAND ONE HUNDRED DOLLARS)'for each consecutive calendar day
ierein, above for completionof this project, all as more fully set forth in the
act documents.
d agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in
ight to reject any or all bids and to waive any
Bid of
P`^
callec
�To the
Gentl
1
The E
LUBE
to bid
and b
the al
const
set fa
The E
accor
and fi
sped
THOI
and'c
in ex(
genes
accoi
form c
.
calen
exarr
he fu
to sul
S
�l
Q IVJMMIM,M"y\'MM,V_\MINMUM-1 1\FLI�J�II"ll �1��'�X11 /11\ tail
(hereinafter`
Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
rthe prices stated in EXI
Bidder hereby agrees
ed in a written "Notice fc
SAND TWO HUNDREE
her contract documents
f $3,100.00 (THREE TH
ass of the time set forth
al conditions of the contr
Bidder understands al
lance Iwith instruction nu
ceptance'of his bid to execute a contract and anyreq'uired bonds,
forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated
ibit`"A" of this bid.
o commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be
Proceed" of the Owner.and,to fully complete the project within 1,200 (ONE
consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications
Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owneras liquidated damages the
)USAND ONE HUNDRED DOLLARS)'for each consecutive calendar day
ierein, above for completionof this project, all as more fully set forth in the
act documents.
d agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in
ight to reject any or all bids and to waive any
No Text
No Text
No Text
No Text
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum 41
8. When does the project bid? (This was from an individual who has not seen the plans and
specifications).
Ans. The date for bid opening at the time of the pre-bid conference was March 22, 2001. The bid
opening has now been changed to 3:00 o'clock p.m. on April 23, 2001.
9. Is there a pre-bid meeting and is it mandatory? (This was from an individua1who has not seen
the plans and specifications).
Ans. Yes, there was a pre-bid meeting and it was scheduled for 9:00 a.m., February 7, 2001, Room
103 at the Lubbock, Texas City Hall. It was non -mandatory as noted in the Notice to Bidders
and General Instructions to Bidders.
-10. Is most of the project in caliche? (This was from an individual who had not seen the plans and
specifications).
Ans. It is likely that caliche will be encountered in the project since caliche is common to the area,
however it is up to each person reviewing the plans and specifications to draw their own
interpretations. Geotechnical reports that were used during design are furnished to plan holders
for information -only purposes in accordance with the Special Provisions, paragraph SP -6.
11. Will there be a dispute resolution board set up for the project? (This was from an individual
who had not seen the plans and specifications).
Ans. According to the Contract Documents andSpecifications, no dispute resolution board is
established.
12. What estimate range has been assigned to the project? (This was from 'an individual who had
not seen the plans and specifications).
Ans. There is no estimate range. The published construction estimate is $30.6 million shown on the
City of Lubbock web site.
13. 1 don't want to purchase the full set of plans and specifications. Can I get just the individual +j
plan sheets and specification sections that affect the portions of the work that interest me?
Ans. No, only complete sets of plans and specifications will be distributed.
14. Is there a spreadsheet available for the bidders that lists the bid items, automatically calculates
the extensions, and where an electronic bid can'be submitted?
Ans. No, a spreadsheet has not been developed for the bidder's use. Electronic bid submittals are not
acceptable as stated in the General Instructions to Bidders, paragraph 1.3.
15. Can pipe types be mixed in the Base Bid?
Ans. Yes, to the extent that the pipe is listed as acceptable for a specific storm sewer line. The
allowable pipe materials for the Base Bid are listed on sheet G13 of the drawings. For example,
Line Al -07 and Line Al -08 list RCP, CCFRP and CIPNRCP as allowable pipe materiah, for
those storm sewer reaches (pipe material abbreviations are listed on sheet G13). If the
Contractor plans for Line Al-07to be RCP, then the next upstream reach, Line Al -08, does not
have to be RCP. There is also a footnote that CIPNRCP is not permissible for the trenchless
methods of installation. Therefore, a transition manhole structure will be required between RCP
and CIPNRCP, or between CCFRP and CIPNRCP, where such transitions take place at other
than a manhole location that is already shown on the drawings. Transitions between RCP and
_CCFRP pipe can take place at other than the indicated manhole locations provided the CCFRP
pipe has been fabricated with a matching RCP -specified joint. The Contractor is required to
Page 4 of 60
f
i
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
t
a e rial l yingnchedule" as specified in specification Section 02631 as part of the
ssubmit mat
ubmittalpi
r. __.�g.
16. I can't'find where the Worker's Compensation Insurance Experience Rating'of 1.6 is required.
Ans. Itis listed on page 4 of the Instructions to Bidders, paragraph 9.3'.
17. What type of contamination was there from the LPSTsites'identified in the TNRCC records? "
Ans., As best as can be determined from the records photocopied for design purposes from the TN RCC
District 2 Field Office, it looks like gasoline and diesel are the primary products originally
released. The LPST sites are listed on sheet G11 of the drawings. During the design phase soih,
samples were retrieved from Test Holes 14, 19, 20,'21,'22 24; 26, 30, 31, arid 35 (these-test holes
3
are shown on the drawings) and tested for Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons. The sampling
intervals and results for,Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH) were:
Test Hole Number Sampling Interyal TPH Results
14 10=25 feet at 546ot intervals Below detection limits
19 10-30 feet at 5-foot intervals Below detection limits
20 10-30 feet at 5-foot intervals Below detection limits
21 ' 10=30 feet at 5-foot intervalsBelow detectionlimits
""'
22 10-45 feet at 5-foot interyals Below detection limits
24 10-46 feet at5-foot intervals Below detection limits
to 35 feet
61 mg/kg at 35 feet
<100 mg/Kg at 40 feet*
*(elevated reporting due to lack of sample)
26 10-30'feet at 5-foot'intervals , M Below detection Timits
30 10-20 feet at 5-f6ot intervals Below detection limits
31 10-I5 feet at 5-footintervals Below detection limits
35 10-30 feet at 5-foot intervals Below detection limits
t
The lower detection limit for TPH when tested in accordance 'with TXl'005 'is 50 mg/kg-and this
test method primarily tests for certain carbon compound weights most associated with gasolines,
diesels and certain, lubricating oils. One milligram per kilogram (mg Kg) is equivalent to one
part per million (ppm). The Contractor is being supplied the above TPl results for information
;purposes. Th'e same limitations that are spec if ed for the geotechnicalreports in th_,_,,,., cal _... ,_.. -.
`Provisions, pages SP-3 and SP-4, paragraph SP-6 apply to these TPH results.
18. Are half-siie, or half-scale, plan sets available?
Ans. No. Half scale plans were not produced during design.
19. Are potential bidders, suppliers andsulicontractors required to purchase a set of plans?
Ans. No. Plans and specifications are available for review without charge at the City of Lubbock
(City Hall,'Purchasing'Department) and atParkhill Smith"and Cooper, lnc., 42,2-2,-8,5 Ih Street,
Lubbock, Texas. Other plan sets were sent to theDodge Plan Room, Lubbock, Texas; the AGC
i
Page 5 of 60�
r
ITB #001701/VK, Addendum #1
Plan Rooms in Amarillo, Texas; Austin, Texas; El Paso, Texas; Houston, Texas; Lubbock,
Texas; and the AGC Plan Room located at Construction Market-Data, 11101 Stemmons
Freeway, Suite 101, Dallas, Texas. It is not known whether those plan rooms charge a fee for
persons reviewing plans.
20. Is it required to bid all three types of pipe that are allowed in Bid#01-001/vk?
Ans. No. The bidder may select one type of pipe upon which to base his bid for each storm sewer line
shown on the bid form. The basis-of the bid must be one of the allowable types of pipe for each
particular storm sewer line listed on sheet G13 of the drawings and listed on the bid form. After
award of a construction contract, then the Contractor must submit a laying schedule of pipe
materials in accordance with specification Section 02631. The Contractor's attention is called to
the footnotes on drawing sheet G 13 that cast-in-place non-reinforced concrete pipe (CIPNRCP)
is not allowable where tunneling or boring installation is required within a storm sewer line that
might otherwise allow CIPNRCP. In such cases, a transition to RCP or CCFRP will be
necessary. See paragraph 15 above for transition requirements between different types of pipe
materials.
21. Section 01020 refers to patterned concrete requirement on certain structures, however there is
no information on the plans.
Ans. The structures and surfaces that require colored concrete, form liner patterned concrete finishes
and stamped pattern concrete finishes are indicated on the detail drawings. Section 03300 of the _
specifications, page 03300-2 indicates the form liner pattern. Section 03300 of the
specifications, page 03300-9 indicates the stamped pattern finish.
22. Are the concrete colors specified?
Ans. No. Specification Section 03300, page 03300-1, paragraph 1.3.E calls for test panels and
samples of colored concrete as specified. Specification Section 03300, page 03300-5, paragraph
3.1 specifies that colored concrete test panels are to be prepared by the Contractor and that colors
are contingent on the coloration of the rock riprap. Expensive dyed concrete, such as that
required for bright blue, bright yellow or bright green coloration (sometimes referred as
"chromic" colors because of the dyes and pigments required) are not expected. Since the final
product is to blend with the stone coloration and the surrounding setting of each structure, earth
tones are the expected colors (off-white, tan, brown, red, etc.).
23. Does the City have a specific site for excess spoil material?
Ans. The handling of salvaged material, waste material and excess soil materials are covered in
specification Section 01576.
24. Can/should hazardous materials go to the landfill? Does the City of Lubbock have alandfill?
Can the materials be taken there?
Ans. These items are addressed in the specifications, Section 01576 and Section 02111. The City of
Lubbock does have a landfill Iocated west of Abernathy, Texas. Abernathy, Texas is located
north of Lubbock, Texas. The facility is known as the West Texas Region Disposal Facility.
Certain petroleum-contaminated soils can be taken to the landfill.-The limits-of,contamination .
for landfill disposal shall be in accordance with a Texas Department of Health letter dated
February 4, 1991 and a TDH addendum to that letter. The February 4, 1991 TDH letter and
letter addendum are attached and are hereby incorporated by reference.
Page 6 of 60
E
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
.,
25. There is a im_itation'on open trench length. With respect to cast -in-place concrete pipe, the
Contractor may need more than 200 linear feet of trench left open to allow proper set-up and
curing. in those cases, will more than 200 linear feet of open trench be allowable?
Ans. With respect tocast-in=placeconcrete pipe only, this wi(1 have tobe balanced against local
neighborhood conditions and lir hafions on the plans for driveway closures. If the Contractor
`
has steel plates that can span the trench width at the ground surface, and the steel plates cannot
be easily displaced by automobiles or pickups, then the length of trench open at any one time
'
may be adjusted with City concurrence. It is unlikely, however, that more than600 linear feet in
short block areas(approximately 300=330 feet between intersections) will be allowed to remain
open` -at one time, nor more than one intersection affected at one time. In long block areas
(apen int o Cm with only one
ely ct0ed a
intersection aff a time, maet ybe extended 600 linear fe trench upon concurrence. Steel
plates that span the trench width may remain in place for a maximum of 72 hours at any one
point.
The contractor is responsible for maintaining any steel plates used on the project in good
condition at all times.
26. Regarding the seismic monitoring requirements within 75 feet of vibration sources, what if
there are several vibration sources that would be greater than 75 feet apart. Will each source
be required to be monitored? .
Ans. Seismic monitoring is required for the protection of the City of Lubbock and the Contractor. `For
sources greater than 75 feet apart," that would depend on the type of source at each location. As
an example for clarifying type of source, assume that a trackhoe is excavating virgin material for
a trench while the same trench is being backfilled 200 feet away. The trackhoe excavating virgin
material would be monitored. The e4uipmenfilik is backfilling the'same'trench 200 feet away
would not he monitored unless vibratory compaction equipment is used (hand rammers and hand
tampers excluded). Vibratory -inducing equipment such as Bomags and shock inducing
equipment such as jack/air Dammers (hand-held jackhammers excluded) will require'monitoring.
Consolidation of'cement-stabilized?backfill with hand-held4concrete vibrators does not require
seismic monitoring. Trenchless excavating methods will require monitoring. Paving equipment
for repairing pavements, such as non -vibrating laydown machines and non -vibrating steel -
wheeled rollers, will not require monitoring unless there is vibration -inducing equipment in use.
In summary, if initial excavation is being performed or vibration -inducing equipment is being
used that can affectan area larger than the point of use, then seisnic nitoingisrequiied.'
27. Is seismic monitoring not required at the locations of the inlet and outlet structures?
Ans. 'The initial answer at the pre-bid conference was ``These are generally considered remote
locations where the proposed inlet and outlet structures are more than 75 feet away from existing
structures." Upon further consideration and evaluation, the following requirements are
established:
a.The location of Outlet A fat the canyon is sufficiently remote that seismic monitoring
will not be required at that location.
b. At Clapp Park (Lake 21); the locations of'Inlet Aland Outlet A2 are sufficiently remote
that seismic monitoring will not be required once the distance from the nearest existing
-:
_
structure is greater than 75 feet.
j
Page 7 of'6tl" �"�`� ',.....
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
lam^
c. At Ribble Park (Lake 20), the location of Inlet B is sufficiently remote that seismic
monitoring will not required once the distance from the nearest existing structure is
greater than 75 feet.
d. Seismic monitoring will be required at Inlet D at the K -Mart Lake (Lake 19N). The
monitoring shall include the setting of the cofferdam. Seismic monitoring for removal of
the cofferdam will not be required unless equipment is used that induces vibration in the
sheet piling to ease the piling's removal. Excavation of materials from within the
cofferdam, construction of the inlet structure, backfilling of the structure, rock riprap
placement, and final grading will not require monitoring.
e. At Leftwich Park (Lake 22), the location of Inlet C is sufficiently remote that seismic
monitoring will not be required once the distance from the nearest existing structure is
greater than 75 feet.
f. Seismic monitoring will be required at the Trinity Lake and Sundial Village Lake (Lake
23N and Lake 23S) for both inlets (Inlets A2 and A3) and outlets (Outlet A3 and Outlet
A4). The monitoring shall include the setting of the cofferdams. Seismic monitoring for
removal of the cofferdams will not be required unless equipment is used that induces
vibration in the sheet piling to ease the piling's removal. Excavation of materials from
within the cofferdams, construction of the inlet and outlet structures, backfilling of the
structures, rock riprap placement, and final grading will not require monitoring.
g. ` At Miller Park (Lake 24), the locations of the inlet and outlet structures are sufficiently
remote that seismic monitoring will not be required once the distance from the nearest
existing structure is greater than 75 feet.
h. Seismic monitoring will be required at Andrews Park (Lake 25) for Inlet A5, Outlet A513
and Outlet A6. The monitoring shall include the setting and removal of the cofferdams
regardless of the removal method. Excavation of materials from within the cofferdams,
construction of the inlet and outlet structures, backfilling of the structures, rock riprap
placement, and final grading will not require monitoring.
i. At Leroy Elmore Park (Lake 26), the locations of the inlet and outlet structures are
sufficiently remote that seismic monitoring will not be required once the distance from
the nearest existing structure is greater than 75 feet.
j. At Dupree Park (Lake 27), the locations of the inlet and outlet structures are sufficiently
remote that seismic monitoring will not be required once the distance from the nearest
existing structure is greater than 75 feet.
k. At Buster Long Park (Lake 31), seismic monitoring at Inlet A-8 will be required. The
monitoring shall include the setting of the cofferdam. Seismic monitoring for removal of
the cofferdam will not be required unless equipment is used that induces vibration in the
sheet piling to ease the piling's removal. Excavation of materials from within the
cofferdam, construction ofthe inlet, backfilling of the inlet, rock riprap placement, and
final grading will not require monitoring.
1. At Buster Long Park (Lake 31), the location of Outlet A-9 is sufficiently remote that
seismic monitoring will not be required once the distance from the nearest existing
structure is greater than 75 feet..
m. Seismic monitoring at McAlister Park (Lake 37) is not required as long as the distance to
the nearest existing building is at least 75 feet.
Page 8 of 60
No Text
ITB #001=01/VK, Addendum 41
basis, then a pump and water -loading rack shall not be installed. Also, once the work at a
particular lake area is complete, then the dewatering pump and water -loading rack must be
removed. Any water -loading rack must be located adjacent to the curb at the adjacent street so
that water -hauling equipment does not consistently traffic into the park itself The Contractor
also has the option of drilling temporary wells on the City of Lubbock property east of Guava
Avenue and in McAlister Park west of Frankford Avenue. The drilling of such wells, the casing
:and screens, filter pack, pumps, motors and power source shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor. Once the construction of the project is completed, the temporary wells shall be -
closed in accordance with State of Texas and High`Plains Underground Water Conservation
District rules and regulations. The installation and closure of such wells, as well as any water
use from dewatering operations, shall be considered as subsidiary to the various bid items.
32. On sheet P21 of the plans, there is a 72 -inch diameter pipe proposed approximately 35 feet
deep within 15 feet of a sheet metal building.How can this be installed by open cut?
Ans. On sheet P21 of the plans, proposed Line Al -23, make the following revision:
"No surface access Station 213+25 to Station.215+00. Boring and jacking or tunneling
required.,,
33. At Andrews Park there is,a pipe proposed for installation in a tributary that runs parallel to
Memphis Avenue. There is no cofferdam indicated for "this pipe installation. Can the
Contractor cofferdam the entire tributary?
Ans. The tributary in question is shown on sheet P46.and involves Inlet A5, proposed Line A5B-01
and Outlet A-513. The entire tributary parallel to Memphis Avenue may be isolated by a -
cofferdam. At least a 90 -foot length of the cofferdam, if the cofferdam length is greater than 90
feet, shall not be greater than 3225.0 top elevation. The remainder of the cofferdam shall not
exceed a top elevation of 3227.0. If the cofferdam length is less than 90 feet, then the entire top
of cofferdam must not exceed a top elevation of 3225.0:
The overflow point for Andrews Park Lake is located in this tributary. The overflow will not be
allowed to be obstructed during construction.
34. Can the lake surface water levels be reduced to a lower elevation?
Ans. The lake surface water levels can be reduced to the elevation shown at each lake on the drawings
as the "post-project"water surface elevation.
35. Regarding the cofferdams, what if the Contractor needs more than what is shown? The bid is
lump sum for cofferdams. How should it be handled in the bids?
Ans. The cofferdam limits shown in the plans are schematic in nature.' The bid will be considered to
cover whatever cofferdam quantities are necessary for the prosecution of the work. The layouts
of the cofferdams are flexible. Itis expected that the Contractor's bid will be for the cofferdam
configuration that the Contractor expects will be needed. On drawing sheets GRI through GR21,
delete note number 9 under the General Notes on each sheet, and replace with the following:
"9. The Contractor is permitted to adjust the layout and location of the sheet pile cofferdam to
accommodate construction operations. The Contractor shall submit his proposed layout in
accordance with Specification Section 01330. The Owner may require changes to the
Contractor's proposed cofferdam layout to"prevent loss of lake storage at flood stage, prevent
unacceptable backwater or lake level effects, maintain lake overflow capaci6�. minimize
effects"on utilities, minimize effects on park areas, and maintain conveyance through existing
channels. The cofferdam layout shown is schematic in nature and"the Contractor's bid shall
Page 10 of 60
i
No Text
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
backfill thickness. Under the General Instructions to Bidders, page 5, paragraph 16, the
Contractor is to guarantee against defects in workmanship and materials for a period of one year.
Therefore, the Contractor can elect to perform trench backfill density testing at a greater
frequency to avoid trench settlement repairs within the one-year guarantee period.
42. Who will provide construction layout? Will the City of Lubbock provide control?
Ans. The data for"horizontal and vertical control are included in the plans. The Contractor is
responsible for layout and preparing his own staking and cut sheets. This is in accordance with
the General Conditions of the Agreement, page 2 paragraph 10 and the Special Provisions, page
SP -1, paragraphs SP -1 and SP -2.
43. Where are the data for the LPST sites?
Ans. The data is at the local TNRCC District 2 Field Office, 4630 50h Street, Suite 602, Lubbock,
Texas 79414, phone (806) 796-7092. The LPST site numbers are listed on sheet G 11 of the
plans.
44. What are the insurance limits for the railroad?
Ans. The City of Lubbock has already purchased the Railroad Protective Liability Policy, therefore the _
A -Contractor is not required to purchase this policy. Other insurance requirements are listed in the
General Conditions of the Agreement.
45. Locations and rates for Lubbock potable water for construction?
Ans. The City of Lubbock Water Utilities Department charges $35.00 'rent on each construction meter.
There is also a charge ofS1.85 per 1,000 gallons of water used. The Contractor wilt also be
required to have and use a dual backflow preventer when connecting to City fire hydrants.
46. Corps of Engineers permits. What is the schedule for the "permits and are the permits and
permit terms required at all lakes?
Ans. Recent court rulings have clouded this issue. The bidder shall bid the project as shown on the
plans and in accordance with the specifications and this addendum. If, after award'of a contract,
the Corps of Engineers issues a permit that, in the opinion of the Engineer, substantially changes
the items of wo"rk, then the Owner will enter into negotiations with the Contractor for
compensatory adjustments to the construction contract to account for those changes. At this time
we expect no changes to be made by the Corps of Engineers.
47. What is the schedule for the award of the contract?
Ans. The bid opening is scheduled for 3:00 o'clock p.m., April 25, 2001. It is expected that the award
of the contract will be made at the City Council meeting on May 24, 2001.
48. How will the bids be evaluated?
Ans. The bid will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder. The Bidder's"attention is
directed to the Notice to Bidders wherein the Owner has the right to reject any or all bids or _
waive any formalities. As for the evaluation of the bids, as indicated on the bid form, the City "
reserves the right to accept the Total Base Bid and`Base Bid Options in any order or combination
that best serves its interest.
49. What will the evaluation criteria be?
Ans. The bids will be evaluated and the contract awarded to the lowest responsible Bidder. The City
reserves the right to accept the Total Base Bid and Project Options in any order or combination
that serves its best interests. The low bid shall be determined on the price combination of the
Page 12 of 60
No Text
ITB #001-01/VK; Addendum #1
Ans. Contractors can access that area east of Guava Ave. by going to the gate of the City of Lubbock's
Water Reclamation Plant located at the north end ofthe project area and asking for the Industrial
Waste Pretreatment Team Member. Tell them you are there to look at the storm sewer project
and they will gladly open the inside gate for access.
59. Will the Bidder have access to the Farmers Coop Compress area prior to the time for
submission of bids?
Ans. Access requests will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Permission is contingent on the
Bidder's reason for access. Test holes and test trenches planned by the Bidder shall be limited to
City property east and west of the Farmers Coop Compress Property. All requests for access
must be through the City of Lubbock.
60. Can bids be submitted in electronic format?
Ans. No. State law, prohibits cities from receiving bids in electronic format where such bids exceed
$15,000.00.
61. The proposed storm sewer route on East 46`h Street is close to the south curb line of that street.
Will the utility poles south of the south curb line be moved?
Ans. The segment of proposed storm sewer in question is Line Ai -12 in East 46t11 Street, from Station
109+90.99 to Station 132+66.89, plan -profile sheet numbers PI 1 P12 and P13. The utility poles
on the south side of the street are not planned for relocation or removal. The Owner will permit
the Contractor to shift the alignment of Line Al -12 northward toward the center of East 46'h
Street, where the street is curbed, however the Contractor should be aware that there is an
existing sanitary sewer close to the center of East 46'h Street as shown on plan -profile sheets P12
and P13. That sanitary sewer is not planned for relocation or removal.
62. Is direct jack installation (single pass method) of a RCP or CCFRP an acceptable alternative to
liner plate installation (two pass method) where liner plate is specified if the direct jack pipe is
capable of bearing the external loads without help of the liner plate?
Ans. See paragraph 36 above.
63. At locations where liner plate is specified, details read "96 -inch diameter minimum tunnel liner
plate if open or shielded face tunneling is used". Is this statement meant to exclude the use of
ribs and lagging? Is this statement suggesting that if micro -tunneling is used, the pipe may be
direct jacked?
Ans. See paragraph 36 above.
64. Are steel ribs and wood lagging allowed as a primary tunnel liner at any locations, including
ones where steel liner plate is detailed?
Ans. Steel ribs and wood lagging will be allowed as a 11
rimary tunnel lining at any location except
where steel casing is specified. Rib and lagging tunnels are considered temporary construction
items and as such shall be designed by the Contractor to withstand the anticipated loads with the
tunneling industry recommended factor of safety. The design shall be sealed by licensed
professional engineer and four copies of the design submitted to the Engineer for record purposes
in accordancewith specification Section 01330 and Section 02425. All of specification Section
02425 shall apply to rib and lagging tunnels except that the specification paragraphs pertaining to
steel liner plate shall not apply. All of specification Section 02430 pertaining to tunnel grout and
grouting shall apply to rib and lagging tunnels. In addition, the pipe laying schedule shall
indicate by stations where rib and lagging tunnels are planned. Steel rib and wood lagging
tunnels shall also meet the following requirements:
Page 14 of 60
No Text
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or
others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the
bid. The bid shall be executed in ink.
28.3 Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to
Bidders, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner (The C ity does
not `accept bids by fax. However, there are companies in Lubbock that will receive. seal, and
deliver faxed bids. These companies are listed in the Yellow Pages under Mailing Services.
Bids delivered using this service must be delivered on-time and addressed as specified in the
w
Notice to Bidders and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the~following manner.):
28.3.1 Bidder's name
28.3.2 Bid #001 -OINK, South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements -Drawing Sheet
G13 Permissible Materials
28.1 Bid. submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening
of the bids, but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter:
67. General Conditions of the Agreement, Partial Payments, Paragraph 42, Page 15
Add the following to the General Conditions of the Agreement, Partial Payments, Paragraph 42:
' "Partial payments requested by the Contractor may include materials delivered, but not yet
incorporated into the project. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not
incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at another location agreed to
in writing, then the application for payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale or invoice
warranting that the equipment and materials are free and clear of all liens and evidence that the
materials and equipment are covered by the appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to
protect the Owner's interest therein. Materials and equipment shall not be considered for partial
payment if stored where the Owner can not confirm the quantities or otherwise seize and secure the
equipment and materials in the event that the Contractor defaults on the work. Materials and _
equipment that are eligible for partial payment will be carried as "Materials on Hand" on the partial
pay estimates and then moved from "Materials on Hand" to completed items of the work once those
materials and equipment are incorporated into the work. Partial payments for completed items of
work will reflect adjustments for prior partial payments made to the Contractor, for the same
completed items of work, for "Materials on Hand". Partial payments for "Materials on Hand shall
be subject to the five -percent retainage. Only actual invoice amounts and actual freight invoice
amounts for delivered items to the locations stated above will be, eligible for partial payment as
"Materials on Hand".
68. General Instructions to Bidders, Contract Documents, Paragraph 9, Page 4
Add the following to the referenced paragraph 9:
9.4 "The Worker's Compensation Experience Rating'of 1.0 is based on the average for a company
engaged in the type of work proposed herein as given by the National Council on Compensation
Insurance. For Bidders from states that do not participate in the National Council on
Compensation Insurance rating system, the Bidder shall furnish evidence of an equivalent rating
of 1.0 in accordance with paragraph 18 of the General Instructions to Bidders."
69. General Instructions to Bidders, Protection of the Work, Paragraph 18, Pages 5 and 6
Add the following to the referenced paragraph 18:
Page 16 of 60
NO partial payment snali be macle
ITB'#001-01/VK, Addendum #1
shall not be made under this item where the Engineer determines that there was a lack of
evidence that Traffic Control was used, or if the Engineer determines that the measures
installed do not meet the requirements of the plans and specifications. No additional
compensation will be allowed where Traffic Control is required because of work being
remedied due to not meeting plans and specifications:'
73. Specification Section 01020, Measurement and Payment,Tviig -01020-5
Add the following paragraph to page 01020-5:
1.21 "DEDUCTIONS AND ADDITIONS-INDICATED ON`DEDUCTION`AND/OR ADDITION
LINES OF THE BID FORM
Where a deduction or an addition to the total bid price has been placed on the Bid Form by the
Bidder, such deduction or addition shall be applied to the partial payments on a pro-rata basis.
The pro-rated amount applied shall be based on the planned total length of pipe to be installed
for the entire project as shown in the Bid Form, and as awarded by the Owner. The percent of
the entire project pipe-length awarded which is completely installed in accordance with the
plans and specifications at the time of each partial payment shall determine the pro-rata amount
applied. This pro-rata application of the deduction or addition to the total bid shall be applied
to each partial payment until the addition or deduction has been fully accounted. Any addition
or reduction remaining at the close of the project shall be applied to the final partial payment
upon final Owner acceptance of the work. No deduction or addition indicated by the Bidder
shall subsequently be used to change the unit prices entered on the bid form."
74. Section 01400, Quality Requirements, Paragraph B, Contractor'sltesponsibilities
In specification Section 01400, Paragraph B.5 on page '01400-3,'addthe following tothis paragraph:
"Once the Owner or Engineer has given prior notification to the Contractor that con tmnation
testing by the Owner is to be performed, the Contractor shall provide or leave in place t, i, r ch
shields, ladders, elevators, lifts, or other equipment or temporary construction related tory safety,
access, and ingress-egress such that the Owner's testing representative can have safe
accessibility to the specific site to be tested. Failure to provide these items when confirmation
testing is scheduled shall be considered prima facie evidence that the work does not meet
specifications and'the Owner has the option of withholding payment for the work quantity that
the test would represent.
75. Section 01576, Waste Material Disposal, Paragraph 3.2, Excess-Material
Add the following to paragraph 3.2, page 01576=2:
D. "Excess material may be disposed at the West Texas Region Disposal Facility. There will be a
tipping fee of $26.25 per ton for construction debris and for excess uncontaminated soil. For a
complete list of fees associated with the West Texas Region Disposal Facility, please go to the
City's website at http://www.ci.lubbock.tx.uslsolidwasteldisposalldisfees.htm. There will also
be a fee of $15.00 per load for every truck that is not covered properly when coming to the
landfill. All tipping fees shall be considered to be included in the Contractor's bid prices in
Accordance with specification Section 01020."
76. Section 02111, Excavation, Handling and Disposal of Contaminated Material
Under paragraph 1.5, page 02111-2, add the following:
G. "All samples for laboratory analysis are to be accompanied by a chain of custody."
Under paragraph 3.5, Sampling and Testing, make the following changes:
Page 18 of 60
No Text
ITB #001-01/VK,"Addendum 41
plastic limit or plasticity index for native materials removed from a trench and then -used as
backfill in that same trench. Native backfill materials shall meet the requirements of paragraph
2.1.D. Where material must be imported to bring a trench to grade, then the material
requirements of paragraph 2.11.2 shall be followed. Where street flexible base is involved, the
flexible base shall meet the requirements of Section 02300."
.78. Section 02634, Corrugated Metal Pipe (Polymer -Coated)
Delete Section 02634 since corrugated metal pipe is not permissible under this bid.
79. Section 02635, Centrifugally Cast Fiberglass Pipe
On page 02635-3, paragraph 2.3.F, add the following sentences:
"Slight weeping at joints shall not be considered a structural failure. Jets ofwater discharged at
joints shall be considered to be� structural failure. Joinf leakage thatresults in j ets of water from
the joint while under surcharge hydraulic conditions will not be permitted because of the
potential for jetting the backfill while under pipe surcharge operation and potentially forming a
cavity in the backfill. This criteria applies whether water -tight joints are required or not for
segments of the storm sewer lines. The Owner reserves the right to direct the pipe manufacturer
to perform a pressure test on a non -water -tight joint, at the manufacturer's facilities, to be
witnessed by the Owner and/or Engineer, to prove the joint's compliance with this specification."
80. Section 02636, High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Solid and Profile Wall Pipe
Delete Section 02636 since high-density polyethylene pipe is not permissible under this bid.
81. Section 02638,'ReinforcedConcrete Pipe
On page 02638-2, add the following to 2.1:
"All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be' capable of withstanding an intermiftent'internal
hydrostatic pressure of l0 psi without failure. Slight weeping at joints shall not be considered a
structural failure. Jets of water discharged at j pints shall be considered to be structural failure.
Joint leakage that results in jets of water from the joint under surcharge hydraulic conditions will
not be permitted because of the potential for jetting the backfil ' while under pipe surcharge
operation and potentially forming a cavity in the backfill. This criteria applies whether water-
tightjoints are required or not for segments of the storm sewer lines. The Owner reserves the
right to direct the pipe manufacturer to perform a pressure test on a non -water -tight joint, at the
manufacturer's facilities, to be witnessed by the Owner and/or Engineer, to prove the joint's
compliance with this specification."
,. 82. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place -Concrete
Add the following to page 03300-3, paragraph 2A.C., Related Materials, Liquid Membrane -Forming
Curing Compound:
"Liquid membrane -forming curing compound for color conditioned concrete shall be formulated
specifically for use on color conditioned concrete."
Add the following to page 03300-4, paragraph 2.5.C, Proportioning and Designing Mixes:
"2. Maximum dosage rate of color compound or admixture shall not exceed 10 percent of the
cement content by weight.
M-.
Page 20 of 60
f
1
ITB #001-01/VK, `addendum #1
3. Dosage rate shall be adjusted as necessary by the Contractor to achieve a uniform color
appearance between pours, between concrete _loads within the same pour, and within a-
single, continuous structure."
Add the following to page 03300-7 paragraph 3.6.13, Preparing Formed Surfaces:
`
"21'. For color conditioned concrete, coat forms with a non -staining release agent approved for use
with color conditioned concrete."
Add the following to page 03300-8, paragraph`3.'i:I,'Concrete-Piacerient� �
�f
"7. Do not add water at site for -6 lconditioned'concrete. Added `water Pias the potential to
alter the shading of the color conditioned concrete."
Add the following to page 03300-9, paragraph 3.9.A,°Monolithic Slab Finishes
2. "No floating or troweling of colorconditioned concrete'shalltake"piace'until bleed"w'aier has "
disappeared. 'Color conditioned concrete shall not be fogged with water nor shallwater be
added to tools.
3. Remove any efflorescence as soon as feasible after its appearance. If the efflorescence
hardens, then remove with a mild detergent or a imld acicd cleaner. Test the detergent and /or
acid on an inconspicuous place for affects on the color conditioned concrete prior to using
"
them on a surface subject to view."
Add the following topage 03300-9, paragraph 3.9:D, Monolithic Slab Finishes
"2. A plasticsheet or powder release agent shall be used such that the stamping tool may be
released withoutdamage to the stamped surface. The Contractor shall follow manufacturer's
recommendations so that potential damage to finished surfaces is avoided or minimized."
83. Plans, Sheet G3
Under the Street and Right -of -Way notes on sheet G3, reference is made in note 2 that wheel chair
ramps are to be installed aceordance`wiffi` Ci 4 of Lubbock"standar&1 Th'e haridica ramp"'details
P h P
on drawing sheet C 19 duplicate the City of Lubbock wheel chair ramp standards. 'f
84 Plans, Plan and Profile Layout, Indexand Legend, Sheet G4
�.... n ..._,
It has been brought to the attention of the Engineer that the storm sewer route shown does not always
reflect what is�shown on the plan -profile sheets. For example, the sfonn sewer line is shown on the
south side ofBust r Long Park while the plan profile shpeets show the storm sewer lines on the north
side of13uster Lon Park." The intent ofSheet' is to rovide an orientation to the Contractor of
`
where within the City certain line segments are located and on what plan -profile sheet the particulars
may be found. The plan -profile sheets (SheetPI through Sheet P 5) show the correct alignment and
route relative to existing surface features. 'The schematic on Sheet G4 should only be used for
r
general orientation.
85. Plans, Allowable Pipe 1VIaterials,`Aiternate
Bid No. 01-001/VK has been reduced to Base Bid and Base Bid Options. The alternate bid items
have been deleted from the bid form. Therefore, disregard Sheet Gly ofthedrawings...... ..
$6. Plans; Curb Inlet Details, Sheet C26
Add the following notes to sheet C26 of the plans:
Pre -cast concrete curb inlets may be used in lieu of cast -in-place curb inlets. Pre -cast curb inlets
.
shall maintain the inlet inside dimensions and -'manhole openings shownon the�drawings. Pre-
r _
P69e'21 of 60
"t
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum 41
cast curb inlets shall be equal to Vaughn Concrete Products or American Industrial Pre-cast
Products, and be designed for AASHTO HS-20 loading. Pre-cast concrete curb inlet submittals
shall be made in accordance with the specifications.
2. The end of pre-cast reinforced concrete pipe may be cast directly into the wall of cast-in-place
curb inlets.
3. Where pre-cast curb inlets are used with pre-cast reinforced concrete pipe, insert the end of the
pipe into the pre-cast inlet pipe opening and grout the annular space with 4000 psi compressive
strength non-shrink grout. The pipe end shall be flush with the inside face of the inlet's vertical
wall.
4. Where flexible wall pipe is installed, see sheet C24, Approved Pipe to Manhole Connections
(Flexible Wall Pipe) for pipe to pre-cast wall and pipe to cast-in-place concrete wail connection
detail S.
87. Cover to the Specifications
On the cover of the specifications, below the line "South Central Lubbockbrain age Improvements",
insert the words"Drawing Sheetl3 Permissible Materials".
88. Flysheet to the Specifications
,. On the flysheet of the specifications, below the line "South Central Lubbock Drainage
Improvements", insert the words"Drawing Sheet G 13 Permissible Materials".
89. Notice to Bidders
On the Notice to Bidders, below the line "South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements", insert
c�
the words "Drawing Sheet G'13 Permissible Materials
90. General Instructions to Bidders
Wherever the phrase "South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements" exists, it shall be considered
to be changed to the phrase "South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements, Drawing Sheet G 13
Permissible Materials".
91. Bid Submittal f
Wherever the phrase "South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements" exists, it shall be considered
to be changed to the phrase "South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements, Drawing Sheet G 13
Permissible Materials"
92. Bid Submittal, List of Subcontractors, Page 65
Change the page number to 35 to be consistent with the new, Exhibit "A" issued with this addendum.
93. Bid Submittal, City of Lubbock Insurance Requirement Affidavit, Page 66
Change the page number to 36 to be consistent with the new Exhibit "A" issued with this addendum.
94. Contract, Page 1
Wherever the phrase "South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements" exists, it shall be considered
to be changed to the phrase "South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements, Drawing Sheet G 13
Permissible Materials".
95. A non-mandatory pre-bid conference will be held on thee 2fst day of March. I- at J'600- 06166k
a.m., in Committee Room 103, 1625 13'h Sreet, Lubbock, Texas.
Page 22 of 60
No Text
No Text
s
a"
'CUNI ...FSR'Ti✓ BID CO'
a
emen:
Wder, incompliance with your 1n
(hereinafter
vitafion to "Bid for the construction of a SOUTH 'C>=N tRAL "
LUBBOCK DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS having carefully examined`the plans,specifications;"ins tructions
to bidders, notice to'bidders and all other'relate'd contract documents and the site of the intended work,
DATE
i
PRO,.
"Sidof
called
The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds,
s
a"
'CUNI ...FSR'Ti✓ BID CO'
a
emen:
Wder, incompliance with your 1n
(hereinafter
vitafion to "Bid for the construction of a SOUTH 'C>=N tRAL "
LUBBOCK DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS having carefully examined`the plans,specifications;"ins tructions
to bidders, notice to'bidders and all other'relate'd contract documents and the site of the intended work,
and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including
i
the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to
construct the project in accordance with the plans; specifications and contract documents, within the time
set forth therein and at the price stated in Exhibit "A".
The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds,
according to the accompanying forms, -for performi'ngYaInd completing"the said work within the time stated
and'for the prices stated "in Exhibit "A" of this bid. "
i
Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be
specified in'a written "Notice to'Proceed" of the`Owner and t-1
fully complete the'projectwithin 1,200 (ONE
THOUSAND"TWO HUNbA D) consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications
and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the
sum of $3,100.60 (THREE"'THOUSAND O"IVtE HI J`b t=TS O L� mor eachconsecutive calendar day "
in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion `of this protect, all as more fully set forth in the
general conditions of the contract documents.
Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal "shall be completed and submitted in
accordance with instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
RiAAe-„nA— - An +V,-++M,�71......,.
No Text
— ,. t Fe --- r_.
... .,.. ,.--..v.q-.-m. « m,�.„...„., nmµ as ,x..,,r+pr �•, �#''.�p
i
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
CITY OF LUBBOCK
.
INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT'
To Be Completed by Bidder
And Attached to Bid Submittal
I, the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid
document have been reviewed by me with the below identified Insurance Agent/Broker. If l am
awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock; I will be able to, within fifteen (15) days after
being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the
City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid:
Contractor (Signature) Contractor (Print)
CONTRACTOR'S FIRM—NAME: �
(Print or.Type )..
WORKER'S COMPENSATIONW'EXPERIENCE RATING:
For states that do not participate in the National Council on Compensation Insurance Rating, a ttach a tetter from your insurance
company that verifies their worker's compensation rating is equivalent to the National Council on Compensation Insurance rating.
CONTRACTOR'S FIRMA ADDRESS_:
Name of ofAgent/Broker:
Address of Agent/Broker:
City/State/Zip.
Agent/Broker Telephone Number: ( )
Agent/BrokerEmail Address: .._�_.. ...m
Date:
NOTE TO CONTRACTOR
'
If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid
and award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning
these requirements, please contact the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock at
(806) 775-2165.
i
No Text
t
BASE BID ITEMS -PAGES-4 _1q,
BASEBID'OPTI_NS=`AGES30=34'"
No Text
place, for the i
Dollars
3 Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
contractor's option of method, complete, in
per
Dollars
and Cents ($ $
p z
3 10,311
LP'- 724rich Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
`
-
and installed in a tunne7�or bore `complete, in place, for`"the unit
price per linear foot of
sDollars
s
and Cents ($ ) $
`System
4 26,700
LF Trench Safety and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per°
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ 1 $
5 410
CY Rock Excavation, for the unit price per cubic yard of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ $
BIDDER'S INITIALS
01257798
EXWBiT "A- -, BID SUBMITTAL
`
PAGE 4
02/28
.. ,
ADDENDUM 4l
i
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #'_
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS `ON SHEET G0 OFDItAWINGS
Item
Approx.
Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
_
6
3,847
LF
Trench and Tunnel Dewatering, for the unit price per linear foot
of storm sewer pipe installed of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ )
7
7,685
CY
Excavation, Handling, and Disposal of Contaminated Soil,
complete, for the unit price per cubic yard of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ )
8
32
EA
Type A Manholes, furnished and installed, complete, in place,
for the unit price per each of-
fand
andCents ($ ) $
9
1
EA
Lake Inlet for Line A1, complete, in place, for the unit price per
each of:
.. Dollars
and Cents
10
1
EA
Headwall and Wingwall for Line Al, complete, in place, for the
unit price per each of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $'
11
3
EA
Cofferdams, installation, removal. and dewatering, for the unit
price per each of:
-
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
BIDDER'S INITIALS
01257198
EXHIBIT `A" —BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 5
02/28
ADDENDUM# 1
No. Quantity _
12 l LS Traffic Control complete; in place for the lump sum price of:
13 56,145
f
Dollars
and Cents ($ 1 $
Reestablish Vegetation by Seeding, complete. in place, for the
unit price per square yard of:
f
„ ...... ._ .,....r_ and
14 8,712 SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of
E
Dollars
and Cents
15 1 EA Storm Water Sampling Station, complete, in place, for the unit
=" puce pereach of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ 1
{
Sabtotal"BaseBit1 - Line AI
LINE A2
16 5.153 LF 48 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
lace, for the unit rice per linear foot of
P P
Dollars
i
and Cents ($ ) $
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #'1 -
BASE BID —PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item
Approx.
Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
17
622
LF 48-Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm SewerPipe, furnished ._.;
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ 1
18
6,536`
LF 60-Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of:
Dollars
and Cents ($
19
596
LF 60-Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ $ _.
20
12,907
LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel 'or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ l $
21
635
CY Excavation, Handling, and Disposal of Contaminated Soil,
complete, for the unit price per cubic yard of.
Dollars
and Cents ($ 1 $:
22
7
EA Type A Manholes, furnished and installed, complete, in place,
for the unit price per each of: "
Dollars
and Cents ($ 1 $
BIDDER'S INITIALS
01257198
EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 7
02/28
ADDENDUM # 1
_.. .... ,,.
<. ..tee,. ,. _ ...,.,v
_ _. , . , �
.., +
w•3f�"'
S
L
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE
BID —.PIPE MATkRIALS ON SHEPT G� DTtAV1'INGS
a
Item
Approx.
UnitDescription
of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
23
2
EA
Type B Manholes, furnishedand.instalied; complete, in place,
for the unit price per each of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
24
3
'EA
Type`C Manholes, complete, in place; for the unit price per each
of
Dollars
Ilia
°
and . Cents ($
25
1
EA
Lake Inlet'for Line A2, complete, in place; for the unit price per
each of:
' Dollars
andCents ($ j g
26
1
EA
Headwalt`arid Vngwall` for Line A2, comp"fete, in place, for the
t
unit price per each of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ )
7
27
2
EA'
Cofferdams, in removal, and 'dewatering, for the unit
-
r
price per each of.
Dollars
14 `
and Cents ($ ) $
28
I
LS
Traffic Control, complete,'in place, for the lump sum price of:_
Dollars
and Cents
BIDDER'S `NITIAI:S
01257198
EXHIBIT"A"— BID SUBMITTAL'
PAGE`8
F
02/28
t
;
ADDENDUM.#1
t
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1 `
BASE BID —PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item
Approx.
Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
29
7,744
SY
Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
Subtotal Base Bid - Line A2 $
LINE A3
30
317
LF
48 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of
Dollars
and Cents ($ )
31
325
LF
48 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot of --
Dollars
and Cents ($
32
642
LF
Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ )
BIDDER'S INITIALS
01257198
EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 9
02/28
ADDENDUM #I
Dollars
Cents ($
i
roll
i
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
}
BAStBTD - PTPE 7VIA`TERIALSmµO1� SEiEB'1
_..,_,.
Item
Approx.
Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
"
33
20
LF
Trencli and Tunnel Dewatering, for the unit price per linear foot
fi
of storm sewer pipe installed of: '
Dollars
l
and Cents ($ ) $
34
1
EA Y
Type"C an ole, complete; in place, for theunitprice per each 4"
}
of _.
Dollars
t
and Cents
35
1
EA
Lake Inlet for Line A3, complete, in place, for the unit price per
a
each of
Dollars
;
and Cents ($ )
36
1 _
EA
Headwall ana`W'ingwall for Eine A3" complete, in place, for the
unit price per each of: _
Dollars
"Cents
and ($) $
37
2
EA "
Cofferdams, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
r^" '
price per each of:'
i
Dollars
Pik
and Cents ($ )
38
I
L8
Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of_
Dollars
Cents ($
ITE #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx.
Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
39 4,840
SY
Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the -
unit price per square yard of:
Dollars
and Cents ($
Subtotal Base Bid - Line A3 $
LINE A4
40 3
LF
24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at Contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of
Dollars
and Cents ($ I
41 3,559
LF
48 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at Contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ 1 $ -
42 193
LF
48 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit --
price per linear foot of:
Dollars
and Cents ($
43 3,755
LF
Trench and Tunnel Dewatering, for the unit price per linear foot
of storm sewer pipe installed of:
Dollars
and Cents
BIDDER'S INITIALS
01257198
EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 11 _
02/28
ADDENDUM 41
44 3,755
LF`
Trench `Safety' _ system and Tunneh or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, compete, "in place, 6r the unit "price per
linear foot of storm sewer' pipe installed of
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) "$
L
45" 1,555
Cy "
Excavation, `Handling, and Disposal of Contaminated SoiC
"
complete, for the unit price per cubic yard of
;"
., , �'•
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
46 1,100
LF
Dewatering, "Handling, and Disposal of Contaminated "
Groundwater, comp`Iete,for the unit price per "linear foot of:_
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $ _
E
47 6
EA
Type "C 1 Ianholes, complete, inplace, for the unit price pereach
of.
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
"
48 1
EA `
Lake Inlet for Line A4, complete,' in place, for the unit price per
each of.
Dollars
and " Cents ($ ) $
49 1
EA
Headwall and Wingwall for Line A4; complete, in place. for the
unit price per each of:
z
Dollars
a
and Cents ($
"
BIDDER'S INITIALS
01257198'
EXHIBIT 'A" — B,ID SUB 'ITTAI:
"
PAGE 1.2
02/28
ADDENDUM #`T
}
ITB #001-01M, Addendum 41
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS T
Item
Approx. Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
50
2 EA
Cofferdams, installation,removal, and dewatering, for the unit - -
price per each o£
Dollars
and Cents ($ )
`51
1 LS
Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of:_
Dollars
and Cents
52
9,196 SY
Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ )
53
1 EA
Sluice Gate Structure with all appurtenances, complete, in place,
for the unit price per each of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
54
1 EA
Park Building with all appurtenances, complete, in place, for the
unit price per each of
Dollars
and Cents ($
Subtotal Base Bid - Line A4 $
LINE AS
55
633 LF
24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ )
BIDDER'S INITIALS
01257198
EXHIBIT"A" - BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 13
02/28
ADDENDUM #I
E
......;.� .
ITB #001=01/VK, Addendum #1
}
BASE BID—i'PE IVIAIi2>iAGS1�1))) iIYS� •q Wr
¢
Item
Approx.
Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
56
1;637
LF'
�... a.., N
48-Incfi'Appr_ove.d Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe. furnished
and installed atcontractor's option of method, complete, in
- place, for the unit price per linear foot of:
Dollars
i
and Cents
57
83
i F
"'48-iric�`'pproved Base Bid Type StormSewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete. in place, for the unit
price per linear foot of
Dollars
and Cents ($
58
2,355
LF
Trench Safety' System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shag
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewerpipe installed of
Dollars
i
and Cents ($ ) $
59
1,139
LF"
Trench and Tunnel Dewatering, for the unit price per linear foot
of storm sewer pipe installed of:
.. ..' `' Dollars
and Cents ($ )
66
4
EA
Type C Manholes; complete; in place, for'the unit price r each r
of
Dol Lars
.
z
and Cents
i
61
1
EA''
La1�e Tn7et for Lme AS;,comp letc, m place, for t}ie unit price per
= each 'of
Dollars
and Cents ($
B]DDER' S INII A �: _... .. . .. .....;
C
0127198
EXHIBIT-"ATDSUBIGiITTAL'
PAG
' E 14
ADDENDUM 41
E '
MTB #001-01/VK1 Addendum #1 -
BASE BID - PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item
Approx.
Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
62
2
EA` Headwalls and Wingwalls for Line A5, complete, in place, for
the unit price per each of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
63
3
EA Cofferdams, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
price per each of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
64
1
LS Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of:_
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
65
46,465
SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $ -
..._
Subtotal Base Bid - Line AS $'
LINE A6
66--
3,529
LF 42 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished'
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of.
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
67
625
LF 42 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm SewerPipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit - -
price per linear foot of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $.
BIDDER'S INITIALS
01257198
EXHIBIT "A" -BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 15
02/28
ADDENDUM #I
a��ava� L1L 1 11 li i�l c► 1 L' 1%iti La "IN .1r L' 1 1110 VC UKA W 11V 110
Unit Description ofTieri and Unit Price Total Amount
.....
... ....r.. _ w
LF ' `Trench "Safety System and"Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
}
Ite
LF Trench and TunnelDewatering, for t unit price per ]'inear foot
6 ;
l�
Dollars
a
a��ava� L1L 1 11 li i�l c► 1 L' 1%iti La "IN .1r L' 1 1110 VC UKA W 11V 110
Unit Description ofTieri and Unit Price Total Amount
.....
... ....r.. _ w
LF ' `Trench "Safety System and"Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
69 4,154
LF Trench and TunnelDewatering, for t unit price per ]'inear foot
" of storm sewer pipe installed of:
Dollars
and Cents ($
70 7
EA Type C Manholes, complete, in place, for the unit priceper each
of.
Dollars
and Cents ($$
71 1
EA Lake Inlet for Line A6, complete, in place, for the unit price per
, each of:
Dollars
and Cents ($
72 1
EA Headwalland ingwall�for bine A6,'�cotnplete,in p`lace,for the k �
S
unit pi,
'hit each of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ,$
BIISDI�R'S`hNCTiAS
F
l�
0125 7198'
. w� EXHIBIT'`A'" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 16
r
02/28
_
i
ADDENDUM 91"
`ITB #001-01/VR, Addendum #1 ^^
BASE BID —PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET,G 13 OF DRAWINGS _7
Item
Approx.
Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
73
2
EA
Cofferdams, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit _
price per each of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ )
74
1
LS
Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of:_
Dollars
and Cents ($ 1 $
75
18,877
SY
Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ )
Subtotal Base Bid - Line A6 $
LINE A7
76
4,077
LF
36 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
77
130
LF
36 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot o£
Dollars
and Cents ($ )
BIDDER'S INITIALS
01257198
EXHIBIT "A"— BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 17, _
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
i
Item E
No.
78
4
F
79
80
81
82
s
r
83
s
ITB #001=017VK, Addendum `01
BASE BID —PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item
Approx. Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
84
1 LS
Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of:_
Dollars
and Cents ($
85
7,744 SY
Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place. for the
unit price per square yard of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ $
-
Subtotal Base Bid - Line A7
LINE A8
86
4;876 LF
30-Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of
Dollars. e_...
and Cents ($ ) $
87
322 LF
30 Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot of
Dollars
and Cents ($ 1 $
88
5,198 LF
Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
Dollars
and Cents ($
BIDDER'S INITIALS
01257198
EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 19 --
02/28
ADDENDUM 41
777,
t
;
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID - PIPE"A� TE1 tX S'bN `S%IEET x`13 0 bRA
Item
Approx.
Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price
P_
Total Amount
No.
Quantity
89
12
EA
Type C lvianholes, complete, in place, for the unit price per each
i
_
of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ 1 $
90
1
EA
Lake Inlet for Line A8, complete, in place, for the unit price per
each o£
,..,
C ` -
M. Dollars
a
and Cents ($ -
"j,
91
1
EA
Headwall and Wingwall for Line A8, complete, in place, for the
t
,..., .
`unit price per each of:
.
Dollars
" and Cents ($ i
=
92
2
EA
Cofferdams, 'installation, removal. and dewatering, for the unit
price pereach of:
E
.
_,_ _ Dollars
and Cents ($
93
1
LS
Traffc-Control,"complete, in place, for the lump sum price`o£_
i
Dollars
and Cents ($
94
31388
SYReestamisli/egetation
by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ $
C L'
ubtotal Base Bid Line A8 $
-
BIDDER'S INITTA1;5..
LINE A9
r
95
4,861
LF_
24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Viewer Pipe, furnished
-
_ and -in- stalled at contractor's option of method, complete, in place$
012 7198
EXHIBIT "A"— BID SUBMITTAL' �
�.:.
' PAG
E 20
02/28
�.
.. ADDENDUM 41...
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G 13 OF DRAWINGS —
Item
Approx. Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
for the unit price per linear foot of: —
Dollars
and Cents ($ )
96
618 LF
24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
97
` 5,479 LF
Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
98
14 EA
Type C Manholes, complete, in place, for the unit price per each
of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
99
1 EA
Lake Inlet with Sluice Gate Structure and all appurtenances,
complete, in place, for the unit price per each of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ 1
BIDDER'S INITIALS
100
1 EA
Headwall and Wingwall for Line A9. complete, in place, for the
unit price per each of:
Dollars
and Cents
101
1 EA
Cofferdam, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
price per each of:
01257198
EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 21
02/28
ADDENDUM #I
i
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #I-
,BASE
BASEBID — PIPE` 1VIATMIALS ON fff "1b,_1',WINGS
I
Item
Approx.
Unit' Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
:.
Dollars
'
and'' Cents ($
>
102
1
LS Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of _
_ '.. Dollars
�e
and Cents ($ ) $
103
5,324
SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, 'for the
unit price per square yard of
Dollars
-`
I
i
"and Cents ($ ) $
B
..
SubtotalBase Bid - Line A9 �$
LINE B
104
2,416
LF 30-Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer'Pipe, furnished
�
_ '. ._
and Ir s method, complete, in
theunit contea
F. place fo P P eolinear foot of:
:. w
Dollars,
and Cents ($ ) $
BIDDER'S'IN`I'T!AL;S`
105
62
LF 30 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm' Sewer Pipe, furnished '
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot of:
Dollars
and Cents ($)
106
2,478
LF Trench Safety 'Sysiern and'Tunnel ` or Bore Access Shaff
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of
Dollars
.
aCents ($ ) $
r==.
p
r
01257198
_ _ ...
EXHIBITAG ID 29M
UfrT
PA
t
02/28"
ADDENDUM #"1 _
1
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID—PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item
Approx.
Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
107
5
EA
Type C Manholes, complete, in place, for the unit price per each
of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
108
1
EA
Lake Inlet for Line B. complete, in place, for the unit price per
each of
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
109
1
EA
Cofferdam, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
price per each of
Dollars -
'
and Cents ($ )
110
1
LS
Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of_
Dollars
and Cents ($ -$
BIDDER'S INITIALS
111
2,420
SY
Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
Subtotal Base Bid - Line B
01257198
EXHIBIT"A" - BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 23
02/28
ADDENDUM 41
i
ITB #001-01/VFi, Addendum #1
.:.
BASE BID =1`11 MATT I2l(ALS ON SII,EET'iMOF�13'ICA
Item
Approx. Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
>' `LINE "C
..
112
31456 LF
24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
.
and installed at contractor's option of method, 'complete, 'in
place, for the unit price per linearfoot of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
i
113
215 LF
24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type'Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
..
price per linear foot of
i
Y
Dollars
-
i
4
and Cents.$ ) $
°
•.
�
114
' _
3 ,671 L F
_.
Trench Safety Systeto m and " Tunnel or Bore" Access' Shaft`
Excavation Trotection,complete,inplace`,for the unit price per
linear foot ofstorm pipe installed of.
1 x
Dollars
and Cents ($ )
�►=
115
7 EA
Type C Manholes, complete, in place, for the unit price per each
Dollars
P
777,
S
, and Cents ($ ) $
BIDDER'S INITIALS'
116
1 EA
Lake `Inlet for Line C, complete; in piac'e; for the unit price per
each of--'
r.-
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
117
1 EA "
' Cofferdam, installation, removal," and dewatering, for the unit `
r
e price per each of.
Dollars
ti
and Cents
01257198_.
E F1IBiT A"-wo-s, i7"iA1.
PAGE 24
t
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID —PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G 13 OF DRAWINGS
Item
Approx.
Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
118
1
LS
Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of:_
Dollars
and Cents
119
8,712
SY
Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place. for the _
unit price per square yard of:
Dollars
and Cents
w-;
Subtotal Base Bid - Line C
LINED
120
169
LF
30 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
BIDDER'S INITIALS
121
169
LF
Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft —
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
Dollars �•
and Cents ($ )
122
1
EA
Headwall and Wingwall for Line D, complete, in place, for the ~
unit price per each of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
01257198
EXHIBIT "A"- BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 25
02/28
ADDENDUM # 1
i
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum `#1
;BASS B1D-F'`iVfATEA%S{01�i`SIEI G3 Oi7A' VS"� M
"
Item
Approx.
Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
_
r1,
123
1
EA
Cofferdam, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
w,.. ro �... .......r
price per each of
w _ Dollars
and Cents ($ ) '$
124
" "1
`EA
. ....
`Checkalve'Sir'ucture,`complete, in place, or the unit price per
each of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
125
1
LS
Traffic Control, complete, in place; for the lump sum price of:_
" Dollars
-
"
and Cents ($ ) $
.
126 �"
1,452
SY
Reesi lish'Vegetation by `Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of
. -., Dollars _
and Cents ($ )
Subtotal Base Bill - Line D '
BIDDER'S 1NITIALS `
LINE. E
..
127
1`,075
LF
24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm' Sewer Pipe, furnisied "
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of.
P"
Dollars
and Cents ($ ) $
1
128
11075
LF
T`rench" "Safety System 11 and Tunnel or " Bore Access Shaft`
'
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
. -,
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
;a
Dollars
and Cents ($ )
r=
f
'01257198
EXFIIBIT "A" ="13ID SUBMITTAL `..
PAGE 26 ._
ADDENDUM #'i _
TTB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID - PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item
Approx. Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
129
4 EA
Curb Inlets, complete, in place, for the unit price per each of:_ -
Dollars
and Cents ($ $ _
130
1 LS
Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of:_
Dollars
and Cents ($ 1 $
Subtotal Base Bid - Line E $
LINE F
131
79 LF
24-Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ }
BIDDER'S INITIALS
132
79 LF
Trench Safety System and Tunnel or ` Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
Dollars
and Cents ($ 1 $ ^
133
2 EA
Curb Inlets, complete, in place, for the unit price per each of:_
Dollars ;
and Cents ($
134
1 LS
Traffic Control, complete, inplace. for the lump sum price of.
Dollars
and Cents ($
Subtotal Base Bid - Line F
01257198
EXHIBIT "A"– BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 27
02/28
ADDENDUM 41
f
l
r
i
ITB 0001-01%VK, Addendum"#1
BASE BID =PIPE MAknizlALg'ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx.
Unit
Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
"No. Quantity
LINE G
135 207
LF
24-Inch'Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed' at contractor's option of method conipletE, 'in�
place, for the unit price per linear foot of.
Dollars
and:- Cents ($ -;$
136 207
LF
Trench 'Safety �System' and 'Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of
Dollars
and Cents (S } g
BIDDER'S INITIALS
137 2
EA
Curb Inlets; complete, in place, for the unit price per each of-.—
f-.Dollars
i
Do lars,
and Cents ($ l ,$
138 1
LS
traffif Control; complete, in place, for tfi6 p sum price of _
:.
Dollars
and Cents ($ ,
SubtotalBase :Bid- Line G $'
.
a
_ u�.
TOTAL BASE BID Iliems 1 tht-oujh` 338: Il elusiVi
Breakdown of Materials and Labor Incorporated into the`Project;
w
Total Materials to be incorporated into the Project, $
Total Labor, superintendence, equipment, supplies, etc., as
necessary to construct the Project,
01257198
EXMBIT "A"L BID'SUBMITTAL
PAGE 28
02/28
ADDENDUM'9I
No Text
No Text
No Text
m of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No Text
s are required to "inclu
!s the right to accept the
l costs n'the above `Total Base Bid;`pand Base Bid x0'ptions: TheCity
Co
s are required to "inclu
!s the right to accept the
l costs n'the above `Total Base Bid;`pand Base Bid x0'ptions: TheCity
Feia-2)5-01_12 OF P.O
Texas Department of Heals
Robot ass, M.P., F.A.C.P. VAbut A. WwLsw, M.D.
�ts�mias�4K . Ts�as 7�"!5b 3199 Cc�mi�rio� __
�� X34?i41
February 4, 1991
U%posal of Petroleum-Prcduct-Contaminated Sails at
Zandfille Permitted by the Tdxas Dapartnert of Health
(]wised tt irements<)
T4a xegu3ritmeate estak►lisfh+Rd for the disposal of petroleum-product
d6ntzaainAt6d soils at landfill& pomittad by TDR, issuad an august
7 3.489, art hereby revi.sad. The revision is r ocossary because
signi.fit 'ant quantities of cont&sinated soiLa are being sant to
municipal landfills due to srovediml ections required far undiarground
fuel storage tanks and other spill/release incidents.
Effective iundiately, municipal landfills with TD11 permits may
accept petroleum product-contaminated soils without specific TVH
,approval except under the following aonditione s
I. automotive gasvllno contaminated soils ,. soils whish
kava a total concentration of benzene (B), toluene (2),
othylbwxzene (2) and xyl,ette (X) (BTEX] of less than 159
fk9("a)i a total petroleum hydrocarbon (TPA)
concentration of less than 609 ppm, and a TCLP benzene
concentration of lass than 0.25 mgjl any be accepted at --
a ` Type I landfill without specifiv Tim autheri,zation.
All other landf ille raquirs. spocific authorization.
Z Mosel fuel oontsuainatted saiXe ` soils which nave a
total concentration of benzene ,(8), toluene (T),
athylbenzene (E) and Xyl4na (XI CBTRX] of lase than 150
aq/k�3 (ppm); a fatal.. petroleum hydrocarbon (TPH)
concentrigtion 4f less than 600 ppmt and a TCLP benzem
concentr tion, of lease than 0,25 �aq/1 may be accepted at
a Type I landfill vithout specific T'aH authorization. _
All othor landfills require specific authorization,
3, Used motor oil contaminated soils - Soils must be tseted
for lead (total, and E.P. Toxicity or TCLP), tat&l
petroleum hYdrovarbons (TPn) and total orgastic halogen
(TCX). For Type l landfal".1 specific TDB approval its
t pirakd unless total l esd is less than 250 ppri, E4.
Toxic or TCLP lead is lees than 2.5 mg/]., TPH f4 1490
than 500 plea. T0246 is less than. 50 ppm and TCLP b4mztns
is leas than 0.25 no/l. specific approval iB rep3r4d
for all other landfills..
No Text
No Text
(b) Expected duration of the discharge represented by this NOL: Weeks Months
CITY OF LUBBOCK
INVITATION TO BID
FOR
TITLE: SOUTH CENTRAL LUBBOCK DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS
ADDRESS: LUBBOCK, TEXAS
BID NUMBER: 001-01NK
ACCOUNT NUMBER: 6511.293.9603.9103
PROJECT NUMBER: 293-6903
CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
e*+
VOW
INDEX
1.
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
2.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3.
BID SUBMITTAL - BID FOR UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS
EXHIBIT A
-BASE BID AND BASE BID OPTIONS
-ALTERNATE BID AND ALTERNATE BID OPTIONS
4.
PAYMENT BOND
5.
PERFORMANCE BOND
x
6.
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
7.
CONTRACT
8.
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
9.
CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS
10.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
11.
SPECIFICATIONS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
9
rl
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
BID #001-01NK
Sealed bids addressed to Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in
the office of the Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401,
until 3:00 o'clock p.m. on the 22nd day of March, 2001, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all
planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described
project with a budget amount of $30.600,000:
"SOUTH CENTRAL LUBBOCK DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS"
After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of
the Purchasing Manager and publicly read aloud. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to ensure that his bid is
actually in the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, before the expiration of the date above
first written.
Bids are due at 3:00 o'clock p.m. on the 22nd day of March. 2001, and the City of Lubbock City Council
will consider the bids on the le day of April. 2001, at the Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas,
or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any
formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter
2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price
exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with
Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract
price exceeds $25,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of B
or superior.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or
certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company,
payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than one percent (1%) of the
total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary
bonds within fifteen (15) days after notice of award of the contract to him.
It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all
local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have
been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a non-
mandatory pre-bid conference on -7 1h day of February, 2001 at 9:00 o'clock a.m., in Committee Room 103, 1625
13th Sreet, Lubbock, Texas.
Bidders may view the plans and specifications without charge at Lubbock City Hall, 1625 13th
Street, Lubbock, Texas, Purchasing Department, Room L-04. Plans and specifications may be obtained by the
bidder for a $265.00 non-refundable charge per set. Plans and specifications may be obtained through
Parkhill, Smith & Cooper, Inc., 4222 85`h Street, Lubbock, Texas 79423, (806) 473-2200. Plans and
specifications will be shipped at the bidder's expense. If bidder requires overnight or second day expedited method
parcel shipment, the bidder will incur shipping charges and must furnish the name of the service to be used and
the bidder's account number.
Bidder's attention is called to the fact that there is a Base Bid, with Base Bid Options, Alternate Bid and
Alternate Bid Options in the bid document.
- CONTINUED NEXT PAGE -
ow,
i
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages
included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, which
document is specifically referred to in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to provision
of Article 5159a, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale
and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage
scale.
The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this
advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in
response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or
national origin in consideration for an award. The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with
disabilities. City of Lubbock pre-bid meetings and bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability.
If you would like bid information made available in a more accessible format or if you require assistance, please
contact the City of Lubbock Human Relations Office at (806) 775-2281 at least 48 hours in advance of the
meeting.
CITY OF LUBBOCK
V�rtj,
VICTOR KILMAN
PURCHASING MANAGER
G;a
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
""4
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1 BID DELIVERY, TIME & DATE
1.1 The City of Lubbock is seeking written and sealed competitive bids to furnish SOUTH CENTRAL
LUBBOCK DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS per the attached specifications and contract documents.
Sealed bids will be received no later than 3:00 p.m. CST, the 22nd day of March, 2001 at the office listed
below. Any bid received after the date and hour specified will be rejected and returned unopened to the
bidder. Each bid and supporting documentation must be in a sealed envelope or container plainly labeled
in the lower left-hand corner: "ITB #001-011VK, SOUTH CENTRAL LUBBOCK DRAINAGE
IMPROVEMENTS" and the bid opening date and time. Bidders must also include their company name
and address on the outside of the envelope or container. Bids must be addressed to:
Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager
City of Lubbock
1625 13th Street, Room L-04
Lubbock, Texas 79401
1.2 Bidders are responsible for making certain bids are delivered to the Purchasing Department. Mailing of a
bid does not ensure that the bid will be delivered on time or delivered at all. If bidder does not hand deliver
bid, we suggest that he/she use some sort of delivery service that provides a receipt.
1.3 Bids will be accepted in person, by United States Mail, by United Parcel Service, or by private courier
service. No bids will be accepted by oral communication, telephone, electronic mail, telegraphic
transmission, or telefacsimile transmission. THE CITY WILL NOT ACCEPT FAX BIDS.
1.4 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening bids through an
addendum.
2 PRE-BID MEETING
2.1 For the purpose of familiarizing bidders with the requirements, answering questions, and issuing addenda
as needed for the clarification of the Invitation to Bid (ITB) documents, a non -mandatory pre-bid meeting
will be held at 9:00 a.m.. February 7 2001 in Committee Room 103 1625 13` Street Lubbock Texas All
persons attending the meeting will be asked to identify themselves and the prospective bidder they
represent.
2.2 It is the bidder's responsibility to attend the pre-bid meeting though the meeting is not mandatory. The
City will not be responsible for providing information discussed at the pre-bid meeting to bidders who do
not attend the pre-bid meeting.
3 ADDENDA & MODIFICATIONS
r
3.1 Any changes, additions, or clarifications to the ITB are made by written bid addenda.
3.2 Any bidder in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents may
request an interpretation thereof from the Purchasing Department. At the request of the bidder, or in the
event the Purchasing Department deems the interpretation to be substantive, the interpretation will be
made by written addendum issued by the Purchasing Department. Such addendum issued by the
Purchasing Department will be sent to all bidders receiving the original Invitation to Bid (ITB) and will
r., become part of the bid package having the same binding effect as provisions of the original bid. NO
VERBAL EXPLANATIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for
interpretation considered, the request must be submitted in writing and must be received by the
City of Lubbock Purchasing Department no later than ten (10) days before the bid closing date.
3.3 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of Lubbock
shall not be legally bound by any amendment or interpretation that is not in writing. Only information
supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Department in writing or in this ITB should be used in
preparing bid responses. All contacts that a bidder may have had before or after receipt of this ITB with
any individuals, employees, or representatives of the City and any information that may have been read in
any news media or seen or heard in any communication facility regarding this bid should be disregarded in
preparing responses.
k.
r-*
r} s
3.4 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to bidders.
r.
k;
2
r
0
P IT
4 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS
4.1 Each bidder shall carefully examine all ITB documents and thoroughly familiarize itself with all
requirements before submitting a bid to ensure that their bid meets the intent of these specifications.
4.2 Before submitting a bid, each bidder shall be responsible for making all investigations and examinations
that are necessary to ascertain conditions and requirements affecting the requirements of this Invitation to
Bid. Failure to make such investigations and examinations shall not relieve the bidder from obligation to
comply, in every detail, with all provisions and requirements of the Invitation to Bid.
4.3 Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents,
shall be given to the Purchasing Manager and a clarification obtained before the bids are received,
and if no such notice is received by the Purchasing Manager prior to the opening of bids, then it
shall be deemed that the bidder fully understands the work to be included and has provided
sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications.
If bidder does not notify Purchasing Manager before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions,
then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and
adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must
be submitted no later than ten (10) calendar days prior to the opening of bids.
5 BID PREPARATION COSTS
5.1 Issuance of this ITB does not commit the City of Lubbock, in any way, to pay any costs incurred in the
preparation and submission of a bid.
5.2 The issuance of this ITB does not obligate the City of Lubbock to enter into contract for any services or
equipment.
5.3 All costs related to the preparation and submission of a bid shall be paid by the bidder.
6 TRADE SECRETS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND THE TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT
6.1 If you consider any portion of your bid to be privileged or confidential by statute or judicial decision,
including trade secrets and commercial or financial information, clearly identify those portions.
6.2 The City of Lubbock will honor your notations of trade secrets and confidential information and decline to
release such information initially, but please note that the final determination of whether a particular
portion of your bid is in fact a trade secret or commercial or financial information that may be withheld from
public inspection will be made by the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction. In the
event a public information request is received for a portion of your bid that you have marked as being
confidential information, you will be notified of such request and you will be required to justify your legal
position in writing to the Texas Attorney General pursuant to Section 552.305 of the Government Code. In
the event that it is determined by opinion or order of the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent
jurisdiction that such information is in fact not privileged and confidential under Section 552.110 of the
Government Code and Section 252.049 of the Local Government Code, then such information will be
made available to the requester.
, 6.3 Marking your entire bid CONFIDENTIAUPROPRIETARY is not in conformance with the Texas Open
Records Act.
7 LICENSES, PERMITS, TAXES
The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc. that the bidder is or may
be required to pay.
8 CONFLICT OF INTEREST
8.1 The bidder shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business arrangement with
any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock.
8.2 By signing and executing this bid, the bidder certifies and represents to the City the bidder has not offered,
conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the receipt of special
treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote or any other
exercise of discretion concerning this bid.
3
9
0
10
11
12
13
14
I
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
9.1 All work covered by the contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the
General Conditions.
9.2 All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for
the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work
contemplated by said contract documents.
9.3 The Bidder's attention is called to the provision that no Contractor, Subcontractor or other
company or business entity, that has a Workmen's Compensation Insurance Experience Rating of
greater than one (1) will be permitted to work on the proposed construction project. Bidders that
have a Workmen's Compensation Experience Rating greater than one(1) will be considered non-
responsive bidders.
PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS
It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by
the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without
charge. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders.
BIDDER INQUIRIES AND CLARIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS
11.1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permit competitive bids. It shall be the
bidder's responsibility to advise the Purchasing Manager if any language, requirements, etc., or any
combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source.
Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing
Office no later than five (5) business days before the bid closing date. A review of such notifications will
be made.
11.2 NO BIDDER SHALL REQUEST ANY INFORMATION VERBALLY. ALL'REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION CONCERNING THIS'INVITAT 10N TO BID (ITB) MUST BE
SUBMITTED IN WRITING`NO LATER THAN TBN (10)'BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID
CLOSING DATE AND ADDRESSED TOi:
VICTOR KILMAN, PURCHASING MANAGER
City of Lubbock
162513 th Street
Lubbock, Texas 79401
Fax: (806) 775-2164
Email: VKilman@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us
TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION
12.1 The construction covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within ONE THOUSAND
TWO HUNDRED (1,200) CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS from the date specified in the Notice to
Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder.
12.2 The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided,
however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work
contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be
submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the
progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems
necessary to ensure completion of the project within the time specified.
PAYMENT
All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the
contract documents.
AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID
The City of Lubbock, prior to final acceptance of this project, requires the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all
bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the
9
contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been
notified.
15 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will
be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve
the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until
incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve
^* the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and methods
_. set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality, which the Owner believes necessary to
procure a satisfactory project.
16 GUARANTEES
16.1 All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against
defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner,
a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work,
and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects
appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or
workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock).
16.2 Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and
warrants fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data
(including, but not limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, software and
A-, firmware products delivered and services provided under this Contract, individually or in combination, as
the case may be from the effective date of this Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants calculations will be
recognized and accommodated and will not, in any way, result in hardware, software or firmware failure.
The City of Lubbock, at its sole option, may require the Contractor, at any time, to demonstrate the
procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all the obligations contained herein.
16.3 The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub-
contractor or any third party involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be
delivered to the City of Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations
contained herein, may result in the City of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law and
under this Contract including, but not limited to, its right pertaining to termination or default.
16.4 The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this
Contract, and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the
Contractor's liability which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices, its schedules, its annexes or
any document incorporated in this Contract by reference.
M- 17 PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR
The Contractor will be furnished ten (10) sets of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his
use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the
Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or
others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor.
18 PROTECTION OF THE WORK
The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials,
supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any
and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the
date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have
been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information:
(a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by
the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed.
(b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder.
(c) Equipment schedule.
5
(d) A letter, on Contractor and Subcontractor insurer's letterheads, stating the Workmen's Compensation
Insurance Experience Rating for Contractor and Subcontractor.
(e) If, after award of contract, the Contractor adds or substitutes subcontractors, then an insurer's letter
stating the Workmen's Compensation Insurance Rating shall be provided to the City for each added or
substituted subcontractor.
19 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX
19.1 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions
of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act.
19.2 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the
materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase.
20 PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a
way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility fines, conduits or
other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the
project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the
location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve
the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by
Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by
Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, and the private utility owner, as applicable, at
Contractor's expense.
r.
21 BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES
The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and
shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be
necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs,
and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and
replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of
barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of
acceptance of the project.
-.- 22 EXPLOSIVES
22.1 The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the
Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the
Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage, which may occur as a direct or indirect result of
the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use
utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods
as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity.
22.2 Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor.
22.3 In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this
contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or
below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such
notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may
'^ deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the
Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations.
23 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the
work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and
telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by
this contract is in progress.
24 INSURANCE
24.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as
required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do
business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City
and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of
cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right
to subrogation. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this
contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also
shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact
business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether
performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the
operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be
submitted before contract execution.
24.2 The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City of Lubbock, Parkhill, Smith & Cooper,
Inc., Hugo Reed & Associates, Inc., The Staubauch Company and Burlington North Santa Fe
Railway Company as additional insureds. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to provide to
the owner all proof of coverage insurance documents including workers compensation coverage
for each subcontractor.
25 LABOR AND WORKING HOURS
25.1 Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages
included in these contract documents. The wage rate that must be paid on this project shall not be less
than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The
bidders' attention is further directed to the requirements of Article 5159a, Vernon's Annotated Civil
Statutes providing for the payment of the wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's obligations
thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in these contract
documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be applicable.
Construction work under this contract requiring an inspector will not be performed on weekends or
holidays unless the following conditions exist:
25.1.1 The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary
service to its citizens.
25.1.2 Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is
approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a
diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time.
25.1.3 A longer work week is authorized under Section 01140 — Work Restrictions of the specifications.
25.2 Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays, the
Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the
weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative
to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on
weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative.
25.3 In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done
under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately
commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such
condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life.
26 PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS
The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project
` under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount,
not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the site of the
work shall not later than the seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or
Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his
classification, the number of hours worked on each day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the
copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates or deductions (except as shown) have been made,
or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. The Contractor must classify employees
according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which
schedule is included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on
whose behalf this contract is made, ten dollars for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each
calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his
r—
particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these
"^ contract documents.
27 PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES
Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or
decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the
bidder without being considered.
28 PREPARATION FOR BID
28.1 The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be
correctly filled in and the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he intends to
do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly
and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written
in figures, the price written in words shall govern.
28.2 If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a
bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be
given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If
the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address
must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing
agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the bid.
The bid shall be executed in ink.
28.3 Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and
endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner:
28.3.1 Bidder's name
28.3.2 Bid for (description of the project).
28.4 Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening of the bids,
but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter.
28.5 Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has been
t" opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE,
ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR
TO BID OPENING.
r^ 29 BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the
following:
(a) Notice to Bidders.
(b) General Instructions to Bidders.
(c) Bid Submittal.
+^ (d) Statutory Bond.
(e) Contract Agreement.
(f) General Conditions.
.., (g) Special Provisions.
(h) Specifications.
(i) Insurance Certificates.
r• (j) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered
incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents.
30 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS
The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of
Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein
in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order to satisfy
8
the City of Lubbock about the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable investigations
deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall
furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The City of Lubbock
reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to satisfy the
City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the
work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include:
(a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required.
(b) The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified,
without delay or interference.
(c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder.
(d) The quality of performance of previous contracts or services.
(e) Worker's Compensation Experience Rating.
31 BID AWARD
31.1 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any or all bids, reject any particular item on a bid, and to
waive immaterial formalities and to accept the offer most advantageous to the City of Lubbock in its sole
discretion.
31.2 The City reserves the right to accept the Total Base Bid, the Total Alternate Bid, and Project Options in
any order or combination that serves its best interests. The low bid shall be determined on the price
combination of the Total Base Bid and any accepted Project Options or on the price combination of the
Total Alternate Bid and any accepted Projected Options.
31.3 All bids are evaluated for compliance with specifications before the bid price is considered. Response to
specifications is primary in determining the best low bid. Failure to comply with the specifications may
result in disqualification of the bid.
31.3 In case of tie bids, preference will be given to local bidders. Consistent and continued tie bidding may be
cause for rejection of bids by the City of Lubbock and/or investigation by the Attorney General to
determine possible Anti -Trust violations.
31.4 Before the City may award a bid to a nonresident bidder, the nonresident bidder's bid must be lower than
lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas bidder by the same margin or amount that a Texas bidder
would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder in the nonresident bidders' home state.
31.5 Any contract made, or purchase order issued, as a result of this Invitation to Bid, shall be entered into the
State of Texas and under the laws of the State of Texas. In connection with the performance of work, the
Bidder agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal Opportunity Employment Act, and all
other applicable Federal, State, and Local laws, regulations, and executive orders to the extent that the
same may be applicable.
31.6 NO INDIVIDUAL OF ANY USING DEPARTMENT HAS THE AUTHORITY TO LEGALLY AND/OR
FINANCIALLY COMMIT THE CITY TO ANY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PURCHASE ORDER FOR
GOODS OR SERVICES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SANCTIONED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS
INVITATION TO BID.
r-+
9
i
No Text
r
BID SUBMITTAL
UNIT PRICE BID CONTRACT
DATE: 04— ---- --------------------------
PROJECT NUMBER: #001-01NK - SOUTH CENTRAL LUBBOCK DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS -
,,, Drawing Sheet G13 Permissible Materials
Bid of Barnard Construction Company Incorporated ---_---___---- (hereinafter
called Bidder)
To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Gentlemen:
The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of a SOUTH CENTRAL
LUBBOCK DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions
to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work,
and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including
the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to
construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time
set forth therein and at the price stated in Exhibit "A".
The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds,
according to the accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated
and for the prices stated in Exhibit "A" of this bid.
Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be
specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 1,200 (ONE
THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED) consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications
and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the
sum of $3,100.00 (THREE THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED DOLLARS) for each consecutive calendar day
in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the
general conditions of the contract documents.
Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in
accordance with instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any
formality in the bidding.
The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty-five
(65) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids.
The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully
examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and
he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and
to substantially complete the work on which he. has bid; as provided in the contract documents.
i
6@
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a
cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from
a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not
less than one percent (1 %) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter
.■* into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within
fifteen (15) days after notice of award of the contract to him.
Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for
Not Applicable ------- Dollars ($_ NSA ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of
_1% of Bid Amount ------ Dollars ($_1% of Bid), which it is agreed shall be
collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the
Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance
certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within fifteen (15) days after the date of
receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be
returned to the undersigned upon demand.
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and
include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to
Bidders.
Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code
252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has
been opened may not be changed for the
purpose of correcting an error in the bid price.
THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID
PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID
SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING.
(Sea] if Bidder is a Corporation)
ATTEST:
Secret James A. Tilleman
Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
Addenda No. --I — Date --21251Q1
Addenda No. __ 2 Date__3
15101
Addenda No. __3__ Date__4112JQ1
Addenda No. _ 4_— Date
4/17/01
Addenda No. 5 Date
4/18/01
Addenda No. 6 Date
4/18/01
M1WBE
Firm: N/A
M.,
Date: 04/25/01
Authorize�re
_Mart�L _ Jorgzensen, Vice President
(Printed or Typed Name)
Barnard Construction
__go n Incorporated _-
Company —
P.O. Box 99
---------------------
Address
_Bozeman _—,-G_Alla_tin
City, — County
Montana ____-_59771-0099
State Zip Code
Telephone: __406 -_586-1995
Fax: 406 - 586-3530
Woman Black American Native American
Hispanic Asian Pacific American Other (Specify)
American
a >
►^+ ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
EXHIBIT "A" - BID SUBMITTAL
BID # 01-001/VK
BASE BID ITEMS - PAGES 4 - 29
BASE BID OPTIONS - PAGES 30 - 34
o
01257198 EXHIBIT "X'- BID SUBMITTAL PAGE 3
02/28 ADDENDUM #1
"W
T
r
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #<
EXHIBIT " A"
BID SUBMITTAL
BID NO. 001-01/VK
DRAWING SHEET G13 PERMISSIBLE MATERIALS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
Al 1 LS Mobilization/Demobilization including insurance,
performance and payment bonds, move-in/move-out
costs, project sign, preparation of NOI, and
NOT, .complete, for the lump sum price
y!^ovf} S��
)1� .()
1 iL4,A �Q� ' IY Do:l ars
andZ Cents ($ 731.$ > $ 73),
LINE Al
A2 16,600
LF 72 -Inch Approved Allowable Type Storm Sewer
Pipe, furnished and installed at contractor's
option of method, complete, in place, for the
unit price per linear foot of:
Dollars
dL
AP
_
($ )
$
and�e" Cents
-S,
A3 10,100
LF 72 -Inch Approved Allowable Type Storm Sewer
Pipe, furnished and installed in a tunnel or
bore, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of:
Dollars
and Z� Cents ($ f ,)
$
A4 26,700
LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access
Shaft Excavation Protection, complete, in place,
for the unit price per linear foot of storm
sewer pipe installed of:
VP— Dollars
<4
IQW-- -eer.,A� db
Cents ($ )
r
$ '33t�b6
AS 410
CY Rock Excavation, for the unit price per cubic
yard of:
4��r�
Dollars
MO
d `VCents ($ )
$
BIDDER'S
INITIALS
01257198
EXHIBIT " A" - BID SUBMITTAL (G13) (REVISED 4/01)
I 1 3 EA Cofferdams, installation, re 11 and ewat ring, for the unit
price per each of On
wee. �.. c�►�i,�d
Dollars
Cents
BIDDER'S INITIALS,y?
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 5
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID - PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx.
No. Quantity
Unit Description of Item and Unit Price
Total Amount
6 3,847
LF Trench and Tunnel Dewatering, for the unit price per linear foot
of storm sewer pipe installed of:
One- Dollars
Q!Yd Cents S / )
7 7,685
CY Excavation, Handling, and Disposal of Contaminated Soil,
complete, for the unit price per cubic yard of
Dollars
O
8 ", SIS
Cents ($ �� v^ 1 $
8 32
EA Type A Manholes, furnished and installed, complete, in place,
for the unit price per each of:
S`
F1NQ..S0."!c! Dollars
Cents ($ S, mt, ) $
9 1
EA Lake Inlet for Line A1, complete, in place, for the unit price per
each of:
t tt
Dollars
a100
Cents ($ �� 0 (M0 ) $
1/000
10 1
EA Headwall and Wingwall for Line A1, complete, in place, for the
unit price per each of
� ���
14-
f V —Z I Cents ($ �o. �b�� ) $_ _ Xd Dal
I 1 3 EA Cofferdams, installation, re 11 and ewat ring, for the unit
price per each of On
wee. �.. c�►�i,�d
Dollars
Cents
BIDDER'S INITIALS,y?
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 5
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
I _.
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID - PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
12 1 LS Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of:_
& *4Y �^� Dollars
'_&@tt Cents ($ 00.om 1 $ gOlow
13 56,145 SY Reestablish Vegetation by Seeding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of:
One- Dollars
O W
:4_:_Cents
($ 1 $
14 8,712 SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square
yard of:
1 "(-e'Q"' Dollars
and l Cents ($ 3 ) $ 3d, 9 �Z
15 1 EA Storm Water Sampling Station, complete, in place, for the unit
price per f:
+er each o
IFAY " "r"`���� Dollars
I 111—b
-a
d-0er_q1t.A4Cents($ SV
LINE A2
16 5,153
01257198
02/28
P"
Subtotal Base Bid - Line Al
LF 48 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of
' dykA Dollars
Ro.
and 2 V) Cents ($ � Z $_ tym GM
EXHIBIT "X'- BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 6
ADDENDUM #1
BIDDER'S INITIALSWV(-
s*+
s*�
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx.
Unit Description of Item and Unit Price
Total Amount
No. Quantity
17 622
LF 48 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Stonn Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foots of:
Dollars
and Cents($ 3(00 ) $
2z.3���
18 6,536
LF 60 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear ff000t'of-
-Fi m f 1 n- `Y
V Dollars
and ?-J'�-co Cents ($ w4k W ) $' --U-89-4
y�
19 596
LF 60 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot of
`ytk' Ht-"'Jcol SQ,V`Q!'' Dollars
-7
and G k. t Cents ($_ $-
c7D
Z,ZV sz�
20 12,907
LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
UQ--
Dollars
'Cents ($
S35;�
21 635
CY Excavation, Handling, and Disposal of Contaminated Soil,
complete, for the unit price per cubic yard of:
Dollars
and, Cents ($_. �,V ) $ LZ 706 �-
22 7
EA Type A Manholes, furnished and installed, complete, in place,
for the unit price per each of:
JI X 1 64,0r 4
`vn Dollars
0�
and Cents ($ �p� d64 ) $ 92,06 0006 ,
BIDDER'S INITIALS:
01257198
EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 7
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
t�*
i
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
23 2 EA Type B Manholes, furnished and installed, complete, in place,
for
'the
�unit price
�per
�each of:
Dollars
and Cents Cents ($ d � $ �y' 0q%�
24 3 EA Type C Manholes, complete, in place, for the unit price per each
of
` V 11112 Dollars
and C_Cents ($_ `i � ()V� Irp
)
25 1 EA Lake Inlet for Line A2, complete, in place, for the unit price per
each
�I Y1of: ''�� f
1_V �Ay 1y\�h��*+�'�� Dollars
and ZRJC�) Cents ($ 9�, QbO do ) $ �d am �
26 1 EA Headwall and Wingwall for Line A2, complete, in place, for the
unit price per each of:
Ikk4y T�� T���aS
Dollars
� ^� zod
and ,C� Cents ($ i_V� � ) S ZZ+
27 2 EA Cofferdams, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
price per each of:
X Dollars
O
and �"�''Cily Cents214--
28 1 LS Traffic [Cotntrol, complete, in place, for
-{the lump sum price of:_
of ct, 44k".C.a I�Cri 1 1 spV,ACW4I)ollars
and�Cents ($
01257198
02/28
EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 8
ADDENDUM #1
BIDDER'S INITIALS
�
Item Approx.
No. Quantity
29 7,744
LINE A3
30 317
31 325
32 642
01257198
02/28
i
ITB 4001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID - PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit pricepersquare yard of:
1 h('�.•� • Dollars
d
and-Rrt�q-Cents ($ 3 S"� $ )7 i()q
Subtotal Base Bid - Line A2 $
LF 48 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of:
l Wa i'1 Vl'��t T' Dollars op
and pt- Cents ($ DISOV ) $79,290
LF 48 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot of:
{ c
j 'i`r'e-'2. ��4C4-�J� Dollars
and zkr% Cents ($
LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
F( Ve- Dollars
and :bMIZ, Cents ($ ? 1 $
EXHIBIT "X'- BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 9
ADDENDUM #1
BIDDER'S INITIALS'29
z
1° ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
33 20 LF Trench and Tunnel Dewatering, for the unit price per linear foot
of storm sewer pipe installed of:
�... (W Dollars 49
00 /�
and Q.CO Cents ($ �� 1 $ T�
34 1 EA Type C Manhole, complete, in place, for the unit price per each
of- 1
Dollars
and Cents ($ O�b� 1 $ �, 0
35 1 EA Lake Inlet for Line A3, complete, in place, for the unit price per
each of
1\1 In
Dollars
and-?— Cents ($ ��I �� $ Goy odG
36 1 EA Headwall and Wingwall for Line A3, complete, in place, for the
unit price per each of:
Dollars
PM
and ents ($ %w ) $ 2U 0M
37 2 EA Cofferdams, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
price per each of: --�-j _ 1
-,4y TW � 1 V�[.1�11��;.� v Dollars
and Zrd Cents ($ 72f 0% ) $ /`t o
38 1 LS Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of:_
Dollars
00
and � � Cents $ 1i 00 1 $ 1 ! 00O
r
BIDDER'S i1VITIAL
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
pow PAGE 10
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
9
A
P ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID - PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
�.• 39 4,840 SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
a unit price per square yard of:
Dollars
and [' 1 —%—Cents ($ 3 ) $ It& "! q�
Subtotal Base Bid - Line A3 y8%t d
LINE A4
S y
40 3 LF 24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at Contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit priceper linear foot of
Sky -'n H%,,vN� ceA Dollars
and21!-�Cents ($- 70b` — ) $21100 e-
41
21100e-
41 3,559 LF 48 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at Contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of
Dollars
06
and .:- o�.Z. �
Cents ($ ) s -R 19, S 76
42 193 LF 48 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot of.
h' ` -10-�61111AM4 Six Dollars
(JO
and j w � Cents (S W ) $ (pq?
43 3,755 LF Trench and Tunnel Dewatering, for the unit price per linear foot
of storm sewer
pipe installed of:
vn� Dollars UO
and L C"O Cents (S ) $ T SS
BIDDER'S INITIALS , V
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" - BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 11
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
A
r
Item Approx.
No. Quantity
44 3,755
45 1,555
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum =_
BASE BID - PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
to
' V'- Dollars
_ c1V
and 7LRA-0 Cents ($_ 5 ) $ 7 %S
CY Excavation, Handling, and Disposal of Contaminated Soil,
complete, for the unit price per cubic yard of
Dollars
-7
and Z k -c d Cents ($-
46 1,100 LF Dewatering, Handling, and Disposal of Contaminated
Groundwater, complete, for the unit price per linear foot of._
Dollars
and ZQX-0Cents ($_ ��
47 6 EA Type C Manholes, complete, in place, for the unit price per each
of.
QhNSa`�d Dollars o
e
and qx- Cents ($ /0 on ) $ 4'Q
ip
48 1 EA Lake Inlet for Line A4, complete, in place, for the unit price per
each of
V � � Dollars
and 2'tVrJ Cents ($ 5V, aw ) $ SCS 000
49 1 EA Headwall and Wingwall for Line A4, complete, in place, for the
unit price per each of
Dollars
and2K( /S VO()V` ) $ / ao
Cents $ �
BIDDER'S INITIALS;
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" - BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 12
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
r
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
01257198
02/28
EXHIBIT "A" - BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 13
ADDENDUM #1
BASE BID - PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price
No. Quantity
Total Amount
50 2 EA Cofferdams, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
price per each of:
Sk k _r"Is�hA
Dollars
and lKsEt Cents
51 1 LS Traffic
raffiic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of._
Dollars
and Cents ($ �0 �- - 1 $
�---
52 9,196 SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of:
!*e
�VeA' Dollars
and R Cents ($ 3 ' 1 $
3Z� / 8 0 —
53 1 EA Sluice Gate Structure with all appurtenances, complete, in place,
for the unit price per each of:
Dollars
andZ.Q,CO Cents ($ '7����
4d.
0
$
-
54 1 EA Park Building with all appurtenances, complete, in place, for the
unit price per each of
T�Q�,xSad/A
,.a
�O Dollars
and ��� Cents ($ .--- $rJ0
U�
Subtotal Base Bid - Line A4 $
to do
LINE AS
55 633 LF 24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of
01ST— Ak-'Nd(-P 1
Dollars
andZe.C'd Cents ($�yhh ) $
M
3 3ao'—
BIDDER'S INITIALS
01257198
02/28
EXHIBIT "A" - BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 13
ADDENDUM #1
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID - PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
�.. 56 1,637 LF 48 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, fortheunit price per linear foot of.
GL_ i 7��� (�,� \ji Dollars
and ZZ -C% Cents ($
jzo
e
57 85 LF 48 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot of:
Dollars
an C.�►v Cents 40
i (S S 1
58 2,355 LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
05 Dollars
Vo—
and
ZAJIM Cents ($ $ 4/.710
59 1,139 LF Trench and Tunnel Dewatering, for the unit price per linear foot
of storm sewer pipe installed of.
Vile- Dollars
and 224911ri Cents ($ / ) $ �. 3
60 4 EA Type C Manholes, complete, in place, for the unit price per each
of- ((
1 R(sk 1 �d�S�� Dollars
M�
and Z�Cd Cents ($ g V. om ) $_ 1K, dW
61 1 EA Lake Inlet for Line A5, complete, in place, for the unit price per
-
each of:
Dollars
and 7-JZXe Cents ($
BIDDER'S INITIALS -
2991l/
w..µ
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" - BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 14
02/28
ADDENDUM # 1
r
r
6-1
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
62 2 EA Headwalls and Wingwalls for Line A5, complete, in place, for
the unit price per each of
Dollars �
and Cents ($ ' Z, Qai 1 $�� ,
63
64
65
3 EA Cofferdams, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
price per each of.
S1 '1 - 4 r � Va
Dollars 4p
4'O
and Z4�C'o Cents ($, noo 1 $ / ��i �QD
1 LS Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the In p sum price of:_
�t �-�� 6`115'" Dollars
O
and Z..4Zk-O Cents ($_ (S O M� ) $
46,465
LINE A6
66 3,529
67
01257198
02/28
625
SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of:
Dollars
and, Cents
Subtotal Base Bid - Line A5 $ 3Z V ycp
LF 42 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of
[&11�4 ���� Dollars
and Lr(1 Cents ($ + %§0
IU )
LF 42 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot of.
I �•� /�c�y,C�C't.a�-.e Dollars
�
40
andZ�� /� Cents ($ IS z $
BIDDER'S INITIALS :-�1 l/
EXHIBIT "N'— BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 15
ADDENDUM #1
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx.
Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
68 4,154
LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of
Twd Dollars
91_4and
Q
Zero Cents ($ �.. ) $ v �d�
69 4,154
LF Trench and Tunnel Dewatering, for the unit price per linear foot
of storm see11w..e__r pipe installed of:
Dollars
�'
i,/
andZ-'�V6 Cents ($ 1 $ 7��5 /
70 7
EA Type C Manholes, complete, in place, for the unit price per each
of
E;
+ Dollars
Z_R�
and Cents ($
71 1
EA Lake Inlet for Line A6, complete, in place, for the unit price per
each of:
Dollars
and C_ -.CQ Cents ($ S�i 1 $
72 1
EA Headwall and Wingwall for Line A6, complete, in place, for the
unit price per
feach sof:
Dollars 0
—7
and Z�so Cents ($ <<, Mr ) $ , A
01257198
02/28
FM
EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 16
ADDENDUM #1
BIDDER'S INITIALS:22�W�_
i
ITB 4001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx.
Unit Description of Item and Unit Price
Total Amount
No. Quantity
73 2
EA Cofferdams, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
price per each of
Dollars
ZQ.� Cents ($00M 1
$ t q ,01�
and
74 1
LS Traffic`` Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of._
�l�j�� 1 h�►"��
Dollars
.--
and Zezo Cents ($ 1 ISM 1
$ �000
75 18,877
SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price yard of:
-per �square
"\ k
Dollars
SQ
and Cents ($
Subtotal Base Bid - Line A6
LINE A7
76 4,077
LF 36 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unitpriceper linear foot of
Dollars
and jLD �Cents ($ 141 )
$ �SZ, azo
77 130
LF 36 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot of:
- t
Dollars
and Z"k Cents ($ 3Ob� 1
$ 6
NITIALS`2V
BIDDER'S INITIALS--2V9,&-
01257198
01257198
EXHIBIT 'W'— BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 17
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
M
Item Approx.
No. Quantity
78 4,207
79 2,509
80
81
82
83
01257198
02/28
8
J
1
K
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of
�(� Dollars 0
and ZLc Cents ($ ) $ a yIq
LF Trench and Tunnel Dewatering, for the unit price per linear foot
of storm sewer pipe installed of.
Ens— / 04 Dollars
and ZASO Cents ($- / 1 $ 2,
EA Type C Manholes, complete, in place, for the unit price per each
_c
—TtN0t-kVw,1
Dollars
Q_
and_Z�ri Cents ($ �i GM } $-
9�1
50000
EA Lake Inlet for Line A7, complete, in place, for the unit price per
each of-
' `� V�S�� a Dollars
and ZU'Ql Cents ($ -Got daiqP_
) $
0-10
s dw
EA ` Headwall and Wingwall for Line A7, complete, in place, for the
unit price per each of
'h Ou $kk ' 44
Dollars
and Zxct Cents ($ �, ��� ) $
7,10
EA Cofferdams, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
price per each of:
SkVkW---1 7 01 �p+—A Dollars
pO
a 1 —
andZ"� Cents ($ s'7 --- 1 $ lT� (000
EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 18
ADDENDUM #1
BIDDER'S INITIALS U
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
x Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount.
No. Quantity
en 84 1 LS Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of:_
Dollars �.
and Z` J ri Cents ($ 2, Wb $ I Z? Uw
85 7,744 SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of:
S�Dollars 00
and r\ Cents ($ 3 ) $ 2 r, ��% ^
Subtotal Base Bid - Line A7 $ q 15� 157
LINE A8
86 4,876 LF 30 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of:
Dollars ap
and eAt Cents ($ 1 t $
87 322 LF 30 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foots of -
(til ^ QA�—�►1 f 1. -- Dollars
andX` �1 Cents ($ �y S $ ' ` l ? 776
88 5,198 LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
TW Q Dollars 0
0
and Zh+CO Cents ($ XQ46— ) $ A 3%
01257198 EXHIBIT "A!'— BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 19
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
I
BIDDER'S INITIALS
ITB 4001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price
No. Quantity Total Amount,
89
90
91
12
M•V
92 2
a
93 1
1
94 3,388
LINE A9
95 4,861
01257198
res
02/28
EA Type C Manholes, complete, in place, for the unit price per each
of
A
Dollars
a
and1'*'M Cents ($ .7F ON
EA Lake Inlet for Line A8, complete, in place, for the unit price per
each of.
hoo
' 4y -T'r
`OvSo,-% Dollars
O
and.? '� Cents ($ So, UOb�
EA Headwall and Wingwall for Line A8, complete, in place, for the
unitf
�price per each o�
' '\C ' " �— Nxr%4 Dollars
II QO O�
and' Cents ($ r 3r Q06
EA Cofferdams; installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
price per each of:
Dollars
Cents ($ 7o 4304) $ /1443, M
LS Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of_
We1v;..�Scw� Dollars O
and Z-e,Cd Cents ($_ ( 1 $ 12,OM�
SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of:
Lunars 00
Cents $ 1(r SS
- Line A8 $',
BIDDER'S INITIALS`%y%_
LF 24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in place$ ''
EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 20
ADDENDUM #1
IARk L
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
PW
BASE BID - PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item
Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No.
Quantity
•mss
for the unit price` per linear foot of
V✓iR.C►�2-� V1\ Dollars Ip fI 30
ZA-A
and Cents
96
618 LF 24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price perfoot of
linear
11
TW a h�C�c� S IZ -y
Dollars
2 NS
toand Z -Q- v Cents
($_
97
5,479 LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
TvA
Dollars
and R -t'0 Cents
98
14 EA Type C Manholes, complete, in place, for the unit price per each
(I
_Dollars
da tN
2e .._ (gyp
�, d� `74
and Cents ($ ) $
■+ 99 1 EA Lake Inlet with Sluice Gate Structure and all appurtenances,
complete, in place, for the unit price per each of -
.1.1 J " `1� d�� `SCA
�-, E, Dollars eo
. andZkcl) Cents ($ �jWVS� ) $ �` —
BIDDER'S INITLALS"��
100 1 EA Headwall and Wingwall for Line A9, complete, in place, for the
unit price per each of-
-
f +-
a_ 'iW�e-lv*.. �'�o�gtl�, C� Dollars
r, and Z.-"--00 Cents ($ ��VW 1 $_ Z� UdIO
101 1 EA Cofferdam, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
price per each of:
$
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" - BID SUBMITTAL
..h PAGE 21
02/28
ADDENDUM 91
t
AM
0
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID - PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price
No. Quantity`
4`•.,SCA*'� � Dollars
and Cents ($ I "/ 000
Total Amount
--/7qOOO
O
102 1 LS Traffic Control, complle'}te_ in place, for the lump sum price of:_
S•x t oda j t� Dollars
and Z•-9-4 Cents ($ 14% ^ ) $ `P, uU�
103 5,324 SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of.
rt�{'�'z' Dollars �
SM
and Cents ($
�.�
Subtotal Base Bid - Line A9 $
LINE B
104 2,416 LF 30 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of:
r W V I � ,4'C 4 f h �t'�'�% Dollars
and�� Cents ($ 230 1 $ SSS V lD
BIDDER'S INITIALS -; (/
105 62 LF 30 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot off: jt
1 Dollars
tp
and�Cents ($ 2-95 ) $ l{ Z (P70
106 2,478 LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot jo�f storm sewer pipe installed of:
1 y\«- Dollars
951.
and 2-Q'� Cents ($ _ 1 $ 434
01257198 EXHIBIT "X'- BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 22
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
Item
No.
107
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID - PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
Quantity
5 EA Type C Manholes, complete, in place, for the unit price per each
of:
(�
Dollars
and 7 PIC a Cents
Qp
108 1 EA Lake Inlet for Line B, complete, in place, for the unit price per
eachof.
' "CAy 1 ky\A's4Ck^4
Dollars
OD
and Ze co Cents ($
00b —
109 1 EA Cofferdam, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
price per each of
Dollars
and 2eC4 Cents ($ S�►� )
Oa
S 54.OQQ
110 1 LS Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of-
f_Dollars
Dollars
and 7,Rya Cents ($ 2,
$
BIDDER'S
INITIALS
111 2,420 SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of.
Dollars
and Cents
47�
($
Subtotal Base Bid - Line B
$ -22
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" - BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 23
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
BIDDER'S INITIAL92Y-
116 1 EA Lake Inlet for Line C, complete, in place, for the unit price per
each of:
lilxzuS �� Dollars da
!,
and Z_^Xb Cents ($ So, 000 $ 5o M(3
117 1 EA Cofferdam, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
price per each Soof- ll
Doars d
p
�5 UO0 ao C .�
and Zj_k '
Cents ($ 1 $ tos on
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" – BID SUBMITTAL
02/28 PAGE 24
ADDENDUM #1
ITB #001-01/VK,
Addendum #1
BASE BID – PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx.
No. Quantity
Unit Description of Item and Unit Price
Total Amount
a•+
LINE C
112 3,456
LF 24-InchApproved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
PaR
place, for the unit price per linear foot of:
OI'1sL Ti��^I-7C
I V►�t`TY
e
Dollars
and Cents 3U 1 $_LIZ117p6—
113 215
LF 24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed in a tunnel or bore, complete, in place, for the unit
price per linear foot oaf:
Dollars
and Cents ($��
114 3,671
LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
^��Q'� Dollars
3 �
and_ L� Cents ($ 3 1 $
i t+ 01
115 7
EA Type C Manholes, complete, in place, for the unit price per each
of.
'j'� –
x ' "`��^S�� Dollars
O
and kC _Cents ($ 40i ��00 1 $
4/2100q
BIDDER'S INITIAL92Y-
116 1 EA Lake Inlet for Line C, complete, in place, for the unit price per
each of:
lilxzuS �� Dollars da
!,
and Z_^Xb Cents ($ So, 000 $ 5o M(3
117 1 EA Cofferdam, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
price per each Soof- ll
Doars d
p
�5 UO0 ao C .�
and Zj_k '
Cents ($ 1 $ tos on
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" – BID SUBMITTAL
02/28 PAGE 24
ADDENDUM #1
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID – PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
118 1 LS Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of-
Dollars
and Z�e-t o Cents ($ I f ) s-20000
119 8,712 SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of -
LINE D
f:
LINED
120 169
121 169
122 1
01257198
02/28
Dollars
OO
and l' Cents ($ 3 ) $ 30, L4i Z
_vo
iz
Subtotal Base Bid - Line C $ It Ll
LF 30 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per -linear
�foot of:
Dollars
and ZQjIt Cents ($ 2ZQ
BIDDER'S INITIALS
LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft ((�/
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of
00 1 '�C Dollars
and ZZA Cents ($ 3 ) $ Sol
EA Headwall and Wingwall for Line D, complete, in place, for the
unit (price per each of
6� X' k' A o'y '4 Dollars
and.? U04 Cents ($ I /jow o ) $ �`,yyy
EXHIBIT "A" – BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 25
ADDENDUM #1
Item Approx.
No. Quantity
123 1
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID - PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
EA
Cofferdam, installation, removal, and dewatering, for the unit
priceepper each
off.
` ` �� / , V `ov�qs"` Dollars
C to
and Ze- Cents ($ ^��► GM )
r� 124 1 EA Check Valve Structure, complete, in place, for the unit price per
each of:
r� �/�' � ' ►Cl�l'^ Dollars
_ pV
and Z,kcO Cents ($ (DS. 6M
125 1 LS Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of -
1 hMAAADollars
^��.�•�dp o0
and Cents ($ �V ) $ 3�
t
126 1,452 SY Reestablish Vegetation by Sodding, complete, in place, for the
unit price per square yard of:
Dollars
and 1- Cents ($ 3 $ Sj W 2
0�
Subtotal Base Bid - Line D $ 11611 G R
BIDDER'S INITIALS
LINE E
r» 127 1,075 LF 24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
f&Qplace, for the unit price per linear foot of-
&Q,
, /4AMdMj �'�-� Dollars
and Z�ery Cents ($ l h ) $_ //V{ 2 S 0
128 1,075 LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot of storm sewer pipe installed of:
T- `m*" Dollars
and Z-�D Cents ($ 390—$ 3, ZZS
01257198
02/28
N
EXHIBIT "X'- BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 26
ADDENDUM # 1
k = ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
++ 129 4 EA Curb Inlets, complete, in place, for the unit price per each of:_
S� XDollars aQ
and ZR.ro Cents
130 1 LS Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of.--
c�
Dollars
tq d0
and Z- Cents ($_ `foo ) $
+�+ Subtotal Base Bid - Line E $
LINE F
131 79 LF 24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
!^ and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of
Dollars 0
and Zec4 Cents ($ 600 _
BIDDER'S INITIALS -M
132 79 LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot
joof,�storm sewer pipe installed of
" `ylk � Dollars 0
pip V
and �.c O _Cents ($ 3 ^ ) $ 237
133 2 EA Curb Inlets, complete, in place, for the unit pricZ_kollars each of:_
VO-
and _Cents ($ 4 Sob ) $ � �� OM
134 1 LS Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of.—
Dollars
and SA Cents ($ 300 1 $ YA
$
Subtotal Base Bid - Line F
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 27
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
BIDDER'S INITI4,L5`tV
137 2 EA Curb Inlleet}s, complete, in
place, for the unit price per each of:_
SlX 11/�Wy��+`� �'►V-�►Ctrl�i Dollars
�O
and- Cents ($ to, Sot ) $ ( 3, 400
--r
138 1 LS Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of._
andZM Cents ($ 30064
Subtotal Base Bid - Line G
TOTAL BASE BID (Items 1 through 138, Inclusive) $h. low OM
Breakdown of Materials and Labor Incorporated into the Project,
Total Materials to be incorporated into the Project, $00
(�V
Total Labor, superintendence, equipment, supplies, etc., as
necessary to construct the Project, $
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 28
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx.
Unit Description of Item and Unit Price
Total Amount
No. Quantity
e
LINE G
135 207
LF 24 -Inch Approved Base Bid Type Storm Sewer Pipe, furnished
and installed at contractor's option of method, complete, in
place, for the unit price per linear foot of.
.y►tit�(iZ4
Dollars
110
7 O
andVII—M _Cents ($ $
136 207
LF Trench Safety System and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft
,.,
Excavation Protection, complete, in place, for the unit price per
linear foot storm sewer pipe installed of.
i +-1rQR • Dollars
and 2-e+0 Cents ($ 3 ) $
1021
BIDDER'S INITI4,L5`tV
137 2 EA Curb Inlleet}s, complete, in
place, for the unit price per each of:_
SlX 11/�Wy��+`� �'►V-�►Ctrl�i Dollars
�O
and- Cents ($ to, Sot ) $ ( 3, 400
--r
138 1 LS Traffic Control, complete, in place, for the lump sum price of._
andZM Cents ($ 30064
Subtotal Base Bid - Line G
TOTAL BASE BID (Items 1 through 138, Inclusive) $h. low OM
Breakdown of Materials and Labor Incorporated into the Project,
Total Materials to be incorporated into the Project, $00
(�V
Total Labor, superintendence, equipment, supplies, etc., as
necessary to construct the Project, $
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 28
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID – PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
TOTAL BASE BID, (should agree with Total Base Bid 3
above) $
ADD/CUT LINES �—
These lines provided to assist the Bidder in incorporating late
changes to the bid, such as reductions or increases to pipe
prices. For payment purposes, the deduction or addition will
rpm be applied as required in Addendum No. 1. Unit prices shall
be unaffected by the change.
Deduct to be applied only to Base Bid (-)1
Addition to be applied only to Base Bid (+) JJ
$
TOTAL BASE BID
BIDDER'S INITIALS%YJ a'
�
►,�+ �_—
vim•
ro
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" – BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 29
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID OPTIONS — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Ouantity
BASE BID OPTIONS
For the base bid options, positive numbers or the word "addition" circled will be considered as additions. Numbers
with the word "deduction" circled, or with negative signs, or with total amount numbers in parentheses, or numbers
with the word "deduct" beside them will be considered as deductions.
139 1 LS Base Bid Option 1 ditio eduction for the Substitution of
78 -Inch Approved Base Bid Storm Sewer Pipe for 72 -Inch
Approved Base Bid Storm Sewer Pipe for Line Al, furnished
and installed all methods, complete and in place fl, the lump
sum d ition r deduction (circle one) ofdkJPL 1 i DA D_
T t i��^��•� a� Dollars
and kO Cents ($ 1. 1�1 � ) $
TOTAL BASE BID AND BASE BID OPTION 1 (Items 1
through 139, Inclusive) $
Breakdown of Materials and Labor Incorporated into the Project, 3 OtArqw!,!
Total Materials to be incorporated into the Project, j jq�
$ (�
Total Labor, superintendence, equipment, supplies, etc., as 2 14l
P act
necessary to construct the project,
TOTAL BASE BID AND BASE BID OPTION 1. (should
agree with Total Base Bid and Base Bid Option 1 above) $ l
ADD/CUTLINES ZI t�t�
These lines provided to assist the Bidder in incorporating late
changes to the bid, such as reductions or increases to pipe
prices. For payment purposes, the deduction or addition will
be applied as required in Addendum No. 1. Unit prices shall
be unaffected by the change.
Deduct to be applied only to Base Bid Option 1O
Addition to be applied only to Base Bid Option 1 (+)
$ 3t,tiho+bm
..�, TOTAL BASE BID AND BASE BID OPTION 1
BIDDER'S INITIALS���j l/
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 30
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum 41
BASE BID OPTIONS — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
BASE BID OPTIONS
For the base bid options, positive numbers or the word "addition" circled will be considered as additions. Numbers
with the word "deduction" circled, or with negative signs, or with total amount numbers in parentheses, or numbers
with the word "deduct" beside them will be considered as deductions.
140 1 LS Base Bid Option 2 - Additio eductio for the Elimination of
Lines A8 and A9 from the projec , or t e lura �sum�a�ditio or
e uctio (circle one) of Gni-K' 17ON tlx HL- ��
t V 1� Dollars
and Cents ($"N�
TOTAL BASE BID AND BASE BID OPTION 2 (Items 1
through 138. Inclusive and Item 140) $Z-7�yi �
Breakdown of Materials and Labor Incorporated into the Project, "'"�
01257198
02/28
m-*
Total Materials to be incorporated into the Project, dam_
Total Labor, superintendence, equipment, supplies, a�o� 2Zt��b ar
necessary to construct the Project,
E
aeree with Total Base Bid and Base Bid Option 2 above)
ADD/CUT LINES
These lines provided to assist the Bidder in incorporating late
changes to the bid, such as reductions or increases to pipe
prices. For payment purposes, the deduction or addition will
be applied as required in Addendum No. 1. Unit prices shall
be unaffected by the change.
Deduct to be applied only to Base Bid Option 2 (-)
Addition to be applied only to Base Bid Option 2 (+)
z?,1ia,
�6
TOTAL BASE BID AND BASE BID OPTION 2
EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 31
F.11 113 Vil
$ v
Z7 10
BIDDER'S INITIALS���
L
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID OPTIONS - PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
^*! BASE BID OPTIONS
For the base bid options, positive numbers or the word "addition" circled will be considered as additions. Numbers
with the word "deduction" circled, or with negative signs, or with total amount numbers in parentheses, or numbers
«mss with the word "deduct" beside them will be considered as deductions.
141
01257198
02/28
1 LS Base Bid Option 3 - Additio educ
Lines A7, A8 and A9 from the
jjaadd-�ition o duction cir�cle)o'n�ej)Lof.-
for ttqhe�� Elimination of
]l1 A r', IIQ Psum
iz r
- T lionars 00
to
and� Cents ($ �') �«1� ) 2420,600
TOTAL BASE BID AND BASE BID OPTION 3 (Items 1 � —
throu2h 138. Inclusive and Item 141)
Breakdown of Materials and Labor Incorporated into the Project,
Total Materials to be incorporated into t4 Project, $ 911
Total Labor, superintendence, equipmensupplies, c., a Z,
necessary to construct the Project,
TOTAL BASE BID AND BASE BID OPTION 3, (should
agree with Total Base Bid and Base Bid Option 3 above)
ADD/CUT LINES 27i l�dj
These lines provided to assist the Bidder in incorporating late
changes to the bid, such as reductions or increases to pipe
prices. For payment purposes, the deduction or addition will
be applied as required in Addendum No. 1. Unit prices shall
be unaffected by the change.
Deduct to be applied only to Base Bid Option 3 ()
Addition to be applied only to Base Bid Option 3 (+)
$ d
TOTAL BASE BID AND BASE BID OPTION 3 IL
'7��
BIDDER'S INITIALS
EXHIBIT "A" - BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 32
ADDENDUM #1
k
ITB 4001-01/VK, Addendum #1
BASE BID OPTIONS — PIPE MATERIALS ON SHEET G13 OF DRAWINGS
Item Approx. Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount
No. Quantity
BASE BID OPTIONS
For the base bid options, positive numbers or the word "addition" circled will be considered as additions. Numbers
with the word "deduction" circled, or with negative signs, or with total amount numbers in parentheses, or numbers
!^* with the word "deduct" beside them will be considered as deductions.
142 1
LS Base Bid Option 4 - Additio eductio for the Elimination of
Lines A5, A6, A7 8 and A9 from thWojecthe IT
sum addition or' duction circle one) of: t fo j�v�
�,a,A,s4 ! -' � 7,/K � 1�14V►s" Dollars
40
And ZM Cents ($ �jZ
TOTAL BASE BID AND BASE BID OPTION 4 (Items 1
throueh 138. Inclusive and Item 142) ffvFi
Breakdown of Materials and Labor Incorporated into the Project, 2S 3
Total Materials to be incorporated into the Project, 0�--
2v,5�1y
'Total Labor, superintendence, equipment, supplies, etc., as l �
necessary to construct the Project, 1
TOTAL BASE BID AND BASE BID OPTION 4. (should
aeree with Total Base Bid and Base Bid Option 4 above)
ADD/CUT LINES 2S
These lines provided to assist the Bidder in incorporating late r
changes to the bid, such as reductions or increases to pipe
prices. For payment purposes, the deduction or addition will
be applied as required in Addendum No. 1. Unit prices shall
be unaffected by the change.
Deduct to be applied only to Base Bid Option 4 O
Addition to be applied only to Base Bid Option 4 (+)
d
TOTAL BASE BID AND BASE BID OPTION 4
01257198 EXHIBIT "A" — BID SUBMITTAL
PAGE 33
02/28
ADDENDUM #1
$
ZS, 3 i
BIDDER'S INITIALS -M 4-
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
rpm NOTE:
Bidders are required to include all costs in the above Total Base Bid, and Base Bid Options. The City
reserves the right to accept the Total Base Bid, and Base Bid Options in any order or combination that serves
its best interests. The low bid shall be determined on the price combination of the Total Base Bid and any
accepted Base Bid Options.
Bidder's Signature
artylL. gor(ensen, Vice President
w. Company Barnard Construction Company Incorporated
r�+
r,
s-
rte+
01257198 EXHIBIT " All — BID SUBMITTAL PAGE 34
02/28 ADDENDUM NO. 1
IsAn f �
A!o�
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
Minority Owned
1 C
Yes No
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9
10.
rR
0:35
ITB #001-01/VK, Addendum #1
CITY OF LUBBOCK
INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT
To Be Completed by Bidder
And Attached to Bid Submittal
I, the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid
document have been reviewed by me with the below identified Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am
awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within fifteen (15) days after
�^* being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the
City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid.
a� y,. �,�✓ Marg T._ .Tnrgenspn, Vice President
r - Contractor (Signature) Contractor (Print)
CONTRACTOR'S FIRM NAME: Barnard Construction Company Incorporated
(Print or Type )
WORKER'S COMPENSATION EXPERIENCE RATING: 92
For states that do not participate in the National Council on Compensation Insurance Rating, attach a letter from your insurance
company that verifies their worker's compensation rating is equivalent to the National Council on Compensation insurance rating.
CONTRACTOR'S FIRM ADDRESS: P.O.Box 99
Bozeman, MT 59771-0099
Name of Agent/Broker: First West, Inc. Agent: Mr. Rich Deming, CIC
Address of Agent/Broker: P.O. Box 1800
City/State/Zip: Bozeman, MT 59771
Agent/Broker Telephone Number: ( 406 587-5111
Agent/Broker Email Address: rdeming@lstwestinsurance.com
Date: 04/25/01
NOTE TO CONTRACTOR
If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject thisbid
and award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning
these requirements, please contact the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock at
(806) 775-2165.
i
BID BOND
Conforms with The American Institute of
Architects, A.I.A. Document No. A-310
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, Barnard Construction Company Incorporated
PO Box 99 Bozeman MT 59771-0099
as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal,
and the Fireman's Fund Insurance Company
of 777 San Marin Drive, Novato, CA 94998 , a corporation duly organized under
the laws of the State of California , as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
City of Lubbock, Texas, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04,
Lubbock, Texas, 79401 as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee,
in the sum of 1%of Bid Amount ------------------------------------------------------------------
Dollars ($ 1 % of Bid Amount ) , for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said
Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements, Drawing Sheet G13
Permissible Materials, Bid #001-01NK
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee
in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with
good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in
the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the
Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such
larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this
obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this 16th day of April 2001 _
Barnard Construction Company Incorporated
PO Box 99, Bozeman, MT 59771-0099 (Seal)
Principal
James Tilleman, Secretary Witness {
Marty LL J ge sen, Vice PresidentTitle
Fireman's Fund Insurance Company
Witness B
Cindy S Reiqua Attorney -in -Fant
S-0054/GEEF 12/00
FRP
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF CORPORATION
State of Montana )
County Of Gallatin )
On this 25th day of April 2001, before me
appeared, Marty L. Jorgensen to me personally known, who, being by me
duly sworn, did say that s/he is the vice President of Barnard
r" Construction Company Incorporated, a corporation, that the seal affixed to the foregoing
instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation,
(If no seal, so state, and strike out above as to corporate seal)
and that said instrument was executed in behalf of said corporation by authority of it's Board of
Directors and that said Marty L. Jorgensen acknowledgment said instrument
to be the free act and deed of said corporation.
v Notary Public Mont a County, Gallatin
My Commission Expires: April 18, 2004
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF CORPORATE SURETY
State of MONTANA )
County of GALLATIN )
On this 16th day of April, 2001 before me appeared Cindy S. Reiquam, to me personally
known, who, being by me duly sworn, did say that she is the Attorney -In -Fact of the Fireman's
Fund Insurance Company, a corporation, and that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is
the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument was executed in behalf of said
.• corporation by authority of it's Board of Directors and that said Cindy S. Reiquam
acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation.
` ';'n
otary Public Montana County, 6allatin
My Commission Expires: G t - a C3 - Q4
r� a
t
r
FIREMAYS FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE CONTANY, a California corporation, NATIONAL
SURETY CORPORATION, an Illinois corporation, THE AMERICAN INSURANCE CONTANY, a New Jersey corporation redomesticated in
Nebraska, ASSOCIATED INDE&R,1ITY CORPORATION, a California corporation, and AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE
COMPANY, a M[issouri corporation, (herein collectively called "the Companies") does each hereby appoint Richard B. Deming,
P— Cindy S. Reiquam, Marshall Bennett, Peter N. Mc Gee or Julie A. Bennett of
Bozeman, MT
rm their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, with full power of authority hereby conferred in their name, place and stead, to execute, seal,
acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof -----------
and to bind the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seals of the
OorrTanics and duly attested by the Companies'Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises.
I am This power of attorney is granted under and by the authority of Article VII of the By-laws of each of the Companies which provisions are now
in full force and effect.
This power of attorney is signed and sealed under the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the
Companies at a meeting duly called and held, or by written consent, on the 19th day of March, 1995, and said Resolution has not been amended
or repealed:
"RESOLVED, that the signature of any Vice -President, Assistant Secretary, and Resident Assistant Secretary of the Companies,
and the seal of the Companies may be affixed or printed on any power of attorney, on any revocation of any power of attorney,
or on any certificate relating thereto, by facsimile, and any power of attorney, any revocation of any power of attorney, or
certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Companies."
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by their Vice -President, and their corporate seals to be hereunto
affixed this 22 day of January 1 2001
y
ev
0
1970 L
SEPTA
4, 60" 1 % P* -
...... I CE
STATE OF CALIFORNIA I SS.
COUNTY OF MARIN
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE CONTANY
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE CONTANY
ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
By D' "
Vice -President
On this 22 day of JanuarV 1 2 0 0 1 , before me personally came Donn R. Kolbeck
to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he is a Vice -President of each company, described in and which executed
the above instrument; that he knows the seals of the said Companies; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such company seals; that
they were so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said companies and that he signed his name thereto by like order.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal, the day and year herein first above written.
r R I A. G AZZ 0 L I r
0 COMM, 91262236 -0
NOTARY PUBLIC -CALIFORNIA
MARIN COUNTY 0
< My Comm. Expires Apfill 29, 20(M .4
STATE OF CALIFORNIA SS. CERTIFICATE
COUNTY OF MARIN
1, the undersigned, Resident Assistant Secretary of each company, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached POWER OF
ATTORNEY remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore that Article VII of the By-laws of each company, and the Resolution
of the Board of Directors; set forth in the Power of Attorney, are now in force.
Signed and sealed at the County of Marin. Dated the 16th day of April 1 2001
C11 0
A L -
Resident Assistant Seactary
IV cr. NCE
10
SENT BY:BARNARD HOME OFFICE
: 4-25- 1 :10:15A11 : BARNARD*B0ZEEIIAN-+ 806 760 2656:# 2/ 4
ITH 51001-01/VX, Addendum Ya
ATT `CEMENT TO EXHIBIT "� BID SUBMITTAL
BID NO. 001-01/VK
DRA ING SHEET G13 PERMISSIBLE MATERIALS
List proposed pi a material by line
feet (16+00, 30+50,
LINE NO.
(Al, A2, ETC.)
1� 1
A -
Al
f 1
A- !
t� I
A -I
�1 -
Ar
A-
�-r
�r
(Copies of
01257188
FROM
STATION
4-10 -4&-Z_
s4 +3/..23
4 3 fr-o
_ q cf. too
g177t-36
4" 6 3
1! 3 tis
a-± 39
�ZI+3-5-
/-59
/S9 4 75"
/ S 4 t- qo
+sr.
no. and station to nearest 50
50+00, etc.).
TO
STATION
3
Iq
38
f7
PIPE MATERIAL
(RCP, CCFRP,
CIPNRCP, ETC.)
ctPN9—cp
Rc P
�tP N RcP
cp
c i P Av RCP
c/PNRCP
� cp
Rc�
CIPn�RcP
Rcr,---
CIP/VltcA
RcP
RSP
s sheet may be ma4e if additional sheets are
needed)
. A. — 13= StTEMITTAL (G7 31 (REVISED 4/011
SENT BY:BARNARD HOME OFFICE : 4-25- 1 :10:15AM
AT,
List proposed
LINE NO.
(Al, A2, ETC.)
A2
AZ
r� z
�3
AS
PrS
�5
R4�,
R7
,9 7
A$
A6
,CHMENT TO EXIIBIT
BID NO. 001
WING SHEET G13 PERM
pe material by 1.anel
feet (16+00, 30-x50,
FROM
STATION
,2g/-+oo
�6q-tsB.aG
yf 74 - �P8
'-�Z6 t77
447/ -r- 3 (_ 92,
'�Ag7-*Yd
b + /0./7
S�/+3`�'-9�-
S76+ /x.70
'603 + Wo • 88
6o5 foo
.6D6 4-7-5
BARNARD*BOZEDft'Vy 806 763 2656:# 3/ 4
ITR #001-01/VK, Addendum B4
All BID SUBMITTAL
•O1/VK
'.SSIBLE MATERIALS
no. and station to nearest 50
80+00, etc.).
PIPE MATERIAL
70 (RCP,. CCFRP,
STATION CIPNRCP, ETC.)
3l �S'g.oG FGCP
506 f iL9.66 C !PN 1>,c P
(Copies of this sheet may be made if additional sheets are
needed-)
01257198 E' 1281'1' '' A^ - BID SUBMITTAL ( 3) (REVISED 4101)
RC P
�L6 5A 4- 7
g c pP
47e+6/ -7s
RCP
y467 -F-- ccs
C/PlAiRcP
`f 6¢3 -oLS3.3
Rc P
6 4 00-1t
RcP
54 -� f 68,07-
_..._-- f: c P
6-74 /10L-70
R C P
S95 f 60. 0/
c I P" RC 1�
�oSfi ao
G(PA)PC
606 f ZS
_ Rc P
6,Y- 7 t 71
c_' r P /VIRC-P
(Copies of this sheet may be made if additional sheets are
needed-)
01257198 E' 1281'1' '' A^ - BID SUBMITTAL ( 3) (REVISED 4101)
SENT BY:BARNARD HOME OFFICE 4-25- 1 :10:17A.11
BARNARD*BOZENAN 806 763 2656:# 4/�4
IT3 0001-01/VK, Addendum k4
ATTACHMENT TO EXHIBIT BID SUBMITTAL
BID NO. 001- 1/VK
DRAWING SHEET C13 PERMISSIBLE MATERIALS
List proposed pia material by line o. and station to nearest 50 ;
ieet (16+00, 30+50, 0+00, etC.).
LINE NO.
(Al. A2, ETC.)
A7 -8-
45-
(copies
-4
(Copies of l
01237198
FROM
STATION
6 11-Z/-
0
lD 4-oo
aqf/a
a fi oa
o
10 foo
o -f-C)C>
s sheet may be
ie if additional sheets are
BIT • A. - BID S(JBMITM ( 13) (REVISED 4/01)
PIPE MATERIAL
TO
STATION
(RCP, CCFRP,
CIPNRCP, ETC.)
-------------
Rc�--
6 f- z -72
c/ PA; Rc P.
7I 4
RCf'.
tq +
PNRcP
19+
Rr-P
i- ? .2oC,
C-1 Ptv R.C-P
J 9. 7-Z
CIPNfzcp
3 - 0
1< c1ZCP
364-70-41
Ct -8Vt2P
l -7 -5-0
Rc P
eo.��-
ClPNt2CP
79- 2
CIPNRcP
a- f- o9• :2 6
C! P N RCP
ie if additional sheets are
BIT • A. - BID S(JBMITM ( 13) (REVISED 4/01)
BARNARD CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INCORPORATED
RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The undersigned, being all of the directors of Barnard Construction Company,
Incorporated, a Montana corporation, do hereby consent to and adopt the
following as of December 22, 2000.
RECITALS
Barnard Construction Company, Incorporated's Board wishes to
appoint Marty L. Jorgensen Vice President, and grant him the
authority to sign and execute all bid documents, bonds and
contracts on behalf of Barnard Construction Company,
Incorporated.
Now THEREFORE, it is hereby resolved:
The resolution appointing Marty L. Jorgensen Vice President and granting him
the authority to sign and execute bid documents, bonds and contracts on behalf
of Barnard Construction Company, Incorporated is hereby resolved and
approved.
DATED this 22nd day of December, 2000
C'.k" CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INCORPORATED
Timothy Barna Jo ph P. Nelson
Daniel J. Hertel Gary k. Wi on
A,I - _ l
D.,l A. ranzen MartL. Jor ensen
*1
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF CORPORATION
State of Montana
County of Gallatin
On this 22nd day of June , 2001, before me
appeared, Marty L . Jorgensen to me personally known, who, being by me
duly sworn, did say that s/he is the vice President of Barnard
Construction Company, Inc., a corporation, that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the
corporate seal of said corporation,
.m
(If no seal, so state, and strike out above as to corporate seal)
and that said instrument was executed in behalf of said corporation by authority of it's Board of
... Directors and that said Marty L. Jorgensen acknowledgment said instrument
to be the free act and deed of said corporation.
Notary Public Cl Montana County, Gallatin
My Commission Expires: April 18 2001
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF CORPORATE SURETY
State of MONTANA )
County of GALLATIN )
On this 22nd day of June, 2001 before me appeared Richard B. Deming, to me personally known,
who, being by me duly sworn, did say that he is the Attorney -In -Fact of the Fireman's Fund
Insurance Company, a corporation, and that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the
corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument was executed in behalf of said
corporation by authority of it's Board of Directors and that said Richard B. Deming
acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation.
CA"44
.-
NotPublic M ntana County, G Matin = "' '� '
My Commission Expires: 0 a5 --0� -
,�,�� .. , . •tea .
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY, a California corporation, NATIONAL
>^* SURETY CORPORATION, an Illinois corporation, THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a New Jersey corporation redomesticated in
Nebraska, ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION, .a California corporation, and AMERICAN .A[TTOMOBILE INSUFANCE
CQMPANY, a Missouri corporation, (herein collectively called "the Companies") does each hereby appoint Richard B. Deming,
Cindy S. Reiquam, Marshall Bennett, Peter N. Mcgee or Julie A. Bennett of
P-+ Bozeman, MT
their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power of authority hereby conferred in their name, place and stead, to execute, seal,
r" acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof ------------
and to bind the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seals of the
Companies and duly attested by the Companies' Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attomey(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises.
This power of attorney is granted under and by the authority of Article VII of the By-laws of each of the Companies which provisions are now
in full force and effect.
This power of attorney is signed and sealed under the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the
Companies at a meeting duly called and held, or by written consent, on the 19th day of March, 1995, and said Resolution has not been amended
Pm or repealed:
"RESOLVED, that the signature of any Vice -President, Assistant Secretary, and Resident Assistant Secretary of the Companies,
and the seal of the Companies may be affixed or printed on any power of attorney, on any revocation of any power of attorney,
or on any certificate relating thereto, by facsimile, and any power of attorney, any revocation of any power of attorney, or
certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Companies."
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by their Vice -President, and their corporate seals to be hereunto
affixed this 0 7 day of June 2 0 01
aar oil FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
p,EjYC OE�Y/Tj ��hAN 5 F O�fOR•J't `tl '� OBVLF "Wj,�'W
J � Q �;`: ,, owe �.t,. �•.,,titio `.�° o"sr���'••• •—.:?rye NATIONAL SURETY CORPORATION
THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
? 0 a� 'o • • • 2r.$EAT-SE
P" sear.a�ro a = e ' ' a` _ ` ASSOCIATED INDEMNITY CORPORATION
y '%moi • • .�• !o F G � ^' Q�. G !T A .•"�•f; • f
` , �r ���Ce cod gINCE�Co�e ftioulsM°r�' AMERIC AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY
�^ �'�awirra.m"dNaararaa""
STATE OF CALIFORNIA SS. BY
COUNTY OF MARIN Vice -President
On this 07 day of June 2 0 0l , before me personally came Donn R. Kolbeck
to known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he is a Vice -President of each company, described in and which executed
the above instrument; that he knows the seals of the said Companies; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such company seals; that
they were so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said companies and that he signed his name thereto by like order.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal, the day and year herein first above written.
KRISTIN A. GAZZOLI D
O COMM. #1262236
NOTARY PUBLIC -CALIFORNIA
MARIN COUNTY 0
`lN,My Comm. F-,ptres APrV 29, 2004
i
No bl'
STATE OF CALIFORNIA SS. CERTIFICATE
yj
COUNTY OF MARIN
L the undersigned, Resident Assistant Secretary of each company, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached POWER OF
ATTORNEY remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore that Article VII of the By-laws of each company, and the Resolution
of the Board of Directors; set forth in the Power of Attorney, are now in force.
Signed and sealed at the County of Marin. Dated the 22nd day of June
Y
• _ 3VA -
�i'
� CE a„arrraa•""
2001
Resident r
PAYMENT BOND
P -OND CHECK
BEST RATING
LICEN!SWEDN TEXAS
GATEY�
B4a-
Bond #11119535778
STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a)
OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE
(CONTRACTS MORE THAN $25,000)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Barnard ConstructionCompAePeinaifecr balled the Principal(s), as
Principal(s), and
Fireman's fund Insurance Company, 777 San Marin Drive Novato CA 94998
(hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the
Obligee), in the amount of **see below Dollars ($ see below) lawful money of the
United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators,
executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 14th day of
.Time 120_IU_,to commence and complete the canstrnction of r in
improvements described as follows: Bid 4001-01/VK—South Central Lubbock
Drainage Improvements
and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in
the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as
if copied at length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all
claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said
contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the
Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said
Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this
22nd day of June 20QL.
Fireman's Fund Insurance Company
Surety
ABY=
(Title) ) Richard B. e ng, Attorney—in—Fact
Barnard Construction Company, Inc.
(Company Name)
By. Marty L. Jorgensen
(Printed Name)
(Sig ature)
(Title)
Vice President
---Twenty Nine Million Six Hundred Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($29,600,000.00)---
E
r�+
The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby
designates Kevin Dunn* an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered
and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship.
The Inwest Group Fireman's Fund Insurance Company
PO Box 53910 Surety
Lubbock, TX 79453
. By:
(Title)Richard B . De
Attorney—in—Fact
Approved as to form:
City of Lubbock p
By: T 1/iyi e&
City Attorney
"Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing
that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of
attorney for our files.
SOND CIiECI�
BEST RATING -tit
LICENSEDTEXAS
DATE -44'rl - BY: -CII ..
n
PERFORMANCE BOND
n
r
e-�
s-�
b
iii
Bond X611119535778
STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a)
OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE
(CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000)
Con truct#on C(o$$an zncl
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, thatBarnard Thereina er ca le he �incipa (s), as Principal(s), and
Fireman's Fund Tnsurance Company, 777 San Marin Drive, Novato, CA 94998
(hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the
Obligee), in the amount of **see below Dollars ($ see below) lawful money of the
United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators,
executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
14th
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the _ day of
June 2001,to commence and complete the construction of certain
improvements described as follows: Bid #001-01/VK—South Central Lubbock
Drainage Improvements
and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in
*+ the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as
if copied at length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully
perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the
Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said
article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this old
day of June , 20_01 .
Fireman's Fund Insurance Company Barnard Construction Company, Inc.
Sure;Zitle)i
(Company Name)
•'By:By: Marty L. Jorgensen
Richard B. a ng; Attorney—in—Fact (Printed Name)
s�
(Sighature)
Vice President
(Title)
---Twenty Nine Million Six Hundred Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($29,600,000.00)---
1
The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby
designates Kevin Dunn* an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on
whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship.
The Inwest Group Fireman's Fund Insurance Company
PO Box 53910 Surety
Lubbock, TX 79453
.By_
(Title) Richard B. e ' g
Attorney—' act
Approved as to Form
City of Lubbock B
By: .vim.
City Attorney
Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing
that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of
attorney for our files.
2
r*A
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
TO: CITY OF LUBBOCK DATE: 7 / 17/01
P.O. BOX 2000
LU13BOCK, TX 79457 Barnard Construction Company, Inc TYPE OF PROJECT: South Central Lubb
Drainage Improvements
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT P.O. Box 99,Bozeman,MT 59771-0099 (Name and Address of Insured) is, at
the date of this certificate, insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the
typed of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this company, the further
hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted hereon.
TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER I EFFECTIVE I EFFECTIVE LIMITS
DATE DATE
RAL LIABILITY
Commercial General Liability
Claims Made
Occurrence
Owner's & Contractors Proter
Any Auto
All Owned Autos
Scheduled Autos
Hired Autos
Non -Owned Autos
a
Any Auto
BUILDER'S RISK
100% of the Total Contract Pric
INSTALLATION FLOATER
'CESS LIABILITY
Umbrella Form
Other Than Umbrella Form
General Aggregate $
KK06300740 04/01/01 04/01/02 Products-CornplOp k�GT$ U t(JU0
Personal & Adv. Injury $__L,QQQ
Each Occurrence $_.] , OQQ , 000
Fire Damage (Any one Fire) $100,000
Med Exp (Any one Person) $5,000
Combined Single Lim it $_1_,000, 000
KK06300740 104/01/01 1 04/01/02 BodilyInjury(PerPerson)$
Bodily Injury (Per Accident)
Property Damage $
CUNJ145501 1 04/01/0104/01/02
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
The Proprietor/ Xincluded WVK6300694 04/01/01 04/01/02
Partners/Executive xc AI
e
Officers are:
Auto Only - Each Accident $
Other than Auto Only:
Each Accident $
Aggregate $
Each Occurrence $ 10,000,000
Aggregate $ 10.000.000
Statutory Limits 1,000,000
Each Accident $
Disease Policy Limit $���,��
Disease -Each Employee $ ] , QOO , QQQ
The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that they may not be changed or
canceled by the insurer in less than the legal time required after the insured has received written notice of such change or
cancellation, or in case there is no legal requirement, In less than five days in advance of cancellation.
FIVE COPIES OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE See Attached—List
MUST BE SENT TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK ame o r r
By:
erg Title: Agent
I]
Certificate of Insurance — Page 2
To: City of Lubbock Date: July 17, 2001
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, TX 79457
For: Barnard Construction Company, Inc.
Additional Insured(s) and Waiver of Subrogation: The City of Lubbock,
Parkhill Smith & Cooper, Inc., Hugo Reed & Associates, Inc., The Staubach
Company and Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railway Company.
List of Insurers
1. General Liability St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
2. Automobile Liability St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
3. Excess Liability Evanston Insurance Company
4. Worker's Compensation St. Paul Fire & Marine Insurance Company
By: Richard B. Deming, CIC
Title: Agent
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
.., TO: CITY OF LUBBOCK DATE: 6/22/01
P.O. BOX 2000
LUBBOCK, TX 79457 Barnard Construction Company, Inc TYPE OF PROJECT: South Central Lubbock
Drainage Improvements
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT P.O. Box 99,Bozeman,MT 59771-0099 (Name and Address of Insured) is, at
the date of this certificate, insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the
typed of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this company, the further
.., hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted hereon.
r
r
i
i
0
TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY NUMBER
EFFECTIVE
EFFECTIVE
LIMITS
DATE
DATE
GENERAL LIABILITY
Commercial General Liability
General Aggregate $ 9-000.000
Claims Made
Occurrence
KK06300740
04/01/01
04/01/02
Products-CompI0pAGG$Z,QQU,UUU
Personal & Adv. Injury $ 1 00 00
Owner's & Contractors Protectiv,
,
Each Occurrence $_]., 000 , 000
$
Fire Damage (Any one Fire)
$100,000
$
Med Exp (Any one Person) $5,000
,
AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY
Any Auto
Combined Single Lim it $ 11-.10-0-0— , 0-0-0—
00All
AllOwned Autos
KK06300740
04/01/01
04/01/02
Bodily injury (Per Person) $
Scheduled Autos
Bodily Injury (Per Accident)
Hired Autos
Property Damage $
Non -Owned Autos
GARAGE LIABILIT Y
Any Auto
Auto Only - Each Accident $
Other than Auto Only:
Each Accident $
Aggregate $
BUILDER'S RISK
--
100% of the Total Contract Pric
$
INSTALLATION FLOATER
$
EXCESS LIABILIT Y
Umbrella Form
CUNJ145501
04/01/01
04/01/02
Each Occurrence $ 10 000 000
Aggregate $
Other Than Umbrella Form
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
The Proprietor/ Xlncluded
WVK6300694
04/01/01
04/01/02
Statutory Limits
Partners/Executive c u xe
Each Accident $ 1,000,000
Officers are:
Disease Policy Limit $1.000.0�(f
Disease -Each Employee $--J.,000.000
OTHER
The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that they may not be changed or
canceled by the insurer in less than the legal time required after the insured has received written notice of such change or
cancellation, or in case there is no legal requirement, In less than five days in advance of cancellation.
FIVE COPIES OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE See At_rached, List
MUST BE SENT TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK (Name of er
By: �
Title: Agent
Certificate of Insurance - Page 2
To: City of Lubbock Date: June 22, 2001
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, TX 79457
For: Barnard Construction Company, Inc.
List of Insurers
1. General Liability St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
2. Automobile Liability St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
3. Excess Liability Evanston Insurance Company
4. Worker's Compensation St. Paul Fire & Marine Insurance Company
By: Richard B. Deming, CIC
Title: Agent
No Text
LWJ
CONTRACT
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 14th day of June, 2001 by and between the City of Lubbock,
County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so,
hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and BARNARD CONSTRUCTION COMPANY INC of the City of BOZEMAN, County
of GALLATIN and the State of MONTANA hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and
performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the
CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements
described as follows:
BID #001-01/VK - SOUTH CENTRAL LUBBOCK DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS - $29,600,000.00
and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own
proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance
and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract
documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement.
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have
"+ been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents.
The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with
the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make
payment on account thereof as provided therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreeme
Texas in the year and day first above written. I
ATTEST:
P" Q . � A 4 "&—c .
Secretary
^°AAPPR ASCO NT:
resentative
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
City Attorney
ATTEST:
Corpora e Secretary
Ja s A. Tillema , Secretary/Treasurer
CITY OF
By:
L=43 • -
CONTRACTOR:
bbock, Lubbock County,
(OWN
Barnard Construction Company, Inc.
By:
PRINTED NAME: Marty L. Jorgensen
TITLE: Vice President
COMPLETE ADDRESS:
Barnard Construction Company, Inc.
P.O. Box 99
Bozeman, Montana 59771-0099
rir
r
i
CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST
A CONTRACTOR SHALL:
AV (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on
proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements;
(2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity
prior to beginning work on the project;
(3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity:
(A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental
entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing
services on the project; and
(B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project;
(5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter;
(6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the
contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of
any person providing services on the project;
(7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are
required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide
coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other
commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 -point normal type, and shall be in both
English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices
shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words
or changes:
2
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see
reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering
equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the
identity of their employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512)440- 3789 to receive information on the
legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to
report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and
(8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
U (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing
of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the
duration of the project;
(B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the
project;
(C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this
rule;
(D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and
(ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the
coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during
the duration of the project;
(F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter;
(G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10 days
after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of
coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by
paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they
are providing services.0
3
No Text
.., GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
W" 1. OWNER
Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City_
of Lubbock, Texas.
2. CONTRACTOR
Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co-
partnership or corporation, to wit BARNARD CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. who has agreed to perform the
work embraced in this contract, or their legal representative.
3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as
referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative, Larry, Hertel, City Engineer, so designated who will inspect
constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be
authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors will
act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or
persons acting on behalf of the Contractor.
4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid Submittal,
Signed Agreement, Exhibit A, Statutory Bonds, General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Provisions of the
Agreement, Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder for
inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. The above described materials are sometimes referred to
herein as the "contract" or "contract documents".
5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES
Whenever the words Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required, "'Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or
words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation
or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable,"
"Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's
Representative.
6. SUBCONTRACTOR
The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for
performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no
responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated
by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due
Subcontractor.
7. WRITTEN NOTICE
Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of
the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last
business address known to the party who gives the notice.
8. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery,
equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other
facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless
1-
otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality.
The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or
work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such
recognized standards.
All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents.
9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED
The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents
has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still
may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment.
10. LAYOUT
Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall
accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will
check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at
Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all
work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.
11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE
The Contractor shall be furnished ten (10) copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor
and Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. Additional sets of plans and
specifications may be purchased by Contractor at Contractor's expense for the price of $265.00 per set.
12. RIGHT OF ENTRY
The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the
executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents.
Owner's Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the
quality or quantity of the work, nor will Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the
Owner's Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the
Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
13. LINES AND GRADES
All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever Owner's Representative deems
said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract
documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, —
Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but
such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore.
The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades
will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless
destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be
replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense.
14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY
Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's
Representative has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the
authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to ensure the proper execution of the
contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several
kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation
to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to
the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be
No Text
19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT
The -Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and
"completion of this contract where it not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is
also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of
any materials, tools,` equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted.
The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only of such places as the
Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such
structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.
20. SANITATION
Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public
observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be
approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced.
21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING
The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the'right at all"times to"observe and'test the work. Contractor
shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at
any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any
observation that may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the
time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any
such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its
"completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative has
previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any such work should be covered without approval
or consent of the Owner, itmust, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination
at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured ata location
where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require
testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner,'s Representative may require Contractor to furnish
Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to
perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests
will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other
applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. —
If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or
consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative,
be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and
approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the
requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such
tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective,
and shall be corrected at the Contractor's, expense.
Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by
Owner, Owner's Representative, or Other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such
inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance
with the requirements of the contract documents.
22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES
It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in
the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not
in conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written
notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy
such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial
action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense.
4
aO N1UVIUVu u!iuc1 v.iiaiiyes anu tAnerauons nerem.
It is agreed that the'Contractor shalf perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative
when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of
the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the
comper%ation to be paid to the Contractorfor performing said extra work shall be determined by the following
.''
methods:
Method (A) - By agreed unit prices, or
Method (B) -By agreed "lump`sum; or
Method (C) - If neither Meth6d'(A)or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced,
then the Contractor` shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual fieldcost of the
extra'work, plus fifteen (1`%) percent; or (2) the amount that would have been charged by
!'
�a
a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for
performance of the extra work.
In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph
ppY
shall a' I and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of ellworkmen, suchasforemen,
timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for
the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred,
together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age
Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property bamage and Workers' Compensation and all other
insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by
them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be
kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's
Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of
.... _.. doing the work and the
type and kind of mach inery'and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the
Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be
r
termined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified of the latest Schedule of'Equipment and Ownership
de p.es adopted by Associated General Contractors ,of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for
the use of machineryand'equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order.The fifteen
„percent
(15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shalt cover and compensate Contractor for its profit,
o's
overhead; general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements cost
of and expense not
embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office
must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall
be included in the "actual field cost."
5
No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case
any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive
compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra
work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should
a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and
the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making
written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as
provided under Method (C)(1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before the commencement of
any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived.
25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS
It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the bid the
specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that
such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these
contract documents, as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in
these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owner's Representative and a
clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's
Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands
the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance --•
' with these plans and.specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before bidding
of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and
specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any
request for clarification must be submitted no later than ten (10) calendar days prior to the opening of
bids.
26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND'EQUI'PMENT'
If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of
"work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the
Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall ---
comply with such order.
If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the
Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give
reasonable assurance of compliance' with the schedule of progress.
27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY
The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an
insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the
Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable
precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable
provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment
and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in
Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or
`municipal laws or regulations. "The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold
harmless the Owner, Parkhill Smith & Cooper, Inc., Inc. and Hugo Reed & Associates, Inc., and all of its officers,
agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of
"action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but
not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the
Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in any manner whatsoever, omission, execution
"and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract.
The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an
Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given
by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses,
6
No Text
Lubbock, Parkhill, Smith & Cooper, Inc., and Hugo Reed & Associates, Inc., are to be named as additional
insureds on this policy for this specific job and copy of the endorsement doing so is to be attached to the
Certificate of, Insurance.
D. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance _M
The Contractor shall obtain a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 0% of the total contract price (100% of
potential loss) naming the City of Lubbock as insured.
E. Umbrella Liability Insurance
The Contractorshall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of $3.000,000.00 on all contracts
with coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile
Liability coverages.
F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance
Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any
Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least statutory/$500.000.00.
1. Definitions: ,
Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority
" to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-
83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's
or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the
Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental
entity.
Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 11406.096, Texas Labor
Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has
undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with
the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without --
limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner=
operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to
provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or
delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a
project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage
vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and
payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of
Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on
the project, for the duration of the project.
3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being
awarded the contract.
4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's; current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new
certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended.
5. The Contractor shall obtain. from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the
governmental entity
8
i
i
k
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the
l""`"
governm ental efitity'willvfile certificates of coverage showing coverage for all
persons providing sere ices the project; and
(b) no later than seven "days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the'duration'of the project.
`
6 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and
for one year thereafter.
7. The', ontractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project.
8. The Contractor shall post on each project site'a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by
the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the
i
project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and
report lack of coverage.
9. The Contractor shall contractually`require each personwifh whom it'coritracts to'provide services
on the project, fo:
(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts
and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas
Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the
project, for the duration"of the project;
(b)provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate
of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the"person
providing services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(c) provide the Contractor; prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing` extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the durationof the project;
(d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor:
(1) a certificate of'coverage', prior to the other person beginning work on project;
and
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage;' prior to the end of
the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one
. .. . _"
year thereafter;
(f) no the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects
the provision of coverage of any personproviding services on the project; and
(g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by
paragraphs a withthe certificates of coverage to beprovided to the person for
whom they are providing services.
10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the
Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will
Y
provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the
duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes
and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance
carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance
Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to
administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or Other civil actions.
11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these'provisions is a breach of contract by the
Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor --
does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the
governmental entity.
G. Proof of Coverage
Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner
for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence
of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the
insurance company setting forth:
(1) The name and address of the insured.
(2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies.
(3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by
such certificate. _ -_
(4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by
such certificate. _
(5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at
the address shownin the bid specifications.
(6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or
cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate.
(7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job
specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable.
(8) If policy limits are paid, new 'policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project.
(9) A Contractor shall.
(a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the
project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of
any coverage agreements,
(b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the
governmental entity prior to beginning work on project;
(c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental
entity:
(i) " a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so
the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing
coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and
(ii) no later than seven days after receipt by Contractor, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
10
A.
i
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one
year thereafter;
t
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing'by certified mail or personal delivery,' within 10
days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project;
(gj post a notice on each project site informing all "persons providing services on the project
t they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current
coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other
`posting requirements imposed by the Texas Workers CompensationAct or other
commission rules. This notice must be printeiiwith atitle in at"least 30 point bold type
'and text in at least 19 point norma type, and'shall be in both English and Spanish and any
p
other language common to the worker population. The textfor the notices shall be the
fWowing text provided`by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional
"words orchanges:
REQUIRED WORKERS'COMPEN.5AT1O7V
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services
,.
related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation
i
insurance.This includes persons providing, hauling, ordelivenng equipment or
"materials,"
or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the
project, regardless of the identity of thew employer or status as an employee:"
. "Cal! the Texas V�orkersCompensation Commission at 5121 3789'j6 receive
information of the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your
,."
employer , as providedttie required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to
.
provide coverage;" and
(h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,
(i) provide coverage base on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amoUhts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing
services o�n the project, for the durationof the project;
(ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning
Work on the project,
viii) include in afl contracts to provide services on the project the following language:
�
"sy signing this contract"or providing or causing to be
bir videda certificate ef`covpraep_ the narcnn cinninn thae
(v)' obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the
Contractor: n
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the
project; and
(2) prior to the end of the coverage period,'a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown
on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the
project;
,(vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project
and for one year thereafter
(vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that
materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on
the project; and
(viii)` contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as
required by paragraphs (i) -(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to
the person for whom they are providing services.
29. DISABLED EMPLOYEE'S
Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such
individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee
compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment.
30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN, AND FURNISHERS
OF MACHINERY L '01PIVI`EN'T ANdySU PLIES V
Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and all of it officers, agents ad employees,
the
Without limiting,in an way, manner or form, the indemnd provided b Contractor inparagraph 27 he
es, harmless
against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way,
manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of --
machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract
and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish
satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or
waived. _
If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of
those designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five
(5) days after demand is made, then Owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain
unpaid, in addition to any statutory retainage rights it may have, withhold from the unpaid portion of this contract, a
sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness or may apply the sum so withheld to discharge any such
indebtedness.
31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION
The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license"fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material
or process covered by letters patentor copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof.
Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and
`save the Owner, and all'of its officers, agents and °employees harmless from any loss on account thereof, except
that Owner shall defend' all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular
design; device, material or process or the productof a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or
required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material
or`process ,is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all of its officers,
A2
contract. the Contractor furti-
herein set fo
substantially
Dersonal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of this
that subletting of any portion or feature' of the work, or materials required
'nb� -relieve the "Contractor from its full obligations to the 'Owner, Ps
illy agreed by andbet%
is specified iri'th' e 66 ,
A"'and it'isfurther mut
'as provided in the cor
9 'eg ect, fail, re use to subs
I , - �r ` refuse
�',h hereby agree ree as part of the
the contractor and the owner, that the date of
t documents, of work to be done hereunder are
understood and agreed' that the work 'embraced in
documents.
complete the work within the time herein specified,
ration for the awarding of this contract, I the Owner
ion, the sum of $3.160.00 (THREE
JULLAKb) FLK UAY, not a,s,a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as
rthf6revery each and eveworking
ing day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for
completing the work.
It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial
completion of the work described herein is reasonable time
e for the completion of the same, taking I king into
consideration the average climatic range and conditions and u'su'al d
industrial cb -
n itions prevailing in this locality
filx�land -ag-r,e- e-d-uooh by'a'--n d—be-twe-e-r �-the— C-on-tra-c-fol-r-a'n I d - t - h , e I Ow ner because the actual damages
Id sustain in s u ch event would' be -difficult and/or impossible i6at"
-i6sf- , h
--'
arei , n is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and
reed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach.
35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION
It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall
be allowed to prosecute its work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as
shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution
shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this
contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that
when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative may
direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts, will be avoided and the
construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall", ,be harmonized w_
The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative,
schedules which shally how the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the
_.. , _ . ,
Contractor will start several partsof the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts.
36. TIME OF PERFORMANCE
The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this
`project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and
has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly agrees that
it shall" not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its work has been
delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors
employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public
enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same setting forth all
justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty (20) calendar days
of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to affirmatively grant the
extension no later than twenty (ZO) calendar days of written submission by Contractor shall be deemed a denial,
and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request for extension, as provided
herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived.
37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS
In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein "
fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such
"work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in
securing material or workmen, or any other cause or occurrence.; No charge shall be made by the Contractor for
hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except
where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in
which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such
stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor.
38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS
No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length,
area, solid contents,` number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the
"event this contract is let on a,; unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the
specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material
to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated, quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated
to be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they
_ .
are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing
their bids offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished are.
expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are'expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and
`agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and, the materials to be furnished under, this contract may differ
somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is Elie unit price method,
payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project.
14
In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by
the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the
specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Oinrner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth' in the
bid proposal attached hereto which has been made apart of this contract and the Contractor'hereby agrees to
_, r
i `receive such price In full for urnishing all' matenaIs and al`I` labor:requiretf for the aforesaid work, al's"o, for all ' "` �'� -
expenses incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner
and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of
,.; Owner's Representative:
41. PAYMENTS... .
No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the
contract, either wholly or in part; nor shall any certificateor'paymerit be considered as acceptance of defective
-Work. `Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's `
Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection
with the work. Before_final payment is made, Contractor s , all satisfy Owner, by affidavit or other ise, that tfiere n.
are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by
Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's
agents and employees, which have not theretofore been timely filedas provided in this.contract.
Contractor up to and includingthe (M day'`of the precedinc
lall submit to'Owner's Representative an application
h application; the Owner's Representative shall'
.ntative shall review said application for partial
the "'Contractor and`if found to be in order, shalt
Lely as practical the total value of the work done by the
the Owner's Representative shall be in accordance with Paragre
The Owner shall'then pay the Contractor or or before the fifteen
i. The determination' of the partial paymenf6y
h 14 hereof.
i dayof the current month the totalamount of the. ..
Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within thirty-one (31)
working days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been
substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work -and within said time,
if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's
Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. Notwithstanding
the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete
the work within the time provided in this contract.
44. FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT
The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's' Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of final
completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final_
completion has occurred.. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's
Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion,
Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31 st working day after the date of certification of final
completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final
`completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the
obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty or
warranties implied by law or otherwise.
45. CORRECTION OF WORK
' Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises All materials condemned by the Owner's Representative
on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and
Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace suchcondemned materials with other materials conforming
to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the,expense of restoring all work of
other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any
such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written, notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative,
Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense.
Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the
contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and
Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which
shall appear within a'period of one (1) year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's
Representative. _
46. PAYMENT WITHHELD
The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify
the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of:
(a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed.
(b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims.
(c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for materials or labor.
(d) Damage to another contractor.
When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides`a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the
amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.
47. CLAIM OR DISPUTE ,
It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor
shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's
Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. �-
Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner
shaltbe a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right
under this Contract. If the matters set forth i,n the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by
Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's Representative,
16
No Text
or when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the
Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over
to the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price,
and the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated
hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or Supplies on the site of the work,
notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and
his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual
written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such
property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to the duty of the
Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of said
notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived
from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made at either public
or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery,
equipment, tools, materials, or supplies that remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor
or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners.
The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent permitted
by law. It expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in this
paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its
exercise of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies
available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided in
paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth.
49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S' REMEDY
The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually
performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be
liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the
project which is the subject matter of this contract.
50. BONDS
The Contractor is required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in
the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the
Contractor is required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the
amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. All bonds shall
be submitted on forms acceptable to the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authoriied to do
business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect untilsuch'bonds are so
furnished.
51. SPECIAL PROVISIONS
In the event special provisions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special provisions
conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special provisions shall
control. .
52. ` LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the
work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual
obstructions or difficulties, naturallyoccurring, man made or otherwise, which may be encountered inthe
prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by Contractor at his own cost and expense.
53. ` INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to
direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work
'covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's
18
No Text
arr
'!
Asbestos Worker
Asbestos Supervisor
12.50
bricklayer
12.50
bricklayer -Helper.
7.00
Carpenter`
11.00
f
Carpenter -Helper'
7.00
Cement Finisher
8.00
.,
DrywalfHa6Or �." .
11.00
Electrician"�
13.75
Efectrician-Helper
7.00
Equipment Operator -Heavy
9:50
Equipment Operator -Light _
8..50
j
Floor Installer
9.50
Glazier" .
10.50
Insulator -Pi in Moiler
p 9
11.50
Insulator -,Helper.<
7.00
"
Iron Worker
11.00
Laborer -General
6.00
Mortar Mixer
6.00
Painter
9.50
.Plumber
12.50
Plumber -Helper
7.00
Roofer
9:00
Roofer -Helper
7.00
Sheet'Metaf Worker .
10.00
Sheet Metal Worker -Helper
7.00
t
l
Welder-Cerfified
11.00
4
EXHIBITB
Paving and Highway Construction
Prevailing Wage Rates
Craft
Hourly Rate
Asphalt Heaterman
9.00
Asphalt Shoveler
6.00
Concrete Finisher
8.00
Concrete Finisher -Helper
7.00
Electrician
12:00.
Flagger"
6.00
Form Setter
7.00
Form Setter -Helper
6.25
Laborer -General
6.00
Laborer -Utility
6.75
Mechanic
8.00
Mechanic -Helper
7.00
Power Equipment Operators
Asphalt Paving Machine
7.75
Bulldozer
8.00 _
Concrete Paving Machine
7.75
Front End Loader
7.25
Heavy Equipment Operator
8.00
Light Equipment Operator
7.25
Motor Grader Operator`
9.50
Roller
6.75
Scraper
7.25
Tractor
7.25
Truck Driver -Light
6.50
Truck Driver -Heavy
- 7.00
Labor Standards Act:
POO
1
r
r
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS.
SOUTH CENTRAL LUBBOCK DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS
ITB '# 001-01 .
PROJECT NO. 293-6903
SP -1. CONTRACTOR'S LAYOUT OF WORK
Add the following to paragraph 10, Layout, of the General
Conditions of the Agreement:
The Contractor's,_,,responsibility for laying out all work shall
include, but not be _limited to, surveying services and equipment
'
asneeded for horizontal and vertical location and control of"„the„_.
work.
SP -2. LINES AND..GRADES
r+1
Lines and grades are indicated in the drawings for the
Contractor's layout of the work, therefore the Owner's
Representative has furnished, lines and grades to the Contractor.
SP -3. SUPERINTENDENCE AND„INSPECTION 11
Add the following to paragraph 15, Superintendence and Inspection,
of the 'General Conditions ofthe Agreement:
The Owner's Representative may also appoint contracted individuals
businessand
asubordin
ctors
engineers, supervisors or in pectors .t Such subordinate inspectors
are defined as Resident ,Project Representatives (RPR). For the
purpose of this paragraph, ENGINEER is defined as a contracted
-
lic"ensed.engineer, or engineering firm, subordinate to Owner's,
Representative.
RPR is the, ENGINEER'S, agent during construction, will act as
�.,
directed by and under the supervision of ENGINEER, and will confer,
with ENGINEER regarding RPR's actions. RPR's dealings in matters
pertaining to the on-site work shall _in general be with' ENGINEER"' _..;:
and CONTRACTOR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE advised as _
-,-.„,keeping
necessary. RPR's dealings with subcontractors shall only be
through or with the full knowledge and approval of CONTRACTOR.. RPR
shall generally communicate with OWNER'S,"REPRESENTATIVE with the
knowledge of and under the ;direction _of ENGINEER.
SP -3.1 Liaison:
Serve as ENGINEER'slaison with CONTRACTOR," working
principally through CONTRACTOR'S,superintendent and assist
ng the intent of the`�Contract Documents, an
assist ENGINEER in serving as OWNER's liaison with
CONTRACTOR when CONTRACTOR'sroperations _affect OWNER's'on-
site operations.
Assist in obtaining from OWNER additional details or
information, when required for proper execution of the
Work
,
01257198 - SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP - 1 _.
01%01
SP -3.2
Shop Drawings and Samples:
Receive samples which are furnished at the site by
CONTRACTOR, and notify ENGINEER of availability of samples
for examination.
Advise ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR of the commencement of any
Work requiring a Shop Drawing or sample if the submittal
has not been approved by the ENGINEER.
SP -3.3
Review of Work, Rejection of Defective Work, Inspections
and Tests:
Conduct on-site observations of the Work in progress to
assist ENGINEER in determining if the Work is in general
proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents.
a-„
Report to ENGINEER whenever RPR believes that any Work is
unsatisfactory, faulty or defective or does not conform to
the Contract Documents, or has been damaged, or does not
meet the requirements of any inspection, test or approval
required to be made; and advise ENGINEER of Work that RPR
believes should be corrected or rejected or should be
uncovered for observation, or requires special testing,
inspection or approval.
Verify- that tests, equipment and systems startups and
operating and maintenance training are conducted in the
presence of appropriate personnel, and that CONTRACTOR
maintains adequate records thereof; and observe, record and
report to ENGINEER appropriate details relative to the test
procedures and startups.
Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other
agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, record the
results of these inspections and report to ENGINEER._
SP -3.4
Reports
Furnish ENGINEER periodic reports as required of progress
of the Work and of CONTRACTOR '§ compliance with the
progress schedule and schedule of Shop Drawing and sample
submittals
Consult with ENGINEER in advance of scheduled major tests, --
inspections or start of important phases of the Work.
Report immediately to ENGINEER and OWNER upon the
occurrence of any accident.
SP -3.5
Payment Requests:
Review applications for payment with CONTRACTOR for
compliance with the established procedure for their
submission and forward with recommendations to ENGINEER,
noting particularly the relationship of the payment
requested to the schedule of values or unit price bid
items. Work completed and materials and equipment
delivered at the site but not incorporated in the Work.
01257198
SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP - 2
01/01
~"
SP -3.6 Limitations of Authority:
Resident Project Representative:
Shall not authorize' any deviation from the Contract
Documentsor substitution of materials or equipment, unless
authorized by ENGINEER.
Shall not exceed limitations of ENGINEE'R'`s authority as set
forthin the General Conditions of the Agreement or the
Contract Documents:'"
Shall not undertake any of the responsibilities of
CONTRACTOR, subcontractors or CONTRACTOR`S superintendent.
Shall not advise on, issue directions relative to or assume
control over any aspect_of the means, methods, techniques,
sequences -or p±'dcedures of construction unless such advice
or directions are specifically required by the Contract
Documents
Shall not advise on, issue directions regarding or assume''
control over safety precautions and programs in connection
,.
with . the Work.
Shall not accept Shop Drawing or sample submittals from
anyone other than CONTRACTOR:
Shall not authorize OWNER to occupy the Project in whole or
in part.
Shall not participate in specialized field or laboratory
tests or inspections conducted by others except as
specifically authorized by ENGINEER.
..�
SP -4. DEFINITIONS_
For the following paragraphs of theseSpecial provisions; ENGINEER
shall be defined as the Owner's primary consultant which is
r
Parkhill, Smith and'Cooper Inc. '(PSC) 'and consultants to PSC,
_..
namely Hugo Reed and Associates , -'Inc _..
c., Terra Engineers, Inc.,
High -Tech Land and OPS Surveyors, Inc., Fugro South, Inc.`, and Hi
Plains Drilling, Inc.
..q
SP -5. D6CUMENT-'OWNERSH1P_._._.� _..___..,....
Contractor, and any Subcontractor or Supplier or any other person
or organization performing or furnishing any of the work under a
direct or, indirect contract with Owner (i) shall not have or
acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the drawings,
specifications or other documents (or copiesof any thereof)
prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer, and (ii) shall not
reuse any of such drawings, specifications, other documents or
copies on extensions of the project or any other project without
written consent of the Owner and ENGINEER and specific written
"
verification or adaptation by ENGINEER.
A
SP -6. SUBS.C`
UR�'A
01257198 SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP - 3 _._.
01/01
The ENGINEER conducted subsurfacesoil investigations through
Terra Engineers, Inc. The Terra , ' �_ �..
Engininee errs' reports''are STR 1302
dated September 15, 1997 and STR 1335 dated July 19, 2000. One
photocopy of each report will be_made,avai.lable to each bidder for
information purposes, but neither of these reports are a part of
the Contract Documents Core samples taken for Rock Quality
Determinations (RQD) are also available for Viewing only for
information purposes at the offices of Terra Engineers, Inc., 5208
34`h Street, Lubbock, Texas, telephone (806) 793-4767. The core
samples may be viewed wi,thout,_charge beginning at 3:30 p.m. and
ending at 6:00 p.m. on Wednesday, February 7, 2001 Any viewers
wanting to see the core samples outside of that time may be
charged a fee by Terra Engineers, Inc. Such fee shall be atthe,_,__.
discretion of Terra Engineers, Inca and the payment of that fee
de.�we
the sole" responsibility of the Contractor. Viewing time
arrangements are between_the m_Contractor and Terra Engineers, Inc
Neither the City nor the Engineer will make such arrangements.
These subsurface investigations, samples and reports were prepared
solely for feasibility study and design purposes, and any reliance ,
on the samples and report data by the Contractor is at, the sole_
risk of the Contractor. Any conclusions, interpretations or
opinions based on .the, samples and report data are the sole
province of the Contractor. Neither the ,Owner nor the ENGINEER
assume any liability or responsibility for the various dering
subsurface_ materials that may be encountered, whether or not shown
in the samples or the soil investigation reports.
Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against owner or
ENGINEER with respect to:
■ the completeness of such ,reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's
purposes," including, but not limited,,to, any aspects of the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of
construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or -
■ other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained
in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or
■ any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from_any
technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions
or information.
SP-7. UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
For the purpose of this Special Provision, Underground Facilities
shall be defined as -all pipelines, conduits, ducts, wires, cables,
` manholes, vaults, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments,
and any encasements containing such facilities which have been
installed underground to furnish any of the following services or
materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products,
telephone or other communicatwions, cable television, sewage and
drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water.
The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract
Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or
contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished
01257198 SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP - 4
01/01
to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities
' or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided In the
General Conditions of the ,Agreement:
�. ■ OWNER and ENGINEER `shall not be responsible for the accuracy or
completeness of any such information or data; and
■ The cost of all the following will be included in the Contract
r�
Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for: (i)
reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii)
ti locating all Underground Facilitiesshown or indicated in the
Contract Documents (iii) coordination of the Work with the
owners 'of such Underground Facilities during_ construction, and
(iv) the safety and protection' of all such Underground
Facilities' as provided in paragraph 20 of the General
Instructions to Bidders and repairing any -damage thereto
resulting from the Work.
If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or
contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the
r- Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming
aware thereof and before furter"`disturbing conditions affected
thereby of performing any Work in connection therewith (except in
an emergency asregtired to prevent injury, loss of life, or
r�-• damageto property), identify the owner of such Underground
Facility and give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and
ENGINEER.
...
SP -8. SUBSTITUTES' AND
SP -8.1 Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified
or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of
r a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier,
the specification or description is intended to establish
the type, function and _quality required. Unless the
specification or description contains or is followed by
words reading that no like, equivalent or " or -equal"_ item,
or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or
equipment or material or ,equipment of other Suppliers may
be accepted by Engineer under the following circumstances:
SP -8.2 Or -Equal"
If in ENGINEER'S sole discretion an item of material or
equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to
that'named and" sufficiently similar so that no change in
related Work will be required, it may be considered_ by
ENGINEER as an' '° or=equal" item, in which case review and
approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole
discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or
all of the requirements for acceptance of proposed
substitute items.
SP -8.3 Substitute Items:
If in ENGINEER` "s sole discretion an item of material or
equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR'does not qualify as an
or -equal" item under subparagraph SP -8.2, it will be
considered a proposed substitute item. CONTRACTOR shall
01257198 SPECIP,L PRO�IISIONS" SP 5
01/01
submit sufficient information_as provided below to allow
ENGINEER to determine that the item of material
or
lly --,-,.----1- -- ._.. w
equipment proposed is essentiaeuivent
to that named,,,
and an acceptable substitute_ therefor. The_ procedure for
review by the ENGINEER will include the following as
...
supplemented in the General, Requirements and as .ENGINEER
may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. Requests
for the review of,_proposed substitute items of material or
equipment will not be,,accepted by ENGINEER from anyone _
other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish__or, _
w .
use a substitute item ofmaterialor equipment, CONTRACTOR
shall first make written application to ENGINEER for
acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute .�
will perform adequately the functions and achieve,.,the
results called for by the general design, be similar in
substance to that specified and be suited tothe. .,same__use,__,
as that specified. The application_ will state the extent,
if any, to which the evaluation and acceptance of the
proposed substitute will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement__
of Substantial_ Completion on time., whether or not
acceptance of the pubs itute_,f,or use in the Work will
require a change in any of the Contract x Documents, (or in
the provisions of any other direct contract, with OWNER for y_,A
work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed
substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the
substitutein _connection with the Work is subject to
. m.
payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of w.._.
the proposed substitute_,._ from that _specified will be T`
identified in the application and available,_mt
ainenance.,
repair and replacement service will be indicated. The
application will ,also ,contain _an itemized estimate of all x'
costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly
roa _-
from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of —
redesign and claims of other contractors „affected r,by the
resulting change, all of which will be considered by
ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute. ENGINEER
may require CONTRACTOR to _furnish additional data about the
proposed substitute.
SP -8.4 CONTRACTOR'S Expense:
All data to be provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any
proposed or -equal" or substitute item will be -at,
CONTRACTOR's expense. _
SP -8.5 Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures
If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction_. is ,shown or indicated in and
expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR
may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method,
technique, sequence or procedure of construction acceptable
to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit „sufficient information
to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER'S sole discretion, to
determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to
that expressly called r
foby the Contract Documents,. _Th,e_
procedure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to, that
provided in subparagraph SP -8.3.
01257198 SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP - 6
01/01
r -r
SP -8. 6. Engineer's Evaluation.
ENGINEER will be allowed a -re-e-asonable'_t me within wYi'ich to'}
evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to
paragraphs SP -'8.3 and SP -8.5. ENGINEER will be the sole
judge of acceptability. No " or -equal" or substitute will
be ordered, installed or utilized without ENGINEER's prior
written acceptance which will be evidenced by `either a
Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require-,
equireCONTRACTOR
CONTRACTOR-t6
to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special
performance guarantee of other surety with respect to any
" or -equal" or substitute. ENGINEER will record time
H
required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in
evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR
pursuant to paragraphs SP -`8.3 and SP -8.5 and in making
changes in the Contract .Documents (or in the provisions of
any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the
4
Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER
accepts a" substitute item so proposed or submitted by
CONTRACTOR;..CONTRACfiOR shall reimburse OWNER for the
charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER'sConsultants for'
evaluating each such proposed substitute item.
SP -9. RECORD DOCUMENTS_ _
CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a'safe place'at the site one record
copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments,
Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and written
interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to
show all changes made during construction. These record documents
together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of ahl
approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER `for
�.
reference. Upon `completion of the Work, these record documents,'
Samples and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER:
SP -10. SUBMITTAL REVIEW',
One initial submittal of shop drawings, samples, or -equal" items
and other required submittals and one resubmittal of the same item
will be reviewed by the Engineer at no cost to the Contractor.
�-.
Subsequent reviews for resubmittals of the same' item will be
reviewed at a cost to ,the Contractor of $80.00 per man-hour. Such
cost shall be deducted from progress payments to the Contractor
and result in a reduction of total contract price.
END SPECIAL PROVISIONS_.
_01257198 SPECIAL -PROVISIONS SP_- 7._
01/01
No Text
SPECIFICATIONS
PIA
SOUTH CENTRAL LUBBOCK DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ITB NO. 001-01
PROJECT NO. 293-6903
In accordance with Section 131.166 of the Texas Engineering Practice Act and Board Rules, the professionals
listed below are responsible for the specification sections that are listed to the left of their professional seal.
Where more than one professional is shown for certain specification sections, then those professionals share
joint responsibility for those specification sections.
All specification sections contained herein as listed on the 0"""""""""" LEN
p 00 R.P. McMILLEN /
Technical Specifications Table of Contents. i
52683
'•. �� 1
J���F FOISTERF<°��'` .�
ttlS/ONAL EN..ii��
Section 01356, Section 01555, Section 02920
Section 03300, Section 04220, Section 05500
Section 04220, Section 05500, Section 08110, Section 08700,
Section 09900
SEAL 1 OF 1
OF
+J
*J
*STEVAN M. COLEMAN
66243
<<SS r. ST LNC= r ,pl
1 .I
.\\\\-,
.: 0
F�jeX'9_S �1
/ GREGORY A. HORNE /
.................................�
83489
4v
It FGISTEF?F���F_�
IttiS10NAL
SOUTH CENTRAL LUBBOCK DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ITB NO. 001-01
PROJECT NO. 293-6903
TABLE OF CONTENTS
NO. PAGES
TABLE OF CONTENTS........................................................................... ................
4
ENGINEER'S AND ARCHITECT'S SEALS .................................................................. 1
DIVISION 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SITE WORK
SECTION 01020
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .
SECTION 02082
SECTION 01027
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT ...................................................
2
SECTION 01028
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES...................................................4
SECTION 01039
COORDINATION AND MEETINGS ................................................
2
SECTION 01100
SUMMARY OF WORK................................................................
2
SECTION 01140
WORK RESTRICTIONS................................................................
8
SECTION 01310
PROGRESS SCHEDULES.............................................................
2
SECTION 01330
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES......................................................... 6
SECTION 01356
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN .........................
10
SECTION 01400
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS.........................................................4
SECTION 01420
REFERENCES........................................................................... 6
SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ................................... 6
SECTION 01555
BARRICADES, SIGNS AND TRAFFICE HANDLING .......................... 2
SECTION 01576
WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL ..................................................... 2
SECTION 01600
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS........................................................ 2
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT..............................................................
2
DIVISION 2
SITE WORK
SECTION 02082
PRE -CAST CONCRETE MANHOLES AND VAULTS ..........................
6
SECTION 02084
FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS.....................................2
SECTION 02111
EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL
OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL ...............................................
10
SECTION 02221
REMOVING EXISTING PAVEMENTS .............................................
2
..
SECTION 02231
TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION .................................................
4
SECTION 02240
DEWATERING..........................................................................
4
SECTION 02260
EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION..................................4
SECTION 02300
EARTHWORK ................................................... ...................
...
10
SECTION 02317
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES ............................
10
SECTION 02318
BORROW..................................................................................
2
SECTION 02320
UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS .................................................
6
SECTION 02371
RIPRAP PROTECTION............ .........
SECTION 02425
TUNNEL EXCAVATION AND PRIMARY LINER ..............................8
SECTION 02426
STORM SEWER PIPE IN TUNNELS... .............................................
2
ON
SECTION 02430
TUNNEL GROUT.......................................................................
6
SECTION 02441
MICROTUNNELING AND PIPE -JACKED TUNNELS ..........................
8
SECTION 02448
PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS .................................
4
01257198
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOC - 1
01/01
SECTION 02533
SECTION 02631
SECTION 02632
SECTION 02634
SECTION 02635
SECTION 02636
SECTION 02638
SECTION 02741
SECTION 02751
SECTION 02764
SECTION 02920
ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR STORM SEWERS .............................
10
STORMSEWERS........................................................................
6
CAST -IN-PLACE HEADWALLS AND WINGWALLS .......................... 2
CORRUGATED METAL PIPE (POLYMER COATED) .........................
6
CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS PIPE ................................... 4
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SOLID
AND PROFILE WALL PIPE..........................................................
REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE....................................................4
HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING .....................................................
14
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT .............................
12
PAVEMENT JOINT SEALANTS.....................................................4
LAWNSAND GRASSES............................................................... 6
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
SECTION 03300 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE .................................................... 14
SECTION 03301 CAST -IN-PLACE NON -REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE ..................... 8
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
SECTION 04220 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY....................................................... 6
DIVISION 5 METAL FABRICATIONS
SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS.............................................................. 6
SECTION 05530 GRATINGS............................................................................... 4
DIVISION 6 CARPENTRY AND WOODWORK
Not Used
DIVISION 7 MOISTURE AND THERMAL PROTECTION
Not Used
DIVISION 8 DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLASS
SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES ...................................................... 4
SECTION 08700 HARDWARE......................................................... ...... ...... 4
DIVISION 9 FINISHES
SECTION 09900 PAINTING........................................................... ........ ...... 6
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
Not Used
DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT
SECTION 11290 SLUICE GATES ...................................................... .......... .
6
SECTION 11296 ELASTOMERIC CHECK VALVES ................................................. 2
DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS
Not Used
01257198
01/01
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOC - 2
P_
DIVISION 13
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
Not Used
DIVISION 14
CONVEYING SYSTEMS
Not Used
DIVISION 15
MECHANICAL
Not Used
DIVISION 16
ELECTRICAL
Not Used
01257198 TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 3
01/01
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 4
01/01
SECTION 01020
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PARTI- GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. This section covers the method of measurement and payment of the items required for the
construction of the project. The unit price bid on each item stated in the Bid Form shall include
furnishing all labor, superintendence, machinery, materials, equipment and incidentals
necessary to complete the various items of work in accordance with the plans and
specifications. Cost of work or materials shown on the plans and called for in the specifications
for which no separate payment is made shall be included in the bid price on the various pay
** items. Payment on the various items will be made as provided by the General Conditions of the
Agreement and Supplementary General Conditions of the Agreement.
1.2 MOBILIZATION
A. Payment will be made at the lump sum price bid for Mobilization for the project. This lump
sum price to be paid within the fist six progress payments will be a maximum of 2% of the total
amount bid for the project. Any amount bid above the 2% of the total bid for the project will be
eligible for payment upon substantial completion of the entire project. Partial payment can be
requested under this item. A request for 25% of the amount that is eligible for payment at the
beginning of the project (i.e., the amount equal to 2% of the total bid amount) can be made upon
the approval of the pipe submittal and the laying schedule. A request for the remaining portion
of the total amount that is eligible for payment at the beginning of the project can be made in a
maximum of 25% increments for the following three months.
1.3 STORM SEWER LINES IN TRENCH OR, TUNNEL
r•
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for all diameters of storm sewer pipe, furnished and
installed by any allowable method. The quantity of pipe eligible for payment shall be the actual
linear footage of pipe furnished and installed in accordance with the plans and specifications.
This item shall include all items associated with the installation of the storm sewer pipe that do
not have a separate pay item identified. This includes but isnot limited to the storm sewer pipe,
the trench excavation, the compacted backfill, any special bedding or backfill, tunneling or
boring pit excavation and backfill, pavement demolition, pavement repair, pavement recycling,
hauling, site security, protection of existing utilities, tunnel excavation, tunnel liner plate, tunnel
grout, testing of lines, and project cleanup. Measurement shall be made to the nearest foot from
manhole center to manhole center, or to the pipe end if no manhole, without deduction for
diameter of manhole. Where tee branches are indicated, measurement will be from the center
line of the main pipe to the end of the tee branch.
r Where pipe is placed on a horizontal curve, and the Owner and Contractor agree, the plan length
of curve from point of curvature to point of tangency may be used to define the payment length
along curved portions of storm sewers. If Owner and Contractor do not agree to plan length for
curve distance, then Contractor shall furnish field surveys that tie points of curvature, points of
tangency, degree of curve, and deflection angle to the actual field installation.
01257198 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01020-1
,�, 01/01
1.4 TRENCH AND TUNNEL GROUNDWATER DEWATERING
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Trench and Tunnel Groundwater Dewatering.
The quantity eligible for payment shall be the actual linear footage of trench or tunnel that is
dewatered in accordance with the plans and specifications. This item shall include all of the
extra cost associated with the dewatering measures. If no dewatering measures are taken, or
dewatering measures are taken but conditions do not warrant the measures, then the quantity
will be considered zero linear feet. No payment will be made for work areas subject to surface
water. Place the cost of dewatering surface water in the appropriate item related to that work.
1.5 TRENCH AND TUNNEL OR BORE ACCESS SHAFT SAFETY SYSTEM
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Trench and Tunnel Access Shaft Safety System,
furnished and installed. The quantity eligible for payment shall be the actual linear footage
measured for installed portions of storm sewer pipe. No deduction will be made for manholes
or pipe in tunnel. Trench and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft Safety System must be in
accordance with the plans and specifications to be eligible for payment. Payment will not be
made under this item where the Engineer determines that there was a lack of evidence that a
Trench and Tunnel or Bore Access Shaft Safety System was used, such as no trench box, no -
sloping of trench walls, no trench shoring and so forth. If no worker protection is furnished and
installed, then quantity will be considered zero linear feet, and no payment will be made to the
Contractor under this item.
1.6 ROCK EXCAVATION
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Rock Excavation. For the purpose of this bid
item, the definition of rock will be as defined in Section 02300 — Earthwork. For this bid item
to be used, both the definition of rock has to be met and special rock excavating equipment must
be used. If either of these conditions is not met, then no payment will be made for Rock
Excavation for that quantity claimed. The quantity of excavation eligible for payment will be
the in place quantity of rock that is removed with no allowance in this quantity for swelling or
post -excavation loose measure. This quantity shall be calculated by the average end area
method of the rock formation in place within the limits of excavation. In an open cut
installation, the area will be calculated from the depth of the rock formation in the open face of
the trench and the width of the rock formation within the trench. This width shall in no
circumstances be greater than the trench width as shown on the plans. In a tunnel installation,
the depth shall be determined by test holes along the center of the tunnel in advance of the
tunneling operation. The end area will be the actual area of the excavation that is impeded by
the rock depth determined by the test holes. This quantity will not include the full volume of
the tunnel excavated unless the test holes confirm that the rock formation spans the entire depth
of the tunnel. This item shall include all of the extra cost of equipment and labor associated
with the excavation of rock over and above the excavation of nonrock materials in a tunnel or
trench. Therefore, the use of this bid item will not reduce the payment due under any other bid
items, and this bid item will not be used if no rock is encountered.
1.7 MANHOLES (ALL TYPES)
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for manholes of each type furnished and installed.
This item shall include but is not limited to the manhole base, the riser sections, excavation, any
special bedding and backfill, pavement demolition, recycling and repair, the ring and cover, any
grade rings, any special item required for watertight manholes, all other appurtenances, the
01257198 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01020-2
O1/01
ro`
connection of the manhole to the mainline and any lateral lines, and other incidental work. The
quantity eligible for payment shall be the total number of manholes furnished and installed in
accordance with the plans and specifications.
1.8 LAKE INLET STRUCTURES
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for each lake inlet structure furnished and installed.
This item shall include but is not limited to the excavation required for the inlet structure, the
excavation required for the associated permanent erosion control, the excavation required for
E any final grading, the bedding and backfill, the colored reinforced concrete with form Iiners,
access rings and covers, gratings and hatches, sluice gates, all other appurtenances, permanent
erosion control including rock riprap and geotextile fabric, and connection to the storm sewer
pipe. The quantity eligible for payment shall be the number of lake structures furnished and
installed in accordance with the plans and specifications.
1.9 STORMWATER SAMPLING STATION
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for each stormwater sampling station furnished and
installed. This item shall include but is not limited to the excavation required for the station
structure, the bedding and backfill, reinforced concrete, gratings and hatches, stairs, and PVC
pipe connections to the storm sewer pipe. The quantity eligible for payment shall be the
number of stormwater sampling stations furnished and installed in accordance with the plans
and specifications. ,
1.10 CURB INLETS
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for each curb inlet furnished and installed. This item
shall include but is not limited to the excavation required for the inlet structure, the grading of
the ditch flowlines to the inlet throat, the bedding and backfill, the reinforced concrete for the
structure and the slab, rings and covers, all other appurtenances, and the connections to the
storm sewer pipe. The quantity eligible for payment shall be the number of curb inlets
furnished and installed in accordance with the plans and specifications.
1.11 HEADWALLS AND WINGWALL
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for each headwall and wingwall furnished and
installed. This item shall include but is not limited to the excavation required for the headwall
and wingwall structure, the excavation required for the associated permanent erosion control,
the excavation required for any final grading, the bedding and backfill, the colored reinforced
concrete with form liners, the fabricated steel grates, all other appurtenances, permanent erosion
control including rock riprap and geotextile fabric, and connection to the storm sewer pipe. The
quantity eligible for payment shall be the number of headwall and wingwalls furnished and
installed in accordance with the plans and specifications.
1.12 COFFERDAMS
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for each cofferdam installed, dewatered and
removed. Partial payment can be requested for this item. After the installation of the cofferdam
and dewatering of the work site, a request can be made for up to 75% of the total amount. The
remaining 25% will be paid upon completion of the work being protected and subsequent
removal of the cofferdam. Additional maintenance dewatering may be required after the initial
01257198 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01020-3
w, 01/01
dewatering at no additional compensation. For cofferdams shown on the drawings as to be
installed in multiple phases, each phase will be considered a complete cofferdam in terms of
payment under this section. The quantity eligible for payment shall be the number of -°
cofferdams installed, dewatered and removed in accordance with the plans and specifications.
The dewatering of cofferdams shall include surface or ground waters that intrude such that work
would be impeded without the dewatering measures.
1.13 TRAFFIC CONTROL
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Traffic Control measures furnished and installed.
The quantity eligible for payment shall be the actual calendar days that the traffic control
measures are in place and are required to protect the work for each line. If the work is proposed
to be done concurrently in more than one location for a storm sewer line, the quantity will be
only the calendar days that elapse during the work without multiplication for the multiple
locations. Where concurrent work is performed in more than one location for a storm sewer
line, and such concurrent work is deemed by the Engineer to conform to the plans and
specifications, and the concurrent work results in completion of the storm sewer line in a lesser
number of calendar days than shown in the bid quantities, then no deduction in the bid quantity
will be made. Payment will not be made under this item where the Engineer determines that
there was a lack of evidence that Traffic Control was used, or if the Engineer determines that
the measures installed do not meet the requirements of the plans and specifications, or if the
Traffic Control required is because of other work being remedied due to not meeting plans and
specifications. Under such circumstances, no additional quantity of calendar days will accrue
until the deficiencies are resolved. Also, no partial payment will be made for partial Traffic
Control measures.
1.14 VEGETATION RESTORATION (SEEDING AND SODDING)
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for vegetation restoration by seeding or sodding,
furnished, installed and properly maintained. This item shall include but not be limited to the
seed or sod, the proper preparation of the soil, and the adequate watering and fertilization until
the vegetation is established. The quantity eligible for payment shall be the number of square'
yards of seeding or sodding, furnished, installed and maintained in accordance with the plans
and specifications. Partial payment can be requested for this item. After the installation of the
vegetation restoration measures, a request can be made for up to 75% of the total payment
accrued. After the Engineer determines that the vegetation has been established, a request for
the remaining 25% can be made. No additional payment will be made under this item for work
that is being replaced due to noncompliance with the contract documents or for inadequate �*
maintenance.
1.15 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN I,
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan measures,
furnished, installed, and properly maintained. Partial payment can be requested for this item.
This partial payment will be determined by the percentage of the storm sewer that is accepted
for payment for each storm sewer line. No payment will be made for measures that are not in
compliance with the plans and specifications. In such circumstance, this amount will be
reduced by a percentage of the pipe that was installed with the noncompliant measures. If this
reduction is made, then the amount ultimately paid under this item will be less than 100% of the
amount bid.
01257198 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01020-4
01/01 F
v--
1.16 SLUICE GATE STRUCTURE
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for each sluice gate structure furnished and installed.
This item shall include but is not limited to the excavation required for the structure, the
bedding and backfill, the reinforced concrete, access rings and covers, gratings and hatches,
sluice gates, all other appurtenances, and connection to the storm sewer pipe. The quantity
eligible for payment shall be the number of sluice gate structures furnished and installed in
accordance with the plans and specifications.
1.17 CHECK VALVE STRUCTURE
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for each check valve structure furnished and
installed. This item shall include but is not limited to the excavation required for the structure,
the bedding and backfill, the reinforced concrete, access rings and covers, gratings and hatches,
check valves, all other appurtenances, and connection to the storm sewer pipe. The quantity
eligible for payment shall be the number of check valve structures furnished and installed in
accordance with the plans and specifications.
1.18 PARK BUILDING
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for each park building furnished and installed. This
item shall include but is not limited to the excavation required for the structure, the excavation
required for final grading, the bedding and backfill, the reinforced concrete, the concrete
masonry units, the fabricated roof structure, gratings and hatches, the cast aluminum vents,
doors, railings, all other appurtenances, and connection to the sluice gate structure. The
quantity eligible for payment shall be the number of park buildings furnished and installed in
accordance with the plans and specifications.
1.19 CONTAMINATED SOIL EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for contaminated soil, excavated, properly handled,
and properly disposed. The quantity of contaminated soils that is eligible for payment will be
the actual volume of soil that is excavated and determined to be contaminated. This item shall
include but not be limited to sampling, testing, handling, transportation, required treatment,
temporary storage, required permits, and final disposal. Partial payment can be requested under
this item. This partial payment will be 50% of the eligible amount for any contaminated
material that is excavated and properly stockpiled and the remaining 50% of the eligible amount
with the submittal of the documentation of proper disposal.
1.20 CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER DEWATERING, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL
A. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for contaminated groundwater, removed, properly
handled, and properly disposed. The quantity of contaminated groundwater that is eligible for
payment will be the actual linear foot of trench or tunnel that is dewatered and determined to be
contaminated. This item shall include but not be limited to sampling, testing, handling,
transportation, required treatment, temporary storage, required permits, and final disposal.
Partial payment can be requested under this item. This partial payment will be 50% of the
eligible amount for segment of trench that is dewatered and properly handled and the remaining
50% of the eligible amount with the completion of the storm sewer segment affected and
discontinuation of the use of the dewatering equipment.
01257198 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01/01
01020-5
PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01020
01257198 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01020-6
01/01
SECTION 01027
—, APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Agreement. Contract Sum/Price and unit prices.
B. General Conditions: Progress Payments and Final Payment.
s C. Document 01028 - Change Order Procedures: Procedures for changes to the Work.
D. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submittal procedures.
E. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Final Payment.
1.3 FORMAT
A. Submit four copies of each Application for Payment.
B. Submit an updated construction schedule with each Application for Payment, if required by
Owner.
C. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement.
1.5 SUBSTANTIATING DATA
A. When Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in
question.
B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show Application
number and date, and line item by number and description.
01257198 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027-1
01/01
A.
EJCDC 1910-8-E - Application for Payment including continuation sheets when required, or
Owner forms, or Owner -approved form of the Contractor.
B.
For each item, provide a column for listing: Item Number; Description of work; Scheduled
Value, Previous Applications; Work in Place; Authorized Change Orders; Total Completed;
r "^
Percentage of Completion; Balance to Finish; and Retainage.
1.4 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS
k
A.
Present required information in typewritten form.
B.
Execute certification by signature of authorized officer.
C.
Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each
line item for portion of work performed and for stored products.
D.
List each authorized Change Order as an extension on continuation sheet, listing Change
Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work.
E.
Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700.
1.5 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Submit four copies of each Application for Payment.
B. Submit an updated construction schedule with each Application for Payment, if required by
Owner.
C. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement.
1.5 SUBSTANTIATING DATA
A. When Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in
question.
B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show Application
number and date, and line item by number and description.
01257198 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027-1
01/01
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
01257198 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027-2
01/01
SECTION 01028
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittals.
B. Documentation of change in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time.
C. Change procedures.
D. Stipulated Price change order.
E. Unit price change order.
F. Time and material change order.
G. Execution of change orders.
H. Correlation of Contractor submittals.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Document - General Contract Conditions.
B. Section 01019 -Contract Considerations; Section 01027 -Applications for Payment: Payment
applications.
C. Section 01300 - Submittals: Work schedule.
D. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Product options and substitutions.
E. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Project Record Documents.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents, and be responsible
for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work.
B. Change Order Forms: EJCDC 1910-8-B Change Order, Owner's form, or other form
approved by Owner.
1.4 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM/PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME
A. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material basis. Provide full information
required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work.
B. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation
of the quotation.
C. Provide additional data to support computations:
1. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment.
2. Taxes, insurance and bonds.
3. Overhead and profit.
4. Justification for any change in Contract Time.
5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented.
6. If subcontracted, provide subcontractor documentation according to General Contract
Conditions and this specification. Show Contractor markup on subcontractor changes.
D. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time and material basis, with
additional information:
1. Origin and date of claim.
01257198 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028-1
01/01
2. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom.
3. Time records and wage rates paid.
4. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented.
Show Contractor markup on subcontractor work.
1.5 CHANGE PROCEDURES
A. The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to
Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time as authorized by the Contract by issuing supplemental
instructions by letter.
B. The Engineer may issue a Proposal Request which includes a detailed description of a
proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications and a change in
Contract Time for executing the change. Contractor will prepare and submit an estimate
within 7 days.
C. The Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to the Engineer,
describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing
the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time with
full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other
contractors. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01600. —�
1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION
A. Engineer may issue a document, signed by the Owner, instructing the Contractor to proceed
with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
B. The document will describe changes in the Work, and will designate method of determining
any change in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time.
C. Promptly execute the change in Work.
1.7 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A. Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's maximum price quotation or Contractor's request
for a Change Order as approved by Engineer.
1.8 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A. For pre -determined unit prices and quantities, the Change Order will be executed on a fixed
unit price basis.
B. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not pre -determined, execute Work
under a Construction Change Authorization.
C. Changes in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time will be computed as specified for Time and
Material Change Order.
1.9 TIME AND MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER
A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits
indicated in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time as
provided in the Contract Documents.
C. Maintain detailed records of work done on Time and Material basis.
D. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs
for changes in the Work.
01257198 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028-2
01/01
1. 10 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS
A. Execution of Change Orders: Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as
provided in the Conditions of the Contract.
1.11 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each
authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum/Price.
B. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise
sub -schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit.
C. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
01257198 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028-3
01/01
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028-4
O1/01
SECTION 01039
r-, COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, General Contract Conditions, Special Provisions and Division 1 - General
Requirements apply to work of this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Coordination.
B. Partnering meeting.
C. Progress meetings.
1.3 COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various Sections of the Specifications to
assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements.
B.
Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for
Substantial Completion.
C.
After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective
Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of
Owner's activities.
1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION AND/OR PARTNERING MEETING
A.
Engineer will schedule a meeting after Notice to Proceed.
B.
Attendance Required: Owner, Engineer, Contractor and major Subcontractors.
C.
Agenda:
1. Distribution of executed Contract Documents.
2. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of products and progress schedule.
3. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract and the Engineer.
4. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for
payments, proposal request, Change Orders and Contract closeout procedures.
5. Schedules.
6. Scheduling activities of construction testing lab.
7. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor.
8. Owner's requirements.
9. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner.
10. Survey layout.
11. Security and housekeeping procedures.
12. Procedures for testing.
13. Procedures for maintaining record documents.
14. Inspection and acceptance of equipment or improvements put into service during
construction period.
15. Other items as deemed necessary by Owner or Engineer.
01257198
COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 01039-1
01/01
D. Record minutes and distribute copies within three days after meeting to participants with two
copies to Engineer and those affected by decisions made.
1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum monthly --
intervals.
B. Engineer will make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants,
preside at meetings.
C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer, as
appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting.
D. Agenda:
1. Review minutes of previous meetings.
2. Review of Work progress.
3. Field observations, problems, and decisions.
4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress.
5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals.
6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules.
7. Maintenance of progress schedule.
8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules.
9. Planned progress during succeeding work period.
10. Coordination of projected progress.
11. Maintenance of quality and work standards.
12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination.
13. Other business relating to Work.
E. Record minutes, and distribute copies within three days to Engineer, participants, and those
affected by decisions made.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work.
Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural attachment of new Work being applied
or attached.
C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections.
END OF SECTION
01257198 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 01039-2
01/01 �"*
SECTION 01100
P-,
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Work covered by Contract Documents.
B. Contract.
C. Work sequence.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
a i
1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Project Identification: Project consists of South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements.
1. Project Location: Lubbock, Texas.
2. Owner: City of Lubbock, Texas.
B. Work Summary
1. Project consists of approximately 13 miles of gravity flow stormwater pipeline ranging in
internal diameter from 24 inches to 72 inches; connecting in sequence playa lake inlet
structures and conveying the water to Yellowhouse Canyon.
2. The work includes:
a. Rigid wall and/or flexible wall pipe installation.
b. Manhole installation.
C. Inlet structures (reinforced concrete with form liner pattern finish).
d. Outlet headwalls and wingwalls.
e. Grading and erosion protection around inlets and outlets.
f. Street repair.
3. Requirements:
a. Tunneling or boring and jacking is required for:
1) All depths to bottom of pipe bedding greater than 40 feet.
r 2) All Texas Department of Transportation right-of-way crossings.
3) Utility crossings from Clapp Park (Lake 21) to 50th Street.
4) 66"' Street & University Avenue intersection.
5) University Avenue crossing at 69"' Street.
6) 58"' Street and Avenue U intersection.
7) University Avenue crossing at 6155 Street.
8) All railroad crossings.
9) All major city right-of-way crossings.
10) All major utility crossings.
11) All other locations identified in the drawings.
b. Sheet pile cofferdams will be allowed for all lake -area work.
C. Dewatering of lakes exterior to cofferdams to elevations below post -project
elevations shown on the drawings will not be permitted.
01257198 SUMMARY OF WORK 01100-1
01/01
d. Open trench excavation will be limited to four blocks unrepaired trench, but
unrepaired trench must be trafficable.
e. Open trench excavation not backfilled to grade will be limited to 200 linear feet
along the trench axis unless otherwise approved by the Owner.
f. Notify the Engineer at least 14 calendar days prior to starting excavation work in
each storm sewer segment between pairs of lakes.
1.4 CONTRACT
A. Project will be constructed under a general construction contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01100
01257198 SUMMARY OF WORK 01100-2
01/01
GO
SECTION 01140
WORK RESTRICTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Use of premises.
B. Special scheduling requirements.
C. Working period.
D. Utility cutovers and interruptions.
E. Noise restrictions.
F. Occupancy requirements.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.3 USE OF PREMISES
A. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site
beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
1. Limits: Confine construction operations to within the limits of the construction easement
or right-of-way as shown on plans. In parks, in storm water storage and impoundment
easements, and in other open areas, work is limited to a corridor of 100 -foot total width
along the proposed alignment without prior approval from the Engineer, the Owner,
and/or the easement property owner. Special attention is called to the extra coordination
and work restrictions required at Clapp Park. See Section 02231 — Tree and Plant
Protection.
2. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and
�- available to employees, and emergency vehicles at all times, except when construction is
immediately at that vicinity. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.
a. Schedule construction to minimize obstruction of driveways and entrances.
b. Provide commercial and industrial occupants with at least one (1) driveway
suitable to traffic in and out of the location when obstructions are inevitable. Some
additional requirements are noted on the plans for some affected driveways.
C. Driveways for residents who are handicapped in residential areas shall be kept in
service to the extent feasible. Provide alternate assistance or access while
driveway or street is blocked at any handicapped individual's residence.
1.4 SPECIAL SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS
A. Have materials, equipment, and personnel required to perform the work at the site prior to the
commencement of the work.
B. Permission to interrupt any utility service shall be requested in writing a minimum of 14
calendar days prior to the desired date of interruption.
01257198 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01140-1
. 01/01
C. The work under this contract requires special attention to the scheduling and conduct of the
work in connection with existing operations. Identify on the construction schedule each factor
which constitutes a potential interruption to operations.
1.5 WORKING PERIOD
A. Working Hours - Regular working hours shall be within an 11 hour period between 7:00 a.m.
and 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and an eight hour period between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00
p.m. on Saturday. Exception to these work hours within Farmers Cooperative Compress
property is listed in paragraph 1.7. The Owner reserves the right, at the Owner's discretion, to
not allow work when it interferes with holiday times and traffic.
B. Work Outside Regular Hours - Work outside regular working hours requires Owner's approval.
Make application 14 calendar days prior to such work to allow arrangements to be made by the
Owner for inspecting the work in progress, giving the specific dates, hours, location, type of
work to be performed, contract number and project title. Based on the justification provided, the
Owner may approve work outside regular hours. During periods of darkness, the different parts
of the work shall be lighted in a manner approved by the Owner. Lighting shall be such that it
does not cause nuisance conditions.
C. The drawings contain specific requirements that affect certain areas of the work.
D. Work within residential and lake areas will be restricted to Monday through Friday unless
tunneling operations are in progress in a residential or lake area. Tunneling operations, once
started, may proceed 24 -hours per day if required to prevent a "lock up" of the carrier pipe in an g
unlined tunnel bore, until the specific drive between two adjacent access shafts is complete. A
tunnel drive using a tunnel boring machine may not be started on a Thursday unless the drive
can be completed by close of work hours on the following Saturday. The same restriction
applies to boring and jacking operations. Lake areas are defined as the playa lakes where inlet
structures and headwalls and wingwalls will be located and extending in all directions to
adjacent street curbs.
1.6 NOISE RESTRICTIONS
A. 75 dB limit at face of nearest structure during normal daylight hours.
B. 65 dB limit at face of nearest structure during evening and nighttime hours in or near residential
areas and for 24-hour working conditions that have received Owner approval.
C. Contractor shall keep on site OSHA -approved hand portable sound measurement equipment for
both the Owner's and the Contractor's use for measuring noise levels.
1.7 FARMERS COOPERATIVE COMPRESS PROPERTY WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. All internal combustion equipment motors shall be equipped with spark arrestors.
B. Work, wherever feasible, shall be restricted to the same work hours and work days as the
Farmers Cooperative Compress.
C. When work must be performed, or is performed with the permission of the Engineer, outside of
Farmers Cooperative Compress normal work hours and normal work days, the Contractor shall
provide a security guard to insure that no unauthorized persons enter the Compress property.
D. The Contractor shall keep on hand a water truck equipped with spray bar, minimum 1,000
gallon capacity, filled with water and available to douse inadvertent grass fires that might be
started by Contractor's operations.
E. Hot work such as oxy-acetylene metal cutting, welding, carborundum blade metal cutting, etc.
shall take place only on disturbed areas that are bare of vegetation. Prior to leaving the site for
01257198 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01140-2
01/01
the day or unattended during the day, on each day that hot work is performed, the hot work area
shall be sprinkled with water as a precaution against fire.
F. No personnel will be permitted to smoke while inside the Farmers Cooperative Compress
boundaries. Any Contractor personnel observed smoking on the Compress property will be
reported to the Contractor. The Contractor shall eject those personnel from the Compress site
for the remaining entire duration of work on the Compress property. Such duration shall be
defined as the time from which first ejected until all work within the Compress property is
completed, including any re -vegetation of disturbed areas.
G. Access to the Farmers Cooperative Compress area shall be restricted to the following access
points:
1. For work on Farmers Cooperative Compress property for Lines Al -03 and Al -04,
approximate Stations 19+17 to 34+00, entrance to the work area shall be from Guava
Avenue. The Contractor shall remove a portion of the chain link boundary fence and
install whatever temporary driveway features are necessary for ingress and egress to the
site, including but not limited to surfacing and culverts. Only one ingress and egress
driveway is permissible. Once within Compress property, all traffic shall remain within
the temporary construction easement indicated on the drawings. Once construction is
complete, the fence shall be restored to its original condition and location. New posts of
-- the same weight and type as those removed shall be used and shall be installed to the
same depth and spacing as those removed. Posts shall be set in concrete. New fence
fabric and barbed wire shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor if, in the sole
opinion of the Owner's Representative or the Engineer, the original fence materials were
= damaged by Contractor's operations.
2. For work on Farmers Cooperative Compress property for Lines Al -04 through Lines A1-
06, approximate Stations 34+00 through 52+37, entrance to the work area shall be via the
Compress's entrance road that runs north -south from 50fl' Street. Entrance shall only be
from 50`h Street. East and west travel from the entrance road shall only be within the
temporary construction easement indicated on the drawings.
H. The Contractor shall provide videotape documentation of the asphalt -paved entrance road which
runs north -south from 50'h Street. Provide visual reference such as yard sticks, tape measures,
etc., when documenting pavement conditions such as cracking, shoving, rutting, ragged edges,
etc. This entrance road has conveyed truck traffic for several years without much deterioration.
The condition of the entrance road will be inspected after Contractor's heavy equipment activity
is complete on the property. Damage to the pavement which is evidenced by deteriorated
conditions above that documented prior to construction shall be repaired by replacement of the
asphalt surface course, asphalt stabilized base, flexible caliche base, and subgrade as required
by the Engineer. Such replacement shall be at no additional cost to the Owner and no cost to
Farmers Cooperative Compress.
I. The Compress entrance road will be considered as a thoroughfare pavement section for
pavement rebuild purposes. Such rebuild shall include subgrade preparation, base materials and
asphalt surface. Rebuild width shall be the original entrance road width.
J. Truck axle loads on the Compress entrance road shall not exceed equivalent axle loadings for
interstate highway load limits as follows:
1. Dual wheel tandem unit — 36,000 pounds.
` 2.Single axle dual wheel —16,000 pounds.
3.Single axle, single wheel — 8,000 pounds.
4. Total unit, 2 axle, one of which has dual wheels — 24,000 pounds.
5. Total unit, 3 axle, single -wheel front axle plus tandem — 44,000 pounds.
6. Total unit, single axle dual semi -trailer with single axle dual truck tractor — 40,000
pounds.
.- 7. Total unit, tandem unit semi -trailer with single axle dual truck tractor — 60,000 pounds.
01257198 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01140-3 01/01
8. Total unit, tandem unit semi -trailer with tandem unit truck tractor – 80,000 pounds.
9. The only exceptions to these weight limits are when the excavation equipment is
delivered to begin work or is removed from the site at the end of work at the site.
K. Excavation equipment, especially tracked equipment, shall not operate on or across Farmers
Cooperative Compress entrance road without protective devices placed under the wheels or
tracks of such equipment.
1.8 WORK SEQUENCE RESTRICTIONS
A. The work, in general, shall be conducted from Yellowhouse Canyon upstream to McAlister
Park (Lake 37). Water shall not be conveyed from an upstream lake via storm sewers
constructed under this contract until such time as all downstream storm sewers constructed
under this contract are fully functional.
B. Trench dewatering operations and ground water control operations shall not discharge more
than five acre-feet (1.63 million gallons) of water to a lake that does not have its storm sewer
and inlet in place for conveying the discharge water away from the lake. The Owner has an
existing pump discharge pipeline located to serve Lake No.'s 19, 23, 24 and 25. Any use of this
pump discharge pipeline by the Contractor must have prior permission of the Owner and shall
be subject to Owner -defined restrictions on its use. Contractor will be responsible to reimburse —
the Owner for costs associated with the use of the pumps and the costs associated with the
personnel to operate and maintain the pumps.
C. The upstream end of each pipe segment at each lake shall not be placed closer than 40 feet from
its horizontal position end point until all downstream storm sewers are in place and fully
functional. The upstream end of the pipe shall be capped or plugged until such time as its
associated inlet structure can be constructed; however, the joint shall remain fully useable and
without damage once the cap or plug is removed.
D. Multiple pipe storm sewer segments may be constructed concurrently subject to the restrictions
in paragraph 1.5.A and 1.5.13.
E. Only sheet pile type of cofferdam construction is permissible. Closed cell, earthen dikes or
other types of cofferdams shall not be used.
F. The top elevation of one or two sheets of the sheet pile cofferdam may be set near, but not
below, post -project water surface elevation shown on the plans for the applicable lake to aid in
water surface drain -down after a storm event, and thus reduce delays in construction.
G. Construction materials and debris in lake areas below flood elevations of the lakes shall be
weighted, removed daily, or otherwise prevented from becoming floating hazards should
precipitation runoff enter the lake areas.
H. Contractor shall make every effort not to impede the water quality of any lake area due to
construction debris. �.
1.9 ADVANCE NOTICE
A. Contractor shall provide a minimum of five days advance written notice of construction to
businesses and residences along the construction route.
B. The advance written notice shall be in the form of a single -page flyer to be placed by hand by
the Contractor's forces in mailboxes, door handles or handed to applicable individuals at each
route building.
C. The text for the advance written notice will be provided by the Owner in written form and
electronic form.
D. Reproduction shall be at the Contractor's expense.
E. Distribution shall be at the Contractor's expense.
01257198 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01140-4
01/01
F. Single -page flyers shall be of a paper or post -card color other than white to direct the recipient's
attention to the information.
G. The text shall contain the anticipated beginning date of inconvenience to the recipient and the
anticipated duration of that inconvenience.
H. The dates shall encompass the duration of driveway inconveniences and potential noise to the
recipients on a single city block (i.e., the dates and durations shall reflect the time that the city
block of interest will be affected by non-trafficability).
1.10 SEISMOGRAPHS
A. The Contractor shall place seismographs to measure earth surface vibrations along the route of
construction as construction progresses.
B. No seismograph shall be located more than 75 feet from trench excavation, trench backfill,
access shaft excavation, access shaft backfill, boring and jacking, tunneling, microtunneling, or
cased auger boring operation.
C. Seismographs are not required at storm sewer inlet or outlet locations, or within lake areas
where existing structures are more than 100 feet from the location of the construction operations
in paragraph B above.
D. Seismographs are not required where operations involve surface work for pavement flexible
base, asphalt stabilized base, hot mix asphalt pavement, portland cement concrete pavement,
joint sealing, site clean-up, or hauling, provided that vibratory compaction equipment is not
used.
E. Seismograph traces shall be labeled with dates, and with location of the seismograph trace by
line designation and base line station plus offset to nearest one foot.
F. Seismograph records shall be maintained on site and made available to the Owner during
normal work hours. The Owner shall not be prohibited from, nor charged for, making copies of
the seismograph records. Such copies shall be at Owner's expense.
1.11 RAILWAY COMPANY COORDINATION AND DAMAGES
A. Burlington Northern Santa Fe (BNSF) Railway Company
1. Contractor shall give written notice five (5) calendar days prior to performing
construction across BNSF Railway Company's right-of-way.
2. Written notice shall be to the local Roadmaster at:
Roadmaster
500 Main Street
Lubbock, Texas 79401
Telephone (806) 765-3955
3. Four (4) copies of the Contractor's written notice to the BNSF Roadmaster shall be
furnished to the Engineer at the same time that such notice is sent to the Roadmaster.
4. Contractor is responsible for damage to railway caused by construction operations.
B. South Plains Switching
1. Contractor shall give written notice 14 calendar days prior to performing construction
across South Plains Switching's right-of-way or spur tracks. Such written notice shall be
required for each track crossing location. This includes surface equipment crossing the
tracks.
2. Contractor shall give 48-hour verbal notice prior to performing construction across South
Plains Switching's right-of-way or spur tracks. Such verbal notice shall be in addition to
written notification.
3. Contractor shall give verbal notice within 48 hours of completion of construction
operations in the vicinity of South Plains Switching's tracks.
01257198 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01140-5
01/01
4. Written and verbal notices to South Plains Switching shall go to:
Mr. Larry Wisener
South Plains Switching
P. O. Box 676
Slaton, Texas 79364
Telephone (806) 828-4841
Fax (806) 828-4863
5. Four (4) copies of Contractor's written notices shall be furnished to the Engineer at the
same time that such notice is sent to South Plains Switching.
6. Documentation of time and date of verbal notices shall be furnished to the Engineer
within 24 hours that such verbal notice is given to South Plains Switching.
7. Tracked equipment such as bulldozers and trackhoes shall cross railway tracks only on
protective devices between the equipment tracks and the railway rails.
8. The Contractor shall document where tracked construction equipment crosses railway
rails so that South Plains Switching can check for rail damage and gauge -width changes.
9. Contractor shall repair damage to railway tracks caused by construction operations or
equipment. Such repair shall be at no expense to either the City of Lubbock or to South
Plains Switching.
1.12 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION
A. Obtaining water for construction is Contractor's sole responsibility.
B. Runoff water for construction use in compacting soil materials is available without charge from
an existing borrow area located north of Spur 327, and approximately 2,000 feet west of the
intersection of Spur 327 with Frankford Avenue. The Contractor is responsible for pumping and
hauling the water. No representation is made by Owner or Engineer as to the reliability of the
water source.
C. Water is available from the potable water system of the City of Lubbock for construction
purposes. The Contractor is responsible for all charges and arrangements for water consumption
from the potable water system. The Contractor shall make such arrangements directly with the
City of Lubbock Water Utilities Department. The City will not furnish potable water free of
charge for the construction work. Contractor is responsible for any required metering and
hauling.
D. Water from park area lakes shall not be used for construction unless construction operations are
being performed within the boundary of the lake area. Lake area is defined in paragraph 1.5.D.
E. This section does not preclude Contractor from seeking other water sources for use in
construction. Such water sources shall meet the purity requirements for the intended use. Such
arrangements for water from other sources are the responsibility of the Contractor.
1.13 CORPS OF ENGINEERS PERMITS
A. The Owner has made application to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for permits for
construction work within wetland areas and within waters of the United States.
B. The Contractor shall not disturb lake areas or the primary channel of the Yellowhouse Canyon
until such time as the Owner receives the permits.
C. No claims by the Contractor for additional compensation will be approved where Corps of
Engineers permits or the lack thereof, are cited as the reason for claiming additional
compensation.
01257198 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01140-6
01/01
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 WORK AREA LIMITS
A. Prior to any construction, the Contractor shall mark the areas that need not be disturbed under
this contract. Isolated areas within the general work area which are to be saved and protected
shall also be marked or fenced. Monuments and markers shall be protected before construction
operations commence. Where construction operations are to be conducted during darkness, the
markers shall be visible. The Contractor's personnel shall be knowledgeable of the purpose for
marking and/or protecting particular objects.
END OF SECTION 01140
01257198
01/01
WORK RESTRICTIONS
01140-7
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
01257198 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01140-8
01/01 �a
ro
SECTION 01310
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Format.
B.
Content.
C.
Revisions to schedules.
D.
Submittals.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01010 - Summary of Work: Work sequence.
B. Section 01027 - Applications for Payment: Application for payment.
C. Section 01300 - Submittals: Product data, and samples.
1.3 FORMAT
A. Sequence of Listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of Work.
B. Scale and Spacing: To provide space for notations and revisions.
C. Sheet Size: Minimum 8 1/2 x 11 inches.
D. Submit only if requested by Engineer or Owner at preconstruction or partnering conference.
E. Maintain monthly updates to schedule.
1.4 CONTENT
Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of
each element of construction.
A. Identify each item by specification Section number.
r•. B. Provide sub -schedules to define critical portions of the entire Schedule.
C. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work
completed, as of the first day of each month.
D. Provide separate schedule of submittal dates for shop drawings, product data, samples, and
dates reviewed submittals will be required from Engineer. Indicate decision date for selection
of finishes.
1.5 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES
A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each
activity.
B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other
identifiable changes.
C. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on Schedule.
Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect.
01257198
01/01
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
01310-1
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit initial Schedules within 10 days after date established in Notice to Proceed. After
review, resubmit required revised data within 10 days.
B. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each Application for Payment.
C. Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus two copies which
will be retained by Engineer.
1.7 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute copies of reviewed Schedules to project site file, Subcontractors, suppliers, and
other concerned parties.
B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections
indicated in Schedules.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
01257198 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01310-2
01/01
a
SECTION 01330
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Owner's or Engineer's
responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Owner's or Engineer's
approval. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by
Owner or Engineer for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so
processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination.
a. Owner and Engineer reserve the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress
Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of
related construction activities.
D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as
follows. Time for review shall commence on Owner's or Engineer's receipt of submittal.
1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time
if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Owner
or Engineer will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for
coordination.
2. Concurrent Review: Where concurrent review of submittals by Engineer's consultants,
Owner, or other parties is required, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal.
3. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.
01257198
01/01
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330-1
4. Allow 15 days for processing each resubmittal.
5. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing.
E. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
2. Provide a space approximately 4 x 8 inches on label or beside title block to record
Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Owner or Engineer.
3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:
a. Project name. b.
b. Date.
C. Name and address of Owner.
d. Name and address of Contractor.
e. Name and address of subcontractor.
f. Name and address of supplier.
g. Name of manufacturer, if different than supplier.
h. Unique identifier, including revision number.
i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
k. Other necessary identification.
F. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents
on submittals.
G. Additional Copies: Submit specified number of copies to Owner or Engineer. Submit
additional copies if required by Contractor for his work. Unless additional copies are required
for final submittal, and unless Owner or Engineer observes noncompliance with provisions of
the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal if approved by Owner or
Engineer.
H. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Owner and/or Engineer will
discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor.
1. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant
information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Owner or Engineer
on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents,
including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label information as the
related submittal.
2. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. Transmittal Form: Use Contractor's business transmittal form. Provide locations on form
for the following information:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Destination (To:).
d. Source (From:).
e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
f. Category and type of submittal.
g. Submittal purpose and description.
h. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.
i. Remarks.
J- Signature of transmitter.
I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of
construction activities.
01257198 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330-2
O1/01
J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Owner or
Engineer in connection with construction.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1
0
A.
B
A
ACTION SUBMITTALS
General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.
1. Number of Copies: Submit four copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
The four copies will be retained by the Owner or Engineer. Any additional copies that
the Contractor may need for his operations will be in addition to the four copies required.
Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and
type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are
not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's product specifications.
b. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
C. Standard color charts.
d. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
e. Printed performance curves.
f. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
g. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
h. Notation of coordination requirements.
Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base
Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.
1. Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Dimensions.
b. Identification of products.
C. Fabrication and installation drawings.
d. Schedules.
e. Design calculations.
f. Compliance with specified standards.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
2. Sheet Size: Submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger
than 24 by 36 inches.
3. Number of Copies: Submit four blue- or black -line prints of each shop drawing
submittal. Owner and Engineer will retain all four prints.
Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following:
1. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or
sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.
a. Refer to individual Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that
illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections,
operation, and similar construction characteristics.
01257198 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330-3
�,,, 01/01
2. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved test panels at Project site, available for quality -
control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Test panels may be
used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual
Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time
of use.
b. Test panels that are not designated as Owner's property, are the property of
Contractor. Regardless of property ownership, test panels shall not be removed
until approved to do so by the Engineer.
2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents
manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a
product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of
manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable:
I . Preparation of substrates.
2. Required substrate tolerances.
3. Sequence of installation or erection.
4. Required installation tolerances.
5. Required adjustments.
6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection.
B. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory -authorized
service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory -authorized service representative
making report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.
3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance
complies with requirements.
6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
C. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of
insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of
coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.
D. Construction Videotapes: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Photographic
Documentation".
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note
corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Owner or
Engineer.
01257198 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330-4
O1/01
a
w
B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform approval stamp. Include Project name
and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date
of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked,
and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
3.2 OWNER'S AND ENGINEER'S ACTION
A. General: Owner or Engineer will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval
stamp and will return them without action.
B. Action Submittals: Owner or Engineer will review each submittal, make marks to indicate
corrections or modifications required, and return it. Owner or Engineer will stamp each
submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as
follows:
1. No exception taken.
2. Make corrections noted.
3. Revise and resubmit.
4. Rejected.
5. The submittal stamp by the Owner or Engineer will also contain the following:
a. Checking is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project
and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents.
Any action shown is subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications.
Contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and
dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; and
performing his work in a satisfactory manner.
C. Informational Submittals: Owner or Engineer will review each submittal and will not return it,
or will reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements.
D. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded.
END OF SECTION 01330
01257198
01/01
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330-5
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
01257198 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330-6
O1/01
SECTION 01356
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall implement the storm water pollution prevention measures specified in this
section and shown on the drawings in a manner which will meet the requirements of the
National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. The Contractor shall be
responsible for any fines or penalties assessed by the Environmental Protection Agency for
failure to make required inspections, failure to properly document those inspections, and/or
failure to adequately implement the storm water pollution prevention measures specified or
shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall submit his Notices of Intent and the Notices of
Termination independently of the Owner.
..
1.2
SITE DATA
A.
Description
1. South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements Project — Gravity storm sewer providing
positive control of area playa lakes
B.
Location
C.
Project Operator(s)
1. City of Lubbock, Texas
Department of Street and Drainage Engineering
1625 13th Street
Lubbock, Texas 79401
D.
Contractor(s)
E.
Nature of Construction Activities
1. Installation of gravity storm sewer system, demolition/repair of municipal paving, playa
lake cut/fill
F.
Sequence of Scheduled Activities
1. Demolition of existing municipal paving
2. Trenching
3. Storm Sewer Pipe Installation
4. Backfill/Compaction
5. Repair of municipal paving
6. Playa lake cut/fill
7. Construction of storm sewer inlet/outlet structures.
8. Finished grading, stabilization of disturbed areas.
G.
Site Area/Area to be Disturbed (See Table SP -1, this specification section)
H.
Pre/Post-Construction Runoff Coefficients (100 -Yr. 24 -Hr.)
1. Urban Areas — 0.66/0.66
2. Park Areas — 0.36/0.36
I.
Soil Classifications (See Table SP -1, this specification section)
J.
Receiving Body of Water (See Table SP -1, this specification section)
01257198
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 01356-1
01/01
r,
K. Endangered/Threatened Species
1. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department list the
following species endangered or threatened:
a. Whooping Crane
b. Bald Eagle
2. The Texas Parks and Wildlife Department lists the following species under the listed
categories:
a. Federal Category 1: Mountain Plover, Swift Fox
b. State Threatened: Texas Horned Lizard
C. Other Species. of Concern: Western Burrowing Owl, Migrant Loggerhead Shrike
3. Contractor shall verify that the species listed above do not exist within the construction
area prior to beginning work.
4. The Owner performed coordination with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and the
Texas Parks and Wildlife Department in 1997 during the feasibility study stage for this
project. The written responses from the two agencies are presented in that study and are
available upon request for the Contractor's information.
1.3 REFERENCES
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
ASTM D 4439 (1997) Standard Terminology for Geosynthetics
ASTM D 4491 (1996) Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity
ASTM D 4533 (1991; R 1996) Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles
ASTM D 4632 (1991; R 1996) Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of
Geotextiles
ASTM D 4751 (1995) Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile
ASTM D 4873 (1995) Identification, Storage, and Handling of Geosynthetic
Rolls
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Mill certificate or affidavit for approval of filter fabric.
B. Inspection Reports
1.5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS
A. General
1. Structural measures shall be implemented to divert flows from exposed soils, temporarily
store flows, or other wise limit run-off and the discharge of pollutants from exposed areas
of the site. Structural practices shall be implemented in a timely manner during the
construction process to minimize erosion and sediment run-off. Structural practices shall
include, but are not limited to the following devices in paragraphs 1.5.B through 1.5.17.
B. Stabilized Ingress/Egress
1. Stabilized access to and from the construction site shall be installed as soon as practical
and may be addressed in one of the following manners:
01257198 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 01356-2
01/01
0
a. Gravel access drive of sufficient size to "knock -off' pollutants and tracked
sediment from vehicle tires and to allow for wash -down. The aggregate should be
4 to 8 inches in diameter and placed in a layer with a minimum thickness of 6
inches.
b. Concrete driveway (or other existing private paved area).
C. Railroad timber platform with gravel base.
2. In all cases, Contractor shall ensure that any soil tracked off-site is cleaned from existing
roads, alleys, and any adjacent properties as soon as possible. The Contractor or other
responsible party shall check for any pollutants (mud, silt, sand, cement, construction
materials, etc.) tracked or washed off-site and perform necessary clean-up measures at the
end of each work day.
C. Silt Fences
1. The Contractor shall provide silt fences as a temporary structural practice to minimize
erosion and sediment runoff. Silt fences shall be properly installed to effectively retain
sediment immediately after completing each phase of work where erosion would occur in
the form of sheet and rill erosion (e.g. clearing and grubbing, excavation, embankment,
and grading). Final removal of silt fence barriers shall be upon approval of the Engineer.
In general, silt fencing shall be provided as follows:
a. Along the downhill perimeter edge of all areas disturbed.
b. Along the top of the slope or top bank of drainage ditches, channels, swales,
concrete valley gutters, etc. that traverse disturbed areas.
C. Along the toe of cut slopes and fill slopes of the construction areas.
d. Perpendicular to the flow in the bottom of existing drainage ditches, channels,
swales, concrete valley gutters etc. that traverse disturbed areas or carry runoff
from disturbed areas.
e. Perpendicular to the flow in the bottom of new drainage ditches, channels, and
swales.
f. At the entrance to culverts that receive runoff from disturbed areas.
D. Straw Bales
1. The Contractor may provide bales of straw as a temporary structural practice to minimize
erosion and sediment runoff. Bales shall be properly placed to effectively retain sediment
immediately after completing each phase of work (e.g., clearing and grubbing,
excavation, embankment, and grading) in each independent runoff area (e.g., after
clearing and grubbing in an area between a ridge and drain, bales shall be placed as work
progresses, bales shall be removed/replaced/relocated as needed for work to progress in
the drainage area). Straw bales must remain in good condition, or they shall be replaced.
E. Dikes Final removal of straw bale barriers shall be upon approval by the Engineer.
1. Diversion dikes shall have a maximum channel slope of 2 percent and shall be adequately
compacted to prevent failure. The minimum height measured from the top of the dike to
the bottom of the channel shall be 18 inches. The minimum base width shall be 6 feet
and the minimum top width shall be 2 feet. The Contractor shall ensure that the diversion
dikes are not damaged by construction operations or traffic.
F. Site Stabilization
1. Contractor shall disturb the least amount of site area as possible.
2. Stabilization measures may include any of the following measures:
a. temporary or permanent seeding or sodding,
b. mulching,
C. geotextiles,
d. vegetative buffer stips.
01257198 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 01356-3
O1/01
Stabilization measures shall be implemented within 14 calendar days in areas where
construction activities will cease for more than 21 calendar days. However, in semi -arid
climates such as West Texas, stabilization measures should be implemented "as soon as
practical." Where the initiation of stabilization measures by the 14`" calendar day after
construction activity temporarily or permanently ceases is precluded by unsuitable
conditions caused by weather, stabilization measures shall be initiated "as soon as
practical" after conditions become suitable.
1.6 ANTICIPATED SOURCES OF NON -STORM WATER DISCHARGES
A. Water used for soil or base conditioning, or other uses such as for mortar, concrete, etc.
B. Water used for vehicle washings.
C. Water used for dust control.
D. Pavement washwater (non -detergent) where spills of toxic or hazardous materials have
occurred.
1.7 POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES
A. All vehicles on-site shall be monitored for leaks.
B. Concrete trucks shall be required to discharge surplus concrete or drum wash at a designated
location. These waste materials shall be removed from the site at least once per 7 calendar days
during dry periods and more frequently during expected wet periods. The materials shall be
legally disposed off-site. Alternatively, concrete trucks shall not be allowed to discharge waste
materials on-site.
C. All products kept on-site shall be stored in their original containers with the manufacturer's
label intact. Material safety data sheets (MSDS) shall be kept if applicable. All products shall
be used in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and all spills shall be cleaned
immediately. Containers shall not be exposed to precipitation.
D. Final disposal of all excess product and product containers shall be accomplished according to
the manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with all applicable rules, regulations, and
laws.
E. Contractor shall report any spills of reportable quantities of oil or other materials (if spills
occur) to the appropriate regulating authorities.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 COMPONENTS FOR SILT FENCES
A. Filter Fabric
1. The geotextile shall comply with the requirements of ASTM D 4439, and shall consist of
polymeric filaments which are formed into a stable network such that filaments retain
their relative positions. The filament shall consist of a long -chain synthetic polymer
composed of at least 85 percent by weight of ester, propylene, or amide, and shall contain
stabilizers and/or inhibitors added to the base plastic to make the filaments resistant to
deterioration due to ultraviolet and heat exposure. Synthetic filter fabric shall contain
ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of six months of expected
usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 to 120 degrees F. The filter fabric
shall meet the following requirements:
01257198 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 01356-4
01/01
r-
FILTER FABRIC FOR SILT FENCE
PHYSICAL PROPERTY
TEST PROCEDURE
REQUIREMENT
Grab Tensile
ASTM D 4632
100 lbs. min.
Elongation
ASTM D 4632
30% max.
r—
Trapezoid Tear
ASTM D 4533
55 lbs. min.
Permittivity
ASTM D 4491
0.2 sec — 1
AOS (U.S. Std. Sieve) ASTM D 4751 20-100
B. Silt Fence Stakes and Posts
1. The Contractor may use either wooden stakes or steel posts for fence construction.
Wooden stakes utilized for silt fence construction shall have a minimum cross section of
2 inches by 2 inches when hardwood is used and 2 inches by 4 inches when pine is used,
and shall have a minimum length of 4 feet. Steel posts (standard "U" or "T" section)
utilized for silt fence construction shall have a minimum weight of 1.33 pounds per linear
foot and a minimum length of 4 feet.
C. Mill Certificate or Affidavit
1. A mill certificate or affidavit shall be provided attesting that the fabric and factory seams
meet chemical, physical, and manufacturing requirements specified above. The mill
certificate or affidavit shall specify the actual Minimum Average Roll Values and shall
identify the fabric supplied by roll identification numbers. The Contractor shall submit a
mill certificate or affidavit signed by a legally authorized official from the company
manufacturing the filter fabric.
D. Identification Storage and Handling
1. Filter fabric shall be identified, stored and handled in accordance with ASTM D 4873.
2.2 COMPONENTS FOR STRAW BALES
A. Straw Bales
1. The straw in the bales shall be stalks from oats, wheat, rye, barley, rice, or from grasses
such as byhalia, bermuda, etc., furnished in air dry condition. The bales shall have a
standard cross section of 14 inches by 18 inches. All bales shall be either wire -bound or
string -tied. The Contractor may use either wooden stakes or 3/8" rebar to secure the
straw bales to the ground. Wooden stakes utilized for this purpose shall have minimum
dimensions of 2 inches x 2 inches in cross section and shall have a minimum length of 3
feet. Rebar utilized for securing straw bales shall have a minimum diameter of 3/8 of an
inch and a minimum length of 3 feet.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF SILT FENCES
A. Silt fences shall extend a minimum of 16 inches above the ground surface and shall not exceed
34 inches above the ground surface. Filter fabric shall be from a continuous roll cut to the
z-*
01257198 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 01356-5
r-
01/01
length of the barrier to avoid the use of joints. When joints are unavoidable, filter fabric shall
be spliced together at a support post, with a minimum 6 inch overlap, and securely sealed. A
trench shall be excavated approximately 4 inches wide and 4 inches deep on the upslope side of
the location of the silt fence to anchor the bottom of the silt fence. The 4 -inch by 4 -inch trench
shall be backfilled and the soil compacted over the filter fabric. Silt fences shall be removed
upon approval by the Engineer.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF STRAW BALES
A. Straw bales shall be placed in a single row, lengthwise on the contour, with ends of adjacent
bales tightly abutting one another. Straw bales shall be installed so that bindings are oriented
around the sides rather than along the tops and bottoms of the bales in order to prevent
deterioration of the bindings. The barrier shall be entrenched and backfilled. A trench shall be
excavated the width of a bale and the length of the proposed barrier to a minimum depth of 4
inches. After the bales are staked and chinked (gaps filled by wedging with straw), the
excavated soil shall be backfilled against the barrier. Backfill soil shall conform to the ground
level on the downhill side and shall be built up to 4 inches against the uphill side of the barrier.
Loose straw shall be scattered over the area immediately uphill from a straw bale barrier to
increase barrier efficiency. Each bale shall be securely anchored by at least two stakes driven
through the bale. The first stake or rebar in each bale shall be driven toward the previously laid
bale to force the bales together. Stakes or rebar shall be driven a minimum 18 inches deep into
the ground to securely anchor the bales.
3.3 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintenance and repair of all erosion, sedimentation, and stabilization measures identified in
these specifications and the drawings shall be performed in a timely manner on an as -needed
basis. All control measures shall be kept in good operating condition to assure their
effectiveness. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation of specific measures and
shall also be responsible for their maintenance and repair.
3.4 INSPECTIONS
A. The Contractor shall provide a qualified person or persons to perform regular inspections of the
measures and to complete appropriate inspection reports. --
1. Inspections shall be performed on the following:
a. Disturbed areas and storage areas exposed to precipitation shall be checked for
evidence of and the possibility for discharge of pollutants.
b. Erosion and sediment control measures identified in the SWPPP and its
amendments shall be checked to assure they are performing the intended function.
C. Storm water discharge locations shall be checked to determine if erosion control
measures implemented are effective in the prevention of significant impacts upon �.
the receiving waters identified in the SWPPP.
d. Vehicle ingress -egress areas shall be checked to determine if off-site tracking of
sediment is being effectively controlled.
2. Regular inspections shall be performed at least once every fourteen (14) calendar days,
and within twenty-four (24) hours after a rain event totaling one-half inch (0.5") or more.
However, for portions of the site which have been finally stabilized or during seasonal"
dry periods, frequency of these inspections may be reduced to at least once each month.
3. If warranted based on inspection reports identifying specific needs, the site description
information and the pollution prevention practices specified in the SWPPP shall be
01257198 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 01356-6
01/01
r-
revised as appropriate. In no instance shall the required revisions be implemented later
than seven (7) calendar days beyond the date of the inspection identifying the
deficiencies.
4. Inspection reports shall be made for each inspection performed and shall be retained as
part of the SWPPP for a minimum period of three (3) years following the date of final
stabilization of the site. Inspection reports shall contain the following information:
a. Summary of scope of the inspection
b. Name(s) of person(s) performing the inspection
C. Date(s) of the inspection
d. Major observations with respect to the implementation of the various measures
detailed in the SWPPP and its amendments
e. Actions taken in accordance with Item 4 above
5. Where an inspection report does not identify any incidents of non-compliance, the report
shall contain a certification that the facility is in compliance with the SWPPP and the
published NPDES General Permit for Storm Water Discharges From Construction
�-- Activities that are classified as "Associated With Industrial Activity."
6. All inspection reports shall be signed in accordance with requirements of the referenced
General Permit.
7. Two copies of each inspection report shall be forwarded to the Engineer, one copy of
which the Engineer will forward to the Owner.
3.5 SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Any person required to sign documents necessary under Paragraph VI.G of the General Permit
shall make the certification statement stated in Paragraph VI.G.2.d of the General Permit.
END OF SECTION 01356
01257198 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 01356-7
01/01
C7 cti
zox
MO
F+I
^
en�•
•-�
�
'1 M
K
M K
?G x^
x X
1 N
^ k
N
_N
_N
_X
G CG
E E E
N
N
U
O
EU
O O
u
cd O O
�U°00u
���.ZM
�
0 U
O
U
O
U
O
U
0 0-O
U U
Ob
U=
-d-p
r. Q
= E 0
O O
U U
O.O
U s;
-v �^
-� -�,
a o^,
a
a a
a �
v,
aa
a�`�aa�
amcdcz
Via°cd0ztcq
a s
Cd
a cd
,�
ca
0
0 0 0 0 j U
'lz3
o U
FSI
O
O
�..' Cd
�
CFi S-�i
O
4
cd
C+.d i-'
Cd
Lr cd
R3
CCS Cd Cd
Cd CSS
Cfy I
(F I
Y
�
ddrxd¢
O
adddwd�wwa�d0
O Cd
U �
Vcd
Q)
i
I
IA
�w
�d y
i
w
Q lull
W A
N
'o
C.
M
N
H
�I
O
M
tI�
V7
00
7T
O
N
in
Nm
v
kn
M
V')
v1
k
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0_
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Ey
M
O
`G
N
01
00
.-
00
O
d
N
O�
^�
O
O
M
M
Q
a
N
M
o
N
M
o
M
M
0
N
M
0
-+
M
-
M
r-
M
.-+
M
N
M
N
M
N
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Cl)
0
M
M
0
M
M
0
M
M
0
M
M
0
M
M
0
M
M
0
M
M
Q
a O
N
N
N
N
N
C'4
N
�
N
N
m
M
a
a
a
3
H
w
w
>4
WwW
w w
Z
CI
a
ma
00
I
M
u
zwa
opo
3
U
d
W�3
w� oa
o
d
a
0
O
� v
C4"Cl
`. c�
U w o
cd
.-.
.
off',
U
Q
r. O
E—
H
° C*Uv°U�
�
ca
dQQwaOa°,dd¢�'aawOr�
w
�
� U
W
y
y
to
EI Co
U U
COO
ti
O y
� ^O
HI
A
N �
°°
Q
Hd ��
z
r �
00O
U
.b
[�
�
M
Q
0
O
o
a
O
O
F
`O
M
O
M
N
0
M
Cl)
r�
M
M
M
M
Qi
as
w
Q
�a
o
3
U
d
o
d
a
O
� v
Ch
>
cd
U
Q
r. O
E—
w
�
� U
F
y
� O
U U
COO
ti
O y
� ^O
N �
c.
w
�] C
r �
U
.b
.14
o
a
00
o,
In
c>
N
00
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
01257198 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 01356-10
O1/01 ..�
r -
SECTION 01400
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and
quality control.
B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or
indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the
Contract Document requirements.
1. Specific quality -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified
in the sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also
cover production of standard products.
2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality -control
procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Quality -Assurance Services: Activities, actions and procedures performed before and during
execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed
construction complies with requirements.
B. Quality -Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after
execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements.
Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Engineer.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For individuals employed by Contractor who will perform testing as
required by the various specification Sections, submit at least 30 days prior to being used on the
project the capabilities and experience of such individuals and the types of tests that the
individual will perform. For outside testing agency employed by Contractor, submit submit at
least 30 days prior to being used on the project the name, address and manager of such testing
agency and the types of tests that the agency will perform. Such testing agency shall be
acceptable to Owner prior to being used on the project.
B. Reports: Prepare and submit written reports within 14 days following the date of the test that
include the following:
1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, address and telephone number of testing agency. If individual employed by
Contractor, use Contractor's name, address and telephone number.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests.
01257198 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400-1
01/01
5. Names of individuals making tests.
6. Description of the work and test method.
7. Identification of material, product and specification Section.
8. Complete test or inspection data.
9. Test results and interpretation of test results.
10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing.
11. Comments and opinion on whether tested work complies with the Contract Document
requirements and the applicable specification Section.
12. Name and signature of individual performing the test if employee of Contractor, or name
and signature of testing agency responsible person.
13. For failing tests, recommendations on retesting unless specification Sections provide
procedure for retesting.
C. Professional Engineer Qualifications: Where a Professional Engineer is required in the
specification Sections, this means a Professional Engineer who is legally qualified to practice in
the jurisdiction where the project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering
services of the kind indicated.
D. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct
testing indicated, as documented by ASTM E548, and that has the capability and experience in
the types of tests to be performed. —
E. Preconstruction Testing: Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing with specified
requirements for performance and test methods. The Contractor shall not perform
preconstruction testing except through a third -party testing agency.
F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit certified written report of each test and similar
Quality Assurance service to Contractor. Interpret tests and state in each report whether tested
work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
1.5 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality -control services are indicated as Owner's or Engineer's �-
responsibility, such services may be performed by Owner's own forces or by a qualified testing
agency to perform these services.
1. Owner or Engineer will furnish Contractor with names, addresses and telephone numbers
of testing agencies engaged by Owner.
2. Owner may elect to have own forces, or a third -party testing agency, observe and report
on competency of Contractor's personnel performing quality control testing, inspect and
report on Contractor's quality control testing equipment and the calibration of that
equipment, and inspect and report on Contractor's procedures for quality assurance of
construction materials tests and test reports. The Owner shall notify the Contractor of
reported deficiencies revealed by the above inspections and observations. The Contractor
shall correct such deficiencies. Should such deficiencies remain uncorrected, then the
amount of the work represented by the deficiencies will be deemed as not conforming to
the requirements of the contract documents and the specifications.
B. Contractor Responsibilities: Provide quality control services required in the various
specification Sections.
1. Where third -party testing agency is engaged by Contractor, notify testing agency
sufficiently in advance of the time and date when work that requires testing will be
performed.
2. Contractor shall not engage the same testing agencies as the Owner, unless the Owner
agrees in writing to such engagement.
01257198 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400-2
O1/01
N
C
a
E.
F
G
3. Where testing is indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit certified written reports
in duplicate of each testing service, whether performed by Contractor's personnel or
Contractor -engaged testing agency. Such reports shall include failing tests and retests.
4. Testing requested by Contractor and not required by Contract Documents are
Contractor's responsibility.
5. Cooperate with Owner and Engineer for Owner's testing of work.
6. Where Contractor's personnel are performing tests, provide individuals with appropriate
equipment to perform the tests in accordance with the test method requirements. Provide
alternate equipment where the specified test method cannot be applied, and where
alternative test methods and equipment must be employed to provide the necessary
quality control.
Retesting: Regardless of whether original tests were Contractor's responsibility, provide
quality -control services, including retesting, for construction that revised or replaced work that
failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents.
Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in performance of
duties. Provide qualified personnel and necessary equipment to perform required tests and
inspections.
1. Notify Engineer and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the
work during performance of its services.
2. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work
complies with or deviates from requirements.
3. Submit a certified written report, in triplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality -
control service through Contractor.
4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or
approve or accept any portion of the Work.
5. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and
similar quality -control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify
agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the
following:
1. Access to the Work.
2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4. Facilities for storage and field -curing of test samples.
5. Additional associated services required of Contractor for testing access are listed in the
specification Sections.
6. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
7. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing
agency.
8. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project
site.
Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality -assurance
and quality -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and
replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a preliminary schedule of tests, inspections, and
similar quality -control services required by the Contract Documents. Submit schedule within
30 days of date established for Notice to Proceed.
1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Engineer, testing agencies, and each party
involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required.
01257198 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01/01
N
01400-3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION _
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair
damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections
of these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas
in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching.
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality -control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for quality -control services.
END OF SECTION 01400
01257198 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400-4
01/01
SECTION 01420
REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section of the specifications includes:
1. Summary of Industry Standards.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved": The term "approved," when used to convey Owner's or Engineer's action on
Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to Owner's or Engineer's duties
and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
C. "Directed": Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved,"
"required," and "permitted" mean directed by Owner or Engineer, requested by Owner or
Engineer, and similar phrases.
D. "Indicated": The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on
Drawings or to other paragraphs or schedules in Specifications and similar requirements in the
Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to
help the user locate the reference.
E. "Regulations": The term "regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders
issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within
the construction industry that control performance of the Work.
F. "Provide": The term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the
intended use.
G. "Installer": An installer is the Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an
employee, Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation,
including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
H. "Project site" is the space available for performing construction activities.
1.4 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards
are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the
standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality
levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that
are different, but apparently equal, to Owner or Engineer for a decision before proceeding.
01257198
01/01
REFERENCES
01420-1
1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified
shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly
with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or
it may exceed the minimum within —
reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are
minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the
context of requirements. Refer
uncertainties to Owner or Engineer for a decision before proceeding.
C. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Industry Organizations:
Where abbreviations and acronyms
are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of
the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject
to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract
Documents.
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and
(202) 624-5800
Transportation Officials
www.aashto.org
ACI American Concrete Institute/ACI International
(248) 848-3700
www.aci-int.org
ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association
(972) 506-7216
www.concrete-pipe.org
AI Asphalt Institute
(606) 288-4960
www.asphaltinstitute.org
AIA American Institute of Architects (The)
(202) 626-7300
www.aiaonline.org
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.
(800) 644-2400
www.aisc.org
(312) 670-2400
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
(202) 452-7100
www.steel.org
ANSI American National Standards Institute
(212) 642-4900
www.ansi.org
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
(800) 548-2723
www.asce.org
(703) 295-6300
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
(610) 832-9585
www.astm.org
AWWA American Water Works Association
(800) 926-7337
www.awwa.org
(303) 794-7711
CDA Copper Development Association Inc.
(800) 232-3282
www.copper.org
(212) 251-7200
CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
(301) 596-2584
www.chainlinkinfo.com (under construction)
01257198 REFERENCES
01420-2
O1/01
" 01257198 REFERENCES 01420-3
01/01
CPPA
Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association
(800) 510-2772
,,..,
Division of Plastics Pipe Institute
(419) 241-2221
www.cppa-info.org
CRSI
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
(847) 517-1200
www.crsi.org
CSI
Construction Specifications Institute (The)
(800) 689-2900
www.csinet.org
(703) 684-0300
DHI
Door and Hardware Institute
(703) 222-2010
www.dhi.org
EJMA
Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.
(914) 332-0040
r-
www.ejma.org
FM
Factory Mutual System
,.,
(See FMG)
FMG
FM Global
(401) 275-3000
(Formerly: FM - Factory Mutual System)
www.fmglobal.com
GRI
Geosynthetic Research Institute
(610) 522-8440
www.drexel.edu/gri
HMMA
Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association
Division of National Association of Architectural Metal
Manufacturers
(See NAAMM)
NAAMM
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
(312) 332-0405
www.naamm.org
NCMA
National Concrete Masonry Association
(703) 713-1900
www.ncma.org
NRMCA
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
(301) 587-1400
www.nrinca.org
NSA
National Stone Association
(800) 342-1415
www.aggregates.org
(202) 342-1100
NSF
NSF International
(800) 673-6275
(National Sanitation Foundation International)
(734) 769-8010
www.nsf.org
PCI
Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute
(312) 786-0300
www.pci.org
" 01257198 REFERENCES 01420-3
01/01
SDI
Steel Deck Institute
(847) 462-1930
www.sdi.org
SDI
Steel Door Institute
(440) 899-0010
www.steeldoor.org
SSPC
SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings
(800) 837-8303
www.sspc.org
(412) 281-2331
TPI
Turfgrass Producers International
(800) 405-8873
www.turfgrasssod.org
(847) 705-9898
UL
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
(800) 704-4050
www.ul.com
(847) 272-8800
D.
Abbreviations and Acronyms for Code Agencies:
Where abbreviations and acronyms are used
in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the
entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to
change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date
as of the date of the Contract Documents.
BOCA BOCA International, Inc.
(708) 799-2300
www.bocai.org
CABO Council of American Building Officials
(See ICC)
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 595-8449
(The)
www.iapmo.org
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials (800) 284-4406
www.icbo.org (562) 699-0541
ICC International Code Council (703) 9314533
(Formerly: CABO - Council of American Building Officials)
www.inticode.org
SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. (205) 591-1853
www.sbcci.org
E. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and
acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web site
addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of
the Contract Documents.
CE Army Corps of Engineers (601) 634-2355
CRD Standards
CFR Code of Federal Regulations (202) 512-1800
www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr
01257198 REFERENCES 01420-4
O1/01
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
(202) 260-2090
R.,
www.epa.gov
r—
FED -STD Federal Standard
(See FS)
FS Federal Specification
(Available from DOD, GSA, and NIBS)
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology
(301) 975-2000
www.nist.gov
OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration
(202) 219-5000
(See CFR 29)
www.osha.gov
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
A-
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01420
r-,
01257198 REFERENCES
01420-5
01/01
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
01257198 REFERENCES 01420-6
01/01
SECTION 01500
- TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
-- PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
This
Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary
utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.
B.
Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Drainage water service.
2.
Sanitary facilities, including toilets, wash facilities, and drinking -water facilities. Provide
separate male and female sanitary facilities if females are present among Contractor's or
sub -contractor's personnel.
3.
Electric power service.
4.
Telephone service.
C.
Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Temporary roads and paving.
2.
Dewatering facilities and drains.
3.
Project identification and signs.
4.
Field offices.
5.
Storage and fabrication sheds.
6.
Cofferdams.
7.
Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.
D.
Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Environmental protection.
2.
Stormwater control.
3.
Tree and plant protection.
4.
Site enclosure fence.
5.
Security enclosure and lockup.
6.
Barricades, warning signs, and lights.
7.
Security guard.
E.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
Division 1 Section 01356, "Stormwater Pollution Prevention".
2.
Division 1 Section 01555, "Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling".
3.
Division 2 Section "Dewatering" for disposal of ground water at Project site.
4.
Division 2 Section "Hot -Mix Asphalt Paving" for construction and maintenance of
asphalt paving for temporary roads and paved areas.
01257198 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500-1
r- 01/01
1.3 USE CHARGES
A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Engineer
and shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and
facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Owner.
2. Owner's forces.
3. Engineer.
4. Resident Project Representative. —
5. Testing agencies.
6. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage by all parties engaged in
construction at project site if Contractor connects to City sewer system.
C. Water Service: Pay water service use charges, whether metered or otherwise, for water used by
all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site.
D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges, whether metered or otherwise,
for electricity used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities
by all parties engaged in the Work:
1. Relocate or remove temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable
condition may be used if approved by Owner or Engineer. Provide materials suitable for use
intended.
B. Pavement: Comply with Division 2 Section 02741 "Hot -Mix Asphalt Paving".
C. Portable Chain -Link Fencing: Minimum 2 -inch 9 -gage, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric
fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2 -3/8 -inch- OD line
posts and 2 -7/8 -inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1 -5/8 -inch- OD top and bottom rails.
Provide galvanized steel bases for supporting posts.
D. Water: Potable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.
01257198 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500-2
01/01 -
ki
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as
required.
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
,�- A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to
existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the
remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company
recommendations.
1. Provide adequate capacity.
2. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to Project site where Owner's easements or
property cannot be used for that purpose.
B. Sewers and Drainage: If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to remove
effluent that can be discharged lawfully. If neither sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully
used for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off-site in a
lawful manner.
1. Filter out excessive soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils, and similar contaminants
that might clog sewers or pollute waterways before discharge.
2. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by sewer department officials.
3. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition. After
heavy use, restore normal conditions promptly.
C. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking -water fixtures.
Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and
maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
1. Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar
disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste
- containers for disposal of used material.
D. Electric Power Service: Install electric power service underground, unless overhead service
must be used. Provide main service disconnect and overcurrent protection at convenient
k location in conformance with National Electrical Code.
E. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period for
common -use facilities used by all personnel engaged in construction activities. Install separate
telephone line for each field office.
1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following:
a. In field office with more than two occupants, install a telephone for each additional
occupant or pair of occupants.
b. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and computer with
modem in each field office.
2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
a. Police and fire departments.
b. Ambulance service.
C. Contractor's home office.
d. Contractor's field office.
e. Contractor's emergency contact number.
f. "On-call" personnel.
g. Engineers' office.
h. Owner's office.
i. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.
3. Provide an answering machine or voice mail service on superintendent's telephone.
4. Furnish superintendent with electronic paging device for use when away from field
office, or provide a portable cellular telephone with voice mail capability for
01257198 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500-3
01/01
superintendent's use in making and receiving telephone calls when away from field
office.
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction
and support facilities for easy access. Submit location of these facilities to Owner for
approval.
2. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial
Completion.
B. Traffic Controls: Provide temporary traffic controls at junction of temporary roads with public
roads. Include warning signs for public traffic and "STOP" signs for entrance onto public roads.
Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections
for temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and operations not directly associated with
construction activities included in individual Sections. Where feasible, use same facilities.
Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.
D. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare Project identification signs with the
information listed below. Install signs to inform public and persons seeking entrance to Project.
Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs. Submit the layout and dimensions of the sign
to the Owner. The sign and lettering shall be of sufficient size to be visible and legible at 100
feet distance.
1. Project sign to include the following information. List all items on separate lines of the
sign.
a. City of Lubbock, Texas
b. Capital Improvements
C. South Central Lubbock Drainage Improvements Project
d. Contractor: (include name of contractor and location of their main headquarters)
e. Engineer: Parkhill, Smith & Cooper, Inc., Lubbock, Texas
Hugo Reed and Associates, Inc., Lubbock, Texas
f. Project Serving the Citizens of Lubbock, Texas
2. Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics for Project identification signs.
3. Prepare temporary signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and
visitors.
4. Construct signs of exterior -type Grade B -B high-density concrete form overlay plywood.
Support on posts or framing of preservative -treated wood or steel.
5. Paint sign panel and applied graphics with exterior -grade alkyd gloss enamel over -
exterior primer.
E. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste -collection containers in sizes adequate to handle
waste from construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or
unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.
1. If required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide separate containers, clearly labeled,
for each type of waste material to be deposited. r
F. Common -Use Field Office: Provide an insulated, weathertight, air-conditioned field office for
use as a common facility by all personnel engaged in construction activities; of sufficient size to
accommodate required office personnel and meetings of 10 persons at Project site. Keep office
clean and orderly. -"
1. Furnish and equip offices as follows:
01257198 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500-4
O1/01
a^+
1. Furnish and equip offices as follows:
a. Desk and four chairs, four -drawer file cabinet, a plan table, a plan rack, and
bookcase.
f b. Water cooler and private toilet complete with water closet, lavatory, and medicine
cabinet with mirror.
�- G. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate
materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility services as needed. Sheds may
be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces on-site.
3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements in Division 2 Section "Tree Protection".
B. Site Enclosure Fence: When excavation begins, install portable chain-link enclosure fence with
lockable entrance gates. Locate where determined sufficient to accommodate construction
operations and to protect the site. Install in a manner that will prevent people, dogs, and other
animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates.
C. Security Guard: Provide a uniformed security guard at all construction sites when site is left
unattended. This requirement applies 24 hours a day 7 days a week including weekends and
holidays.
D. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for
erecting structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning
signs to inform personnel and public of possible hazard. Where appropriate and needed,
provide lighting, including flashing amber lights.
3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and
abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from
damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements.
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated
results and to avoid possibility of damage.
2. Prevent water -filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines.
Protect from damage during excavation operations.
C. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has
ended, or no later than Substantial Completion.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor.
Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
2. Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent
paving. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate
fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials
contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other
substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street
paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
3. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during
construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements.
END OF SECTION 01500
01257198 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500-5
01/01
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
01257198 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500-6
01/01
6W
W
SECTION 01555
BARRICADES, SIGNS AND TRAFFIC HANDLING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
1. This Item shall govern for providing, installing, moving, replacing, maintaining, cleaning
and removing upon completion of work, all barricades, portable barriers, signs, portable
changeable message signs, cones, lights and other such type devices and of handling
traffic as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer or Owner.
PART2-PRODUCTS
A. Construction Methods
1. All barricades, signs and other types of devices listed above shall conform to details
shown on the plans or those indicated in the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices (TMUTCD). All traffic control devices shall be crashworthy according to the
guidelines set forth in the National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP)
Report 350.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. For this project a Traffic Control Plan (TCP), responsive to the TMUTCD, has been established
by the Engineer. The Contractor may propose his own TCP. Contractor -proposed major
modifications to the Traffic Control Plan shall bear the seal of a Registered Professional
Engineer. If his plan is approved in writing by the Engineer or Owner, it may be used. Prior to
beginning work, the Contractor shall designate, in writing, a competent person who will be
responsible and available on the project site or in the immediate area to insure compliance with
the TCP.
3.2 MAINTENANCE
A. All retroreflective traffic control devices such as barricades, vertical panels, signs, etc., shall be
maintained by cleaning, replacing or a combination thereof such that during darkness and rain
the retroreflective characteristics shall equal or exceed the retroreflective characteristics of
traffic industry standard reflective panels.
END OF SECTION 01555
01257198 BARRICADES, SIGNS AND TRAFFIC HANDLING 01555-1
01/01
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
01257198 BARRICADES, SIGNS AND TRAFFIC HANDLING 01555-2
O1/01
SECTION 01576
WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Disposal of waste material and salvageable material.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 02111 — Excavation, Handling, and Disposal of Contaminated Material.
B. Section 02240 — Dewatering.
C. Section 02300 — Earthwork.
D. Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01330 — Submittal Procedures.
B. Obtain and submit disposal permits for proposed disposal sites if required by local ordinances.
C. Submit a copy of written permission from property owner, along with description of property,
prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project. Submit a written and signed release
from property owner upon completion of disposal work. Both written permission and signed
release shall include hold -harmless clauses naming the City of Lubbock, Texas; Parkhill, Smith
& Cooper, Inc. and Hugo Reed and Associates, Inc. as the entities to be held harmless in any
subsequent legal proceeding.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS — Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL
r
A. Excavated Material: When indicated on drawings, load, haul, and deposit excavated material at
a location or locations shown on drawings outside the limits of Project.
B. Asphalt Pavement and Asphalt Stabilized Base: Conform to requirements in Section 02221 —
Removing Existing Pavements.
C. Pipe: Undamaged and useable pipe shall be delivered to a stockpile location on City property at
the Canyon near Guava Ave. Coordinate exact stockpile location and placement with the
Engineer or Owner's representative.
D. Other Salvageable Materials: Conform to requirements of individual Specification Sections.
E. Coordinate the delivery of salvageable material to a specified location with the Engineer.
01257198 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
01/01
01576-1
3.2 EXCESS MATERIAL
A. Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debris, asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil, and other
materials not designated for salvage, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be
removed from the job site and legally disposed of at a proper facility such as the West Texas
Region Disposal Facility (WTRDF).
B. Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project if approved by the
Owner and when written permission is obtained from property owner. See Paragraph 1.3 C
above.
C. Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained
in a neat and orderly condition.
END OF SECTION
01257198 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 01576-2
O1/01
r
A
SECTION 01600
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements: product
delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special
warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified.
2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and
installations specified to be warranted.
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that
are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other
losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original
sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for
handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to
ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
5. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.
6. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
7. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements under cover in a weathertight
enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
8. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,
ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage.
9. Protect stored products from damage.
1.4 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other
warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on
product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract
Documents.
01257198 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01/01
01600-1
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to
other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product:
1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the —
indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.
2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the
Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, —.
durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.
3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and
names and addresses of engineers and owners, if requested.
5. Samples, if requested.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01600
01257198 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600-2
01/01
r
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, General Contract Conditions, Special Provisions and ' Division 1 - General
-
Requirements apply to work of this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Closeout procedures.
B.
Final cleaning.
C.
Adjusting.
D.
Project record documents.
E.
Operation and maintenance data.
F.
Warranties.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Progress cleaning.
1.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A.
Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been
inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for
Engineer's inspection.
B.
Provide submittals to Engineer that are required by governing or other authorities.
C.
Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous
payments, and sum remaining due.
1.5 FINAL CLEANING
A.
Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection.
B.
Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.
C.
Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site.
D.
Repair, patch and touch-up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes.
1.6 ADJUSTING
A.
Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.
1.7 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A.
Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the
Work:
1. Contract Drawings.
2. Specifications.
01257198
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-1
.,,
01/01
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract.
5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.
B. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction.
C. Record information concurrent with construction progress.
D. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products
installed, including the following:
1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number.
2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized.
3. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications.
E. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction
including: -
1. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances,
referenced to permanent surface improvements.
2. Field changes of dimension and detail _.
3. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
4. Changes made by addenda and modification.
F. Submit documents to Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment.
1.8 WARRANTIES
A. Provide duplicate notarized copies.
B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers.
C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble with metal prong binder in durable plastic
presentation cover.
D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment.
E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal
within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period.
F. Provide Affidavit of Bills Paid as required by General Contract Conditions and Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
01257198 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-2
01/01
SECTION 02082
PRE -CAST CONCRETE MANHOLES AND VAULTS
PART 1
- GENERAL
r
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
This section of the specifications pertains to pre -cast concrete manholes and related items.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
r+
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including general and supplementary
conditions and other Division 1 specifications, apply to this section.
B.
Section 02634 - Corrugated Metal Pipe (Polymer Caoted).
C.
Section 02635 - CentrifugalIy Cast Fiberglass Pipe.
D.
Section 02636 - High Density Polyethylene Pipe.
"*
E.
Section 02638 - Reinforced Concrete Pipe.
F.
Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
G.
Section 03301 - Cast -In -Place Non -Reinforced Concrete Pipe
�-
H.
Section 02084 - Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers.
1.3
,
REFERENCES
r«,
A.
ASTM A 307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile.
B.
ASTM C 443 - Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert
Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets.
C.
ASTM C 478 - Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections.
D.
ASTM C 857 - Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete
Utility Structures.
E.
ASTM C 858 - Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structure.
F.
ASTM C 1107 - Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Nonshrink).
G.
ASTM C 1244 - Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the Negative Air
Pressure (Vacuum) Test.
H.
ASTM D 698 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lb/fe)
I.
ASTM D 2997 - Specification for Centrifugally Cast Fiberglass (Glass -Fiber -Reinforced
Thermosetting Resin) Pipe
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B.
Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval:
1. Shop drawings of manhole sections and base units and construction details, including
reinforcement, jointing methods, materials, and dimensions.
2. Summary of criteria used in the manhole design including, as a minimum, material
properties, loadings, load combinations, and dimensions assumed. Include certification
from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 478
'
and design criteria as established in Paragraph 2.1 E of this Specification.
01257198 PRE -CAST CONCRETE MANHOLES AND VAULTS 02082-1
01/01
3. Shop drawings of precast concrete vault, including reinforcement, jointing, methods,
materials, and dimensions.
4. Summary of criteria used in the vault design including, as a minimum, material P
properties, loadings, load combinations, and dimensions assumed. Include certification
from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 857
and ASTM C 858 latest revisions.
5. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole/vault walls.
6. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs, if required.
7. Manufacturer's data for pre -mix (bag) concrete, if used for channel inverts and T
benches.
8. Material to be used for sealing of riser joints.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver number of units needed in a timely manner to the project site to ensure installation
continuity.
B. Store and handle the units at the project site to prevent cracking, distortion, staining, or other
physical damage, and so that markings are visible. Lift and support units at designated lift -'
points.
C. Deliver anchorage items that are to be embedded in other construction before starting such
work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions, as required, for
installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRE -CAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
A. Provide manhole sections, base sections, and related components conforming to
ASTM C 478. Provide base riser section with integral floors, unless shown otherwise.
Provide adjustment rings which are standard components of the manufacturer of the manhole
sections. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of
barrel.
B. Provide reinforced concrete risers constructed from 60 -inch -diameter standard reinforced
concrete manhole sections unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Combine various lengths
of manhole sections to total the correct height with the fewest joints. Wall sections shall be
designed for depth and loading conditions as required in Paragraph 2.1 E, but shall not be less
than 6 inches thick. Base section shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches under the
invert. In situations where the depth from the ground surface to the flowline of the pipe is
less than 15 feet, 48 inch diameter standard reinforced concrete manhole sections may be used
for the riser.
C. Provide eccentrically reducing cone tops to receive cast iron frames and covers designed to
support an H-20 loading, unless indicated otherwise.
D. Provide precast concrete vaults as indicated on plans, conforming to ASTM C 857 and ASTM
C 858 latest revision. Vault should be of Type VCP 8080 as manufactured by Vaughn
Concrete Products, or approved equal. Openings shall be precast as shown on plans.
Conform to manufacturer's guidelines for clear cover between pipe O.D. and vault wall.
01257198 PRE -CAST CONCRETE MANHOLES AND VAULTS 02082-2
01/01
MOM
r-*
E.
Design Loading Criteria: The manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base
slab shall be designed, by the manufacturer, to the requirements of ASTM C 478 for the
depth as shown on Drawings and to resist the following loads.
1. AASHTO H-20 loading applied to the manhole cover and transmitted down to the
transition and base slabs.
2. Unit soil weight of 120 pcf located above all portions of the manhole, including base
slab projections.
3. Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil conditions producing an at -rest equivalent
fluid pressure of 100 pcf.
4. Internal liquid pressure based on a unit weight of 63 pcf.
5. Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by the transition and base slabs.
F.
The minimum clear distance between any two wall penetrations shall be 12 inches, half the
diameter of the smaller penetration, or as specified by the manufacturer, whichever is most
stringent.
-� G.
For sealants used between concrete riser sections, refer to Section 02082, 2.7 B.
H.
Lifting holes in manhole sections and bases are not permissible unless such openings can be
made watertight under 5 psi internal pressure, with only minor weeping under 10 psi internal
►'
pressure.
I.
Manhole sections must withstand an intermittent internal hydrostatic pressure of 10 psi
without structural failure.
J.
Where internal pressure requirements cannot be met, use ASTM C76 Class III pipe.
K.
Where watertight joints cannot be met using double sealant, or the internal hydrostatic
pressure requirement cannot be met with tongue and groove joints, provide ASTM C443
joints.
2.2
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Conform to requirements of Section 03300 -Cast-in-Place Concrete.
B. Channel Inverts: Concrete for inverts not integrally formed with manhole base shall be either
5 sack premix (bag) concrete or Class A concrete, with a minimum compressive strength of
4000 psi.
2.3 REINFORCING STEEL
A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete.
2.4 MORTAR
A. Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland Cement.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS METALS
F- A. Provide gray -iron frames, rings, and covers conforming to requirements of Section 02084 —
Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers.
2.6 PIPE TO MANHOLE/VAULT CONNECTIONS FOR STORM SEWERS
A. For smooth wall pipe (HDPE and Fiberglass), attach a 3600 pullout prevention flange as
shown on drawings.
01257198 PRE -CAST CONCRETE MANHOLES AND VAULTS 02082-3
01/01
B. For corrugated pipe (HDPE and polymer coated steel), embed corrugations in grout to
prevent pullout.
C. Grout space between the pipe and manhole -wall conforming to ASTM C 1107 for all pipe
materials.
2.7 SEALANT MATERIALS
A. Provide sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame,
such as ConSeal CS -202 Butyl Sealant or approved equal.
B. Provide joints between sections with ConSeal CS -202 Butyl Sealant or approved equal
conforming to ASTM C 990.
C. Provide rubber gaskets for ASTM C443 joints.
2.8 BACKFILL MATERIALS
A. Backfill materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation and
Backfill for Utilities.
2.9 NON -SHRINK GROUT
A. Provide prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non -gas -liberating, non-metallic, cement -based
grout requiring only the addition of water.
B. Grout shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28 -day
compressive strength of 7000 psi.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that lines and grades are correct.
B. Determine if the subgrade, when scarified and recompacted, can be compacted to 95 percent
of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of
foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density, the subgrade
shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an
unstable subgrade.
3.2 MANHOLE BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS
A. Scarify and compact base material to 95% ASTM D698 standard proctor density. If the
subgrade cannot be compacted to the required density or if it contains organic materials, then
excavate to stable subgrade, then backfill with lean concrete backfill to required elevation.
3.3 PRE -CAST MANHOLE SECTIONS
A. Install sections, joints, and gasket material in accordance with manufacturer's printed
recommendations.
B. Install precast adjustment rings above tops of cones as required to adjust the finished elevation
and to support the manhole frame.
01257198 PRE -CAST CONCRETE MANHOLES AND VAULTS 02082-4
01/01
C. Seal any lifting holes with non -shrink grout where lifting holes have been allowed by the
Engineer.
D. Do not incorporate manhole steps in manhole sections.
3.4 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLES
A. Ensure that the pipe will not pull out of manhole by using flange or corrugations as shown on
plans.
B. Grout all space between pipe and manhole wall with non -shrink grout and coat with an epoxy
bonding agent.
3.5 INVERTS FOR STORM SEWERS
A. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth flow transition waterway with no disruption of
flow at pipe -manhole connections. Conform to following criteria:
1. Slope of invert bench: 1/2 inch per foot minimum; 1 inch per foot maximum
2. Depth of bench to invert shall be equal to 1/2 the largest diameter pipe, entering the
manhole.
3. Invert slope through manhole: 0.10 -foot drop across manhole with smooth transition of
invert through manhole, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
B. Form invert channels with concrete if not integral with manhole base section. For direction
changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of
curvature. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between
pipe inverts.
3.6 MANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS
A. Combine precast concrete adjustment rings so that the elevation of the installed casting cover
matches the pavement surface. Seal between adjustment ring and the precast top section with
approved sealant material. Seal between adjustment rings with approved sealant material. Set
the cast iron frame on the adjustment ring in a bed of approved sealant. The sealant bed shall
consist of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of 1/2 -inch thick and
3/4 -inch wide.
B. For manholes in unpaved areas, top of frame shall be set flush with existing ground line
unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. In unpaved areas, encase the manhole frame in
mortar or non -shrink grout placed flush with the face of the manhole ring and the top edge of
the frame. Provide a rounded corner around the perimeter.
3.7 BACKFILL
A. Place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in
accordance with requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
Provide cement stabilized backfill material, as specified for the storm sewer pipe, from
manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to the manhole.
Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for the adjacent utilities, above the cement stabilized
backfill.
01257198
01/01
PRE -CAST CONCRETE MANHOLES AND VAULTS 02082-5
3.8 TESTING
A. Vacuum test manhole according to ASTM C 1244. Refer to Section 02533 - Acceptance
Testing For Storm Sewers.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. Protect manholes from damage until work has been finally accepted. Repair damage to
manholes at no additional cost to Owner.
END OF SECTION 02082
01257198 PRE -CAST CONCRETE MANHOLES AND VAULTS 02082-6
O1/01
i
SECTION 02084
FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section of the specifications covers gray iron castings for use as manhole frames and lids,
gratings, and rings.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section.
B. Section 02082 — Pre -cast Concrete Manholes.
C. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete.
D. Conform to Section 05500 — Metal Fabrications for fabricated pipe grates and fabricated bar
grates located at headwalls and wingwalls.
E. Conform to Section 05530 — Gratings for bar gratings located at sluice gate and check valve
structures.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials Standard
Specification for Highway Bridges.
B. ASTM A 48 - Specification for Gray Iron Castings.
C. ASTM A 615 - Standard Specification for Deformed Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete
' Reinforcement.
D. AWS - D 12.1 Welding Reinforcing Steel.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data in accordance with Section 01330 Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details,
and installation instructions.
C. Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of casting assemblies that are not included
in Drawings. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and
accessory items. Include setting drawings for location and installation of castings and
anchorage devices.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL CASTINGS
A. Castings for frames, grates, rings and covers shall conform to ASTM A 48, Class 35. Provide
locking covers if indicated on Drawings.
B. Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without
permanent deformation.
01257198 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS 02084-1
!" 01/01
e,
C. Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on
the Drawings. Standard dimensions for manhole covers are 24 inches in diameter. Cast
dimensions may vary by +/- 1/16 inch per foot. Weight shall not vary from published weight by
more than +/- 5 percent.
D. Castings shall be clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in
covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free of plugs.
2.2 FRAMES AND COVERS FOR MANHOLES
A. Where indicated on the drawings, provide manhole frames and covers, Western Iron Works No.
40 manhole lid and ring with Type 5 pick bar, labeled "storm sewer", with a minimum weight
of 275 lbs, or approved equal.
2.3 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS FOR MANHOLES
A. Where indicated on the drawings, provide watertight manhole frames and covers with a
minimum of 4 — 1" anchor bolts (4" min embedment). Supply watertight manhole covers and
frames, Neenah R -1916-F1 (3 75 lbs min. total weight), or approved equal.
B. Anchor lid with 3/8" Hilti bolt or stainless steel threaded rod with washer and nut, 3" minimum
embedment into eccentric cone section (4 bolts evenly spread around circumference).
2.4 CASTINGS FOR INLET STRUCTURES
A. Where indicated on the drawings, provide manhole frames and covers, Western Iron Works 140
TF with 135 lb. lid, or approved equal.
B. Where indicated on drawings for "stair step" inlets, provide slab type frame and grate with
anchor flange, Neenah R -3340-D or approved equal.
C. Where indicated on the drawings for "tower" inlets, provide slab type ring and grate, Vulcan V-
3836-2 or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install castings according to approved shop drawings, instructions given in related
specifications, and applicable directions from the manufacturer's printed materials.
B. Set castings accurately at required locations to proper alignment and elevation. Keep castings
plumb, level, true, and free of rack. Measure location accurately from established lines and
grades. Brace or anchor frames temporarily in formwork until permanently set.
END OF SECTION 02084
01257198 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS 02084-2
O1/01
SECTION 02111
EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Handling, testing, stockpile, treatment, and disposal of petroleum contaminated soil.
B. Removal, testing, treatment, and disposal of petroleum contaminated ground water.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 01576
—Waste Material Disposal.
B.
Section 02240
— Dewatering.
J C.
Section 02260
- Excavation Support and Protection.
D.
Section 02300
— Earthwork.
E.
Section 02317
— Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM D 5092 - Practice for Design and Installation of Ground Water Monitoring Wells in
Aquifers.
B. Code of Federal Regulation (CFR), Title 40, Section 261.24.
C. CFR, Title 40, Section 261, Appendix H.
D. Texas Administrative Code (TAC), Title 30, Section 116, Standard Exemptions 68 and 118.
E. TAC, Title 30, Section 321, Subchapter H.
F. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), (SW -846) Test Methods for Evaluating Solid
Waste, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Washington, D.C. (P1388-239223,
November 1986).
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Potentially contaminated: Soil and ground water within station -to -station locations where
petroleum contamination may exist based on records obtained from TNRCC.
B. Impacted: Soil or ground water that contains visual or physical evidence of contamination, as
described in paragraph 3.1, Areas Potentially contaminated, subparagraph 3.1.13.2.
C. Contaminated: Soil that contains petroleum contamination in excess of levels identified in
paragraph 3.6, Handling Impacted and Contaminated Soil, subparagraph 3.6.A, or ground water
that contains petroleum contamination requiring permitted discharge to storm or sanitary sewer.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit an Environmental Work Plan to the Engineer prior to the Date of Commencement.
1. Have the Work Plan prepared by a Corrective Action Project Manager licensed in Texas.
2. Do not commence work in potentially contaminated areas until the Environmental Work
Plan for dealing with these materials has been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer.
3. Include in the Environmental Work Plan:
a. Sequence of construction through potentially contaminated areas;
01257198
ra 01/01
EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL 02111-1
OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL
b. Procedures for screening soil in potentially contaminated areas, identifying
impacted material, and identifying contaminated material;
C. Procedures for handling impacted and contaminated material;
d. Proposed location of stockpile areas;
e. Proposed treatment of contaminated material to meet disposal requirements, if
required;
f. Proposed methods for disposal of treated or contaminated material;
g. Proposed carriers of contaminated material with verification each is properly
licensed;
h. Proposed recycle/disposal sites for contaminated material with verification each is
properly licensed;
i. List of any permits that may be required for handling or recycle/disposal of
contaminated material;
j. Name and qualifications of professional environmental consultants to be used by
Contractor on health, environmental, and safety issues regarding operations within
potentially contaminated areas; and,
k. Proposed analytical laboratory with verification it is properly certified.
B. Submit Environmental Health and Safety Plan to the Engineer at least 7 days prior to
performing work in potentially contaminated areas.
1. Have the plan prepared by either a Corrective Action Project Manager licensed in Texas,
with 40 hours of Health and Safety Training, or a Certified Industrial Hygienist.
2. Include in the Plan, methods and procedures for assuring operations under conditions
encountered are safe for citizens and workers.
C. Submit a Ground Water Monitoring Plan to the Engineer at least 7 days prior to performing
work in potentially contaminated areas.
1. Have the Monitoring Plan prepared by a professional engineer licensed in Texas.
2. Include in the Monitoring Plan number and location of wells to be installed in potentially
contaminated areas, size and depth of wells, anticipated screen intervals, type of casing,
well development procedures, sampling procedures, plan for disposal of cuttings, number
and location of existing wells to be abandoned, and abandonment procedures for wells.
D. Submit to the Engineer soil and ground water field screening, monitoring and analytical
laboratory test results on a weekly basis as work proceeds. Summarize test results in tables
together with applicable regulatory criteria.
E. Submit to the Engineer copies of correspondence, reports, permits and other documents
provided to, or received from, regulatory agencies.
F. Submit to the Engineer original, signed manifests for off-site disposal of contaminated
material.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 AREAS POTENTIALLY CONTAMINATED
A. Conduct operations in potentially contaminated areas and in impacted areas in accordance with
the Environmental Work Plan and the Environmental Health and Safety Plan. For this project,
the potentially contaminated areas are as follows:
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL 02111-2
01/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL
Areas outside of these limits that are identified as impacted or contaminated during construction
will be handled according to the guidelines set forth in the Environmental Work Plan and this
.. section.
B. Immediately notify the Engineer and implement the Environmental Health and Safety Plan and
the Environmental Work Plan whenever impacted soil or ground water is encountered.
1. Provide location, depth, type (soil or ground water), source (if known), and evidence
contamination is suspected.
2. Impacted material is determined by visual or physical evidence of soil or ground water
contamination. Visual or physical evidence includes a petroleum or chemical odor, an
indication of levels of contamination by air monitoring devices included as a part of the
Environmental Health and Safety Plan that may be of concern, soil or ground water
discoloration, material oozing/dripping into the excavation, liquid floating on the ground
water, buried containers or refuse, unusual physical symptoms experienced by workers,
and field screening results in excess of 50 ppm reading on a photoionization detector
(PID). Refer to paragraph 3.4, Screening Potentially Contaminated Soil.
3.2 GROUND WATER MONITORING
a�. A. Install ground water monitoring wells in potentially contaminated areas where historic
l monitoring well information indicates that dewatering will be required to lower the water table,
to monitor ground water levels and demonstrate that the spread of contamination onto City
property, right-of-way, and easements has been minimized. Install monitoring wells in
accordance with ASTM D 5092.
B. Monitor the piezometric level in ground water monitoring wells and piezometers in potentially
contaminated areas while dewatering systems are in operation in that area.
1. Monitor wells and piezometers identified on the drawings as being installed by others
during the design phase, as well as those installed by the Contractor.
2. Monitor wells and piezometers on a daily basis until level stabilizes.
3. Monitor wells and piezometers on a weekly basis after level stabilizes.
4. For the purposes of ground water monitoring, the level in a well or piezometer is assumed
to have stabilized if the ground water level at the dewatering system is within 6 inches of
the design level for construction.
C. Sample each ground water monitoring well within one week prior to commencing dewatering
activities in the area of each well, at two-week intervals during construction activities, and
within one week after the piezometric level has returned to the normal level after dewatering
activities in the area of the well have been discontinued.
D. Test the samples from the ground water monitoring wells in accordance with paragraph 3.5,
Sampling and Testing, subparagraph 3.5.C.
E. Upon completion of work in the area and with concurrence of the Engineer, abandon ground
water monitoring wells and piezometers, in accordance with the Ground Water Monitoring Plan
and Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) requirements.
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL 02111-3
O1/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL
From Station
To Station
Comments
72+60
93+00
Soil only
139+50
161+00
Soil only
363+50
368+00
Ground water and soil
442+00
453+00
Soil only
Areas outside of these limits that are identified as impacted or contaminated during construction
will be handled according to the guidelines set forth in the Environmental Work Plan and this
.. section.
B. Immediately notify the Engineer and implement the Environmental Health and Safety Plan and
the Environmental Work Plan whenever impacted soil or ground water is encountered.
1. Provide location, depth, type (soil or ground water), source (if known), and evidence
contamination is suspected.
2. Impacted material is determined by visual or physical evidence of soil or ground water
contamination. Visual or physical evidence includes a petroleum or chemical odor, an
indication of levels of contamination by air monitoring devices included as a part of the
Environmental Health and Safety Plan that may be of concern, soil or ground water
discoloration, material oozing/dripping into the excavation, liquid floating on the ground
water, buried containers or refuse, unusual physical symptoms experienced by workers,
and field screening results in excess of 50 ppm reading on a photoionization detector
(PID). Refer to paragraph 3.4, Screening Potentially Contaminated Soil.
3.2 GROUND WATER MONITORING
a�. A. Install ground water monitoring wells in potentially contaminated areas where historic
l monitoring well information indicates that dewatering will be required to lower the water table,
to monitor ground water levels and demonstrate that the spread of contamination onto City
property, right-of-way, and easements has been minimized. Install monitoring wells in
accordance with ASTM D 5092.
B. Monitor the piezometric level in ground water monitoring wells and piezometers in potentially
contaminated areas while dewatering systems are in operation in that area.
1. Monitor wells and piezometers identified on the drawings as being installed by others
during the design phase, as well as those installed by the Contractor.
2. Monitor wells and piezometers on a daily basis until level stabilizes.
3. Monitor wells and piezometers on a weekly basis after level stabilizes.
4. For the purposes of ground water monitoring, the level in a well or piezometer is assumed
to have stabilized if the ground water level at the dewatering system is within 6 inches of
the design level for construction.
C. Sample each ground water monitoring well within one week prior to commencing dewatering
activities in the area of each well, at two-week intervals during construction activities, and
within one week after the piezometric level has returned to the normal level after dewatering
activities in the area of the well have been discontinued.
D. Test the samples from the ground water monitoring wells in accordance with paragraph 3.5,
Sampling and Testing, subparagraph 3.5.C.
E. Upon completion of work in the area and with concurrence of the Engineer, abandon ground
water monitoring wells and piezometers, in accordance with the Ground Water Monitoring Plan
and Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) requirements.
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL 02111-3
O1/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL
3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING IN POTENTIALLY CONTAMINATED AREAS
A. Monitor conditions in potentially contaminated areas, as specified in the Environmental Health
and Safety Plan, to maintain safe working conditions in accordance with Occupational Health
and Safety Administration (OSHA) requirements (29 CFR 1926).
3.4 SCREENING POTENTIALLY CONTAMINATED SOIL
A. Retain services of an environmental consultant or analytical testing laboratory for continuous
field screening of soil removed from the excavation in potentially contaminated areas.
1. Place samples in a sealed plastic bag for 15 minutes prior to screening.
2. Use a properly calibrated PID to screen the level of contamination in the head space of
the plastic bag.
3. Use 100 ppm isobutylene as the calibration gas.
4. For the purposes of field screening, continuous is defined as at least twice per hour while
soils are being removed in open cut areas or shafts, or once for each construction cycle in
tunnels (i.e., each pipe length in pipe jacked tunnels or each advance of the tunnel shield
in primary -lined tunnels).
B. Soil with field screening results in excess of a 50 ppm reading on the PID, or as otherwise
defined in paragraph 3.1, Areas Potentially Contaminated, subparagraph 3.1.B.2, is considered
impacted.
3.5 SAMPLING AND TESTING
A. Sample impacted soils at a rate of not less than one composite sample for every 20 cubic yards
of excavation or the volume corresponding to every 50 linear feet of installed sewer, whichever
is more frequent. Make a composite sample by combining 4 samples collected from different
locations within the excavated volume.
B. Sample treated water from potentially contaminated areas to be discharged to a sanitary sewer
at a rate of one grab sample once per week or as otherwise specified in the discharge permit.
C. Sample treated water from potentially contaminated areas to be discharged to a storm sewer at a
rate of one composite sample and one grab sample every 24 -hours, or as otherwise specified in
the discharge permit. Make a composite sample by combining at least 24 samples of equal
volume collected at 1 -hour intervals.
D. Analyze soil samples.
1. Analyze samples for the type of contamination suspected, as listed at the end of this
section in Table A, "Analytical Tests", in accordance with SW -846. Use grab samples
for analysis of VOCs (including BTEX) and composite samples for analysis of other
parameters.
2. Have analyses conducted by a testing laboratory certified by the Environmental
Protection Agency or the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC).
E. Analyze Ground Water Samples.
1. For discharge to storm sewers, analyze samples for the type of contamination suspected,
as listed at the end of this section in Table A, "Analytical Tests", in accordance with SW -
846. Use grab samples for analysis of VOCs (including BTEX) and composite samples
for analysis of other parameters.
2. For discharge to sanitary sewers, analyze samples for oil and grease.
3. City of Lubbock permit required for discharge to sanitary sewer.
4. Have analyses conducted by a testing laboratory certified by the Environmental
Protection Agency or the TNRCC.
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL 02111-4
01/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL
5i
3.6 HANDLING IMPACTED AND CONTAMINATED SOILS
7 A. If soil is contaminated with petroleum only, the concentration of contaminants must exceed one
or more of the levels listed in Table B, "Soil Contamination Criteria" - Petroleum Only to be
considered contaminated. Table B is located at the end of this Section.
B. Remove, handle, transport, stockpile, and dispose of contaminated soil under the direction of an
individual licensed by the State of Texas as a Corrective Action Project Manager with 40 hours
of Health and Safety Training.
• C. With concurrence of the Engineer, place impacted soil, as described in paragraph 3. 1, Areas
Potentially Contaminated, subparagraph 3.1.B.2, in suitable covered containers; in a stockpile at
a temporary storage area, pending receipt of analytical results and receipt of authorization from
TNRCC and the disposal site for final disposal; or, in trucks for transport directly to the disposal
facility.
1. To avoid having to obtain a TNRCC permit for a storage facility, do not commingle
impacted soil from different locations or with different sources.
2. Locate the temporary storage area to meet all of the following criteria:
a. Selected by the Contractor.
b. Acceptable to the Engineer.
C. Within a reasonable distance to allow access by City personnel.
d. Outside the 100 -year floodplain.
e. Outside of, and not adjacent to, an area known or suspected to be a wetland.
f. Secured using temporary fencing or other means of controlling access.
3. Place stockpiled soils on an impervious membrane, a minimum thickness of 20 mils, and
surround it with a berm, a minimum of 12 inches in height, to prevent migration of soils
or moisture, other than evaporation. The ground surface on which the geomembrane is to
i be placed shall be free of rocks greater than 0.5 inches in diameter and any other object
which could damage the membrane.
4. Cover the stockpile and protect it from wind and rain using a waterproof membrane
covering. The cover material shall be anchored to prevent it from being removed by
wind.
5. Do not place soil over monitoring wells or piezometers, utility line manholes, or any
other potential route for water to migrate to the subsurface.
6. Contact TNRCC-Air Permitting Division for assistance with completion of a PI -7 form in
accordance with 30 TAC 116 Standard Exemptions 68 and 118. Additional testing may
be required to evaluate emission rates from stockpiled soil.
7. Handle runoff from the temporary storage area in accordance with paragraph 3.7,
Handling Water.
8. Remove any material, including excavated soil from the construction site, from the
temporary storage area prior to completion of the project.
9. Comply with requirements as otherwise required by law.
D. If acceptable emission rates are not exceeded, and with required TNRCC permits and
concurrence of the Engineer, contaminated soil may be mixed and aerated so volatile petroleum
hydrocarbons can evaporate, reducing the level of contamination to below concentrations
prescribed in paragraph 3.6, Handling Impacted and Contaminated Soils, subparagraph 3.6.A or
3.6I. Work the soil as follows:
1. Spread stockpiled material to a maximum depth of 18 inches and make at least 3 passes
with a disc harrow and at least 3 passes with a road grader to turn material completely
over.
2. Make the specified passes to turn material over at least twice per day for 5 consecutive
days or until the material contains less than permissible levels of contaminants.
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL 02111-5
01/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL
E. If acceptable emission rates are exceeded and level of contamination is below levels prescribed
in paragraph 3.6.1, Contractor may choose to dispose of contaminated soil or develop and
implement an appropriate emissions control plan, both subject to approval by the Engineer.'
Such a plan should include provisions to work the soil as described in paragraph 3.6.1), limit
emissions to below allowable levels, and obtain required TNRCC permits.
F. If acceptable emission rates are exceeded and level of contamination exceeds levels prescribed
in paragraph 3.6.I, Contractor may choose to treat contaminated soil by another method or
develop and implement an appropriate emissions control plan, both subject to approval by the
Engineer. Again, such a plan should include provisions to work the soil as described in
paragraph 3.6.1), limit emissions to below allowable levels, and obtain required TNRCC
permits.
G. Transport contaminated soil in accordance with Department of Transportation and TNRCC
rules and regulations. Use a licensed carrier acceptable to the Engineer for such transport.
H. Dispose of contaminated soil at a properly licensed facility with prior approval of the Engineer.
I. Assure that limits of contamination for disposal at the facility are not exceeded. General limits
for proper disposal of Class II petroleum contaminated soil at landfills are listed at the end of
this Section in Table C, "Contamination Limits for Disposal of Class II Soil".
1. Contact the landfill operator for exact disposal limits and for requirements regarding
disposal of other types of contaminated soil.
2. Obtain signed manifests from the receiving facility and provide originals to the Engineer.
3.7 HANDLING WATER
A. Install and operate ground water control systems, as described in Section 02240 - Dewatering,
and conduct construction activities in potentially contaminated areas to minimize the spread of
contamination. Design and operate the ground water control systems such that water from
potentially contaminated areas is handled in systems separated and isolated from ground water
control systems outside of the potentially contaminated area.
B. Handle, test, treat, and discharge contaminated water to the storm or sanitary sewer in
accordance with City of Lubbock, TNRCC, and EPA requirements.
1. Subchapter H of Section 321, 30 TAC describes the requirements of TNRCC for
handling, testing and discharging water contaminated with petroleum to the storm sewer.
2. On-site water handling, treatment, and disposal systems, if not already permitted, are
subject to the air permitting provisions of paragraph 3.6.C.
3. All such activities shall be under the direction of an individual licensed by the State of
Texas as a Corrective Action Project Manager with 40 hours of Health and Safety
Training.
C. Treat potentially contaminated, impacted, and contaminated water to be discharged to City --
storm or sanitary sewers in accordance with Table D, or as required to meet other disposal
requirements.
1. Provide equipment sized according to standard engineering practices to handle flows
anticipated by dewatering operations.
2. Include a standard sized, commercially available oil/water separator as part of the
treatment system suitable for intended use for dewatering operation discharges to a storm
or sanitary sewer.
3. Where ground water contamination levels exceed those noted in the Table D, provide
additional treatment systems as needed prior to discharge to the sanitary or storm sewers.
Any discharge of contaminated ground water shall be treated with an airstripping or
activated carbon unit or other such system.
4. Do not discharge treated water into a sewer if the flow is less than one foot below the top
of the manhole or would cause an overflow situation.
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL 02111-6
01/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL 4;k
5. Do not discharge into sanitary sewer without permit from City of Lubbock.
6. Recover free product collected in the treatment equipment.
7. Recycle (i.e., for beneficial reuse) or dispose of recovered contaminants in a manner
acceptable to the Engineer and the TNRCC.
8. Transport contaminated water and recovered contaminants in accordance with
Department of Transportation and TNRCC rules and regulations. Use a licensed carrier
acceptable to the Engineer for such transport.
9. Obtain signed manifests from the receiving facility and provide originals to the Engineer.
10. Furnish laboratory reports to the Engineer within one week of sample date.
D. Obtain approval and/or required permits from the City for discharge directly to a sanitary sewer
which discharges to a City -owned wastewater treatment plant prior to commencing such
discharge.
E. If contamination levels are below levels indicated by the NPDES permit for the storm sewer,
then obtain a permit from the TNRCC for discharge directly to that storm sewer prior to
commencing such discharge. Obtain level limits and other requirements or restrictions from
owner/operator of storm sewer.
F. Limits for discharge of water contaminated with only petroleum to sewers are given at the end
of this Section in Table D, "Petroleum Contaminated Ground Water Discharge Limits".
3.8 DISPOSAL OF MATERIAL NOT CONTAMINATED
A. Dispose of excess or unsuitable excavated materials, that are not contaminated, off the job site
in accordance with Section 01576 - Waste Material Disposal.
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL
**
01/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL
02111-7
TABLE A
ANALYTICAL TESTS
SUSPECTED CONTAMINATION
ANALYTICAL TESTS TO BE PERFORMED
Acids or caustics
PH
Gasoline
BTEX (if no free product is visible)
Toulene
TPH
Ethyl Benzene
MTBE (water only)
Xylene
Ignitability/flashpoint (if free product is visible)
Lead
Oil and Grease
Diesel fuel
BTEX (if no free product is visible)
Jet Fuel
TPH
Fuel Oils: Nos. 1, 2 and 4
PAH
Ignitability/flashpoint (if free product is visible)
Oil and Grease
Lubricating oils
TPH
Hydraulic fluids
PAH
No. 6 fuel oil
Oil and Grease
Unknown petroleum contamination
BTEX
Waste oils
TPH
PAH
VOC
Total metals (soil only)
Oil and Grease
Solvents
VOC
SVOC
TOX
I itability/flash oint (if free product is visible)
Notes: BTEX - benzene, toluene, ethyl benzene, and xylene SVOC - semi -volatile organic compounds
TPH - total petroleum hydrocarbons TOX - total organic halides
MTBE - methyl tertiary butyl ether PAH - Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
VOC - volatile organic compounds
TABLE B
SOIL CONTAMINATION CRITERIA - PETROLEUM ONLY
CONTAMINANT
MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION
(MG/KG)
TPH
10.0
Benzene
0.5
Toulene
0.5
Ethyl Benzene
0.5
Xylene
0,5
W
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL 02111-8
01/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL `'
k
TABLE C
CONTAMINATION LIMITS FOR DISPOSAL OF CLASS II SOIL
Note: TCLP - toxicity characteristic leachate procedure (40 CFR 261, Appendix II)
r
r
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL 02111-9
01/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL
LIMIT FOR DISPOSAL
CLASS II SOIL
SOIL CONTAMINATED WITH
CONTAMINANT
Gasoline or Diesel
TPH
< 1500 mg/kg
and
BTEX
< 150 mg/kg
Waste Oil
TPH
< 600 mg/kg
and
BTEX
<150 mg/kg
-or-
TPH
< 600 mg/kg
and
BTEX
>150 mg/kg
and
Benzene
<5 mg/kg
-or-
TPH
< 600 mg/kg
and
BTEX
>150 mg/kg
and
Benzene TCLP
<0.25 mg/L
Note: TCLP - toxicity characteristic leachate procedure (40 CFR 261, Appendix II)
r
r
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL 02111-9
01/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL
TABLE D
PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED GROUND WATER DISCHARGE LIMITS
Parameter
Discharge to Storm Sewer
Discharge to Sanitary Sewer
Limit
Method
Limit
Method
TPH (mg/L)
15
EPA 418.1
5
EPA 418.1
BTEX (mg/L)
0.5
SW846
1
SW846
Benzene (mg/L)
0.05
SW846
1
SW846
PAH (mg/L)
0.01
EPA 8310
N/A
N/A
Lead (mg/L)
0.25
EPA 3020/7421
0.68
EPA 3020/7421
Lower Explosive Limit (%)
10
LEL METER
10
LEL METER
pH
6.0-9.0
EPA 150.1
5.0-11.0
EPA 150.1
Oil and Grease, Total (mg/L)
N/A
N/A
400
EPA 413.1
Note: These discharge limits are subject to the permits of the operator or owner of the facility. If the
operator or owner of the facility or federal, state, or local ordinance requires a more stringent limit, the
more stringent limit will govern.
END OF SECTION 02111
01257198 EXCAVATION, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL 02111-10
01/01 OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL
�11
SECTION 02221
REMOVING EXISTING PAVEMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section of the specifications covers the removal of existing pavements. Included, but not
limited to the following are: concrete paving, asphaltic paving, concrete curb and/or gutter,
miscellaneous items.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Section 02300 — Earthwork.
C. Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
D. Section 02741 — Hot -Mix Paving.
E. Section 03300- Cast -in -Place Concrete.
1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable codes for disposal of debris. Refer to Section 01576 — Waste Material
Disposal.
B. Coordinate removal work with utility companies.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Obtain advance approval from Engineer for dimensions and limits of removal work.
B. Identify known utilities below grade. Stake and flag locations.
C. Prior to removal of any concrete curb and gutter, survey the section of curb and gutter to
determine existing grades and elevations. Submit survey field notes to the Engineer prior to
removal of curb and gutter. All curb and gutter will be installed to the original grades and
elevations unless otherwise approved by the Owner and Engineer.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Protect the following from damage or displacement:
1. Adjacent public and private property.
2. Trees, plants, and other landscape features designated to remain.
3. Utilities designated to remain.
01257198 REMOVING EXISTING PAVEMENTS 02221-1
01/01
4. Pavement and utility structures designated to remain.
5. Bench marks, monuments, and existing structures designated to remain.
3.3 REMOVALS
A. Remove pavements and structures by methods that will not damage underground utilities. Do
not use a drop hammer near existing underground utilities.
B. Minimize amount of earth loaded during removal operations.
C. Where existing pavement is to remain, make straight saw cuts in existing pavement to provide
clean breaks prior to removal. Do not break concrete pavement or base with drop hammer
unless concrete or base has been saw cut to a minimum depth of 2 inches.
D. Where street and driveway saw cut locations coincide or fall within 3 feet of existing
construction or expansion joints, break out to existing joint.
E. Remove sidewalks and curbs to nearest existing dummy, expansion, or construction joint.
F. Any existing concrete which is damaged or destroyed beyond the neat lines so established shall
be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
G. Remaining concrete shall be mortared to protect the reinforcing steel and provide a neat clean
appearance.
H. Where reinforcement is encountered in the removed portions of structures to be modified, a
minimum of 1 -foot of steel length shall be cleaned of all old concrete and left in place to tie into
the new construction where applicable.
I. Salvaged asphalt pavement and asphalt stabilized base shall be salvaged and delivered to
stockpile area at 84"' Street and Avenue P. Salvage to depth indicated in drawings and general
notes.
3.4 BACKFILL
A. Backfill of removal zones shall be in accordance with requirements of Section 02300 —
Earthwork or 02317 — Excavation and Backfill of Utilities as applicable to the specific portion
of the work.
3.5 DISPOSAL
A. Remove from the site debris resulting from work under this section in accordance with
requirements of Section 01576 — Waste Material Disposal.
END OF SECTION 02221
01257198 REMOVING EXISTING PAVEMENTS 02221-2
O1/01
i
SECTION 02231
TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Tree and plant protection.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 02260 — Excavation Support and Protection
B. Section 02300 — Earthwork
C. Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities
D. Section 02318 — Borrow
E. Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials
1.3 REFERENCE
-- A.
ANSI A300 — Tree, Shrubs, and Other Woody Plants Maintenance — Standard Practice.
B.
ASTM D448 — Standard Classification for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and Bridge
Construction.
,.. C.
ASTM D 5268 — Standard Specification for Topsoil Used for Landscaping Purposes.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
-M A.
Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01330 — Submittal Procedures.
B.
Submit qualification data for firms and persons to demonstrate their capabilities and experience
with tree and plant protection. Include lists of completed projects with project names and
addresses, names and addresses of Engineers and Owners, and other information specified.
C.
Submit certification from a qualified arborist that trees indicated to remain have been protected
during construction according to recognized standards and that trees were promptly and
properly treated and repaired when damaged.
D.
Submit maintenance recommendations from a qualified arborist for care and protection of trees
affected by construction during and after completing the Work.
!"* E.
Submit a damage assessment from a qualified arborist describing any damage to trees and
shrubs that occur during construction. Include recommendations on appropriate course of
action to restore vegetation to its preconstruction condition.
F.
Submit a detailed description of the tree and plant protection measures to be taken.
G.
Submit a detailed preconstruction survey of the preconstruction condition of trees, shrubs, and
grassed areas potentially impacted by the work. Prior to starting any onsite construction
activities, the Contractor and the Engineer and Owner's representative shall make a joint
condition survey after which the Contractor shall prepare a brief report indicating on a layout
plan the condition of trees, shrubs and grassed areas immediately adjacent to work sites and
adjacent to the assigned storage area and access routes as applicable. Include a complete
photographic or video record of all existing trees, shrubs and grassed areas. This report will be
signed by the Engineer, Owner's representative and the Contractor upon mutual agreement as to
its accuracy and completeness.
01257198 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 02231-1
01/01
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Work shall be performed by an experienced tree service firm that has successfully completed
tree protection and trimming work similar to that required for this Project and that will assign an
experienced, qualified arborist to Project site on a full-time basis during execution of the Work.
B. Work shall be performed under the supervision of an arborist certified by the International
Society of Arboriculture or licensed in the jurisdiction where Project is located.
C. Prune indicated trees and shrubs according to ANSI A300, "Trees, Shrubs, and Other Woody
Plant Maintenance — Standard Practices," unless more stringent requirements are indicated. If
no trees or shrubs are indicated to be removed, replaced or pruned, then such removal,
replacement or pruning shall be considered to be at Contractor's convenience with no additional
compensation. The Owner must approve all trees or shrubs not indicated for removal,
replacement or pruning.
D. Before installing tree protection and/or trimming, a meeting with representatives of authorities
having jurisdiction, Owner, Engineer, consultants, and other concerned entities including the
City of Lubbock Parks Department and representatives from the arboretum located in Clapp
Park may be required to review tree protection and trimming procedures and responsibilities.
Notify participants at least three working days before convening meeting. Record discussions
and agreements and furnish a copy to each participant.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Drainage fill as needed shall be selected crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, washed,
ASTM D 448, Size 24, with 90 to 100 percent passing a 2 -1/2 -inch sieve and not more than 10
percent passing a 3/4 -inch sieve. ,
B. Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, surface soil, containing natural loam and complying with
ASTM D 5268. Provide topsoil that is free of stones larger than 1 inch in any dimension and
free of other extraneous or toxic matter harmful to plant growth. Obtain topsoil only from well- r�
drained sites where soil occurs in depth of 4 inches or more; do not obtain from bogs or
marshes.
C. Filter fabric shall be manufacturer's standard, nonwoven, pervious, geotextile fabric of
polypropylene, nylon, or polyester fibers.
D. Temporary fencing shall consist of wood posts and rails arranged as indicated on the drawings.
Substitutions of materials used in fence construction shall be as noted on the drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage, branch, trunk, or root
damage that could result from construction operations.
B. Prevent following types of damage:
1. Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or material storage.
2. Trunk damage from equipment operations, material storage, or from nailing or bolting.
3. Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or guy wires.
4. Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline, paint, and other noxious materials.
01257198 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 02231-2
01/01
II
r__,
5. Branch damage due to improper pruning, trimming or striking with construction
equipment.
6. Damage from lack of water due to:
a. Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones.
b. Failure to provide adequate watering. Contractor to provide supplemental
watering of landscaping during construction once every seven days during the
growing season where natural water migration patterns near root zones have been
cut or altered, whether permanent or temporary.
7. Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime, concrete, plaster or
other base materials near roots.
8. Cutting of roots larger than 1 '/z inches in diameter.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees and shrubs to
protect remaining vegetation from construction damage.
B. Protect tree root systems from damage due to noxious materials caused by runoff or spillage
while mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from flooding,
eroding, or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations.
C. Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material within the drip line of
remaining trees. Do not permit vehicles or foot traffic within the drip line; prevent soil
compaction over root systems.
D. Do not allow fires under or adjacent to remaining trees or other plants.
E. Contractor to provide supplemental water to areas being served by a sprinkler system that is
taken out of service during construction.
3.3 EXCAVATION
A. Install shoring or other protective support systems to minimize sloping or benching of
excavations.
B. Do not excavate within drip line of trees, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Where excavation for new construction is required within drip line of trees, hand clear and
excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow -tine spading forks and comb soil to
expose roots.
1. Relocate roots in backfill areas where possible. If encountering large, main lateral roots,
expose roots beyond excavation limits as required to bend and relocate them without
breaking. If encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and
relocation is not practical, cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction.
2. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide
temporary earth cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain
in a moist condition. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are
permanently relocated and covered with soil.
3. Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with
installation of utilities. Cut roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop.
3.4 REGRADING
A. Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope grade away from
trees as recommended by qualified arborist, unless otherwise indicated.
01257198 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 02231-3
01/01
1. Prune tree roots exposed during grade lowering. Do not cut main lateral roots or
taproots; cut only smaller roots. Cut roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break
or chop.
B. Where existing grade is 6 inches or less below elevation of finish grade, fill with topsoil. Place
topsoil in a single uncompacted layer and hand grade to required finish elevations.
C. Where existing grade is more than 6 inches, but less than 12 inches, below elevation of finish
grade, place drainage fill, filter fabric, and topsoil on existing grade as follows:
1. Carefully place drainage fill against tree trunk approximately 2 inches above elevation of
finish grade and extend not less than 18 inches from tree trunk on all sides. For balance
of area within drip -line perimeter, place drainage fill up to 6 inches below elevation of
grade.
2. Place filter fabric with edges overlapping 6 inches minimum.
3. Place fill layer of topsoil to finish grade. Do not compact drainage fill or topsoil. Hand
grade to required finish elevations.
3.5 TREE PRUNING �.
A. Prune remaining trees affected by temporary and new construction.
B. Prune remaining trees to compensate for root loss caused by damaging or cutting root system.
Provide subsequent maintenance during Contract period as recommended by qualified arborist.
C. Prune trees according to ANSI A300 and as recommended by qualified arborist.
D. Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop.
E. Chip branches removed from trees. Dispose of chips to West Texas Region Disposal Facility or
recycle to landscaping company.
3.6 TREE REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
A. Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations within 24 hours. Treat damaged
trunks, limbs, and roots according to written instructions of the qualified arborist.
B. With prior approval from the Owner, remove and replace dead and damaged trees that the
qualified arborist determines to be incapable of restoring to a normal growth pattern.
1. When trees other than those designated for removal are destroyed or badly damaged as a
result of construction operations, remove and replace with same size, species, and variety
up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter. Tree larger than 8 inches in diameter
shall be replaced with an 8 inch diameter tree of the same species and variety and total
contract amount will be reduced by an amount determined from the following formula:
0.7854 x DZ x $38.00 where D is diameter in inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12
inches above grade.
2. Tree replacements shall not be considered for acceptance until survival through two
growing seasons has been accomplished.
3.7 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS
A. Burning is not permitted.
B. Remove excess excavated material, displaced trees, and excess chips from Owner's property.
For materials not recycled, dispose at West Texas Region Disposal Facility.
END OF SECTION 02231
01257198 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 02231-4
O1/01
SECTION 02240
DEWATERING
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes construction dewatering.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 specifications, apply to this section.
B. Section 02111 — Excavation Handling and Disposal of Contaminated Materials.
C. Section 02260 - Excavation Support and Protection.
D. Section 02300 — Earthwork.
E. Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Dewatering Performance: Design, provide, test, operate, monitor, and maintain a dewatering
system of sufficient scope, size, and capacity to control ground water flow into excavations and
permit construction to proceed on dry, stable subgrades.
1. Work includes removing dewatering system when no longer needed.
2. Maintain dewatering operations to ensure erosion is controlled, stability of excavations
and constructed slopes is maintained, and flooding of excavation and damage to
structures are prevented.
3. Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, or other means.
4. Accomplish dewatering without damaging existing buildings adjacent to excavation.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining construction
and site improvements, prior to beginning dewatering operations, that might be misconstrued as
damage caused by dewatering operations.
B. Record drawings at Project closeout identifying and locating capped utilities and other
subsurface structural, electrical, or mechanical conditions encountered.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to assume engineering responsibility
and perform dewatering who has specialized in installing dewatering systems similar to those
required for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in the jurisdiction where the Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services for designing dewatering systems that are similar to those indicated for this
Project in material, design, and extent.
1. Engineering Responsibility: Engage a qualified professional engineer to prepare or
supervise the preparation of data for the dewatering system including drawings, testing
01257198 DEWATERING 02240-1
O1/01
program, test result interpretation, and comprehensive engineering analysis that shows
the system's compliance with specified requirements.
C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with water disposal requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Project Site Information: A geotechnical report has been prepared for design of this Project and
is available for information only. The report is not part of the Contract Documents. The
opinions expressed in this report are those of the geotechnical engineer and represent
interpretations of the subsoil conditions, tests, and results of analyses conducted by the
geotechnical engineer. Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn
from this data by Contractor.
1. Contractor shall be responsible for additional test borings and conduct other exploratory
operations as may be necessary for designing the dewatering operations.
B. Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing a qualified professional engineer or
surveyor, establishing exact elevations at fixed points to act as benchmarks. Clearly identify
benchmarks and record existing elevations.
1. During dewatering, resurvey benchmarks weekly, maintaining an accurate log of "-
surveyed elevations for comparison with original elevations. Promptly notify Engineer if
changes in elevations occur or if cracks, sags, or other damage is evident in adjacent.
construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork
operations.
1. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations, from
ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding site and surrounding area.
2. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water
accumulation.
B. Install dewatering system to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other
adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities
outside of immediate project work area without permission from Owner and authorities
having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if
required by governing regulations. -
2. Provide discharge aeration device if less than 500 feet from receiving water body.
3. LPST sites are shown on the drawings. Install subsurface barriers if needed to avoid
directing contaminated ground water to dewatering system.
01257198 DEWATERING 02240-2
O1/01
3.2 DEWATERING
A. Install dewatering system utilizing wells, well points, or similar methods complete with pump
J.
equipment, standby power and pumps, filter material gradation, valves, appurtenances, water
disposal, and surface -water controls.
B. Before excavation below ground -water level, place system into operation to lower water to
specified levels and then operate it continuously until drains, sewers, and structures have been
constructed and fill materials have been placed, or until dewatering is no longer required.
C. Provide an adequate system to lower and control ground water to permit excavation,
construction of structures, and placement of fill materials on dry subgrades. Install sufficient
dewatering equipment to drain water -bearing strata above and below bottom of foundations,
drains, sewers, and other excavations.
1. Do not permit open -sump puming that leads to loss of fines, soil piping, subgrade
p` softening, and slope instability.
D. Reduce hydrostatic head in water -bearing strata below subgrade elevations of foundations,
drains, sewers, and other excavations.
1. Maintain piezometric water level a minimum of 24 inches below surface of excavation.
E. Dispose of water removed from excavations in a manner to avoid endangering public health,
property, and portions of work under construction or completed. Dispose of water in a manner
to avoid inconvenience to others. Provide sumps, sedimentation tanks, and other flow -control
devices as required by authorities having jurisdiction. If dewatering system discharge point is
.. less than 500 feet from receiving water body, route discharge through aeration device such that
air is entrained in the water.
F. Provide standby equipment on-site, installed and available for immediate operation, to maintain
dewatering on a continuous basis if any part of system becomes inadequate or fails. If
dewatering requirements are not satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of dewatering system,
restore damaged structures and foundation soils at no additional expense to Owner.
1. Remove dewatering system from Project site on completion of dewatering. Plug well
holes with concrete grout or cut off.
G. Damages: Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by dewatering operations.
END OF SECTION 02240
4
,.
01257198 DEWATERING 02240-3
01/01
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 DEWATERING 02240-4
01/01
' SECTION 02260
EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
This section of the specifications covers trench safety systems and excavations equal to or
greater than five feet in depth. All excavation work performed for the project shall also comply
with US Department of Labor Rules 29 CFR, OSHA Part 1926, Subpart P and all State and Lo-
cal codes.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to Section 01330 — Submittal Procedures.
B. Prior to, or at the Pre -Construction Conference, the Contractor shall submit to Owner a "Trench
Safety System Plan" sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. Notice
to Proceed with construction will not be issued by Engineer until Contractor has submitted a
"Trench Safety System Plan" to Owner. The Trench Safety System Plan at a minimum, shall
conform to OSHA standards for sloping of sides, utilization of trench boxes, and/or utilization
of shoring, sheeting and bracing methods.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with the requirements of the specifications,
drawings and all applicable codes. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any
unforeseen field conditions which might affect the integrity of the trench safety system.
B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to assume engineering responsibility
and perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing excavation support and
protection systems similar to those required for this Project and with a record of successful in-
service performance. The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with all trench safety
requirements and for the safety of trench and excavations.
C. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in the jurisdiction where the Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services for designing excavation support and protection systems that are similar to
those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
1. Engineering Responsibility: As needed by the Contractor to assure worker safety and
compliance with OSHA regulations, the Contractor shall be responsible for engaging a
qualified professional engineer to prepare or supervise the preparation of data for the
excavation support and protection system including drawings and comprehensive
engineering analysis that shows the system's compliance with specified requirements.
01257198 EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 02260-1
01/01
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Prior to starting trench excavations, the Contractor shall examine all site conditions and note
any conditions in existing pavements, structures and other items which may be adversely
affected by trenching operations. Prepare a written list of all such conditions and submit the list
to the Engineer. During trenching operations note any changes which occur to existing --
pavements or structures and submit a written report to the Engineer of all such changes.
B. Project Site Information: A geotechnical report has been prepared for this Project and is
available for information only. The report is not part of the Contract Documents. The opinions
expressed in this report are those of the geotechnical engineer and represent interpretations of
the subsoil conditions, tests, and results of analyses conducted by the geotechnical engineer.
Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this data by
Contractor.
1. Contractor shall be responsible for additional test borings and conduct other exploratory
operations as may be necessary for designing the excavation safety systems.
C. Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing a qualified surveyor; establish exact
elevations at fixed points to act as benchmarks. Clearly identify benchmarks and record
existing elevations.
1. During installation of excavation support and protection systems, regularly resurvey
benchmarks, maintaining an accurate log of surveyed elevations for comparison with
original elevations. Promptly notify Engineer if changes in elevations occur or if cracks,
sags, or other damage is evident in adjacent construction.
1.6 EXISTING UTILITIES
A. Prior to starting trench excavations, chart and field locate all existing utilities. Notify owners of
all utilities of work to be performed. Protect all existing utilities from damage. Provide
additional support for utility lines which cannot span trench width. Do not interrupt existing
services without written approval by the Engineer and the utility owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Materials need not be new but must be in serviceable condition.
B. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36.
C. Steel Sheet Piling: ASTM A 328 or ASTM A 572
D. Wood: Soft or hard wood as required by design.
E. Aluminum: Type 1061-T6, thickness as required by design.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards that could develop
during excavation support and protection system operations.
1. Shore, support, and protect utilities encountered.
01257198 EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 02260-2
01/01
B. Install excavation support and protection systems to ensure minimum interference with roads,
streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities
without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate
routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations.
C. Locate excavation support and protection systems clear of permanent construction and to permit
forming and finishing of concrete surfaces.
D. Monitor excavation support and protection systems daily during excavation progress and for as
long as excavation remains open. Promptly correct bulges, breakage, or other evidence of
movement to ensure excavation support and protection systems remain stable.
E. Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by installing excavation support and
protection systems.
3.2 TRENCHING PROCEDURES
Provide shoring systems in accordance with the Contractor's submitted design to adequately resist
earth pressures.
A. Proceed with work in an orderly fashion. Install trench bracing systems as soon as possible
after opening trenches. Do not allow workers in trench prior to installing trench bracing
systems.
B. Backfill trenches as soon as possible after completion of work.
C. Stockpile excavated materials at three feet away from edge of trench.
D. Maintain barricades and signage as required by State and Local codes to protect open
excavations.
E. Do not allow surface water to enter excavations. Properly grade areas adjacent to trench
excavations to control surface drainage away from excavations.
F. If cut back method is allowed by Owner and is employed, maintain a clear distance. of three feet
from edge of cut to avoid allowing loose material to enter trench. Cut back method may not be
used where there is insufficient work area to employ it.
G. Do not operate heavy equipment except for trench digging or pipe laying equipment within
twenty feet of edge of excavation. Haul trucks, if needed, may operate closer than twenty feet
to trench edge provided the Contractor deems it safe to do so.
3.3 REMOVAL AND REPAIRS
A. Remove excavation support and protection systems when construction has progressed
sufficiently to support excavation and bear soil and hydrostatic pressures. Remove in stages to
avoid disturbing underlying soils and damaging structures, pavements, facilities, and utilities.
1. Repair or replace, as approved by Engineer, adjacent work damaged or displaced by
removing excavation support and protection systems.
01257198
*-- 01/01
END OF SECTION 02260
EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION
02260-3
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 02260-4
01/01
r
SECTION 02300
EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section of the specifications refers to general excavation of various materials at storm
sewer inlets, storm sewer outlets, channel grading, subgrade preparation related to paving,
topsoil placement, and other miscellaneous grading items. For trenching -specific earthwork,
refer to Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 specifications, apply to this section.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements.
2. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls.
3. Section 02231 - Tree and Plant Protection.
4. Section 02240 - Dewatering.
5. Section 02260 - Excavation Support and Protection.
6. Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
7. Section 02318 - Borrow.
8. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete.
1.3 REFERENCES
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
ASTM C 136 (1996a) Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
ASTM D 422 (1963; R 1998) Particle -Size Analysis of Soils
ASTM D 698 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil
- Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft - lb/ft).
ASTM D 1140 (1997) Amount of Material in Soils Finer than the No. 200 (75 -
micrometer) Sieve
ASTM D 1556 (1990; R 1996) Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the
Sand -Cone Method
ASTM D1586 (1992) Penetration Test and Split -Barrel Sampling of Soils
ASTM D 2487 (1998) Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes
(Unified Soil Classification System)
01257198
01/01
EARTHWORK
02300-1
ASTM D 2922 (1996) Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear
Methods (Shallow Depth)
ASTM D 3017 (1988; R 1996e1) Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
ASTM D 4318 (1998) Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill : Soil materials used to fill an excavation.
B. Base Course: Layer placed between the subbase course and asphalt paving.
C. Borrow: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.
D. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations.
1. Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations as directed by Engineer.
Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract
provisions for changes in the Work.
2. Bulk Excavation: Excavations more than 20 feet in width and pits more than 30 feet in
either length or width, and not associated with trenching for pipe installation.
3. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated
dimensions without direction by Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as
remedial work directed by Engineer, shall be without additional compensation.
E. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.
F. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits and
boulders of rock material exceeding 1 cu. yd. for bulk excavation or 3/4 cu. yd. for trench,
footing and pit excavation that cannot be removed by rock excavating equipment equivalent to
the following in size and performance ratings, without systematic drilling, ram hammering,
ripping, or blasting, when permitted:
1. Excavation of Trenches, Channels, Structural Excavations, Footings and Pits: Late -
model, track -mounted hydraulic excavator; equipped with not less than a 42 -inch wide,
short -tip -radius rock bucket; rated at not less than 140 -hp flywheel power with bucket -
curling force of not less than 25,000 lbf and stick -crowd force of not less than 18,700
lbf; measured according to SAE J-1179. This definition applies where track -mounted
excavator is used.
2. Bulk and Channel Excavation: Late -model, track -mounted loader; rated at not less than
210 -hp flywheel power and developing a minimum of 45,000-lbf breakout force;
measured according to SAE J-732. This definition applies where work is accessible by
track -mounted loader.
G. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits and
boulders of rock material 3/4 cu. yd. or more in volume that when tested by an independent
geotechnical testing agency, according to ASTM D 1586, exceeds a standard penetration
resistance of 100 blows/2 inches. This definition applies where the material is not exposed by
trenching or bulk excavation, such as in tunneling.
H. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits and
boulders of rock material 3/ cu. yd. or more in volume that when tested by an independent
geotechnical testing agency, according to ASTM D5873, exceeds 1,000 psi hardness. This
definition applies where the material is not exposed by trenching or bulk excavation, such as
in tunneling, and the test in paragraph G is inconclusive as to penetration, blow count, or size
definition of the rock mass.
01257198 EARTHWORK 02300-2
O1/01
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Geotechnical Testing and Construction Material Agency Qualifications: An independent
testing agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct soil materials and construction
materials testing. Where rock definition is in dispute, the independent testing agency shall
also meet the requirements of ASTM E 329 for rock definition testing, participate in the
American Association of Laboratory (A2LA) accreditation program, and be under the
direction of a licensed Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas with a minimum of
5 years in the inspection and testing of geotechnical and construction materials.
01257198 EARTHWORK 02300-3
01/01
4 I.
Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical
and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or
below the ground surface.
J.
Subbase Course: Layer placed between the subgrade and base course for asphalt paving, or
layer placed between the subgrade and a concrete pavement or walk.
K.
Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill
or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
L.
Utilities: Include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables.
M.
Suitable Material: Suitable soil materials are those meeting specification requirements.
Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with lime
or cement are considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated.
N.
Unsatisfactory Materials: Materials which do not comply with the requirements for
satisfactory materials are unsatisfactory. Unsatisfactory materials also include man-made
fills; trash; refuse; backfills from previous construction; and material classified as satisfactory
a--
which contains root and other organic matter or frozen material. The Engineer shall be
notified of any contaminated materials.
O.
Cohesionless and Cohesive Materials: Cohesionless materials include materials classified in
ASTM D 2487 as GW, GP, SW, and SP. Cohesive materials include materials classified as
GC, SC, ML, CL, MH, and CH. Materials classified as GM and SM will be identified as
cohesionless only when the fines are nonplastic. Testing required for classifying materials
shall be in accordance with ASTM D 4318, ASTM C 136, ASTM D 422, and ASTM D
1140.
P.
Degree of Compaction: Degree of compaction required is expressed as a percentage of the
maximum density obtained by the test procedure presented in ASTM D 698 abbreviated as a
percent of laboratory maximum density.
Q.
Topsoil: Material suitable for topsoils obtained from offsite areas or the top 3 feet of
excavated material shall be defined as clean and uncontaminated soils capable of sustaining
plant life.
1.5
SUBMITTALS
A.
Material Reports
1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487 for each site of borrow soil material.
2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 698 for each on-site or borrow soil
material.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Geotechnical Testing and Construction Material Agency Qualifications: An independent
testing agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct soil materials and construction
materials testing. Where rock definition is in dispute, the independent testing agency shall
also meet the requirements of ASTM E 329 for rock definition testing, participate in the
American Association of Laboratory (A2LA) accreditation program, and be under the
direction of a licensed Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas with a minimum of
5 years in the inspection and testing of geotechnical and construction materials.
01257198 EARTHWORK 02300-3
01/01
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not
available from excavations. Refer to Section 02318 — Borrow.
B. Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM,
or a combination of these group symbols; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any
dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter.
Satisfactory soils should have a liquid limit of 45 maximum and a plasticity index of 15
maximum.
C. Unsatisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH,
OL, OH, and PT, or a combination of these group symbols.
1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of
optimum moisture content at time of compaction.
D. Backfill and Fill: Satisfactory soil materials.
E. Subbase: Satisfactory soils.
F. Flexible Base:
1. The material for flexible base shall consist of crushed caliche (limestone, calcareous
clay particles, conglomerate, gravel, or other approved granular materials) produced
from oversized quarried aggregate, sized by crushing and produced from a naturally
occurring single source. No blending of sources and/or additive materials will be
allowed. The material source shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. If material
characteristics within the approved source change, the material shall be subject to
retesting and re -approval prior to continued use. The Contractor shall not change
material sources without approval by the Engineer.
2. Flexible base material shall conform to the following test requirements:
Sieve Analysis
Sieve Size 2-1/2" 1-3/4" 7/8"/z" #4 #40
% retained 0 0-10 10-35 30-50 45-65 70-85
Atterberg Limits
Material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be known as "Soil Binder" and shall meet the
following requirements:
Liquid Limit 45 maximum
Plasticity Index 15 maximum and 3 minimum
Linear Shrinkage 10 maximum
Wet Ball Mill
When tested in accordance with Tex- 116-E (Wet Ball Mill) the material shall have a value not
to exceed 55.
G. Subgrade: Subgrade material for concrete or asphalt construction shall consist of suitable
native soil or off site soil, free from vegetation or other objectionable matter. All unstable or
objectionable material shall be removed from the subgrade and replaced with approved
01257198 EARTHWORK 02300-4
01/01
material. The material shall be suitable for forming a stable embankment and shall meet the
following requirements:
Liquid Limit 45 maximum
Plasticity Index 15 maximum
Linear Shrinkage 2 min — 10 max
Subgrade material which does not meet the above requirements may be conditioned with lime
or caliche screenings. The conditioning shall produce a uniform subgrade material which
meets all of these specified subgrade requirements.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali -resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for
marking and identifying underground utilities uncovered during prosecution of the work, 6
inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility; colored
as follows:
1. Red: Electric.
2. Yellow: Gas and oil.
3. Orange: Telephone and other communications.
4. Blue: Water systems.
5. Green: Sewer systems.
B. Warning tape to be placed within 3 feet of ground surface.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork
operations.
B. Protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost.
C. Provide erosion -control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of
soil -bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
3.2 EXPLOSIVES
A. Explosives: Obtain written permission from authorities having jurisdiction before bringing
explosives to Project site or using explosives on Project site.
1. Do not damage adjacent structures, property, or site improvements or weaken the
bearing capacity of rock subgrade when using explosives.
2. Explosives shall not be used on the project except as a last resort when other
construction methods have failed to perform satisfactorily.
01257198 EARTHWORK
01/01
02300-5
3.3 STRIPPING OF TOPSOIL
A. Topsoil will be separately excavated, stored, and used for surface finish in preparation for
seeding, sodding, or other planting, only where topsoil is definitely superior for grass and
plant growth as compared with the remainder of the excavated material. In general, this shall
be considered as the top 3 feet of excavated material. Surface soil that is a heavy clay,
predominantly sandy, or is lean in grass -and plant -growth qualities, will not be saved. The
hauling, spreading, smoothing, and maintenance of the topsoil in preparation for the seeding
and planting operations are generally considered under a separate section, and therefore are r"
not considered in this specification.
3.4 ROCK EXCAVATION
A. Rock excavation will be paid for by adjusting the Contract Sum according to unit prices
included in the Contract Documents. -"
1. Rock excavation includes removal and disposal of rock.
a. Do not excavate rock until it has been classified and confirmed by Engineer.
b. Rock definitions are contained in this specification section. Where rock is --
encountered that is fractured, or does not meet the minimum 3/a -yard size
requirement, or otherwise can be excavated by conventional hydraulic excavator
or track -mounted loader, such material will not be considered as rock for
tunneling, boring, jacking, or auger operations where such operations are
performed at Contractor's option in lieu of open cut methods.
3.5 FROZEN MATERIAL
A. Soils shall not be placed on a foundation which contains frozen material, or which has been
subjected to freeze -thaw action. This prohibition encompasses all foundation types, including
the natural ground, all prepared subgrades (whether in an excavation or on an embankment)
and all layers of previously placed and compacted earth fill which become the foundations for -p
successive layers of earth fill. All material that freezes or has been subjected to freeze -thaw
action during the construction work, or during periods of temporary shutdowns, such as, but
not limited to, nights, holidays, weekends, winter shutdowns, or earthwork operations, shall
be removed to a depth that is acceptable to the Engineer and replaced with new material.
Alternatively, the material will be thawed, dried, reworked, and recompacted to the specified
criteria before additional material is placed. The Engineer will determine when placement of
fill or backfill shall cease due to cold weather. The Engineer may elect to use average daily
air temperatures, and/or physical observation of the soils for his determination. Embankment
material shall not contain frozen clumps of soil, snow, or ice.
3.6 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS
A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated cross sections, elevations, and
grades.
3.7 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES
A. Refer to Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
01257198 EARTHWORK 02300-6
O1/01
x-�
3.8 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
A. Subgrade shall be prepared in conformance with the lines and grades shown on the plans, or
as directed by the Engineer, by scarifying and compacting to a minimum of 95% of Standard
Proctor Density at a moisture content within 2% of optimum. Subgrade shall be constructed
in maximum of 6 inch lifts. The total thickness of the subgrade shall be 12 inches minimum
for thoroughfares and Farmers Cooperative Compress entrance road, and 6 inches minimum
for all other streets, or as indicated on plan sheets.
The compaction method for subgrade shall provide for each lift to be compacted to the
specified density using appropriate equipment. After each section of subgrade is complete,
tests will be made by Contractor with respect to moisture and density using nuclear testing
equipment. At any time the Engineer may require proof rolling to test the uniformity of
compaction.
Any fill placed within existing or proposed street right-of-way in execution of an approved cut
and fill plan shall meet these requirements for materials and construction. Subgrade not
covered with base material within 7 days of completion may be subject to retesting and
reprocessing as determined by the Engineer.
3.9 FLEXIBLE BASE CONSTRUCTION
A. Areas behind curbs shall be backfilled and leveled with approved topsoil prior to placing base
material.
B. Approved flexible base material shall be hauled in vehicles of uniform capacity and dumped
evenly along the project length for processing and compaction. Processing shall be
accomplished in multiple lifts of 3 inches compacted thickness. Each course shall be wetted
and rolled as required to produce a uniform compaction of 95% of Standard Proctor Density
at a moisture content 1 % to 2 % below optimum.
C. Completed flexible base shall be cured for at least 7 days before finishing. During the curing
period the street may be opened to traffic. The base shall be maintained by blading, watering,
or other methods until the wearing surface is placed.
D. The compacted flexible base shall be finished and shaped immediately preceding the
application of the surface treatment. All loose or unconsolidated material shall be removed
and the surface moistened and rolled with a steel wheel roller. All irregularities, depressions,
or weak spots which develop shall be corrected by scarifying, adding or removing material as
required, reshaping, and recompacting, or other methods approved by the Engineer.
E. Any deviation in the surface of the finished base in excess of 3/8 inch from the established
grade or true cross-section, using a 10 foot long straight edge, shall be corrected as provided
above.
3.10 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
A. Stockpile satisfactory excavated soil materials. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing.
Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover or spray with dust
suppressant to prevent windblown dust.
1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line
of trees.
01257198 EARTHWORK 02300-7
•- 01/01
3.11 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
A. Refer to Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
3.12 FILL
A. Preparation: Remove vegetation, topsoil, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions,
and deleterious materials from ground surface before placing fills.
B. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill -.
material will bond with existing material.
C. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows:
1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material. ---
2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material.
3.13 MOISTURE CONTROL
A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before
compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.
1. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain
frost or ice.
2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air-dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that
exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified
dry unit weight.
3.14 COMPACTION OF FILLS
A. Place fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by
heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material
compacted by hand -operated tampers.
B. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight
according to ASTM D 698:
1. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each
layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent.
2. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and
compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent.
3.15 TESTING
A. Testing Agency: Contractor shall perform field quality -control testing in conformance with
Section 01400 - Quality Requirements. Owner may conduct independent testing.
B. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed
with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply with
requirements.
C. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556 and
ASTM D 2922, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and
frequencies:
01257198 EARTHWORK
02300-801/01
A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil,
trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property according to Section 01576 -
Waste Material Disposal.
END OF SECTION 02300
01257198 EARTHWORK 02300-9
01/01
I . Paved Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill layer, at least one test for every
4000 sq. ft. or less of paved area, but in no case fewer than three tests.
2. Trench Backfill: Refer to Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
D.
When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of
compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth
required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. Contractor shall be
. ;
responsible for paying for failing tests conducted by Owner. Such failing tests shall include
pro -rata technician time charges, pro -rata mileage expense and other pro -rated agency
charges.
3.16
GRADING
A.
General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes.
Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations
indicated.
1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades.
2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface
�-^
tolerances.
B.
Site Grading: Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances:
1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch.
2. Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch.
3. Pavements: Plus or minus 3/8 inch.
r- 3.17
PROTECTION
A.
Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion.
.,
Keep free of trash and debris.
B.
Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent
E..
construction operations or weather conditions.
1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Engineer; reshape
and recompact.
C.
Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing,
backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.
1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent
.,
work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible.
3.18
DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil,
trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property according to Section 01576 -
Waste Material Disposal.
END OF SECTION 02300
01257198 EARTHWORK 02300-9
01/01
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 EARTHWORK 02300-10
O1/01
SECTION 02317
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
_. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section of the specifications includes information on excavation, trenching, foundation,
embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities, including storm sewers, manholes and
other pipeline structures.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections apply to this section.
B. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements.
C. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls.
D. Section 01555 - Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling.
E. Section 02080 - Precast Concrete Manholes and Vaults.
F. Section 02221 - Removing Existing Pavements.
G. Section 02231 - Tree and Plant Protection.
H. Section 02240 - Dewatering.
I. Section 02260 - Excavation Support and Protection.
J. Section 02300 - Earthwork.
K. Section 02318 - Borrow
L. Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
' A. Pipe Foundation: Suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after
excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Drawings, or foundation
backfill material placed and compacted in over -excavations.
B. Pipe Bedding: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up
to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally under 1/3 of the pipe O.D.
C. Haunching: The material placed on either side of pipe from the foundation to the springline
of the pipe for rigid wall pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall,
excluding the bedding section as shown on the plans. For flexible wall pipe, the haunching
material extends to a minimum of 12" above the top of the pipe.
D. Initial Backfill: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from the top of
haunching or cement stabilized backfill up to a level line immediately below pavement
subgrade, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall.
E. Pipe Embedment: The portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching and initial
backfill.
F. Trench Zone: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe
embedment up to a line immediately below pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not
beneath pavement.
G. Backfill: Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted
under controlled conditions.
01257198 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317-1
r^. 01/01
H. Ground Water Control Systems: Installations external to trench, such as well points, eductors,
or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering to lower ground water, intercepting
seepage which would otherwise emerge from side or bottom of trench excavation, and
depressurization to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. Refer to Section 02240 -
Dewatering.
I. Surface Water Control: Diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away
from trench excavation. Rain water and surface water accidentally entering trench shall be
controlled and removed as a part of excavation drainage.
J. Excavation Drainage: Removal of surface and seepage water in trench by sump pumping or
other approved means.
K. Trench Conditions are defined with regard to the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of
pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and
compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation
backfill, except where structural trench support is necessary.
1. Dry Stable Trench: Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe
embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control
(dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level.
2. Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled
by excavation drainage.
a. Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in
lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and
provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding
placement.
b. Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in the
embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately
sandy or silty soils.
3. Unstable Trench: Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if
ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances, such as sloughing,
sliding, boiling, heaving or loss of density.
L. Subtrench: Subtrench is a special case of benched excavation. Subtrench excavation below
trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of
foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a subtrench
depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor.
M. Trench Dam: A placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or
foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench.
N. Over -Excavation and Backfill: Excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing
capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on
Drawings, and backfilled with foundation backfill material.
O. Foundation Backfill Materials: Natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled
gradation, to control drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed
and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding.
P. Trench Safety Systems include both protective systems and shoring systems as defined in
Section 02260 — Excavation Support and Protection.
Q. Trench Shield (Trench Box): A portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as
work proceeds, used as a protective system and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by
cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so
designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected.
01257198 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317-2
O1/01
r-�
R. Shoring System: A structure that supports sides of an excavation to maintain stable soil
conditions and prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movement of the ground affecting adjacent
installations or improvements.
1.4 REFERENCES
A. ASTM D 558 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soil Cement Mixtures.
B. ASTM D 698 Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate
Mixtures Using 5.5-1b (2.49 -kg) Rammer and 12 -in. (304.8 -mm) Drop.
C. ASTM D 1556 - Test Method for Density in Place by the Sand -Cone Method.
D. ASTM D 2487- Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes.
E. ASTM D 2922 - Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear
Methods (Shallow Depth).
F. ASTM D 3017 - Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear
Methods (Shallow Depth).
G. ASTM D 4318 - Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils.
H. _ TxDOT Tex -101-E - Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing.
I. TxDOT Tex -110-E - Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
J. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards -Excavation, Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA).
1.5 SCHEDULING
.�, A.
Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable
foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation, manhole, or other
structures.
1.6
SUBMITTALS
A.
Conform to Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B.
Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation,
backfill placement and compaction, including:
1. Sequence of work and coordination of activities.
2. Selected trench widths.
3. Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction.
4. Procedure for use of trench boxes and other premanufactured systems while assuring
specified compaction against undisturbed soil.
C.
Submit a ground and surface water control plan in accordance with requirements in this
Section and Section 02240 - Dewatering.
D.
Submit backfill material sources and product quality information in accordance with
requirements of Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials.
E.
Submit record of location of storm sewer as installed, referenced to survey control points.
p�-
Include locations of utilities encountered that are not shown on drawings or rerouted for the
convenience of the Contractor. Give stations, 1927 state plane coordinates, elevations,
inverts, and gradients of installed storm sewer.
r F.
Submit field density tests of trench backfill.
G.
Submit laboratory density compaction curves for each material.
01257198
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317-3
01/01
1.7 TESTS
A. Perform backfill material source qualification testing in accordance with requirements of
Section 02320- Utility Backfill Materials.
B. Perform field density tests of trench backfill representative of each 500 linear feet of trench
and each one -foot of lift thickness.
C. Once within pavement subgrade depth under paved areas, perform field density tests of
subgrade at the frequency specified in Section 02300 - Earthwork.
D. The Owner will perform his own check of field densities at random intervals at Owner's
expense for passing tests. Failing tests will be charged to the Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Perform excavation with hydraulic excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the
requirements of this Section.
B. Use only hand -operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained
over pipes, conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate
cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. Do not use vibratory -
equipment until 5 feet of cover over pipes, conduits and ducts is obtained. Do not use
vibratory equipment if adjacent structures are affected.
C. Use trench shields or other protective systems or shoring systems which are designed and -
operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native
soil.
2.2 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS
A. Embedment and Trench Zone Backfill Materials: Conform to classifications and product
descriptions of Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install flexible pipe to conform to the trench details shown in the drawings.
B. Install rigid pipe to conform with the trench details shown in the drawings.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Establish traffic control to conform with requirements of Section 01555 - Barricades, Signs
and Traffic Handling and the drawings.
B. Perform work to conform with applicable safety standards and regulations. Employ a trench
safety system as specified in Section 02260 - Excavation Support and Protection.
C. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility line which is damaged,
broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or
relocations, either temporary or permanent.
01257198 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317-4
01/01 ""
In situations where benching of trench is required for lowering excavator below grade, mini-
mum bench width should be 22'-0" to allow the excavator to make a 90° pivot.
C. Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well
point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or
impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring
cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and
backfill, and other materials.
D. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal,
or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain
instructions before proceeding.
E. Shoring of Trench Walls.
1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the
trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls
will remain laterally supported at all times.
01257198 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317-5
01/01
D.
Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to conform
with requirements of Section 02221 - Removing Existing Pavements.
E.
Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures to conform with
Section 02240 - Dewatering.
F.
Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference points. Unless
{^
otherwise directed in writing, replace those which are damaged or destroyed.
3.3
PROTECTION
r-
A.
Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent objects outside of
grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Drawings, and in accordance
^^
with requirements of Section 02231 - Tree and Plant Protection.
B.
Protect and support above -grade and below -grade utilities which are to remain.
C.
Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or
r.
abandonment of facilities are indicated on the Drawings.
D.
Take measures to minimize erosion of trenches. Do not allow water to pond in trenches.
Where slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density or pavement failures or
potholes occur, repair, recompact, and pave those areas at no additional cost to Owner.
3.4
EXCAVATION
' A.
Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, and ducts can be installed to depths and
alignments shown on the Drawings. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing
,..
facilities and improvements.
B.
Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe type:
Minimum Trench Maximum Trench
Type Width, Feet Width, Feet
r
Flexible Pipe O.D. + 2'-0" O.D. + 4'-0"
Rigid Pipe O.D. + 3'-0" O.D. + 5'-0"
In situations where benching of trench is required for lowering excavator below grade, mini-
mum bench width should be 22'-0" to allow the excavator to make a 90° pivot.
C. Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well
point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or
impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring
cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and
backfill, and other materials.
D. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal,
or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain
instructions before proceeding.
E. Shoring of Trench Walls.
1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the
trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls
will remain laterally supported at all times.
01257198 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317-5
01/01
2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout
the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the
trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support.
3. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe
embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment
materials. Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support
sheeting, which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone.
4. Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation
material. Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths
to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved,
finish placing and compacting embedment.
5. If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone, do not
disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. Maximum
thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone shall be the
equivalent of a 1 -inch -thick steel plate. Fill voids left on removal of supports with
compacted backfill material.
F. Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield (trench box) is used as a worker safety device,
the following requirements apply:
1. Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely,
without damage to the trench sidewalls.
2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and
compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced.
3. When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials
beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, lift the shield as each layer of backfill
is placed and spread. Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench
walls and foundation.
4. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a
safe manner.
5. Contractor shall provide trench shield for Owner's tests within the trench as required in
paragraph 3.11.B.
3.5 HANDLING EXCAVATED MATERIALS
A. Use only excavated materials which are suitable as defined in this Section and conforming
with Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials. Place material suitable for backfilling in
stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins.
B. When required, provide additional backfill material conforming with requirements of Section
02318 - Borrow.
C. Do not place stockpiles of excess excavated materials on streets and adjacent properties.
Protect excess stockpiles for use on site. Maintain site conditions. in accordance with Section
01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls.
3.6 GROUND WATER CONTROL
A. Implement ground water control according to Section 02240 - Dewatering. Provide a stable
trench to allow installation in accordance with the Specifications.
01257198 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317-6
01/01 `"
3.9 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave only the
minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. Maximum allowed open trench
is limited to 200 feet. Maximum unrepaired pavement surface shall be limited to 4 city blocks
(approximately 2,640 feet), where a "block" is taken as the maximum dimension of 660 feet.
B. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of
sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Cutoff sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the crown of
the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface.
C. Place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods selected by the Contractor. Fully
compact each lift before placement of the next lift.
1. Cement Stabilized Backfill/Lean Concrete Backfill
a. Place in depths as shown on plans.
b. Use vibratory equipment to ensure placement under the haunches of the pipe.
01257198 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317-7
01/01
r*
3.7
TRENCH FOUNDATION
A.
Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and
satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials.
B.
Install trench dams of cement stabilized backfill at every 200 ft. of trench length between
manholes as shown on plans. Do not place trench dams closer than 25 feet from manholes.
3.8
PIPE EMBEDMENT, PLACEMENT, AND COMPACTION
A.
Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of
trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil.
^" B.
Place embedment including bedding, haunching, and initial backfill as shown on Drawings.
C.
For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide
uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Do not allow materials to free -fall from
heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly
against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in
place.
17 D.
Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to
maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used. If moveable supports are
used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of
the material against undisturbed soil.
E.
Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations.
When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular
r.,
aggregates.
F.
Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing
and side support. If necessary, hold small -diameter or lightweight pipe in place with sand
bags or other suitable means during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside .the
pipe.
G.
Shovel in-place and compact embedment material using P p g pneumatic tampers in restricted areas,
and vibratory -plate compactors or engine -powered jumping jacks in unrestricted areas.
Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of next lift. Water tamping and water
jetting are not allowed.
H.
For flowable fill, such as cement stabilized backfill, vibrate flowable backfill with concrete
vibrator to consolidate material under haunches.
3.9 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave only the
minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. Maximum allowed open trench
is limited to 200 feet. Maximum unrepaired pavement surface shall be limited to 4 city blocks
(approximately 2,640 feet), where a "block" is taken as the maximum dimension of 660 feet.
B. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of
sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Cutoff sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the crown of
the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface.
C. Place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods selected by the Contractor. Fully
compact each lift before placement of the next lift.
1. Cement Stabilized Backfill/Lean Concrete Backfill
a. Place in depths as shown on plans.
b. Use vibratory equipment to ensure placement under the haunches of the pipe.
01257198 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317-7
01/01
2. Pea Gravel
a. Place in depths as shown on plans.
b. Use vibratory equipment or shovel -slicing to ensure placement under the
haunches of the pipe.
3. Native Material/Borrow Material
a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement
and required compaction, but not exceeding 12 inches.
b. Compaction by trench sheep's foot or by vibratory equipment to a minimum of
95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698.
Use of vibratory equipment limited as specified in paragraph 2.1.13.
C. Moisture content within 2% of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698.
4. Topsoil
a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement
and required compaction, but not exceeding 12 inches.
b. Compaction by sheep's foot, by steel wheel roller or by vibratory equipment to a
minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to
ASTM D 698. Use of vibratory equipment limited as specified in paragraph
2.1.B.
c. Moisture content within 2% of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698.
5. Bedding Material
a. Sand bedding shall be loosely placed in trench as shown on drawings.
3.10 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES, AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES
A. Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline structures, as
shown on the Drawings.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test for material source qualifications as defined in Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials. _
B. Provide excavation and trench safety systems at locations and to depths required for testing
and retesting during construction at no additional cost to Owner.
C. Tests will be performed by Contractor on a minimum of three different samples of each
material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for
gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex -101-E and Tex -110-E. Additional
classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material
gradation or plasticity.
D. At least three tests for moisture -density relationships will be performed initially for backfill
materials in accordance with ASTM D 698. Additional moisture -density relationship tests
will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity.
E. In-place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment and trench zone backfill soil
materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D
3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions.
1. A minimum of one test for every 500 linear feet of compacted trench zone backfill
material for each 12 inches of backfill.
2. Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are:
foundation, bedding, haunching, initial backfill and trench zone.
01257198 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317-8
01/01 "'
3. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture
content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient
to attain uniform density, as specified.
4. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit
excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to
acceptance/rejection.
5. Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in-place tests showing density less
than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests
�^ show acceptable results.
6. Recompacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series,
including verification tests.
F. Recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not
meet specified compaction requirements. For hardened cement stabilized backfill with
nonconforming density, core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense.
G. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection.
3.12 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL
A. Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01576 - Waste
Material Disposal
END OF SECTION 02317
7
k
01257198 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317-9
01/01
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317 - 10
01/01
r"4
a --
SECTION 02318
BORROW
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
7 A. This portion of the specifications shall consist of the removal and proper utilization of materials
secured from sources obtained by the contractor and approved by the Engineer.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections apply to this section.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 01400 — Quality Requirements.
2. Section 02300 - Earthwork.
3. Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
4. Section 02260 - Excavation Support and Protection.
5. Section 02920 - Lawns and Grasses.
r-
1.3 REFERENCES
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
ASTM C 136 (1996a) Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
ASTM D 422 (1963; R 1998) Particle -Size Analysis of Soils
ASTM D 698 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil
Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lb/ft)
ASTM D 1140 (1997) Amount of Material in Soils Finer than the No. 200 (75 -
micrometer) Sieve
ASTM D 1556 (1990; R 1996) Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the
Sand -Cone Method
ASTM D 2487 (1998) Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified
Soil Classification System)
ASTM D 2922 (1996) Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear
Methods (Shallow Depth)
ASTM D 3017 (1988; R 1996e1) Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
ASTM D 4318 (199 8) Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils
01257198 BORROW 02318-1
01/01
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Refer to Section 02300 — Earthwork and Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Material Reports
1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487 of borrow soil material.
2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 698 for borrow soil material.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Class A (Select Borrow): This material shall consist of sand or other suitable granular material,
free from vegetation or other objectionable matter and reasonably free from lumps of earth, and
when tested by ASTM laboratory methods, shall meet the following requirements:
1. The liquid limits shall not exceed 45.
2. The plasticity index shall not be less than 4 nor more than 15.
B. Class B: This material shall consist of suitable non -swelling (soils with a plasticity index less
than 20) earth material such as loam, clay or other such materials that will form a stable
embankment.
C. Topsoil: This material shall consist of approved topsoil material and shall be clean, friable soil
capable of supporting plant life. This material shall also be free of stones and all other debris.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION
A. Prior to commencing this work, all erosion control and environmental measures required shall
be in place.
B. Use all suitable materials removed from excavation insofar as practicable.
C. All complicated excavation grade work shall conform to the established alignment, grades, and
cross-section required of the Contractor by the borrow pit owner.
D. Contractor shall arrange for borrow from one of the following sources:
1. Existing borrow pit.
2. New borrow pit.
3. Surplus excavated material from a site which has a site development permit.
4. Borrow from an existing playa lake. If this playa lake is located within the Lubbock ETJ
a cut and fill plan will be required and must be approved prior to any excavation.
E. Contractor shall notify Engineer 3 weeks prior to opening pit to permit necessary testing for
approval of materials. All borrow sites shall comply with the requirements of the permit.
F. During construction, keep borrow sources drained insofar as practicable to permit final cross
sections to be taken, when required.
G. Maintain borrow sites to minimize the impact on the appearance, of the natural topographic
features and at no time create a potential hazard to the public.
END OF SECTION 02318
01257198 BORROW 02318-2
01/0l °'"
SECTION 02320
•'" UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
This Section of the specifications covers materials related to the backfill of utilities. Included
are the following:
1. "Concrete" sand.
2. Cement stabilized backfill.
k -
3. Lean concrete backfill.
4. Native soil materials.
5. Topsoil.
6. Borrow material.
7. Pea Gravel.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary--
Conditions and other Division 1 specifications, apply to this section.
B.
Section 02300 — Earthwork.
C.
Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
...
D.
Section 02318 — Borrow.
1.3
DEFINITIONS
A.
Refer to Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
1.4
REFERENCES
A.
ASTM C 33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregate.
B.
ASTM C 40 - Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete.
C.
ASTM C 123 - Test Method for Lightweight Pieces in Aggregate.
D.
ASTM C 131 - Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by
Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine.
E.
ASTM C 136 - Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
F.
ASTM C 142 - Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates.
G.
ASTM D 698 — Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard
Effort (12,400 ft-lb/ft).
H.
ASTM D 1140 - Test Method for Amount of Materials in Soils Finer Than No. 200 Sieve.
I.
ASTM D 2487 - Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification
System).
J.
ASTM D 2488 - Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual -Manual
Procedure).
K.
ASTM D 4318 - Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils.
L.
ASTM D 4643 - Method for Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil by the
Microwave Oven Method.
M.
TxDOT Tex- 101-E - Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing.
N.
TxDOT Tex- 104-E - Test Method for Determination of Liquid Limit of Soils (Part 1)
01257198
UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS 02320-1
-^:
01/01
1.5
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
1.6
9
TxDOT Tex -106-E - Test Method - Methods of Calculating Plasticity Index of Soils.
TxDOT Tex- 110-E - Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
SUBMITTALS
Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
Submit a description of source, material classification and product description, production
method, and application of backfill materials.
Submit test results for samples of off-site backfill materials to comply with Paragraph 2.2,
Materials Testing and Section 02318 - Borrow.
Before stockpiling materials, submit a copy of temporary easement or approval from landowner
for stockpiling backfill material on private property.
For each delivery of material, provide a delivery ticket which includes source location.
TESTS
Perform tests of sources for off-site backfill material in accordance with Paragraph 2.2 and
Section 02318 - Borrow.
Verification tests of backfill materials may be performed by the Owner, at Owner's expense;
however, failing tests will be charged to the Contractor and deducted from Contractor's
progress payments.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONS
A. "Concrete" Sand
1. Coarse-grained, well -graded, sand (natural, manufactured, or a combination of both)
conforming to requirements of ASTM C33.
2. Gradation shall conform to ASTM C136 and the following limits.
Sieve
Percent Passing
3/8"
100
No. 4
95 to 100
No. 8
80 to 100
No. 16
50 to 85
No. 30
25 to 60
No. 50
10 to 30
No. 100
2 to 10
01257198 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS 02320-2
O1/01
Sieve
Percent Passing
''/z"
100
3/8"
85 to 100
No. 4
B. Cement Stabilized Backfill
No. 8
1.
Cement content 2 sack mix per cubic yard.
p^
2.
Water/cement ratio = .6.
3.
Maximum aggregate size shall not exceed 1.5 -inch diameter for backfilling pipe sizes 48
inches and greater in diameter.
�...
4.
Maximum aggregate size shall not exceed one -inch diameter for backfilling pipe sizes
less than 48 inches in diameter.
C. Lean Concrete Backfill
1.
Cement content 4 sack mix per cubic yard.
2.
Water/cement ratio =.53.
D. Native
Soil Material for Backfill
1.
Provide backfill material that is free of stones greater than 6 inches, free of roots, waste,
debris, trash, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbon or other
contamination.
E. Topsoil
1.
Provide topsoil material that is free of stones greater than 3 inches, free of roots, waste,
trash, debris, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbon or other
contamination.
2.
Surface should be made clear of rock and other debris before planting.
3.
Use top 3 feet of excavated material for topsoil backfill. This material shall be set aside
to prevent mixing with other excavated material. Topsoil is only required in non -paved
areas.
F. Borrow
1.
Refer to Section 02318 — Borrow.
2.
Use Class A borrow under roadways and Class B elsewhere as specified in Section 02318
Borrow.
G. Pea
Gravel
1.
Pea gravel shall be free of waste, trash, debris, organic material, unstable material, or
other non -gravel matter.
k
2.
Pea gravel shall be graded within the following limits:
Sieve
Percent Passing
''/z"
100
3/8"
85 to 100
No. 4
10 to 30
No. 8
0 to 10
No. 16
0 to 5
2.2 MATERIAL TESTING
A. Ensure that material selected, produced and delivered to the project meets applicable
specifications and is of sufficiently uniform properties to allow practical construction and
quality control.
B. Source or Supplier Qualification. Perform testing, or obtain representative tests by suppliers,
for selection of material sources and products. Provide test results for a minimum of three
samples for each source and material type. Tests samples of processed materials from current
production representing material to be delivered. Tests shall verify that the materials meet
specification requirements. Repeat qualification test procedures each time the source
characteristic changes or there is a planned change in source location or supplier. Qualification
tests shall include, as applicable:
01257198 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS 0232.0-3
01/01
I . Gradation. Complete sieve analyses shall be reported regardless of the specified control
sieves. The range of sieves shall be from the largest particle through the No. 200 sieve.
2. Plasticity of material passing the No. 40 sieve.
3. Los Angeles abrasion wear of material retained on the No. 4 sieve.
4. Clay lumps.
5. Lightweight pieces
6. Organic impurities
C. Production Testing. Provide reports to the Engineer from an independent testing laboratory that
backfill materials to be placed in the Work meet applicable specification requirements.
D. Assist the Engineer in obtaining material samples for verification testing at the source or at the
production plant.
E. Native material requires testing only when questionable material is encountered.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SOURCES
A. Use of material encountered in the trench excavations is acceptable, provided applicable
specification requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from
other approved source. Top 3 feet of excavated material shall be used as topsoil.
B. Identify off-site sources for backfill materials at least 21 days ahead of intended use so that the
Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing.
C. Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If sources
previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish materials from
other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification
testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the requirements of the specifications will
be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval, has become unsuitable for use due to
segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by
the Engineer, expense for sampling and testing required to change to a different material will be
at the Contractor's expense with no additional cost to the Owner.
3.2 MATERIAL HANDLING
A. Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control, and
verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval from
landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property.
B. When stockpiling backfill material near the project site, use appropriate covers to eliminate
blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering
the drainage system.
C. Cement stabilized backfill and lean concrete backfill shall be consolidated upon placement by
using concrete vibrators to ensure filling of voids, filling around and under haunches of pipe and
filling of spaces between corrugations. Vibration shall not be applied to the utility pipe itself.
D. Pea gravel shall be consolidated upon placement by using rodding or pneumatic vibratory
methods. Shovel slicing shall be used as necessary to ensure filling of voids, filling around and
under haunches of pipe and filling of spaces between corrugations.
01257198 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS 02320-4
O1/01 .-,
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Quality Control
1. The Engineer may sample and test backfill at:
a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off-
site stockpiles.
b. On-site stockpiles.
C. Materials placed in the Work.
2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in
characteristics are apparent.
B. Production Verification Testing: The Owner's testing laboratory will provide verification
testing on backfill materials, as directed by the Engineer. Samples may be taken at the source
or at the production plant, as applicable. Contractor shall cooperate with Owner and Engineer
in allowing access to materials.
END OF SECTION 02320
01257198 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS 02320-5
01/01
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS 02320-6
01/01
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
SECTION 02371
RIPRAP PROTECTION
A. The work shall consist of the construction of loose rock riprap revetments and blankets,
including geotextile filter layers or bedding where specified or indicated.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections apply to this section.
B. Section 01400 — Quality Requirements.
C. Section 02300 — Earthwork.
D. Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
E. Section 02318 — Borrow.
F. Section 02320 —Utility Backfill Materials.
�- 1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide gradation curves for riprap to be used prior to any rock delivery.
,. B. Laboratory test results for bulk specific gravity, absorption and sodium sulfate soundness at
least 30 days prior to delivery of any rock.
C. Name and location of rock source.
D. Submit a sample of filter cloth and manufacturer's certification that it meets the requirements of
this specification.
1.4 REFERENCES
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
ASTM C 88 Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of
Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate.
ASTM C 127 Standard Test Method for Specific Gravity and Absorption of
Course Aggregate (as modified in this specification section).
�., ASTM D 3786 Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitted Goods and Nonwoven
Fabrics: Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method.
ASTM D 4354 Sampling of Geosynthetics for Testing.
ASTM D 4355 Deterioration of Geotextiles from Exposure to Ultraviolet Light
and Water (Xenon -Arc Type Apparatus).
ASTM D 4491 Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity.
ASTM D 4533 Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles.
01257198 RIPRAP PROTECTION 02371-1
r 01/01
ASTM D 4632 Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles.
ASTM D 4751 Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile.
ASTM D 4759 Determining the Specification Conformance of Geosynthetics.
ASTM D 4833 Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and
Related Products.
ASTM D 4873 Identification, Storage, and Handling of Geosynthetic Rolls.
TEX 735-I Sampling Construction Fabrics.
TEX 616-J Testing Construction Fabrics.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Rock for loose rock riprap shall conform to the requirements of the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineer's Lower Mississippi Valley Division standard riprap gradations under high turbulent
flow. Specific weight of the stone shall be 155 lbs per cubic foot and the rock shall be placed in
a 24" layer thickness.
Percent Lighter
By Weight
Gradation Range
(Pounds)
Equivalent Spherical
Size (Inches)
100%
200-80
16-12
50%
80-40
12-9
15%
40-10
9-6
B. Rock from designated sources shall be excavated, selected and handled as necessary to meet the
quality and grading requirements of this specification. The rock shall conform to the specified
grading limits when installed.
C. Rock riprap shall be excavated, selected, and handled as necessary to meet the quality and
grading requirements specified. Individual rock fragments shall be dense, sound and free from
cracks, seams and other defects conducive to accelerated weathering. The rock fragments shall
be angular to subrounded in shape. The least dimension of an individual rock fragment shall
not be less than one-third the greatest dimension of the fragment.
D. Rock riprap shall have the following properties:
1. Bulk specific gravity (saturated surface -dry basis) not less than 2.5 when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 127.
2. Absorption not more than two percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 127.
3. Weight loss in five cycles not more than 10 percent when sodium sulfate is used or 15
percent when magnesium sulfate is used when tested in accordance with ASTM C 88
modified as follows:
a. The test sample shall not be separated into fractions. It shall consist of 5,000 +/-
300 grams of rock fragments, reasonably uniform in size and shape and weighing
01257198 RIPRAP PROTECTION 02371 -2
O1/01
approximately 100 grams each, obtained by breaking the rock and selecting
fragments of the required size.
b. After the sample has been dried, following completion of the final test cycle and
washing to remove the sodium sulfate or magnesium sulfate, the loss of weight
shall be determined by subtracting from the original weight of the sample the final
weight of all fragments that have not broken into three or more pieces.
C. The report shall show the percentage loss of weight, list the sulfate solution used,
and list the results of the qualitative examination.
.. E. Geotextile
1. Geotextile shall conform to Texas Department of Transportation Geotextile Performance
Requirements (Type 2) and shall be of type Maccaferri Mactex MX295 non-woven, or
approved equal, typical equivalent sieve opening equal to 100.
2. The fabric shall be constructed exclusively of manmade thermoplastic fibers; shall be a
non-woven geotextile fabric, and shall form a mat of uniform quality.
3. Fabric fibers may be continuous and oriented in a random pattern throughout the fabric.
4. The fabric shall be mildew resistant, rot-proof and shall be satisfactory for use in a wet
soil and aggregate environment.
5. Packaging Requirements
.- a. The fabric shall be packaged in rolls of the length and width specified.
b. The fabric itself shall be uniformly wound onto suitable cylindrical forms or cores
to aid in handling and unrolling.
C. Each roll of fabric and the form or core upon which it is rolled shall be packaged
individually in a suitable sheath, wrapper or container to help protect the geotextile
from damage due to ultraviolet light and moisture during normal storage and
mhandling.
6. Tagging or Labeling
a. Each roll shall be identified by a tag or label securely affixed to the outside of the
roll on one end. This tag or label must list the following required information
(examples of each are shown in parentheses):
1) A unique roll number, serially designated (Roll No. 31275).
2) Manufacturer's lot number or control numbers, if any (Lot 290, control
6750).
3) Name of fabric manufacturer (Afghan Fabrics).
4) Date of Manufacture (Jan. 16, 1987).
5) Brand name of the product ("Fabriweld").
6) Manufacturer's style or catalog designation of the fabric, if any ("300-X").
7) Roll width in millimeters (inches) (Width — 3810 millimeters [150 inches]).
8) Roll length in meters (yards) (Length - 91 meters [100 yards]).
9) Gross weight in kilograms (pounds) of entire package which is to include
fabric core, wrapping and sheath or container identification tag, etc. (Gross
67.00 kilograms [ 147 pounds]).
10) Tare weight in kilograms (pounds) of core, wrapping, sheath or container
identification tag, etc. (Tare — 8.20 kilograms [18 pounds]).
11) Net weight in kilograms (pounds) of fabric alone (Net Weight — 59.0
kilograms [129 pounds]).
F. Bedding shall be obtained from the designated sources and shall be selected to meet the quality
and grading requirements of this specification.
01257198 RIPRAP PROTECTION 02371-3
01/01
G. At least 30 days prior to changing source of approved rock riprap, the Contractor shall notify
the Engineer in writing of the new sources from which he intends to obtain the material. The
Contractor shall submit the gradation, tests and source name and location required in paragraph
1.3 and receive Engineer's approval prior to delivery of any material from the new source.
Failure to obtain approval will result in rejection of the source and any material delivered.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
A. The subgrade surfaces on which the riprap and filter fabric are to be placed shall be cut or filled
and graded to the lines and grades shown on the drawings. When fill to subgrade lines is
required, it shall consist of approved materials and shall conform to the requirements of the
specified class of fill. Subgrade shall be compacted to 95% density, according to ASTM D698,
for a depth of six inches.
B. Riprap shall not be placed until the foundation preparation is completed and the subgrade
surfaces have been inspected and approved by the Engineer.
3.2 ROCK RIPRAP SAMPLE
A. Prior to delivery of rock riprap for incorporation into the proposed works of improvement, the
Contractor shall provide a sample load of rock weighing at least ten tons from the rock source
and in the gradation specified. This rock sample shall be deposited on the construction or
stockpile site at a location designated by the Engineer, and maintained at this location until the _
Engineer releases it for inclusion into construction. This sample shall be used as a source of
reference for judging the gradation of the riprap being delivered to the project. Any difference
of opinion between the Engineer and the Contractor concerning gradation of the riprap being
delivered to the project shall be resolved by dumping and checking the gradation of one random
truck load of riprap. In the event such additional checking procedure becomes necessary, the
mechanical equipment, preparation of a sorting site, and labor needed to prove the gradation by
weighing shall be provided by the Contractor at no additional compensation. If, at the time the
rock is delivered to the construction site, separation or segregation of the smaller rock fraction
from the larger rock fraction has occurred, the rock shall be reworked as necessary to insure a
reasonably uniform distribution of the various rock sizes prior to placement of the rock. Due
care shall be exercised during this reworking operation (if required) to prevent inclusion of earth
or other undesirable materials in the riprap. Near the end of the placement of rock riprap on the
project, the sample load of rock may be incorporated into the proposed works of improvement
at the riprap locations indicated once the Engineer has released it. Due care shall be exercised
to prevent the inclusion of earth or other undesirable materials in the riprap.
3.3 EQUIPMENT -PLACED ROCK RIPRAP
A. The rock shall be placed by equipment on the surfaces and to the depths specified. The riprap
shall be constructed to the full course thickness in one operation and in such a manner as to
avoid serious displacement of the underlying materials. The rock shall be delivered and placed
in a manner that will insure that the riprap in place shall be reasonably homogeneous with the
larger rocks uniformly distributed and firmly in contact one to another with the smaller rocks
and spalls filling the voids between the larger rocks.
01257198 RIPRAP PROTECTION 02371-4
O1/01 --
GM-
Riprap shall be placed in a manner to prevent damage to structures. Hand placing will be
required to the extent necessary to prevent damage to the permanent works and achieve uniform
distribution of the rock's gradation.
Riprap shall be placed in such a manner that the underlying geotextile is not punctured or
otherwise damaged or displaced.
HAND -PLACED RIPRAP
A. The rock shall be placed by hand on the surfaces and to the depths specified. It shall be
securely bedded with the larger rocks firmly in contact one to another. Spaces between the
larger rocks shall be filled with smaller rocks and spalls. Smaller rocks shall not be grouped as
a substitute for larger rock. Flat slab rock shall be laid on edge.
B. Hand -placed riprap shall be placed in such a manner that the underlying geotextile is not
punctured or otherwise damaged or displaced.
3.5 GEOTEXTILE
A. Where the drawings specify geotextile, the filter material shall be spread uniformly on the
prepared subgrade surfaces.
B. Sampling and Testing Requirements
I. Samples for testing purposes shall be taken in accordance with Test Method "Tex -735-I,
Sampling Construction Fabrics."
2. Testing shall be in accordance with the appropriate ASTM or Test Method "Tex -616-J,
Testing Construction Fabrics."
C. Basis for Rejection
1. Should any individual sample selected at random from 100 rolls, or fraction thereof, fail
to meet any specification requirement, then that roll shall be rejected and two (2)
additional samples shall be taken, one (1) from each of two (2) other additional rolls
selected at random from the same 100 -roll lot, or fraction thereof.
2. If either of these two (2) additional samples fail to comply with any portion of the
specification, then the entire quantity of rolls represented by that sample shall be rejected.
D. Installation
1. Subgrade Preparation: The surface underlying the geotextile shall be smooth and free of
ruts or protrusions which could damage the geotextile. Subgrade materials and
compaction requirements shall be in accordance with Section 02300 - Earthwork.
2. Placement: The Contractor shall request the presence of the Engineer during handling and
installation. Geotextile rolls which are damaged or contain imperfections shall be
repaired or replaced as directed. The geotextile shall be laid flat and smooth so that it is
in direct contact with the subgrade. The geotextile shall also be free of tensile stresses,
folds, and wrinkles. On slopes greater than 5 horizontal on 1 vertical, the geotextile shall
be laid with the machine direction of the fabric parallel to the slope direction.
3. Geotextile panels shall be continuously overlapped a minimum of 12 inches. Where it is
required that seams be oriented across the slope, the upper panel shall be lapped over the
lower panel. The Contractor has the option of field sewing instead of overlapping.
4. All filter cloth/concrete interfaces shall be made secure with adhesive. The adhesive
shall not be injurious to either the concrete surface or the geotextile, and shall be
continuous throughout the interface both horizontally and vertically.
5. Seams shall be continuously sewn at the locations shown on the drawings. A flat seam
with one row of a two -thread chain stitch shall be used unless otherwise recommended by
the manufacturer. The minimum distance from the geotextile edge to the stitch line
nearest to that edge shall be 3 inches unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer.
01257198 RIPRAP PROTECTION 02371-5
01/01
B.
C.
3.4
Riprap shall be placed in a manner to prevent damage to structures. Hand placing will be
required to the extent necessary to prevent damage to the permanent works and achieve uniform
distribution of the rock's gradation.
Riprap shall be placed in such a manner that the underlying geotextile is not punctured or
otherwise damaged or displaced.
HAND -PLACED RIPRAP
A. The rock shall be placed by hand on the surfaces and to the depths specified. It shall be
securely bedded with the larger rocks firmly in contact one to another. Spaces between the
larger rocks shall be filled with smaller rocks and spalls. Smaller rocks shall not be grouped as
a substitute for larger rock. Flat slab rock shall be laid on edge.
B. Hand -placed riprap shall be placed in such a manner that the underlying geotextile is not
punctured or otherwise damaged or displaced.
3.5 GEOTEXTILE
A. Where the drawings specify geotextile, the filter material shall be spread uniformly on the
prepared subgrade surfaces.
B. Sampling and Testing Requirements
I. Samples for testing purposes shall be taken in accordance with Test Method "Tex -735-I,
Sampling Construction Fabrics."
2. Testing shall be in accordance with the appropriate ASTM or Test Method "Tex -616-J,
Testing Construction Fabrics."
C. Basis for Rejection
1. Should any individual sample selected at random from 100 rolls, or fraction thereof, fail
to meet any specification requirement, then that roll shall be rejected and two (2)
additional samples shall be taken, one (1) from each of two (2) other additional rolls
selected at random from the same 100 -roll lot, or fraction thereof.
2. If either of these two (2) additional samples fail to comply with any portion of the
specification, then the entire quantity of rolls represented by that sample shall be rejected.
D. Installation
1. Subgrade Preparation: The surface underlying the geotextile shall be smooth and free of
ruts or protrusions which could damage the geotextile. Subgrade materials and
compaction requirements shall be in accordance with Section 02300 - Earthwork.
2. Placement: The Contractor shall request the presence of the Engineer during handling and
installation. Geotextile rolls which are damaged or contain imperfections shall be
repaired or replaced as directed. The geotextile shall be laid flat and smooth so that it is
in direct contact with the subgrade. The geotextile shall also be free of tensile stresses,
folds, and wrinkles. On slopes greater than 5 horizontal on 1 vertical, the geotextile shall
be laid with the machine direction of the fabric parallel to the slope direction.
3. Geotextile panels shall be continuously overlapped a minimum of 12 inches. Where it is
required that seams be oriented across the slope, the upper panel shall be lapped over the
lower panel. The Contractor has the option of field sewing instead of overlapping.
4. All filter cloth/concrete interfaces shall be made secure with adhesive. The adhesive
shall not be injurious to either the concrete surface or the geotextile, and shall be
continuous throughout the interface both horizontally and vertically.
5. Seams shall be continuously sewn at the locations shown on the drawings. A flat seam
with one row of a two -thread chain stitch shall be used unless otherwise recommended by
the manufacturer. The minimum distance from the geotextile edge to the stitch line
nearest to that edge shall be 3 inches unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer.
01257198 RIPRAP PROTECTION 02371-5
01/01
Quality assurance samples shall be taken at the request of the Engineer. The thread at the
end of each seam run shall be tied off to prevent unraveling. Seams shall be on the top
side of the geotextile to allow inspection. Skipped stitches or discontinuities shall be
sewn with an extra line of stitching with a minimum of 18 inches of overlap.
6. The geotextile shall be protected during installation from clogging, tears, and other
damage. Damaged geotextile shall be repaired or replaced as directed. Adequate ballast
(e.g. sand bags) shall be used to prevent uplift by wind. The geotextile shall not be left
uncovered for more than 14 days during installation.
7. Geotextile damaged during installation shall be repaired by placing a patch of the same
type of geotextile which extends a minimum of 12 inches beyond the edge of the damage
or defect. Patches shall be continuously fastened using a sewn seam or other approved
method. The machine direction of the patch shall be aligned with the machine direction
of the geotextile being repaired. Geotextile which cannot be repaired shall be replaced.
8. Geotextile shall not be covered prior to approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall
request the presence of the Engineer during covering of the geotextile. On side slopes,
riprap shall be placed from the bottom of the slope upward. No equipment shall be
operated directly on top of the geotextile. Low ground pressure vehicles (all terrain
vehicles (ATVs)) may be operated directly on top of the geotextile if approved by the
Engineer. If ATVs are allowed to operate on top of the geotextile, they shall move at a
rate of speed not exceeding 8 km/hour, travel in straight lines or large arcs, not start or
brake abruptly, and not turn sharply. Refueling of ATVs shall not be performed on top of
the geotextile.
3.6 TESTING
A. The Contractor will perform such tests as deemed necessary to verify that the riprap, filter, and
bedding materials and the completed work meet the requirements of the specifications. The
Owner may perform confirmation tests. These confirmation tests are not intended to provide
the Contractor with the information he needs to assure that the materials and workmanship meet
the requirements of the specifications, and their performance will not relieve the Contractor of
the responsibility of performing his own tests for that purpose. The Contractor shall provide
access to the materials so that the Owner may take samples for testing purposes.
END OF SECTION 02371
01257198 RIPRAP PROTECTION 02371-6
O1/01
SECTION 02425
"^ TUNNEL EXCAVATION AND PRIMARY LINER
PART 1 - GENERAL
i_
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Tunnel construction by placement of a primary liner for installation of storm sewer pipe using a
2 -pass method. Placement of the storm sewer pipe inside the tunnel constructed with a primary
liner shall be in accordance with Section 02426 — Storm Sewer Pipe in Tunnels.
B. Various construction methods for tunneling, including tunnel boring machine (TBM), hand
tunneling, or shield. Liners include rib and lagging, steel liner plate, bolted steel liner, box
tunnels, and segmented concrete. Liners may be expanded or grouted.
C. Contractor shall install liner types specified or as shown on the Drawings. Where not otherwise
indicated, Contractor shall use techniques and liner methods appropriate for the prevailing
ground conditions.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO).
B. American Railway Engineering Association (AREA) Manual for Railway Engineering.
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
�., 1. ASTM A 36 - Standard Specifications for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A 283 - Standard Specifications for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength
Carbon Steel Plates.
3. ASTM A 307 - Standard Specifications for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI
Tensile Strength.
4. NFPA 70 — National Electrical Code
D. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
1.3 DEFINITION
A. Primary liner is the first tunnel support installed by the Contractor in a 2 -pass method.
B. Carrier pipe is the storm sewer pipe as specified in Section 02426 — Storm Sewer Pipe in
Tunnels.
C. Zone of Active Excavation. Area located within a radial distance about a surface point directly
above the face of excavation equal to the depth to the bottom of excavation.
D. Critical Structure. Any building, structure, bridge, pier, or similar construction partially or
entirely located within a zone of active excavation.
E. Tunnel Boring Machine (TBM). Mechanized and fully shielded excavating equipment that is a
steerable, guided and articulated, with man entry.
F. Tunneling Methodology. A written description, together with supporting documentation that
defines Contractor's plans and procedures for the tunneling operations.
G. Shield. Fabricated ground support, circular in section, providing a 360 degree protection to
those working in it. Shield will have a cutting edge, and be equipped with independently
operated hydraulic propulsion rams, allowing it to be steered. Liner is erected within a tail
attached to the shield.
H. Open Face. The face of a heading or tunnel which is unsupported during excavation (e.g., in
hand mining or shield excavation).
01257198 TUNNEL EXCAVATION AND PRIMARY LINER 02425-1
01/01
I. Closed Face. The face of a heading or tunnel which is provided support during the excavation
process from a TBM, where the cutter head allows both partial exposure of the face and full
closure, by means of hydraulically operated gates, also referred to as shielded face.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. The following submittals are required:
1. Tunneling Methodology. A brief description of proposed tunnel methodology for review.
The description should be sufficient to convey the following:
a. Proposed method of tunnel construction and type of face support and lining
system.
b. Manufacturer and type of tunneling equipment proposed; type of lighting and
ventilation systems.
C. Number and duration of shifts planned to be worked each day. Contractor shall
comply with the provisions of Section 01140 — Work Restrictions.
d. Sequence of operations.
e. Location of access shafts and work sites.
f. Method of spoil transportation from the face, surface storage, and disposal
location.
g. Method of installing pipe.
h. Identification of critical utility crossings and special precautions proposed. --
i. Manufacturer and type of any chemical grout proposed. If cementitious grout is
proposed, furnish mix design. Cementitious grout shall have a compressive
strength of not less than 2,000 psi.
2. Drawings and Calculations. Submit for record purposes, drawings and calculations for
any tunnel support system designed by the Contractor. Drawings shall be adequate for
construction, and include installation details. Documents must be signed and sealed by a
Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. Calculations shall include clear
statement of criteria used for the design, as described in Paragraph 1.5, Design Criteria.
3. Quality Control. Submit for review a brief description of quality control methods
including:
a. Method and frequency of survey control.
b. Example of tunnel daily log.
C. Instrumentation plan showing location and frequency of monitoring relative to
critical structures within the zone of active excavation.
d. Settlement survey plan (may be included in instrumentation plan).
4. Geotechnical Investigation. When geotechnical investigations are conducted by the -
Contractor, submit results to the Owner for record purposes.
5. Monitoring Plans:
a. Instrumentation Monitoring Plan. Submit for review, a monitoring plan prior to
construction, that includes a schedule of instrumentation design, layout of
instrumentation points, equipment installation details, manufacturer's catalog
literature, and monitoring report forms.
b. Surface Settlement Monitoring Plan. Submit a settlement monitoring plan for
review prior to construction. The plan shall identify the location of settlement
monitoring points, reference benchmarks, survey frequency and procedures, and
reporting formats.
6. Structures Assessment. Submit preconstruction and post -construction assessment reports
for critical structures, namely those located within the zone of active excavation from the
01257198 TUNNEL EXCAVATION AND PRIMARY LINER 02425-2
O1/01
r
r"
proposed tunnel centerline. Photographs or a video of any existing damage to structures
in the vicinity of the storm sewer alignment shall be included in the assessment reports.
7. The readings of all monitoring shall be submitted to the Owner.
8. Daily Reports. The shift log as defined in Paragraph 3.4, Pipe jacked Tunneling Data,
shall be maintained by the Contractor and must be made available to the Owner on
request. The shift log shall contain the daily rate of advance. Where a tunnel boring
machine is used, the monitored pressures for fluid circulation and jacking force shall also
be recorded.
1.5 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. The primary liner shall be designed by the Contractor's Professional Engineer for appropriate
loading conditions and deflection criteria, including but not limited to: the overburden and
lateral earth pressures; handling and installation stresses; loads imposed by the tunnel shield or
tunnel boring machine thrust jacks; subsurface soil and water loads; grouting; and other
conditions of service. Contractor shall be responsible for the design of the primary liner to
carry construction loads in combination with overburden, earth and hydrostatic loads.
B. The criteria to be used at railroad crossings shall be Cooper E-80 locomotive loading
distributions in accordance with AREA specifications for culverts. In the design, account for
additive loadings due to multiple tracks. Liner type for railroad crossings shall be as specified.
C. The criteria for truck loading shall be HS -20 vehicle loading distributions in accordance with
AASHTO.
D. The liner system shall be compatible with any special requirements shown on the Drawings.
E. Liner design shall conform to AASHTO "Design Specifications for Tunnel Liner Plate",
Section 16. The minimum factors of safety shall be 3 for longitudinal test seam strength, 2 for
pipe wall buckling, and 3 for stiffness. Soil loads may be based on actual laboratory density
compaction curves for the tunnel location. In lieu of such compaction curves, the minimum dry
soil density for tunnel design shall be not less than 120 pounds per cubic foot.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 STEEL LINER PLATES
A. Liner plate shall be manufactured from steel conforming to ASTM A 36 and ASTM A 283, as
manufactured by AK Steel Corporation (4 -flange), Commercial Intertech, Inc. (4 -flange),
Contech Construction Products, (4 -flange or 2 -flange) or equal, and certified by manufacturer
for compliance with the Specifications.
B. Bolts and nuts shall conform to ASTM A 307, Grade A.
C. Plates shall be punched for bolting on both longitudinal and circumferential seams for 4 -flange,
circumferential for 2 -flange, and shall be fabricated to permit complete erection from inside the
tunnel. Plates shall be of uniform fabrication and those intended for one size and type of tunnel
liner shall be interchangeable.
D. Material used for construction of liner plates shall be in good condition.
E. A sufficient number of bolted steel liner plates shall be equipped with approximately 2 -inch
diameter grout holes furnished with plugs. Holes shall be located near plate center and spaced
sufficiently close for grouting the tunnel's external annular space.
01257198 TUNNEL EXCAVATION AND PRIMARY LINER
01/01
02425-3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Use methods for tunneling operations that will minimize ground settlement. Select a method
which will control flow of water, prevent loss of soil into the tunnel, and provide stability of the
face under anticipated conditions.
B. Conduct tunneling operations in accordance with applicable safety rules and regulations, OSHA
standards, and Contractor's safety plan. Use methods which include due regard for safety of
workmen, adjacent structures, utilities, and the public.
C. Maintain clean working conditions inside the tunnel and shafts.
D. For tunneling under railroad embankments, highways, or streets, perform the installation so as
to avoid interference with the operation of the railroads, highways, or streets, except as
approved by the owner of the facility.
E. Support the ground continuously in a manner to prevent loss of ground and keep the perimeters
and faces of the tunnel stable.
F. The completed primary tunnel lining shall have full bearing against the ground. The peripheral
space between the support elements and the excavated surface shall be grouted or shall be
closed by expanding the support elements against the ground to achieve full bearing as the
tunnel advances.
G. Ground Conditions. The Contractor may perform additional exploration by geotechnical
borings in advance of construction to define necessary parameters for design of the primary
tunnel liner, planning and designing the ground water control system, and for selection of
tunneling method and equipment to successfully complete each tunnel reach.
H. The Contractor shall be aware that various existing soil borings, piezometers, or instrument
wells, where indicated on the Drawings, may coincide with the proposed tunnel alignment.
These may or may not have been backfilled with grout and, therefore, caution should be used in
tunneling through these locations. Contractor shall take mitigating measures to counter any
effect these boreholes, piezometers, or instrument wells may have on tunneling operations.
3.2 GROUND WATER CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall provide the necessary ground water control measures to perform the work
and to provide safe working conditions.
B. Contractor shall anticipate that portions of the tunnel excavation may be below the ground water
table and in cohesionless soils, even if not indicated on the soil borings, and in conditions which
may require a ground water control system for the tunneling operations. Contractor shall install
filter fabrics, backer rods and other means as necessary to prevent piping of fines into tunnel.
The tunnel face may be submerged and affected by ponded water for an extended period of time
in the vicinity of lake areas. The Contractor shall provide support and means to keep soils in
place when submerged conditions prevail.
C. If the Contractor chooses pumping installations to control the ground water level or installs a
pervious liner through water bearing layers, the Contractor shall install and maintain an
instrumentation system to monitor the water level and to detect any movement in adjacent
structures and property.
D. The dewatering system for tunnels shall remain in operation until the carrier pipe has been
installed and the annular space is fully grouted, or until a watertight liner designed for
hydrostatic pressures is installed.
01257198 TUNNEL EXCAVATION AND PRIMARY LINER 02425-4
01/01
611
r�
E. Tunneling for which ground water control is necessary shall not proceed until monitoring data
indicate that the ground water control system is operating in accordance with the Contractor's
plan.
F. Groundwater control shall conform to the requirements of Section 02240 Dewatering.
3.3 EQUIPMENT
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for selection of tunneling equipment which, based on past
experience, has proven to be satisfactory for excavation of the soils to be encountered.
B. The Contractor shall employ tunneling equipment that will be capable of handling the various
anticipated ground conditions and which minimizes loss of soil ahead of the face and allows
satisfactory support of the excavated face.
C. A TBM or shield shall conform to the shape of the tunnel with a uniform perimeter that is free
of projections that could produce over excavation or voids. An appropriately sized over cutting
head may be provided to facilitate steering. In addition it shall:
1. Be capable of full directional guidance.
2. Be capable of full face closure, or permit ready installation of breasting boards.
3. Be equipped with appropriate tail in which liner is erected.
4. Be capable of correcting roll.
5. Be designed to handle adverse ground conditions including ground water ingress.
6. Be equipped with visual display to show the operator actual position of TBM or shield
relative to design reference.
D. Air Quality. Provide equipment to maintain proper air quality of tunnel operations during
construction in accordance with OSHA requirements.
E. Enclose lighting fixtures in watertight enclosures with suitable guards. Provide separate circuits
for lighting and other equipment.
F. Electrical systems shall conform to requirements of National Electrical Code - NFPA70.
3.4 TUNNELING DATA
A. Maintain shift logs of construction events and observations. The Owner shall have access to the
Contractor's logs with regard to the following information:
1.
Location of face by station and progress of tunnel drive during shift.
2.
Hours worked per shift on tunneling operations.
3.
Completed field forms for checking line and grade of the tunneling operation, showing
achieved tolerance relative to design alignment. Steering control logs will generally be
acceptable for shield or TBM driven tunnels.
r -g 4.
Location, elevation and brief soil descriptions of soil strata and strata boundaries.
5.
Ground water control operations and piezometric levels, ground water inflow location
and rates.
6.
Observation of any lost ground or other ground movement.
7.
Any unusual conditions or events.
8.
Reasons for operational shutdown in the event a drive is halted.
9.
Time of grouting and pressure for grouting.
10.
Advance rate per day and, for TBM, pressure applied for advancement.
B. Primary liner shall be clearly marked with paint every 20 feet along the tunnel with distance in
feet from centerline of the preceding shaft.
01257198 TUNNEL EXCAVATION AND PRIMARY LINER 02425-5
01/01
3.5 TUNNEL EXCAVATION AND PRIMARY LINER INSTALLATION
A. Tunnel Excavation.
1. Conduct tunneling operations in accordance with applicable safety rules and regulations,
and Contractor's safety plan. Use methods which include due regard for safety of
workmen, adjacent structures, utilities, and the public. --
2. Tunnel excavation shall remain within the easements and rights-of-way indicated on the
Drawings, to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. The excavation shall be of
sufficient size to allow the installation of the storm sewer pipe to the lines and grades
indicated on the Drawings.
3. Open -face excavations:
a. Keep the face breasted or otherwise supported and prevent falls, excessive
raveling, or erosion. Maintain standby face supports for immediate use when
needed.
b. During shut -down periods, support the face of the excavation by positive means;
no support shall rely solely on hydraulic pressure.
C. Prevent loss of material at face even under submerged conditions.
4. Closed -face excavation:
a. Control volume of spoil removed. Determine that the advance rate and the
excavation rate are compatible to avoid over excavation or loss of ground.
b. When cutting head is withdrawn for any purpose, keep excavated face supported
and stabilized.
C. When the face of the machine is open for maintenance, monitor conditions that
might threaten the stability of the heading. Take appropriate action to prevent or
limit influx of soils and water which would threaten the stability of the heading. —
5. Whenever there is an identified condition which could endanger the tunnel excavation or
adjacent structures, operate continually for 24 hours a day, including weekends and
holidays, without intermission until the condition no longer exists.
B. Determination of primary liner size and section shall be the sole responsibility of the
Contractor, unless otherwise shown on the drawings, to match the construction methods and
equipment described in the tunneling methodology submittal. Tunnels shall be of sufficient size
to permit efficient excavation operations, to provide sufficient working space for placing the
primary tunnel liner, and to allow for installation of the storm sewer pipe.
C. Primary Liner Installation:
1. Contractor's method shall ensure full bearing of the soil against the primary liner without
significant settlement or movement of the surrounding soil. Voids behind a
nonexpandable liner (e.g., bolted steel liner plates) shall be grouted behind the
nonexpandable liner. Box tunnel where the ground is excavated to a true shape may be --
ungrouted.
2. When using a TBM or tunnel shield, advance the equipment only far enough to permit
construction of one primary liner set, entirely within the equipment shield.
3. After grouting, deflection of liner shall be no more than allowable, nor shall the liner be
distorted by excessive pressure.
4. No more than six linear feet along the axis of the tunnel may remain ungrouted at any
given time.
D. Grouting: Requirements pertaining to grout mix design and tunnel grouting are provided in
Section 02430 - Tunnel Grout.
01257198 TUNNEL EXCAVATION AND PRIMARY LINER 02425-6
01/01
P"
3.6 CONTROL OF TUNNEL LINE AND GRADE
A. Construction Control.
1. The Contractor will establish the baselines indicated on the Drawings. Contractor shall
check baselines at the beginning of the Work and report any errors or discrepancies to the
Engineer.
2. Use the baselines establish and maintain construction control points, reference lines, and
grades for locating tunnel.
3. Establish control points sufficiently far from the face so as not to be affected by tunneling
operations.
B. Benchmark Movement. The Contractor shall ensure that if settlement of the ground surface
occurs during construction which affects the accuracy of the temporary benchmarks, the
Contractor shall detect and report such movement and reestablish temporary bench marks. The
locations of the permanent monumentation benchmarks are indicated on the Drawings. Advise
the Engineer of any settlement affecting the permanent monumentation benchmarks.
C. Line and Grade.
1. Maintain a means sufficient to check alignment and grade continuously.
2. Check the survey control for tunneling against an aboveground undisturbed reference at
least once each week and once for each 250 feet of tunnel constructed.
3. When excavation is off line or grade, make alignment corrections to avoid reverse grades
in gravity storm sewers.
4. Construct primary liner to such tolerances that permit the installation of sewer pipe to be
completed to the tolerances given in Section 02426 — Storm Sewer Pipe in Tunnels.
D. Earth Movement. The Contractor shall be responsible for damages due to settlement from any
construction -induced activities or occurrences.
1. The Contractor shall survey the crown, invert, and springline on each side of the primary
liner at 50 -foot intervals, or a minimum of once per shift, or more frequently if line and
grade tolerances have been exceeded, to ensure the alignment is within the tolerances
specified. The survey shall be conducted immediately behind the tunnel excavation to
allow immediate correction of misalignment.
2. If settlement of the ground surface should occur during construction of the tunnel that
will affect the accuracy of temporary benchmarks, it shall be the Contractor's
responsibility to detect and report such movement. The locations of the permanent
monumentation benchmarks are indicated on the Drawings; the Contractor may use these
to verify temporary benchmark accuracy. Advise the Engineer of any settlement
affecting the permanent monumentation benchmarks. Upon completion, the field books
pertaining to monitoring of the permanent monumentation benchmarks shall be submitted
to the Engineer.
3.7 MONITORING
A. Instrumentation Monitoring. Instrumentation specified shall be accessible at all times to the
Owner or Engineer. Readings shall be submitted promptly to the Engineer.
1. Install and maintain an instrumentation system to monitor and detect movement of the
ground surface and adjacent structures. Establish vertical control points at a distance
from the construction areas that avoids disturbance due to ground settlement.
2. Installation of the instrumentation shall not preclude the Owner, through an independent
contractor or consultant, from installing instrumentation in, on, near, or adjacent to the
construction work. Access shall be provided to the work for such independent
installations.
3. Instruments shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
01257198 TUNNEL EXCAVATION AND PRIMARY LINER 02425-7
01/01
B. Surface Settlement Monitoring
1. Establish monitoring points on all critical structures.
2. Record location of settlement monitoring points with respect to construction baselines
and elevations. Record elevations to an accuracy of 0.01 feet for each monitoring point
location. Monitoring points should be established at locations and by methods that
protect them from damage by construction operations, tampering, or other external
influences.
3. Ground surface elevations must be recorded on the centerline ahead of the tunneling
operations at a minimum of 100 -foot intervals or at least three locations per tunnel drive.
For primary lined tunnels greater than 60 inches cut diameter also record similar data at
approximately 20 feet each side of the centerline. Settlement monitoring points must be
clearly marked by studs or paint for ease of locating.
4. Railroads. Monitor ground settlement of track subbase at centerline of each track.
5. Utilities and Pipelines. Monitor ground settlement directly above and 10 feet before and
after the utility or pipeline intersection.
C. Reading Frequency and Reporting. The Contractor shall submit records of readings from the
various instruments and survey points to the Engineer.
1. Instrumentation monitoring results to be read at the frequency specified and unless
otherwise specified, shall be started prior to the passing of the zone of active excavation
and until no further detectable movement occurs.
2. Surface settlement monitoring readings shall be taken:
a. Prior to the zone of active excavation reaching that point, --
b. When the tunnel face reaches the monitoring point (in plan), and
C. When the zone of active excavation has passed and no further movement is
detected.
3. All monitoring readings shall be submitted promptly to the Owner.
4. Immediately report to the Owner any movement, cracking, or settlement which is
detected.
5. Following substantial completion, but prior to final completion, make a final survey of all
monitoring points.
3.8 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL
A. Remove spoil from the job site and dispose in accordance with Section 01576 - Waste Material
Disposal.
END OF SECTION 02425
01257198 TUNNEL EXCAVATION AND PRIMARY LINER 02425-8
O1/01
ems+
SECTION 02426
.�, STORM SEWER PIPE IN TUNNELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Handling, transporting, and installing sewer line in primary lined tunnels.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Provide a brief description of method of transporting carrier pipe into the tunnel; method of
hoisting and positioning pipe; method of jointing and aligning pipe; and blocking plan.
C. Submit buoyant force calculations, bulkhead design, and blocking details. The calculations
shall include an analysis of the stresses and deformation induced on the carrier pipe. Have the
submittal signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE MATERIAL AND FITTINGS
A. The storm sewer pipe may consist of centrifugally -cast fiberglass reinforced polymer mortar
pipe (CCFRPM), high density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe, corrugated metal pipe (polymer
coated), or reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) in the locations indicated.
B. Contractor shall be responsible for selecting appropriate pipes and pipe joints to safely carry the
loads imposed during construction.
2.2 CENTRIFUGALLY -CAST FIBERGLASS PIPE
A. Provide centrifugally -cast fiberglass pipe, joints, and fittings in accordance with Section 02635 -
Centrifugally -Cast Fiberglass Pipe.
2.3 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE
A. Provide HDPE pipe, joints and fittings in accordance with Section 02636 - HDPE Pipe.
2.4 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
A. Provide reinforced concrete pipe, joints, and fittings in accordance with Section 02638 -
Reinforced Concrete Pipe.
2.5 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE (POLYMER COATED)
A. Provide polymer coated metal pipe, joints and fittings in accordance with Section 02634 —
Corrugated Metal Pipe (Polymer Coated).
01257198 STORM SEWER PIPE IN TUNNELS 02426-1
... 01/01
2.6 ANNULAR GROUT
A. Provide for grouting of the annular space between pipe and tunnel liner as specified in Section
02430 - Tunnel Grout.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Prior to installing the storm sewer pipe, verify that the primary liner has been constructed so
that the sewer pipe may be placed in conformance with specified lines and grades.
3.2 PIPE HANDLING
A. Handle and transport pipe into the tunnel in a manner that prevents damage to the pipe, joints
and gaskets. Do not install pipe damaged during placement operations. Contractor may
propose repair procedures for review and approval of the Engineer.
3.3 TUNNEL CLEANUP
A. Prior to pipe placement in the tunnel, remove temporary tunnel utilities, such as electrical and
ventilation. Remove loose material, dirt, standing water, and debris prior to pipe placement.
B. Temporary steel construction tracks or steel pipe skids may be left in place if they do not
interfere with alignment of the sewer pipe or interfere with final placement of the annular grout.
3.4 INVERT PIPE SUPPORT
A. Provide support adequate to establish final pipe grade. Support may include screeded concrete,
steel beam, or other method as designated by the Contractor's Engineer. Secure the pipe
support to the pipe or primary liner. If concrete is used for pipe support, cure it a minimum of
12 hours prior to setting pipe.
3.5 JOINING PIPE IN TUNNELS
A. Join pipe segments to properly compress the gaskets and allow for the correct final positioning
of the pipe for line and grade. Closely align pipes by bringing them loosely together by means
of hydraulic jacks, locomotives, pipemobiles, or winches. Once pipes have been loosely joined,
pull them home by means of a hydraulic tugger or other similar method suitably protecting pipe
and joints against damage. Impact jointing such as ramming with locomotives or other
mechanical equipment is not permitted.
3.6 BLOCKING PIPE IN TUNNEL AND BULKHEADS
A. Install a pipe blocking system. The pipe blocking shall position the storm sewer pipe in the
tunnel to allow a minimum of 4 inches of grout to be placed between the storm sewer pipe and
the tunnel primary liner or casing.
B. Secure blocking rigidly in place without dependence on wedges so that it cannot be dislodged
during pipe placement and grouting operations.
C. Construct bulkheads to withstand imposed grout pressure without leakage. Provide adequate
venting for bulkheads.
END OF SECTION 02426
01257198 STORM SEWER PIPE IN TUNNELS 02426-2
O1/01
SECTION 02430
TUNNEL GROUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Mix design requirements, testing, furnishing and production of grout for:
1. Pressure grouting of bolted liner plates for shafts.
2. Pressure grouting of primary tunnel liner.
3. Pressure grouting of jacked pipe.
4. Annular grouting of cased or uncased storm sewer pipe.
5. Grouting of the annular space between the storm sewer pipe and the primary tunnel liner.
6. Grouting voids in ground resulting from caving, loss of ground, or settlement.
7. Grouting of manholes constructed in shafts.
B.
Compaction grouting is not part of this specification.
1.2
DEFINITIONS
A.
Pressure Grouting. Filling a void behind a liner or pipe with grout under pressure sufficient to
•
ensure void is properly filled but without overstressing temporary or permanent ground support,
or causing ground heave to occur.
B.
Back Grouting. Secondary pressure grouting to ensure that voids have been filled between
primary tunnel or shaft liners and the surrounding ground.
C.
Annular Grouting. Filling the annular space between the carrier pipe and the primary tunnel
liner, casing, or ground, by pumping.
D.
Ground Stabilization Grouting. The filling of voids, fissures, or under -slab settlement due to
caving or loss of ground by injecting grout under gravity or pressure to fill the void.
1.3
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
ASTM C 138. Standard Test Method for Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of
Concrete.
B.
ASTM C 144. Standard Specification for Masonry Mortar.
C.
ASTM C 150. Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
D.
ASTM C 494. Standard Specification for Chemical Admixture for Concrete.
�. E.
ASTM C 618. Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcinated Natural Pozzolan for
use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete.
F.
ASTM C 869. Standard Specification for Foaming Agents and in Making Preformed Foam for
Cellular Concrete.
G.
ASTM C 937. Standard Specification for Grout Fluidifier for Preplaced Aggregate Concrete.
H.
ASTM C 939. Test Method for Flow of Grout for Preplaced Aggregate Concrete.
I.
ASTM C 940. Standard Test Method for Expansion and Bleeding of Freshly Mixed Grout for
Preplaced Aggregate Concrete.
J.
ASTM C 942. Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Grout for Preplaced
Aggregate Concrete into Laboratory.
K.
ASTM C 953. Standard Test Method for Time of Setting of Grout for Preplaced Aggregate
Concrete in the Laboratory.
01257198 TUNNEL GROUT 02430-1
01/01
L. ASTM C 1017. Standard Specification for Chemical Admixture for use in Producing Flowing
Concrete.
M. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Specification CRD C 621, Non -shrink Grout.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit a description of materials, grout mix, equipment and operational procedures to
accomplish each grouting operation. The description may include sketches as appropriate,
indicating type and location of mixing equipment, pumps, injection points, venting method,
flowlines, pressure measurement, volume measurement, grouting sequence, schedule, and stage
volumes. _
C. Submit a grout mix design report, including:
1. Grout type and designation.
2. Grout mix constituents and proportions, including materials by weight and volume.
3. Grout densities and viscosities, including wet density at point of placement.
4. Initial set time of grout.
5. Bleeding, shrinkage/expansion.
6. Compressive strength.
7. Method to be used in applying grout.
D. For cellular grout, also submit the following:
1. Foam concentrate supplier's certification of the dilution ratio for the foam concentrate.
2. A description of the proposed cellular grout production procedures.
E. Maintain and submit logs of grouting operations indicating pressure, density, and volume for
each grout placement.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Grout Type Applications.
1. Grout for pressure grouting and back grouting: Sand -cement mortar mix.
2. Grout for annular grouting: Low density (cellular) grout or sand -cement mortar mix.
3. Grout for filling space around manholes in shafts: Sand -cement mortar mix.
4. Ground stabilization: Sand -cement mortar mix.
B. Do not include toxic or poisonous substances in the grout mix or otherwise inject such
substances underground.
2.2 GROUT
A. Employ and pay for a commercial testing laboratory, acceptable to the Owner, to prepare and
test the grout mix design. Develop one or more mixes based on the following criteria as
applicable:
1. Size of the annular void between storm sewer pipe and liner, or size of the void between
primary liner and the surrounding soil.
2. Absence or presence of groundwater.
3. Adequate retardation.
4. Non -shrink characteristics.
5. Pumping distances.
01257198 TUNNEL GROUT 02430-2
O1/01
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of grouting operations.
B. Select and operate grouting equipment to avoid damage to new or existing underground utilities
and structures.
C. In selection of grouting placement consider pipe flotation, length of pipe, length of tunnel, depth
from surface, type of sewer pipe, type of pipe blocking and bulkheading, grout volume and
length of pipe to be grouted between bulkheads.
D. Operate any dewatering systems until the grouting operations are complete.
3.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Batch and mix grout in equipment of sufficient size and capacity to provide the necessary
quality and quantity of grout for each placement stage.
7 B. Use equipment for grouting of a type and size generally used for the work, capable of mixing
grout to a homogeneous consistency, and providing means of accurately measuring grout
component quantities and accurately measuring pumping pressures. Use pressure grout
equipment which delivers grout to the injection point at a steady pressure.
01257198 TUNNEL GROUT 02430-3
�., 01/01
B. Prepare mixes that satisfy the required application. Materials used in grout mix shall meet the
following standards:
1. Cement: ASTM C 150.
2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618.
3. Water: Potable.
roll
4. Foam: ASTM C 869.
5. Slurry: ASTM C 138.
6. Cellular Grout: ASTM C 138.
..
7. Sand for sand -cement mortar mix: ASTM C 144.
C. Provide grout that meets the following minimum requirements:
a
1. Minimum 28 -day unconfined compressive strength: 1000 psi for sand -cement mortar
grout; 300 psi for cellular grout.
`
2. Determine strength by ASTM C 942.
D. Fluidifier. Use a fluidifier, meeting ASTM C 937, that holds the solid constituents of the grout
in colloidal suspension and is compatible with the cement and water used in the grouting
operations.
t
E. Admixtures.
1. Use admixtures meeting ASTM C 494 and ASTM C 1017 as required, to improve
`^
pumpability, to control time of set, to hold sand in suspension and to reduce segregation
and bleeding.
2. For cellular grout, do not use foam or admixtures that promote steel corrosion.
3. Ensure that admixtures used in a mix are compatible. Provide written confirmation from
the admixture manufacturers of their compatibility.
F. Mineral Filler: Filler used in grout as a replacement for a portion of the cement shall be fly ash
composed of finely divided siliceous residue and in accordance with ASTM C 618, Class F.
The maximum amount of fly ash shall not exceed 30 percent (30%) of the cement by weight.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of grouting operations.
B. Select and operate grouting equipment to avoid damage to new or existing underground utilities
and structures.
C. In selection of grouting placement consider pipe flotation, length of pipe, length of tunnel, depth
from surface, type of sewer pipe, type of pipe blocking and bulkheading, grout volume and
length of pipe to be grouted between bulkheads.
D. Operate any dewatering systems until the grouting operations are complete.
3.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Batch and mix grout in equipment of sufficient size and capacity to provide the necessary
quality and quantity of grout for each placement stage.
7 B. Use equipment for grouting of a type and size generally used for the work, capable of mixing
grout to a homogeneous consistency, and providing means of accurately measuring grout
component quantities and accurately measuring pumping pressures. Use pressure grout
equipment which delivers grout to the injection point at a steady pressure.
01257198 TUNNEL GROUT 02430-3
�., 01/01
3.3 PRESSURE GROUTING FOR PRIMARY TUNNEL AND SHAFT LINER
A. Perform grouting operations to fill voids outside of the primary tunnel or shaft liner.
B. For nonexpendable primary liners installed behind a shield or tunnel boring machine (TBM), fill
voids with sand -cement grout promptly after each ring of the liner is out of the shield. Keep the
grout pressure below a value that may cause damage or distortion to the installed liner plate
rings. Provide seals on the tail of the shield or TBM which will prevent grout from spilling.
C. For nonexpendable primary liners installed by hand mining or in shafts, grout once every 4 feet
or more frequently if conditions dictate.
D. Control grout pressures so that tunnel or shaft liner is not overstressed, and ground heave is
avoided.
E. For liner requiring grout, perform back grouting once each shift, or more often if required to
ensure that all voids are filled.
3.4 ANNULAR GROUTING FOR SEWER LINE IN TUNNELS AND IN CASED OR
UNCASED AUGERS
A. Fill the annular space between the sewer pipe and the tunnel primary liner, casing or ground,
with grout.
B. Placement
1. Placement Limits: The limits of each grout placement stage shall be predetermined by
the size and capacity of the batching equipment and the initial set time of the proposed
grout. Under no circumstances shall placement continue at a grout port longer than that
period of time for the mix to take initial set. Grout hole spacing and locations shall be
located according to the number of stages necessary to grout tunnel liners. A stage or lift
cannot be installed on another lift until a proper set has been attained. Have placement
procedures approved by the admixture or additive manufacturer.
2. Limit pressure on the annular space to prevent damage or distortion to the pipe or liner.
Define the limiting and estimated required pressure range. Provide an open ended, high
point tap or equivalent vent and monitor it at the bulkhead opposite to the point of
grouting.
3. Pump grout until a material discharging is similar in consistency to that at point of
injection.
4. In a primary lined tunnel, limit length of pipe installed to 200 feet or less before grouting
the same length of sewer line. Repeat this cycle until all pipe is installed and grouted.
C. Remove temporary bulkheads installed for grouting.
D. Batch and mix cellular grout mechanically to ensure consistency of the mix. Wet solids
thoroughly before introduction of the foaming agent. Operate the batching system to maintain
slurry weight within 3 percent of design density. Introduce foam into slurry in accordance with
the manufacturer's recommendations.
3.5 PRESSURE GROUTING FOR JACKED PIPE
A. For jacked pipe, pressure grout the annulus after installation, displacing the bentonite
lubrication.
B. Inject grout through grout holes in the sewer pipe. Drilling holes from the surface or through
the carrier pipe walls is not allowed. Perform grouting by injecting it at the pipe invert with
bentonite displacement occurring through a high point tap or vent.
C. Control ground water as necessary to permit completion of grouting without separation of the
grout materials.
01257198 TUNNEL GROUT 02430-4
O1/01
0
D. Limit pressures to prevent damage or distortion to the pipe or to keep flexible pipe within
acceptable tolerances.
E. Pump grout until material discharging is similar in consistency to that at point of injection.
F,
3.6 GROUND STABILIZATION GROUTING
A. Completely fill voids outside the limits of excavation caused by caving or collapse of ground.
Fill with gravity or pressure injected sand -cement grout as necessary to fill the void.
B. Take care in grouting operations to prevent damage to adjacent utilities or public or private
property. Grout at a pressure that will not distort or imperil any portion of the work or existing
installations or structures.
C. Verify that the void has been filled by volumetric comparisons and visual inspection. In the
case of settlement under existing slabs, take cores as directed by the Engineer, at no additional
cost to the Owner, to demonstrate that the void has been filled.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Pressure Grouting for Primary Tunnel and Shaft Liners.
1. For each shaft, make one set of four compressive test specimens for each 30 -foot depth
and one set for any remaining portion less than a 30 -foot increment.
2. Make one set of four compressive test specimens for every 600 feet of primary lined
(non -expandable) tunnel requiring grout. For less than 600 feet of primary lined length,
make one set of four compressive test specimens.
B. Annular Grouting for Sewer Line in Tunnels and in Cased or Uncased Augers.
1. Make one set of four compressive test specimens for every 600 feet of sewer pipe
installed in primary lined tunnel. For less than 600 feet of primary lined length, make one
set of four compressive test specimens.
2. For cased or uncased augers, make one set of four compressive test specimens for each
grouting operation, or for each 100 feet of pipe installed, whichever is more frequent.
3. For cellular grout, check the slurry density both at point of batching and placement at
least twice each hour in accordance with ASTM C 138. Record density, time, and
temperature. Density must be within 3 percent of design density at point of batching and
5 percent of design density at point of placement.
C. Pressure Grouting for Jacked Pipe. Make one set of four compressive test specimens for every
400 feet of jacked pipe pressure grouting.
D. Ground Stabilization Grouting. Make one set of four compressive test specimens for every
location where ground stabilization grouting is performed.
E. Test specimens and laboratory testing shall be at Contractor's expense.
F. Owner may take such samples, prepare specimens and perform laboratory tests for the Owner's
own quality control checks. Such work shall be at Owner's expense, except that Contractor will
be charged for failing tests. Failing test charges to Contractor shall include actual test charges
plus pro -rata technician charges, pro -rata mileage charges, pro -rata trip charges and other such
charges that are billed to the Owner by the Owner's testing agency. Contractor shall assist
Owner or Owner's representative with access to the site of the work and materials to be tested.
END OF SECTION 02430
roil,
01257198 TUNNEL GROUT
r*• 01/01
02430-5
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 TUNNEL GROUT 02430-6
01/01
5&
SECTION 02441
MICROTUNNELING AND PIPE -JACKED TUNNELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Tunnel construction of sewers by one -pass methods with or without man entry. The
..........
construction methods involve jacking pipe following a hand -shield excavation or a tunnel
boring machine (TBM) or micro tunnel boring machine (MTBM), with the pipe serving as both
the tunnel liner during construction and the storm sewer pipe after completion of construction.
B. Contractor may select centrifugally -cast fiberglass reinforced polymer mortar (CCFRPM) pipe
or reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) for storm sewers installed by these methods.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Railway Engineering Association (AREA) Manual for Railway Engineering.
B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO).
C. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
D. National Electrical Code - (NFPA 70).
E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
1.3 DEFINITION
A. Jacked Pipe. A method for installing sewer pipe that serves as initial construction lining and
tunnel support, installed for stability and safety during construction, and as the storm sewer
pipe. The pipe is shoved forward, or jacked, as the tunnel is advanced.
B. Microtunneling. A method of installing pipe by jacking the pipe behind a microtunnel boring
machine which is connected to and shoved forward by the pipe being installed, generally
precluding man entry.
C. Tunnel Boring Machine (TBM). Mechanized excavating equipment that is steerable, guided
and articulated, connected to and shoved forward by the pipe being installed, with man entry.
D. Microtunnel Boring Machine (MTBM). Mechanized excavating equipment that is remotely -
controlled, steerable, guided and articulated, connected to and shoved forward by the pipe being
installed, usually precluding man entry.
E. Tunneling Methodology. A written description, together with supporting documentation that
defines Contractor's plans and procedures for the microtunneling or pipe jacking operations.
F. Zone of Active Excavation. Area located within a radial distance about a surface point directly
above the face of excavation equal to the depth to the bottom of the excavation.
G. Critical Structure. Any building, structure, bridge, pier, or similar construction partially or
entirely located within a zone of active excavation.
1.4 TUNNEL SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. The following submittals are required:
' 1. Tunneling Methodology. A brief description of proposed tunnel methodology for review.
The description should be sufficient to convey the following:
a. Proposed method of tunnel construction and type of face support.
01257198 MICROTUNNELING AND PIPE -JACKED TUNNELS 02441-1
01/01
b. Manufacturer and type of tunneling equipment proposed; type of lighting and
ventilation systems.
C. Number and duration of shifts planned to be worked each day. See Section 01140
— Work Restrictions.
d. Sequence of operations. See Section 01140 —Work Restrictions.
e. Locations of access shafts and work sites. —
f. Method of spoil transportation from the face, surface storage and disposal location.
g. Capacity of jacking equipment and type of cushioning.
h. Identify critical utility crossings and special precautions proposed.
2. Drawings and Calculations: Submit for record purposes, drawings, and calculations for
any tunnel support system designed by the Contractor. Drawings shall be adequate for
construction, and include installation details. For pipe jacking and microtunneling, show
pipe and pipe joint detail. Documents must be signed and sealed by a Professional
Engineer registered in the State of Texas. Calculations shall include clear statement of
criteria used for the design as described in Paragraph 1.5, Design Criteria.
3. Quality Control: Submit for review a brief description of quality control methods
including:
a. Method and frequency of survey control.
b. Example of tunnel daily log.
4. Geotechnical Investigation: When geotechnical investigations are conducted by the
Contractor, submit results to the Owner for record purposes.
5. Monitoring Plans:
a. Instrumentation Monitoring Plan: Submit a monitoring plan for review prior to
construction that includes a schedule of instrumentation design, layout of
instrumentation points, equipment installation details, manufacturer's catalog _
literature, and monitoring report forms.
b. Surface Settlement Monitoring Plan. Submit a settlement monitoring plan for
review prior to construction. The plan shall identify the location of settlement 4x
monitoring points, reference benchmarks, survey frequency and procedures, and
reporting formats.
6. Structures Assessment. Preconstruction and postconstruction assessment reports shall be
provided for critical structures, namely those located within the zone of active excavation
from the proposed tunnel centerline. Photographs or a video of any existing damage to
structures in the vicinity of the sewer alignment shall be included in the assessment
reports.
7. The readings of all monitoring shall be submitted to the Owner.
8. Daily Reports: The shift log as defined in Paragraph 3.4, Pipe jacked Tunneling Data,
subparagraph 3.4A, shall be maintained by the Contractor, and must be made available to -
the Owner on request.
1.5 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Contractor is responsible for selection of the appropriate pipe and pipe joints to carry the thrust
of any jacking forces or other construction loads in combination with overburden, earth and
hydrostatic loads. Design of any pipe indicated on the Drawings considers in-place loads only
and does not take into account any construction loads. The criteria for longitudinal loading
(jacking forces) on the pipe and joints shall be determined by the Contractor, based on the
selected method of construction.
B. The jacked pipe shall be designed to withstand the thrust from the MTBM, TBM or shield and
pipe advance without damage or distortion. The propulsion jacks shall be configured so that the
thrust is uniformly distributed and will not damage or distort the pipe. ®'
01257198 MICROTUNNELING AND PIPE -JACKED TUNNELS 02441-2
01/01 "—
0
C. Take into account loads from handling and storing.
D. The criteria to be used at railroad crossings shall be Cooper E-80 locomotive loading
distributions in accordance with AREA specifications for culverts. In the design, account for
additive loadings due to multiple tracks.
E. The criteria to be used for truck loading shall be HS -20 vehicle loading distributions in
accordance with AASHTO.
F. Provide pipes of diameter shown on the Drawings. Substitution of pipe with larger diameter to
suit MTBM or TBM equipment availability will only be permitted if the Contractor can
demonstrate to the Engineer's satisfaction that design flows and velocities can be achieved.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SEWER PIPE
A. Contractor shall be responsible for selecting appropriate pipes and pipe joints to safely carry the
loads imposed during construction, including jacking forces. Pipe joints shall be flush with the
outside pipe face when the pipes are assembled. Pipe materials shall be selected by Contractor
from the following:
B. Centrifugally -cast fiberglass pipe, joints, and fittings to be in accordance with Section 02635 -
Centrifugally -Cast Fiberglass Pipe.
C. Reinforced concrete pipe with joints and fittings to be in accordance with Section 02638 -
Reinforced Concrete Pipe.
D. Use'pipe that is round with a smooth, even outer surface, and has joints that allow for easy
connections between pipes. Pipe ends shall be designed so that jacking loads are evenly
distributed around the entire pipe joint and such that point loads will not occur when the pipe is
installed. Pipe used for pipe jacking shall be capable of withstanding all forces that will be
imposed by the process of installation, as well as the final in-place loading conditions. Protect
the driving ends of the pipe and joints against damage.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS CRITERIA
A. Use methods for microtunneling and pipe jacked tunneling operations that will minimize
ground settlement. Select a method which will control flow of water and prevent loss of soil
into the tunnel and provide stability of the face under anticipated conditions.
B. Conduct tunneling operations in accordance with applicable safety rules and regulations, OSHA
standards and Contractor's safety plan. Use methods which include due regard for safety of
workmen, adjacent structures, utilities, and the public.
C. Maintain clean working conditions wherever there is man access.
D. For tunneling under railroad embankments, highways, or streets, perform the installation so as
to avoid interference with the operation of the railroads, highways, or streets, except as
approved by the owner of the facility.
E. Have a written emergency plan for handling traffic, notifying controlling agencies and general
public safety in the event of unacceptable or catastrophic subsidence of railroad embankments,
highways or streets.
01257198 MICROTUNNELING AND PIPE -JACKED TUNNELS 02441-3
01/01
3.2 GROUND WATER CONTROL
A. Dewatering for groundwater control shall be allowed at the jacking and receiving pits only.
3.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Full directional guidance of a shield, TBM, or MTBM is a prerequisite of this method of
construction.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for selection of tunneling equipment which, based on past
experience, has proven to be satisfactory for excavation of the soils to be encountered.
C. The Contractor shall employ tunneling equipment that will be capable of handling the various
anticipated ground conditions and is capable of minimizing loss of soil ahead of and around the
machine and shall provide satisfactory support of the excavated face.
D. Tunnel Boring Machine (TBM). A TBM used for pipe jacking shall conform to the shape of
the tunnel with a uniform perimeter that is free of projections that could produce over -
excavation or voids. An appropriately sized overcutting head may be provided to facilitate
steering. In addition it shall:
1. Be capable of full face closure.
2. Be equipped with appropriate seals to prevent loss of bentonite lubricant.
3. Be capable of correcting roll by reverse drive or fins.
4. Be designed to handle adverse ground conditions including ground water ingress.
5. Be equipped with visual display to show the operator actual position of TBM relative to
design reference.
E. Tunnel Shield. If a hand shield is used for pipe jacked tunneling (with or without attached
mechanized excavating equipment), the shield must be capable of handling the various -�
anticipated ground conditions. In addition, the shield shall:
1. Conform to the shape of the tunnel with a uniform perimeter that is free of projections
that could produce over -excavation or voids. An appropriately sized overcutting head
may be provided to facilitate steering.
2. Be designed to allow the face of the tunnel to be closed by use of gates or breasting
boards without loss of ground.
F. Microtunneling Equipment. In the case of MTBM, use a spoil transportation system which:
1. Either balances the soil and ground water pressures by the use of a slurry or earth
pressure balance system; system shall be capable of adjustments required to maintain face
stability for the particular soil condition and shall monitor and continuously balance the
soil and ground water pressure to prevent loss of slurry or uncontrolled soil and ground
water inflow, or, in the case of a slurry spoil transportation system:
a. Provides pressure at the excavation face by use of the slurry pumps, pressure
control valves, and a flow meter.
b. Includes a slurry bypass unit in the system to allow the direction of flow to be
changed and isolated, as necessary. _.
C. Includes a separation process. Design it to provide adequate separation of the spoil
from the slurry so that slurry with a sediment content within the limits required for
successful tunneling can be returned to the cutting face for reuse. Appropriately T
contain spoil at the site prior to disposal.
d. Uses the type of separation process suited to the size of tunnel being constructed,
the soil type being excavated, and the work space available at each work area for
operating the plant.
e. Allows the composition of the slurry to be monitored to maintain the slurry weight
and viscosity limits required.
01257198 MICROTUNNELING AND PIPE -JACKED TUNNELS 02441-4
01/01
RM
2. In the case of a cased auger earth pressure balance system, the system shall be capable of
adjustments required to maintain face stability for the particular soil condition to be
encountered. Monitor and continuously balance the soil and ground water pressure to
prevent loss of soil or uncontrolled ground water inflow.
a. In a cased auger spoil transportation system, manage the pressure at the excavation
face by controlling the volume of spoil removal with respect to the advance rate.
Monitor the speed of rotation of the auger flight, and the addition of water.
3. Remote Control System. Provide an MTBM which includes a remote control system
with the following features:
a. Allows for operation of the system without the need for personnel to enter the
tunnel. Has a display available to the operator, at a remote operation console,
showing the position of the shield in relation to a design reference together with
other information such as face pressure, roll, pitch, steering attitude, valve
positions, thrust force, cutter head torque, rate of advance and installed length.
b. Integrates the system of excavation and removal of spoil and its simultaneous
replacement by pipe. As each pipe section is jacked forward, the control system
shall synchronize all of the operational functions of the system.
4. Active Direction Control. Provide an MTBM which includes an active direction control
system with the following features:
a. Controls line and grade by a guidance system that relates the actual position of the
MTBM to a design reference (e.g., by a laser beam transmitted from the jacking
shaft along the pipe to a target mounted in the shield).
b. Provides active steering information which shall be monitored and transmitted to
the operating console.
C. Provides positioning and operation information to the operator on the control
console.
5. Use generator which is suitably insulated for noise ("hospital" type) in residential or
commercial areas.
G. Pipe Jacking Equipment. Provide a pipe jacking system with the following features:
1. Has the main jacks mounted in a jacking frame located in the starting shaft.
2. Has a jacking frame which successively pushes a string of connected pipes following the
tunneling excavation equipment towards a receiving shaft.
3. Has sufficient jacking capacity to push the tunneling excavation equipment and the string
of pipe through the ground. Incorporates intermediate jacking stations, if required.
4. Has a capacity at least 20 percent greater than the calculated maximum jacking load.
5. Develops a uniform distribution of jacking forces on the end of the pipe by use of
spreader rings and packing, measured by operating gauges.
6. Provides and maintains a pipe lubrication system at all times to lower the friction
developed on the surface of the pipe during jacking.
7. Jack Thrust Reactions. Use reactions for pipe jacking that are adequate to support the
jacking pressure developed by the main jacking system. Special care shall be taken when
setting the pipe guide rails in the jacking shaft to ensure correctness of the alignment,
grade, and stability.
H. Air Quality. Provide equipment to maintain proper air quality of manned tunnel operations
- during construction in accordance with OSHA requirements.
I. Enclose lighting fixtures in watertight enclosures with suitable guards. Provide separate circuits
for lighting, and other equipment.
J. Electrical systems shall conform to requirements of National Electrical Code - NFPA70.
01257198
01/01
MICROTUNNELING AND PIPE -JACKED TUNNELS 02441-5
3.4 PIPE -JACKED TUNNELING DATA
A. Maintain shift logs of construction events and observations. The Owner shall have access to the
Contractor's logs with regard to the following information:
1. Location of boring machine face or shield by station and progress of tunnel drive during
shift.-,
2. Hours worked per shift on tunneling operations.
3. Completed field forms for checking line and grade of the tunneling operation, showing
achieved tolerance relative to design alignment. Steering control logs will generally be
acceptable.
4. Maximum pipe jacking pressures per drive.
5. Rate of tunneling advance.
6. Location, elevation and brief soil descriptions of soil strata.
7. Ground water control operations and piezometric levels.
8. Observation of any lost ground or other ground movement.
9. Any unusual conditions or events.
10. Reasons for operational shutdown in the event a drive is halted.
3.5 EXCAVATION AND JACKING OF PIPE
A. Tunnel Excavation.
1. Keep tunnel excavation within the easements and rights-of-way indicated on the
Drawings and to the lines and grades designated on the Drawings.
2. Perform tunneling operations in a manner that will minimize the movement of the ground
in front of and surrounding the tunnel. Prevent damage to structures and utilities above
and in the vicinity of the tunneling operations.
3. Open -face excavations:
a. Keep the face breasted or otherwise supported and prevent falls, excessive
raveling, or erosion. Maintain standby face supports for immediate use when
needed.
b. During shut -down periods, support the face of the excavation by positive means;
no support shall rely solely on hydraulic pressure.
4. Closed -face excavation:
a. Carefully control volume of spoil removed. Advance rate and excavation rate to
be compatible to avoid over excavation or loss of ground.
b. When cutting head is withdrawn or is open for any purpose, keep excavated face
supported and stabilized.
5. Excavated diameter shall be a minimum size to permit pipe installation by jacking with
allowance for bentonite injection into the annular space.
6. Whenever there is a condition encountered which could endanger the tunnel excavation
or adjacent structures, operate without intermission including 24-hour working, weekends
and holidays, until the condition no longer exists.
7. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage due to settlement from any construction -
induced activities.
B. Pipe Jacking
1. Cushion pipe joints as necessary to transmit the jacking forces without damage to the
pipe or pipe joints.
2. Maintain an envelope of bentonite slurry around the exterior of the pipe during the
jacking and excavation operation to reduce the exterior friction and possibility of the pipe
seizing in place.
01257198 MICROTUNNELING AND PIPE -JACKED TUNNELS 02441-6
01/01
3. If the pipe seizes up in place and the Contractor elects to construct a recovery access
shaft, obtain approval from the Owner. Coordinate traffic control measures and utility
adjustments as necessary prior to commencing work. No recovery access shafts shall be
permissible on railroad, highway or private property without prior written permission of
the controlling agencies or owner.
4. In the event a section of pipe is damaged during the jacking operation, or joint failure
occurs, as evidenced by inspection, visible ground water inflow or other observations, the
Contractor shall submit for approval his methods for repair or replacement of the pipe.
C. Grouting. Grouting requirements are defined in Section 02430 - Tunnel Grout.
3.6 CONTROL OF LINE AND GRADE
A. Construction Control.
1. The Contractor shall establish the baselines and benchmarks necessary for construction
control of the work. Contractor shall check baselines and benchmarks at the beginning
of the Work and report any errors or discrepancies to the Engineer.
2. Use the baselines and benchmarks established by the Engineer to establish and maintain
construction control points, reference lines and grades for locating tunnel, sewer pipe,
and structures.
3. Establish construction control points sufficiently far from the work so as not to be
affected by ground movement caused by pipe jacked tunneling operations.
+ B. Benchmark Movement. The Contractor shall ensure that if settlement of the ground surface
occurs during construction which affects the accuracy of the temporary benchmarks the
Contractor shall detect and report such movement and reestablish temporary benchmarks.
.. Advise the Engineer of any settlement affecting the benchmarks.
C. Line and Grade.
1. Check and record the survey control for the tunnel against an above -ground undisturbed
reference at least once for each 250 feet of tunnel constructed.
2. Record the exact position of the MTBM or TBM or shield after each shove to ensure the
alignment is within specified tolerances. Make immediate correction to alignment before
allowable tolerances are exceeded.
3. When excavation is off line or grade, make alignment corrections to avoid reverse grades
in gravity storm sewers.
4. Acceptance criteria for the sewer pipe shall be plus or minus 6 inches in horizontal
t" alignment from the theoretical at any point between manholes, including the receiving
end, and plus or minus 1-1/2 inches in elevation from the theoretical.
5. Pipe installed outside tolerances and subsequently abandoned shall first be fully grouted.
3.7 MONITORING
,., A. Instrumentation Monitoring. Instrumentation shall be accessible at all times to the Owner.
Readings shall be submitted promptly to the Owner.
1. Install and maintain an instrumentation system to monitor and detect movement of the
ground surface and adjacent structures. Establish vertical control points at a distance
from the construction areas that avoids disturbance due to ground settlement.
y 2. Installation of the instrumentation shall not preclude the Owner, through an independent
contractor or consultant, from installing instrumentation in, on, near, or adjacent to the
construction work. Access shall be provided to the work for such independent
installations.
3. Instruments shall be installed in accordance with the approved monitoring plan and the
manufacturer's recommendations.
01257198 MICROTUNNELING AND PIPE -JACKED TUNNELS 02441-7
01/01
B. Surface Settlement Monitoring
1. Establish monitoring points on all critical structures.
2. Record location of settlement monitoring points with respect to construction baselines
and elevations. Record elevations to an accuracy of 0.01 feet for each monitoring point
location. Monitoring points shall be established at locations and by methods that protect
them from damage by construction operations, tampering, or other external influences.
3. Ground surface elevations shall be recorded on the centerline ahead of the tunneling
operations at a minimum of 100 -foot intervals or at least three locations per tunnel drive.
For sewers greater than 60 -inch diameter, also record similar data at approximately 20
feet each side of the centerline. Settlement monitoring points must be clearly marked by
studs or paint for ease of locating.
4. Railroads. Monitor ground settlement of track subbase at centerline of each track.
5. Utilities and Pipelines. Monitor ground settlement directly above and 10 feet before and
after the utility or pipeline intersection.
C. Reading Frequency and Reporting. The Contractor shall submit records of readings from the
various instruments and survey points to the Engineer.
1. Instrumentation monitoring results to be read at the frequency specified and, unless
otherwise specified, shall be started prior to the passing of the zone of active excavation
reaching that point, and shall be continued until the zone of active excavation and until no
further detectable movement occurs.
2. Surface settlement monitoring readings shall be taken:
a. Prior to the zone of active excavation reaching that point,
b. When the tunnel face reaches the monitoring point (in plan), and
C. When the zone of active excavation has passed and no further movement is
detected.
3. All monitoring readings shall be submitted promptly to the Owner.
4. Immediately report to the Owner any movement, cracking, or settlement which is
detected.
5. Following substantial completion but prior to final completion, make a final survey of all
monitoring points.
3.8 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL
A. Remove spoil in accordance with Section 01576 - Waste Material Disposal.
END OF SECTION 02441
01257198 MICROTUNNELING AND PIPE -JACKED TUNNELS 02441-8
O1/01
SECTION 02448
PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS
PARTI- GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Installation of casing for storm sewer pipe by dry augering or slurry boring methods, together
with installation of storm sewer pipe in the casing.
B. Installation of storm sewer pipe by slurry boring methods. Construction casing may be used at
the Contractor's option.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Augering means either "dry augering" or "slurry boring".
B. Dry augering is jacking a casing while excavating the soil at the heading and transporting the
spoil back through the casing by an otherwise uncased auger.
C. Slurry boring is installing a casing or pipe by drilling a small diameter pilot hole, followed by
reaming the bore to full diameter with the assistance of slurry or drilling fluids.
,. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Railway Engineering Association (AREA) Manual for Railway Engineering.
B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO).
C. AWWA C 200 - Steel Water Pipe, 6 -Inch and Larger.
D. ASTM A 139 — Electric Fusion (Arc) —Welded Pipe (NPS4 and over).
"~ 1.4 SUBMITTAL
A. Make submittals in conformance with Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. For installation by augering, submit for review:
1. Description of mechanized excavating equipment.
2. Method of controlling line and grade.
3. Grouting techniques to be used for filling annular void between storm sewer pipe and
casing, and void between sewer pipe or casing and the ground, including equipment,
pumping and injection procedures, pressure grout types, and mixes.
4. Locations and dimensions of pits.
5. Pit design and construction drawings.
6. Identification of casings required and paid under the Contract and casings installed at the
Contractor's option.
7. Design of casings.
C. Prepare auger pit and casing design submittals that are site specific. Have auger pit and casing
design submittals signed and sealed by a qualified Professional Engineer registered in the State
of Texas.
D. Construction phase submittals shall include:
1. Daily logs of augering and boring operations.
2. Settlement monitoring data to meet the requirements of paragraph 3.5, Settlement
Monitoring.
3. Submit daily logs and settlement monitoring data within 5 days after the day of
observation.
01257198 PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS
01101
02448-1
1.5 CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING CASING INSTALLATION LOADS
A. Select and design casing pipe and pipe joints to carry the thrust of jacks or loads due to the
pulling mechanism in combination with overburden, earth and hydrostatic loads. Select casings
for dry augering to withstand the action of the auger without damage.
B. Have a Professional Engineer determine design stresses, design deflections and factors of safety
for design of casing. Present such determination as a part of the design submittal. Apply the
following maximum casing pipe stresses and deflections to casings shown on the Drawings:
1. Design stress in the pipe wall: 50 percent of the minimum yield point of the steel or
18,000 psi, whichever is less, when subjected to the applicable loading conditions.
2. Wall thickness: Maximum allowable deflection which does not exceed 3 percent of
nominal casing diameter.
C. Use Cooper E-80 locomotive loading distributions as criteria for railroad crossings in
accordance with AREA's specifications for culverts. In the design, account for additive
loadings due to multiple tracks.
D. Use HS -20 vehicle loading distributions as criteria for truck loading in accordance with
AASHTO.
E. When not specifically indicated on the Drawings, select casing diameter to permit practical
installation (including skids if applicable) and grouting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Provide new casing pipe which is straight, circular in section, uncoated, welded steel pipe,
manufactured in accordance with AWWA C 200, ASTM A 139 Grade B or ASTM A 252,
Grade 2; wall thickness of 0.25 inches or greater.
B. Provide storm sewer pipe in accordance with drawings and specifications, except high density
polyethylene pipe shall not be used for augering.
C. Provide restrained joint storm sewer pipe when installing sewer pipe in slurry bored holes by a
pull-back method.
D. Supply grout as specified in Section 02430 - Tunnel Grout.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 LOCATION AND SIZE OF AUGER PITS
A. Show the location of auger pits on the auger pit construction drawings. Locate auger pits for
slurry boring so that the distance between pits is no greater than 80 feet; and for dry augering
not more than 120 feet apart.
B. Where possible, locate auger pits and associated work areas to avoid blocking driveways and
cross streets and to minimize disruption to business and commercial interests. Avoid auger pit e
locations near areas identified as potentially contaminated.
C. Make size adequate for construction of any structures indicated on the Drawings. Provide
adequate room to meet Contractor's operational requirements for augering.
D. Provide a portable concrete traffic barrier around the periphery of the pit, meeting applicable
safety standards. Properly maintain the barrier throughout the period the pit remains open.
01257198 PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS 02448-2
01/01
t4
N
Angle traffic barriers in the direction of the lane flow; do not place barriers perpendicular to on-
coming traffic.
E. Provide a full cover or other, security fencing for each access pit in which there is no
construction activity or which is unattended by Contractor's personnel
3.2 DRY AUGERING OF CASING
A. Provide jacks, mounted on a frame or against a backstop, of a capacity suitable for forcing the
excavating auger and casing through the soil conditions to be encountered. Operate jacks so that
even pressure is applied to the casing.
B. Provide steerable front section of casing to allow vertical grade adjustments. Provide a water
level or other means to allow monitoring of the grade elevation of the auger casing.
C. Bentonite slurry may be used to lubricate the casing during installation. The use of water to
facilitate removal of spoil is permitted; however, water jetting for excavation of the soil is not
allowed when jacking casing.
D. Tolerances from lines and grades shown on the Drawings for gravity storm sewer pipe installed
in casing are plus or minus 6 inches in horizontal alignment, and plus or minus 1-1/2 inches in
elevation.
3.3 SLURRY BORING OF CASING OR PIPE
A. Drill a small diameter pilot hole and check for line and grade at the receiving end. Redrill the
pilot hole if the bored pipe does not meet specified tolerances.
B. Using the pilot hole as a guide, bore a larger diameter hole of sufficient size for pipe or casing
installation. Water jetting is not permitted.
C. Bentonite slurry may be used to maintain a stable hole and furnish lubrication for pipe or casing
installation.
D. Tolerances from lines and grades shown on the Drawings for the installed storm sewer pipe are
plus or minus 6 inches in horizontal alignment and plus or minus 1-1/2 inches in elevation
between adjacent manholes.
E. Completely fill the annular space between the sewer pipe and the surrounding soil or casing
with grout, without displacing the pipe during the grouting operation.
3.4 STORM SEWER PIPE IN CASING
A. Grout the annular void between storm sewer pipe and any casing from end to end of the casing.
Block and brace the storm sewer pipe to prevent movement during grout placement and to
maintain specified line and grade. Grout as specified in Section 02430 - Tunnel Grout.
3.5 SETTLEMENT MONITORING
Fill
Monitor the ground surface elevation along the length of the augering operation. Locate and
record settlement monitoring points with respect to construction baseline and elevations.
Record elevations to an accuracy of 0.01 feet for each monitoring point location. Establish
monitoring points at locations and by methods that protect them from damage by construction
operations, tampering, or other external influences. As a minimum, locate survey points as
follows:
1. For road crossings: Centerline and each shoulder.
2. Railroads: Track subbase at centerline of each track.
3. Utilities and Pipelines: Directly above and 10 feet before and after the utility or pipeline
intersection.
01257198 PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS 02448-3
01/01
4. Long bores under improved areas such as pavements: Ground surface elevations must be
recorded on the centerline ahead of augering operations at locations not to exceed 50 feet
apart (including points located for roads, railroads, utilities, and pipelines), or at least
three locations per augering drive.
B. Reading Frequency and Reporting. Take settlement survey readings:
1. Prior to the auger excavation reaching the point.
2. After the auger reaches the monitoring point in plan.
3. After grouting of the ground supporting pipe or casing is complete.
C. Immediately report to the Owner any movement, cracking, or settlement which is detected.
D. Following substantial completion but prior to final completion, make a final survey of all
monitoring points.
3.6 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL
A. Remove and dispose of spoil from the job site in accordance with Section 01576 - Waste
Material Disposal.
END OF SECTION 02448
01257198 PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS 02448-4
01/01
SECTION 02533
ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR STORM SEWERS
A. Leakage testing for both pipe and manhole is required only for those segments shown on the
drawings to be of watertight construction. All flexible wall and semi-rigid wall pipe shall be
mandrel tested regardless of location.
B. Flexible pipe, including "semi-rigid" pipe, is required to show no more than 5 percent
deflection. Test pipe no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of a line segment but prior to final
acceptance using a standard mandrel to verify that installed pipe is within specified deflection
tolerances.
C. Maximum allowable leakage for Infiltration or Exfiltration.
L The total exfiltration, as determined by a hydrostatic head test, shall not exceed 50
gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at a minimum test head of 2 feet
above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole or 2 feet above the groundwater
elevation, whichever is greater. The low-pressure air test listed below may be used in
Pak lieu of a hydrostatic head test.
2. When pipes are installed more than 2 feet below the groundwater level, an infiltration test
shall be used in lieu of the exfiltration test. The total infiltration shall not exceed 50
gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. Groundwater elevation must be
at least 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole.
3. Refer to Table 02533-1, Water Test Allowable Leakage, at the end of this section, for
measuring leakage in storm sewers. Perform leakage testing to verify that leakage
criteria are met.
01257198 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR STORM SEWERS 02533-1
•:a 01/01
PART 1 -
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Acceptance testing of storm sewers including:
1. Visual inspection of storm sewer pipes.
2. Mandrel testing for flexible wall storm sewer pipes.
3. Leakage testing of storm sewer pipes.
4. Leakage testing of manholes.
5. Video record of storm sewer interior.
1.2
REFERENCES
A.
ASTM C 924 - Standard Practice for Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by Low -Pressure Air
Test Method.
B.
ASTM C 1103 — Standard Practice for Joint Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete
Pipe Sewer Lines.
C.
ASTM C 1244 — Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the Negative Air
Pressure (Vacuum) Test.
D.
ASTM F 1417 - Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer
Lines Using Low Pressure Air.
E.
ASTM D 3034 — Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer
Pipe and Fittings.
1.3
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Leakage testing for both pipe and manhole is required only for those segments shown on the
drawings to be of watertight construction. All flexible wall and semi-rigid wall pipe shall be
mandrel tested regardless of location.
B. Flexible pipe, including "semi-rigid" pipe, is required to show no more than 5 percent
deflection. Test pipe no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of a line segment but prior to final
acceptance using a standard mandrel to verify that installed pipe is within specified deflection
tolerances.
C. Maximum allowable leakage for Infiltration or Exfiltration.
L The total exfiltration, as determined by a hydrostatic head test, shall not exceed 50
gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at a minimum test head of 2 feet
above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole or 2 feet above the groundwater
elevation, whichever is greater. The low-pressure air test listed below may be used in
Pak lieu of a hydrostatic head test.
2. When pipes are installed more than 2 feet below the groundwater level, an infiltration test
shall be used in lieu of the exfiltration test. The total infiltration shall not exceed 50
gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. Groundwater elevation must be
at least 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole.
3. Refer to Table 02533-1, Water Test Allowable Leakage, at the end of this section, for
measuring leakage in storm sewers. Perform leakage testing to verify that leakage
criteria are met.
01257198 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR STORM SEWERS 02533-1
•:a 01/01
D. Perform air testing in accordance with requirements of this section and the referenced standards
in paragraph 1.2. Refer to Table 02533-2, Time Allowed For Pressure Loss From 3.5 psig to
2.5 psig, Table 02533-3, Minimum Testing Times for Low Pressure Air Test, and Table 02533-
4, Vacuum Test Time Table, at the end of this Section. Hydrostatic head test may be used in
lieu of low pressure air tests.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Test Plan: Before testing begins and in adequate time to obtain approval through the submittal
process, prepare and submit a test plan for approval by Engineer. Include testing procedures,
methods, equipment, and tentative schedule. Obtain advance written approval for deviations
from the Drawings and Specifications.
C. Test Reports: Submit test reports for each test on each segment of storm sewer.
1.5 GRAVITY STORM SEWER QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Repair, correct, and retest manholes or sections of pipe which fail to meet specified
requirements when tested.
1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Perform testing as work progresses. Schedule testing so that no more than 1000 linear feet of
installed sewer remains untested at any one time, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer.
B. Coordinate testing schedules with Engineer. Perform testing under observation of Engineer.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 DEFLECTION MANDREL
A. Mandrel Sizing. The rigid mandrel shall have an outside diameter (O.D.) equal to 95 percent of
the inside diameter (I.D.) of the pipe. The inside diameter of the pipe, for the purpose of
determining the outside diameter of the mandrel, shall be the average outside diameter minus
two minimum wall thicknesses for O.D. controlled pipe and the average inside diameter for I.D.
controlled pipe. Dimensions shall be per appropriate standard. Statistical or other "tolerance
packages" shall not be considered in mandrel sizing.
B. Mandrel Design. The rigid mandrel shall be constructed of a metal or a rigid plastic material
that can withstand 200 psi without being deformed. The mandrel shall have nine or more
"runners" or "legs" as long as the total number of legs is an odd number. The barrel section of
the mandrel shall have a length of at least 75 percent of the inside diameter of the pipe. The
rigid mandrel shall not have adjustable or collapsible legs which would allow a reduction in
mandrel diameter during testing. A proving ring shall be provided and used for modifying each
size mandrel.
C. Proving Ring. Furnish a "proving ring" with each mandrel. Fabricate the ring of 1/2 -inch -thick,
3 -inch -wide bar steel to a diameter 0.02 inches larger than approved mandrel diameter.
D. Contractor shall provide Owner with manufacturer's Inside Diameter Values for all applicable
flexible wall pipe.
01257198 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR STORM SEWERS 02533-2
01/01
v
2.2 EXFILTRATION TEST
A. Water Meter: Obtain a transient water meter from the City for use when water for testing will
be taken from the City system. Conform to City requirements for water meter use. Metered
volume will be used to determine charges to Contractor by City for water used.
B. Test Equipment:
1. Pipe plugs.
2. Pipe risers where the manhole cone is less than 2 feet above highest point in pipe or
service lead.
2.3 INFILTRATION TEST
A. Test Equipment:
1. Calibrated 90 degree V -notch weir.
2. Pipe plugs.
2.4 LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST
A. Minimum Requirement for Equipment:
1. Control panel.
2. Low-pressure air supply connected to control panel.
n _ 3. Pneumatic plugs: Acceptable size for diameter of pipe to be tested; capable of
withstanding internal test pressure without leaking or requiring external bracing.
4. Air hoses from control panel to:
a. Air supply.
b. Pneumatic plugs.
C. Sealed line for pressuring.
d. Sealed line for monitoring internal pressure.
B. Testing Pneumatic Plugs: Place a pneumatic plug in each end of a length of pipe on the ground.
Pressurize plugs to 25 psig; then pressurize sealed pipe to 5 psig. Plugs are acceptable if they
remain in place against the test pressure without external aids.
C. For 48 -inch diameter and larger pipe, apparatus for testing one joint at a time shall be furnished
by the Contractor and used for single joint testing. This option does not apply to cast -in-place
non -reinforced concrete pipe.
2.5 GROUND WATER DETERMINATION
A. Equipment: Pipe probe or small diameter casing for ground water elevation determination.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
' A. Provide labor, equipment, tools test plugs, risers air compressor, air hose, meters, pipe
probe, calibrated weirs, or any other device necessary for proper testing and inspection.
B. The selection of test methods and pressures for storm sewers shall be determined based on
ground water elevation. Determine ground water elevation using equipment and procedures
conforming to Section 02240 - Dewatering. If no ground water control is required for pipe
installation, then ground water will not be considered a factor.
01257198 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR STORM SEWERS 02533-3
--� 01/01
3.2 MANDREL TESTING FOR GRAVITY STORM SEWERS
A. Perform deflection testing on flexible and semi-rigid pipe to confirm pipe has no more than 5
percent deflection. Mandrel testing shall conform to ASTM D 3034, except that 5% is
maximum permissible deflection. Perform testing no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of
line segment, but prior to final acceptance testing of the line segment.
B. Pull the approved mandrel through sewer sections. Replace any section of storm sewer not
passing the mandrel. Mandrel testing is not required for stubs.
C. Retest repaired or replaced sewer sections.
3.3 LEAKAGE TESTING FOR GRAVITY STORM SEWERS
A. Test Options:
1. Test gravity storm sewer pipes for leakage by either exfiltration or infiltration methods,
as appropriate, or with low pressure air testing.
2. Test new storm sewer manholes with water or low pressure air. Manholes tested with
low pressure air shall undergo a physical inspection prior to testing.
3. Leakage testing shall be performed after backfilling of a line segment.
4. If no installed piezometer or monitoring well is within 2,000 feet of the sewer segment,
Contractor shall provide a temporary piezometer or monitoring well for this purpose. If
no groundwater is encountered during pipe installation, then this requirement will be
waived.
B. Compensating for Ground Water Pressure:
1. Where ground water exists, install a pipe nipple at the same time storm sewer line is
placed. Use a 1/2 -inch capped pipe nipple approximately 10 inches long. Make the
installation through manhole wall on top of the sewer line where line enters manhole.
2. Immediately before performing line acceptance test, remove cap, clear pipe nipple with
air pressure, and connect a clear plastic tube to nipple. Support tube vertically and allow
water to rise in the tube. After water stops rising, measure height in feet of water over
invert of the pipe. Divide this height by 2.3 feet/psi to determine the ground water
pressure to be used in line testing.
C. Exfiltration test:
1. Determine ground water elevation.
2. Plug sewer in downstream manhole.
3. Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole.
4. Install riser pipe in outgoing pipe of upstream manhole.
5. Fill sewer pipe and manhole or pipe riser, if used, with water to a point 2-1/2 feet above
highest point in sewer pipe or ground water table, whichever is highest.
6. Allow water to stabilize for one to two hours. Take water level reading to determine drop
of water surface, in inches, over a one-hour period, and calculate water loss (1 inch of
water in 4 feet diameter manhole equals 8.22 gallons) or measure the quantity of water
required to keep water at same level. Loss shall not exceed that calculated from
allowable leakage according to Table 02533-1 at the end of this Section.
D. Infiltration test: Ground water elevation must be not less than 2.0 feet above highest point of
sewer pipe.
1. Determine ground water elevation.
2. Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole.
3. Insert calibrated 90 degree V -notch weir in pipe on downstream manhole.
4. Allow water to rise and flow over weir until it stabilizes.
01257198 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR STORM SEWERS 02533-4
01/01
G9
5. Take five readings of accumulated volume over a period of 2 hours and use average for
infiltration. The average must not exceed that calculated for 2 hours from allowable
"- leakage according to the Table 02533-1 at the end of this Section.
E. Low Air Pressure Test: When using this test conform to ASTM C 924, ASTM C 1103, or
ASTM F 1417, as applicable, with holding time not less than that listed in Table 02533-2.
1. Air testing for sections of pipe shall be limited to lines less than 48 -inch average inside
diameter.
2. Lines 48 -inch average inside diameter and larger shall be tested at each joint. The
minimum time allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge
to 2.5 pounds per square inch during a joint test shall be 10 seconds, regardless of pipe
size.
3. For pipe sections less than 48 -inch average inside diameter:
a. Determine ground water level.
b. Plug both ends of pipe. For concrete pipe, flood pipe and allow 2 hours to saturate
concrete. Then drain and plug concrete pipe.
-
C. Pressurize pipe to 4.0 psig. Increase pressure 1.0 psi for each 2.3 feet of ground
water over highest point in system. Allow pressure to stabilize for 2 to 4 minutes.
Adjust pressure to start at 3.5 psig (plus adjustment for ground water table). See
Table 02533-2 at the end of this Section.
v d. To determine air loss, measure the time interval for pressure to drop to 2.5 psig.
The time must exceed that listed in the Table 02533-2 at the end of this Section for
pipe diameter and length.
F. Retest: Any section of pipe which fails to meet requirements shall be repaired and retested.
G. Individual joint test options do not apply to cast -in-place non -reinforced concrete pipe.
3.4
A.
B.
Notes:
TEST CRITERIA TABLES
Exfiltration and Infiltration Water Tests: Refer to Table 02533-1, Water Test Allowable
Leakage, at the end of this Section.
Low Pressure Air Test:
1. Times in Table 02533-2, Time Allowed For Pressure Loss From 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig, at
the end of this Section, are based on the equation:
T = 0.0850(D)(K)/(Q)
where:
T = time for pressure to drop 1.0 pounds per square inch gauge in seconds
K = 0.000419 DL, but not less than 1.0
D = average inside diameter in inches
L = length of line of same pipe size in feet
Q = rate of loss, 0.0015 ft'/min./sq. ft. internal surface
2. Since a K value of less than 1.0 shall not be used, there are minimum testing times for
each pipe diameter as given in Table 02533-3, Minimum Testing Times for Low Pressure
Air Test.
1. When two sizes of pipe are involved, the time shall be computed by the ratio of
lengths involved.
2. Lines with a 48 -inch average inside diameter and larger shall be air tested at each
j oint.
01257198 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR STORM SEWERS 02533-5
01/01
3. Lines between 36 -inch and 48 -inch diameter may be air -tested at each joint with the
Engineer's concurrence. The Contractor must demonstrate that access to the joints
and set-up of the test apparatus is feasible and that worker safety is not compromised. -"
4. Lines with an average inside diameter equal to or greater than 48 inches must be air
tested for leakage at each joint.
5. If the joint test is used, a visual inspection of the joint shall be performed immediately -°
after testing.
6. For joint test, the pipe is to be pressurized to 3.5 psi greater than the pressure exerted
by groundwater above the pipe. Once the pressure has stabilized, the minimum times
allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5
pounds per square inch gauge shall be 10 seconds.
3.5 LEAKAGE TESTING FOR MANHOLES
A. Perform vacuum test as specified by Cherne Industries, Inc. in accordance with ASTM C 1244.
This test applies to all manholes within a watertight designated run of pipe, end manholes
inclusive as applicable, as shown on the drawings.
B. After completion on watertight manhole construction, wall sealing, or rehabilitation, but prior to
backfilling, test manholes for water tightness using vacuum testing procedures.
C. Plug incoming and outgoing lines with suitably -sized pneumatic or mechanical plugs. Ensure
plugs are properly rated for pressures required for test; follow manufacturer's safety and
installation recommendations. Place plugs a minimum of 6 inches outside of manhole walls.
Brace inverts to prevent lines from being dislodged if lines entering manhole have not been
backfilled.
D. Vacuum testing:
1. Install vacuum tester head assembly at top access point of manhole and adjust for proper
seal on straight top section of manhole structure. Following manufacturer's instructions
and safety precautions, inflate sealing element to the recommended maximum inflation
pressure; do not over -inflate.
2. Evacuate manhole with vacuum pump to 10 inches mercury (Hg), disconnect pump, and
monitor vacuum for the time period specified in Table 02533 — 4 at the end of this
section.
If the drop in vacuum exceeds 1 inch Hg over the specified time period, locate leaks,
complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory
results are obtained.
3.6 VIDEO RECORD
A. Provide video record of storm sewer interior in VHS video tape format.
B. Provide voice narrative on video tape of special observations.
C. Label video tape cassette with line designation and station limits covered by that particular
cassette.
D. Provide titles on tape with line designation, date of exposure, station limits covered, and
internal diameter of storm sewer.
E. Rate of travel in storm sewer for video tape equipment shall not exceed 40 feet per minute.
F. Video taping may be accomplished by either remote control or manned entry, or a combination
of the two methods.
01257198 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR STORM SEWERS 02533-6
O1/01
Table 02533-1
WATER TEST ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE
r'*
01257198 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR STORM SEWERS 02533-7
01/01
VOLUME PER INCH OF
DEPTH IN RISER
ALLOWANCE LEAKAGE
GALLONS/MINUTE
DIAMETER OF RISER
OR STACK IN INCHES
INCH
GALLONS
PIPE SIZE IN INCHES
PER 100 FT.
1
0.7854
.0034
24
0.0158
2
3.1416
.0136
30
0.0197
2.5
4.9087
.0212
36
0.0237
3
7.0686
.0306
42
0.0276
4
12.5664
.0306
48
0.0316
5
19.6350
.0544
60
0.0395
6
28.2743
.1224
72
0.0473
8
50.2655
.2176
78
0.0513
For other diameters, multiply
square of diameters by value for
Equivalent to 50 gallons per inch of inside
1" diameter.
diameter per mile per 24 hours.
r'*
01257198 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR STORM SEWERS 02533-7
01/01
00
C1
h .-,
N
N �
S:
A-
kn
-
N
O
M
h
N
p
V
X
0
0
N
M
M
h
Cs
h
O
�p
M
O
V-
in
V)
00
N
^,
d7f�
N
M
d'
V-)
00
N
%%o
C
O+,
kn`+-+
N
v'�
Ln
O
N
O
C1
N
_
M
M
00
V
kn '
N
a,,00
N
O
00
M
kn
h
_
00
W'�
O
N
oo
N
h
y
M
00
"o
C1
kn
N
V7
M
tn
knV
d
y
h
N
h
�'
00
7
7-
7-
O
O
N
ur
d
O"oM
"o
-
ct
N
00
4
Z
C',
O
h
a0
O
O
N
N
t
O
d
M
O
N
O+
~
N
to
O
C1
M
"t
"o
C',
IC
O
N
M
`O
M
kn
00
d1
Si
p
M
M
N
O
M
kn
M
QI
O
kn v
O�
C1
41
00
h
N
inpN
M
�
�
0000
M
Q
`0.
p y
N
V7
N
M
M
N
N
'7:
OM
00
M
C�,
M
h
kn
N
E..
y
O
tn
h
h
N
N
C/�
O
M
WI)
�lO
C\
M
to
--+
M
N
O
V)
N
C,4
N
to
r»
O
v
in00
N
M
to
\C
O
h
O
y
F�LGj
ON "
N
'�
N
C1
N
d'
O
a
h
O
-.-.
'-+00
,
00
N
.-+
dtIC
00
d
I-1-1-1
O
-+
V7
h
N
�--�
M
00
W
M
V7
h
00
M
'--
.--•
N
O
M
m
M
O
hh
M_
O
V'1
O
h00
N
�
kn
Q
N
M
to
N
C1
N
W
►-�
c
aaawaav�
bA
CN
•-
O
v')
O to v
N
h
�O
h
O
O
r -
00
V7
H a
M
p
v>
M
V
kn
AM
00
N
d�
b r -i
Cl,
00
\O
kn
V1
It
M
M
N
00
4
C1
V';
\O
00
M
N
N
M
M
d
kn
10
h
p .cz
O
`O
N
00
O
N
00
a Q
N
M
M
�'
C}
c
h
h
00
C1
h .-,
N
N �
S:
A-
Table 02533-3
MINIML MM TESTING TIMES FOR LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST
r< ,
01257198 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR STORM SEWERS 02533-9
09/00
LENGTH FOR
PIPE
MINIMUM
MINIMUM
TIME FOR LONGER
DIAMETER
TIME
TIME
LENGTH
(INCHES)
(SECONDS)
FEET)
(SECONDS)
18
1020
133
7.693 (L)
24
1360
100
13.676 (L)
30
1700
80
21.369 (L)
36
2040
66
30.771 (L)
42
2380
57
35.900 (L)
48
2720
50
54.705 (L)
60
3400
40
85.476 (L)
72
4080
33
123.085 (L)
78
4420
31
144.454(L)
r< ,
01257198 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR STORM SEWERS 02533-9
09/00
Table 02533 — 4
MINIMUM TEST TIMES FOR VARIOUS MANHOLE DIAMETERS
Depth, Feet
Diameter, Inches
48
60 1
66
72
Time, Seconds
8
20
26
29
33
10
25
33
36
41
12
30
39
43
49
14
35
46
51
57
16
40
52
58
67
18
45
59
65
73
20
50
65
72
81
22
55
72
79
89
24
59
78
87
97
26
64
85
94
105
28
69
91
101
112
30
74
98
108
121
The values listed above are taken from ASTM Specification C1244-93 "Standard Test Method for Con-
crete Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test."
END OF SECTION 02533
01257198 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR STORM SEWERS 02533-10
09/00
W
SECTION 02631
_ : STORM SEWERS
k
PART 1 -GENERAL
A. Conform to the requirements of Section 01330 — Submittal Procedures.
B. Laying schedule for storm sewer pipe.
1. Show or list station limits for each type pipe.
2. Where installation method is at Contractor's option, show or list station limits for
installation method for each type pipe.
3. Permissible pipe materials for the various storm sewers for the project are indicated on
the drawings for the base bid and alternate bid for this project.
01257198 STORM SEWERS 02631-1
,. 01/01
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Storm sewers and appurtenances.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
rw
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
B.
Section 01576 —Waste Material Disposal.
C.
Section 02082 — Pre -Cast Concrete Manholes and Vaults.
--
D.
Section 02221 — Removing Existing Pavements.
E.
Section 02300 — Earthwork.
F.
Section 02231 — Tree and Plant Protection.
G.
Section 02240 — Dewatering.
H.
Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
I.
Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials.
J.
Section 02425 — Tunnel Excavation and Primary Liner.
K.
Section 02426 — Storm Sewer Pipe in Tunnels.
L.
Section 02441 — Microtunneling and Pipe -Jacked Tunnels.
M.
Section 02448 — Pipe and Casing Augering for Sewers.
N.
Section 02533 — Acceptance Testing for Storm Sewers.
O.
Section 02632 — Cast -in -Place Headwalls and Wingwalls.
P.
Section 02634 — Corrugated Metal Pipe (Polymer Coated).
Q.
Section 02635 — Centrifugally Cast Fiberglass Pipe.
R.
Section 02636 — High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Solid and Profile Wall Pipe.
S.
Section 02638 — Reinforced Concrete Pipe.
T.
Section 02741 — Hot -Mix Asphalt Paving.
'
U.
Section 02751 — Portland Cement Concrete Pavement.
V.
Section 02764 — Pavement Joint Sealants.
W.
Section 02920 — Lawns and Grasses.
X.
Section 03301 — Cast -in -Place Non -Reinforced Concrete Pipe.
Y.
Section 11290 — Sluice Gates.
i._
Z.
Section 11296 — Elastomeric Check Valves.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to the requirements of Section 01330 — Submittal Procedures.
B. Laying schedule for storm sewer pipe.
1. Show or list station limits for each type pipe.
2. Where installation method is at Contractor's option, show or list station limits for
installation method for each type pipe.
3. Permissible pipe materials for the various storm sewers for the project are indicated on
the drawings for the base bid and alternate bid for this project.
01257198 STORM SEWERS 02631-1
,. 01/01
C. Submittals required for each type pipe are listed in the submittals paragraph for each type pipe
in the various pipe specifications sections.
1.4 QUALITY ASSSURANCE
A. Conform with Section 02533 — Acceptance Testing for Storm Sewers.
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Comply with Section 01600 — Product Requirements.
B. Handle pipe, fittings, and accessories carefully with approved handling devices. Do not drop or
roll pipe off trucks or trailers. Materials cracked, gouged, chipped, dented, or otherwise
damaged shall not be used for installation.
C. Store pipe and fittings on heavy timbers or platforms to avoid contact with the ground.
D. Unload pipe, fittings, and appurtenances as close as practical to the location of installation to
avoid unnecessary handling.
E. Keep interiors of pipe and fittings free of dirt and foreign matter.
PART2-PRODUCTS
��210�!
A. Piping materials for storm sewers shall be of the sizes and types indicated on the drawings.
B. Conform with applicable pipe material specification section.
2.2 PIPE MATERIAL SCHEDULE
A. Precast Manholes and Vaults — Section 02082.
B. Metal Pipe — Section 02634.
C. Fiberglass Pipe — Section 02635.
D. High Density Polyethylene Pipe — Section 02636.
E. Precast Reinforced Concrete Pipe — Section 02638.
F. Cast -in -Place Non -Reinforced Concrete Pipe — Section 03301.
2.3 BEDDING, BACKFILL AND TOPSOIL MATERIAL
A. Bedding and Backfill Material: Comply with the following specification sections and the
drawings:
1. Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
2. Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials
B. Topsoil: Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Set up street detours and barricades in preparation for excavation. Conform to requirements of
Section 01555 — Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling and the traffic control plans indicated
01257198 STORM SEWERS 02631-2
O1/01
on the drawings. Provide advance notices as required under Section 01140 — Work
Restrictions.
r B. Maintain barricades and warning lights for streets and intersections while work is in progress or
where affected by the work and is considered hazardous to traffic movements.
C. In lake areas set up tree protection in accordance with Section 02231 — Tree and Plant
Protection.
D. Immediately notify the agency or company owning utility lines which are damaged, broken or
disturbed. Obtain approval from Engineer and controlling agency for repairs or relocations,
4 either temporary or permanent.
E. Remove old pavements and structures including sidewalks and driveways in accordance with
requirements of Section 02221 - Removing Existing Pavements.
F. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with
Section 02240 - Dewatering.
G. Install and maintain storm water pollution prevention measures as indicated on the drawings
and comply with Section 01356 — Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.
3.2 EXCAVATION
A. Earthwork. Refer to Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities and as indicated on
drawings.
B. Line and Grade. Contractor shall establish the line and grade as indicated on drawings.
Maintain this control for a minimum of 100 feet behind and ahead of the pipe -laying operation.
Use amply sized grade boards. Protect grade boards and location stakes from damage or
dislocation. Use of laser beam equipment to establish and maintain proper line and grade of the
work is acceptable.
C. Trench Excavation. Excavate pipe trenches to a level as indicated on the trench detail
drawings. Backfill the excavation with the specified bedding material to the level indicated on
the drawings or as specified for the pipe type. Tamp and compact backfill to provide bedding
at the indicated grade. Form the bedding foundation to the minimum depth indicated on the
drawings or as specified.
3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with the drawings and as specified in this Section. Conform with pipe
specifications sections listed in paragraph 2.2 as applicable. Where manufacturer's installation
recommendations conflict with drawings and specifications, the Engineer shall make the
determination on installation requirements. No additional compensation to Contractor will be
made for such determinations.
B. Install and maintain excavation supports. Conform with Section 02260 — Excavation Support
and Protection.
C. Install pipe only after excavation is completed, bottom of trench is shaped, bedding material is
installed, and trench has been approved by the Engineer.
D. Install pipe to the line and grade indicated on Drawings. Place pipe so that it has continuous
bearing of barrel on bedding material and is laid in the trench so the interior surfaces of the pipe
follow the grades and alignments indicated.
E. Install pipe with the spigot ends toward the direction of flow.
F. Form a concentric joint with each section of adjoining pipe to prevent offsets.
G. Place and drive home newly laid sections with come -a -long winches to eliminate damage to
sections. Use of back hoes or similar powered equipment will not be allowed for placing or
joining pipe, unless protective measures are provided and approved in advance by the Engineer.
01257198 STORM SEWERS 02631-3
-, 01/01
H. Keep interior of pipe clean as installation progresses. Where cleaning after laying the pipe is
difficult because of small pipe size, use a suitable swab or drag inside the pipe and pull it
forward past each joint immediately after the joint has been completed.
I. Keep excavations free of water during construction and until final inspection.
J. When work is not in progress, cover the exposed ends of pipes with a plug specifically designed
as pipe plug to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe.
3.4 PIPE INSTALLATION OTHER THAN OPEN CUT
A. For installation of pipe by tunneling and use of a tunnel liner through which the carrier pipe is
installed, conform to the requirements of Section 02425 — Tunnel Excavation and Primary
Liner, and Section 02426 — Storm Sewer Pipe in Tunnels.
B. For installation of pipe by microtunneling methods and via pipe jacked tunnels, conform to the
requirements of Section 02441 — Microtunneling and Pipe -Jacked Tunnels.
C. For installation of pipe by augering, boring, or jacking pipe, conform to the requirements of
Section 02448 - Pipe and Casing Augering for Sewers.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF APPURTENANCES
A. Construct manholes to conform to requirements of Section 02082 - Precast Concrete Manholes
and Vaults. Install frames, grate rings and covers to conform to requirements of Section 02084
- Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers. w
B. Install headwalls and wingwalls to conform to requirements of Section 02632 — Cast -in -Place
Headwalls and Wingwalls. Install inlets and control structures according to the drawings and
Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete.
C. Excavate and backfill headwalls, wingwalls, inlets, and control structures in accordance with
Section 02300 - Earthwork.
D. Adjust manhole covers to finish grade conforming to requirements of Section 02082 — Precast
Concrete Manholes and Vaults.
3.6 TEST
A. Conform to requirements of Section 02533 — Acceptance Testing for Storm Sewers.
B. Provide video record of interior in accordance with Section 02533 — Acceptance Testing for
Storm Sewers. --
3.7 BACKFILL AND SITE CLEANUP
A. Backfill trench after pipe installation is inspected and approved by the Engineer.
B. Bed pipes with materials conforming to requirements of Section 02320 - Utility Backfill
Materials and as indicated on drawings.
C. Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for
Utilities.
D. Repair and replace removed or damaged pavement and sidewalks as specified in the following
applicable sections and shown on the drawings:
1. Unpaved roadway surfaces consisting of flexible base as the surface course: Section
02300 - Earthwork.
2. Flexible base under paved roadway: Section 02300 — Earthwork.
3. Asphalt stabilized base: Section 02741 — Hot -Mix Asphalt Paving.
4. Hot -mix surface or wearing course: Section 02741 — Hot -Mix Asphalt Paving.
01257198 STORM SEWERS 02631-4
O1/01
r
5. Concrete pavement, valley gutter, curb and gutter, driveways, and sidewalks: Section
02751 — Portland Cement Concrete Pavement.
6. Sealing pavement joints: Section 02764 — Pavement Joint Sealants.
E. In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope to natural grade as indicated on the
drawings. Provide the minimum depth of topsoil of 6 inches, unless otherwise indicated on the
drawings or specified to be a greater depth, and seed or sod according to requirements of
Section 02920 -Lawns & Grasses.
F. In paved areas clean street in which storm sewer is placed by rotary broom, or street sweeper,
or both as necessary to remove dirt, rock and debris.
G. Clean haul streets and other paved areas used during construction by rotary broom, or street
sweeper, or both as necessary to remove dirt, rock and debris.
H. Street cleaning to take place within 10 calendar days after street repairs are complete.
I. Dispose of dirt, rock and debris from cleaning according to Section 01576 - Waste Material
Disposal.
END OF SECTION
01257198 STORM SEWERS 02631-5
O1/01
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 STORM SEWERS 02631-6
01/01
SECTION 02632
e^ CAST -IN-PLACE HEADWALLS AND WINGWALLS
�.- PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Cast -in-place headwalls and wingwalls for storm sewers.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections apply to this section.
B. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C 270 - Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
r
B. Submit shop drawings for approval of design and construction details for cast -in-place units
which differ from units shown on Drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete: Conform to Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete, unless otherwise indicated on
drawings. Provide color conditioned concrete where indicated on drawings.
B. Reinforcing Steel: Conform to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete.
C. Mortar: Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement.
D. Miscellaneous metals: Cast-iron frames, grates, rings, and covers conforming to requirements
of Section 02084 — Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify lines and grades are correct.
B. Verify compacted subgrade will support loads imposed by inlets.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Construct inlets, headwalls, and wingwalls complete in place to the dimensions, lines and
grades as shown on drawings.
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE HEADWALLS AND WINGWALLS 02632-1
01/01
B. Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for
Utilities.
C. Forms will be required for both the outside and inside faces of concrete inlet walls, however, if -
the nature of the material excavated for the inlet is such that it can be hand trimmed to a smooth
vertical face, the outside forms may be omitted with approval of Engineer.
D. Place reinforcing steel to conform to details shown on the drawings. Provide a positive means
for holding steel cages in place during concrete placement. Welding of reinforcing steel is not
permitted unless noted on the drawings. The maximum variation in reinforcement position is
plus or minus 10 percent of wall thickness or plus or minus 1/2 inch whichever is less.
Regardless of variation, the minimum cover of concrete over reinforcement as shown on the
drawings shall be maintained.
E. Chamfer exposed edges unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
F. Provide form liners for indicated form liner patterns.
3.3 FINISHES
A. Cut off pipe leads neatly at the inside face of headwall. Point up with mortar.
B. Finish concrete surfaces in accordance with requirements of Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place
Concrete.
C. Special finishes are shown on the drawings.
3.4 BACKFILL
A. Backfill the area of excavation surrounding each completed inlet according to the requirements
of Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
END OF SECTION 02632
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE HEADWALLS AND WINGWALLS 02632-2
01/01
i
0—
SECTION 02634
CORRUGATED METAL PIPE (POLYMER COATED)
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Polymer coated metal pipe (PCMP).
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AASHTO M 232 - Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.
B. AASHTO M 245 - Corrugated Steel Pipe, Polymer Precoated, for Sewers and Drains.
C. AASHTO M 246 - Steel Sheet, Metallic -Coated and Polymer Precoated for Corrugated Steel
Pipe.
D. ASTM B 633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel.
1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
B. Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials.
C. Section 02533 — Acceptance Testing for Storm Sewers.
D. Section 02631 - Storm Sewers.
1.4 _ SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Provide sufficient data for the Engineer to properly evaluate the pipe.
C. Submit product data and shop drawings with the following information:
1. Design dimensions and details for pipe and fittings indicating alignment, grade, and
laying dimensions.
- 2. Fabrication details, details of fittings and flanges, details of specials, details of joints and
couplers, and proposed welding procedures.
3. Show station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Drawings.
4. Properties and strength of the pipe and pipe design analysis.
5. Instruction on storage, handling, transporting, and installation.
6. Standard Catalog Sheet.
D. Holiday test results.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide manufacturer's affidavits that pipe was manufactured in compliance with standards
referenced in this Section, and that coatings and linings were not applied or allowed to cure in
freezing temperatures.
B. Test for holidays each tenth joint of pipe, of whatever diameter or type of pipe, and furnish
results to the Engineer. Holidays which exceed the limit specified in AASHTO M 246 shall be
cause for rejection of the pipe..
C. Coil or cut sheets shall be marked as required by AASHTO M 246. Such markings shall remain
on the pipe when rolled.
01257198 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE (POLYMER COATED) 02634-1
01/01
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Corrugated metal pipe will be polymer coated steel as indicated on Drawings and conforming
to:
Polymer Coated Galvanized Steel AASHTO M 246
Fabrication and Corrugation AASHTO M 245, Type IR, 3/4 -inch by 3/4 -
for pipe diameters 24" — 48" inch by 7.5 -inch corrugation (equal to Con -
tech Construction Products, Inc. Ultra Flo
storm sewer pipe)
Fabrication and Corrugation AASHTO M 245, Type IA, 3 -inch by 1 -
for pipe diameters 54" — 78" inch round pipe corrugation (equal to Con -
tech Construction Products, Inc. SmoothCor
storm sewer pipe)
1. Reference to gauge of metal is to U.S. Standard Gauge for uncoated sheets. Tables in
AASHTO M 246 list thicknesses for coated sheets in inches.
2. The minimum acceptable steel sheet thickness for the outer corrugated shell shall be
0.064 inches (16 gauge).
3. The smooth inner liner shall have a metal thickness not less than 0.052 inches (18 gauge).
4. Both the outer corrugated shell and smooth inner liner shall have a standard 2 oz./sq. foot
coating of zinc (1 oz./sq. foot per side) and be precoated 250 gm (10 mils) on each side
with a polymer precoated laminate.
5. The pipe ends shall be reformed in such manner as to seal the outer shell and liner
together to protect the ends from damage. The band coupler for connecting pipe ends
shall have a minimum of 2 corrugations and be a minimum of 12 inches wide.
6. Any lifting lugs shall also be polymer coated.
B. Coupling bands and other hardware for corrugated metal pipe shall conform to requirements of
AASHTO M 245 for steel pipe.
1. Field joints for each type of corrugated metal pipe shall maintain pipe alignment during
construction and prevent infiltration of side material during the life of the installation.
2. Coupling bands thickness shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 245, Table 12.
3. Coupling bands shall be made of same base metal and coating (zinc plus polymer) as the
pipe.
4. Coupling bands shall lap equally on each of the pipes being connected to form a tightly
closed joint after installation.
5. Minimum width of corrugated locking bands shall be as shown below for corrugations
which correspond to end circumferential corrugations on pipes being joined:
a. 10-1/2 inches wide for 2 -2/3 -inch x 1/2 -inch corrugations.
b. 12 inches wide for 3 -inch x 1 -inch corrugations.
6. Bolts for coupling bands shall be 1/2 -inch diameter minimum. Bands 12 inches wide or
less will have a minimum of 2 bolts per end at each connection, and bands greater than 12
inches wide shall have a minimum of 3 bolts at each connection.
7. Galvanized bolts may be hot dip galvanized in accordance with requirements of
AASHTO M 232, mechanically galvanized to provide same requirements as AASHTO M
232, or electrogalvanized per ASTM B 633, Type RS.
C. Furnish all fittings and specials required for bends, end sections, branches, access manholes,
and connections to other fittings. Design fittings and specials in accordance with Drawings and
AASHTO M 245. Fittings and specials are subject to same internal and external loads as
straight pipe.
01257198 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE (POLYMER COATED) 02634-2
01/01
P'?
D. Push -on joints may be used with prior permission of the Engineer and approval through
submittals. All push -on joints shall be equipped with manufacturer's gaskets.
r^^ E. Corrugated metal pipe used for tunneling must conform to Section 02425 — Tunnel Excavation
and Primary Liner.
F. Corrugated metal pipe joints used in designated water -tight joint zones as shown on the
drawings shall meet the leakage requirements of Section 02533 — Acceptance Testing for Storm
Sewers and shall be equipped with gaskets.
G. Hydrocarbon resistant gaskets shall be used where indicated on the drawings and shall be
manufactured from nitrile rubber.
H. Pipe and joints shall be capable of withstanding intermittent internal pressure of 10 pounds per
square inch without structural failure. Slight weeping at joints shall not be considered a
structural failure. Jets of water discharged at joints shall be considered to be structural failure.
2.2 PIPE FABRICATION
A. Steel Pipe:
1. Polymer coated steel pipe shall be full circle pipe conforming to AASHTO M 245, Type
IA or IR, as indicated on the Drawings.
r 2. The plans indicate the location and length for all pipe. For full circle pipe, the diameter
and required gages will be shown.
2.3f INSPECTIONS
A. The Engineer reserves the right to inspect pipes or witness pipe manufacturing. Such inspection
shall in no way relieve the manufacturer of the responsibilities to provide products_ that comply
with the applicable standards and these specifications.
B. Manufacturer's Notification: Should the Engineer wish to witness the manufacture of specific
pipes, the manufacturer shall provide the Engineer with adequate advance notice of when and
where the production of those specific pipes will take place. The Engineer shall make known to
manufacturer of the intent to inspect production. The manufacturer shall then inform the
Engineer of the dates planned for production.
C. Failure to inspect: Approval of the products or tests is not implied by the Engineer's decision
not to inspect the manufacturing, testing, or finished pipes.
W
2.4 PACKAGING, HANDLING, AND SHIPPING
A. Packing, handling, and shipping should be done in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. No penetrations of the pipe wall for lifting holes will be permitted.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Damaged polymer coating shall be repaired in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. If, in the sole opinion of the Owner or Engineer, it is determined that repairs will not produce
the strength, durability, corrosion resistance, water -tightness, internal pressure containment,
and/or lifespan of an undamaged pipe, then the damaged pipe shall be rejected and immediately
removed from the project.
01257198 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE (POLYMER COATED) 02634-3
01/01
3.2 EARTHWORK
A. Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for
Utilities, except where tunneling or jacking methods are shown on the Drawings. When pipes
are to be laid in a trench, and the trench has been completed and shaped to receive the pipe, the
trench shall be of sufficient width to provide free working space for satisfactory bedding and
jointing and thorough tamping of backfill and bedding material under and around pipe.
B. Bed pipe in accordance with Drawings. When requested by Engineer, furnish a simple template
for each size and shape of pipe for use in checking shaping of bedding. Template shall consist
of a thin plate or board cut to match lower half of cross section.
C. Where rock in either ledge or boulder form exists below pipe, remove the rock below grade and
replace with suitable materials so that a slightly yielding compacted earth cushion a minimum
of 12 inches thick is provided below pipe.
D. Where soil encountered at established grade is quicksand, muck or similar unstable materials,
such unstable soil shall be removed and replaced in accordance with requirements of Section
02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
E. After metal pipe structure has been completely assembled on proper line and grade and
headwalls constructed when required by the drawing details, place selected material as shown
on drawings or specified along both sides of the completed structures equally, in uniform layers
not exceeding 6 inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required and thoroughly
compacted between adjacent structures and between structure and sides of trench, or for a
distance each side of structure equal to diameter of pipe. Shovel slice material, or otherwise
mechanically work the material, such that all voids under and between corrugations are firmly
filled. Backfill material shall be compacted to the same density requirements as specified for
adjoining sections of backfill in accordance with specifications. Above three-fourths point of
structure, place uniformly on each side of pipe in layers not to exceed 12 inches.
F. Only hand operated tamping equipment will be allowed within a zone 2 feet beyond horizontal
projection of outside surface of structure for backfilling, until a minimum cover of 12 inches is
obtained. Remove and replace damaged pipe.
G. Do not permit heavy earth moving equipment to haul over structure until a minimum of 4 feet
of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed.
H. During backfilling, obtain uniform backfill material and uniform compacted density throughout
length of structure so that unequal pressure will be avoided. Provide proper backfill under
structure.
I. Prior to adding each new layer of loose backfill material, inspect inside periphery of structure
for local or unequal deformation caused by improper construction methods. Evidence of
deformation will be reason for such corrective measures as may be directed by Engineer.
J. Install cement -stabilized check dams where indicated on the drawings.
3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Place pipes on prepared foundation starting at outlet end. Join sections firmly together, with
side laps or circumferential joints pointing upstream and with longitudinal laps on sides.
B. Provide proper equipment for hoisting and lowering sections of pipe into trench without
damaging pipe or disturbing prepared foundation and sides of trench. Pipe which is not in
alignment or which shows undue settlement after laying, or is damaged, shall be taken up and
relaid.
01257198 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE (POLYMER COATED) 02634-4
01/01
3.4 JOINTING
A. Field joints shall maintain pipe alignment during construction and prevent infiltration of side
material.
B. Coupling bands shall lap equally on pipes being connected to form a tightly -closed joint.
C. Use corrugated locking bands to field join pipes furnished with circumferential corrugations
including pipe with helical corrugations having reformed circumferential corrugations on ends.
Fit locking bands into a minimum of one full circumferential corrugation of pipe ends being
coupled.
D. Care shall be exercised in make-up of field joints so that gasket materials are not displaced.
E. Once locking band bolts are tightened to manufacturer's requirements, coat all exposed metal
surfaces, including bolts and nuts, with an asphaltic paint. This treatment shall not be
acceptable for repairing damaged coatings.
3.5 TESTING
A. Refer to Section 02533 — Acceptance Testing for Storm Sewers.
END OF SECTION 02634
01257198 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE (POLYMER COATED)
01/01
02634-5
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE (POLYMER COATED) 02634-6
01/01
6W
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Resin Systems: The manufacturer shall use only polyester resin systems with a proven history
of performance in this particular application. The historical data shall have been collected from
applications of a composite material of similar construction and composition as the proposed
product.
B. Glass Reinforcements: The reinforcing glass fibers used to manufacture the components shall
be of highest quality commercial grade E -glass filaments with binder and sizing compatible
with impregnating resins.
01257198
.. 01/01
CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS PIPE 02635-1
SECTION 02635
CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS PIPE
PART 1
- GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Centrifugally cast fiberglass reinforced polymer mortar pipe for storm sewers (CCFRPM).
1.2
REFERENCES
A.
ASTM D 2412 — Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics
of Plastic Pipe by Parallel -Plate Loading.
B.
ASTM D 3262 - Standard Specification for "Fiberglass" (Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting
r-
Resin) Sewer Pipe.
C.
ASTM D 3681 - Method for Determining Chemical Resistance of Reinforced Thermosetting
Resin Pipe in Deflected Condition.
D.
ASTM D 4161 - Specification for "Fiberglass" (Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin)
Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals.
E.
ASTM F 477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) Joining Plastic Pipe.
., F.
AWWA M45 — Fiberglass Pipe Design.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
F A.
Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B.
Provide sufficient data for the Engineer to properly evaluate the pipe.
C.
Submit product data and shop drawings with the following information:
1. Design dimensions and details for pipe and fittings indicating alignment, grade, and
laying dimensions.
2. Fabrication details, details of fittings and flanges, details of specials, and proposed
welding procedures.
3. Show station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Drawings.
4. Properties and strength of the pipe and pipe design analysis.
5. Instruction on storage, handling, transporting, and installation.
6. Standard catalog sheet.
D.
Test Reports: Provide test reports upon request, certifying that the pipe has been tested in
accordance with and exceeds minimum requirements of ASTM D 3262 and ASTM D 3681.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Resin Systems: The manufacturer shall use only polyester resin systems with a proven history
of performance in this particular application. The historical data shall have been collected from
applications of a composite material of similar construction and composition as the proposed
product.
B. Glass Reinforcements: The reinforcing glass fibers used to manufacture the components shall
be of highest quality commercial grade E -glass filaments with binder and sizing compatible
with impregnating resins.
01257198
.. 01/01
CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS PIPE 02635-1
C. Silica Sand: Sand shall be minimum 98% silica with a maximum moisture content of 0.2%.
D. Additives: Resin additives, such as curing agents, pigments, dyes, fillers, thixotropic agents and
other coloring agents, if used, shall in no way be detrimental to the performance of the product
nor shall they impair visual inspection of the finished products.
E. Elastomeric Gaskets: Supply from an approved gasket manufacturer in accordance with ASTM
F 477, when no contaminant is identified and suitable for the service intended. Gaskets shall
either be affixed to the pipe by means of a suitable adhesive or shall be installed in such a
manner so as to prevent the gasket from rolling out of the pre-cut groove in the pipe or sleeve
coupling. Hydrocarbon resistant gaskets shall be used where indicated on the drawings and
shall be manufactured from nitrile rubber.
F. Equal to Hobas Pipe USA, Inc. product.
2.2 MANUFACTURE AND CONSTRUCTION -
A. Pipes
1. Furnish pipes in the diameters specified and within the tolerances specified below.
2. Manufacture pipe by the centrifugal casting process to result in a dense, nonporous,
corrosion -resistant, consistent composite structure to meet the operating conditions as
shown on the Drawings.
3. Do not use stiffening ribs or rings.
B. Joints: Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be field connected with fiberglass sleeve
couplings that utilize elastomeric sealing gaskets made of EPDM rubber compound as the sole --
means to maintain joint watertightness. The joints must meet the performance requirements of
ASTM D 4161. Joints at tie-ins, when needed, may utilize fiberglass gasket -sealed closure
couplings.
C. Fittings: Flanges, elbows, reducers, tees, wyes, laterals and other fittings shall be capable of
withstanding operating conditions when installed. They may be contact molded or
manufactured from mitered sections of pipe joined by glass fiber reinforced overlays.
D. Manhole Connections: Provide a water stop flange (wall pipe) for connection to a cast -in-place
manhole base or other structure.
E. Grout Ports: Provide grout ports in the wall of pipe when required. Provide plugs of 316
stainless steel or other corrosion -resistant material compatible with the pipe. Grout port plugs
shall be designed and installed to meet the test pressure of the pipe.
F. Centrifugally cast fiberglass pipe for jacking, boring or tunneling shall meet the requirements of
the pertinent ASTM specifications. Pipe shall be marked to identify pipe for jacking, boring or
tunneling.
G. Refer to Sections:
1. Section 02425 — Tunnel excavation and primary liner.
2. Section 02441 — Microtunneling and pipe jacked tunnels.
2.3 DIMENSIONS
A. Diameters: The actual outside diameter of the pipes shall be in accordance with Table 3 of
ASTM D 3262 for gravity sewers. For other diameters, OD's shall be per manufacturer's
literature.
B. Lengths: The pipe standard length will be approximately 20 feet. A maximum of 10 percent of
the lengths, excluding special order pipes, may be supplied in random lengths.
C. Wall Thickness: The minimum wall thickness shall be the stated design thickness. The "^
minimum single point thickness shall not be less than 90 percent of the stated design thickness.
D. End Squareness: Pipe ends shall be square to the pipe axis with a maximum tolerance of 1/8".
01257198 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS PIPE 02635-2
01/01
r.:
E. Tolerance of Fittings: The tolerance of the angle of an elbow and the angle between the main
and leg of a wye or tee shall be plus or minus 2 degrees. The tolerance on the laying length of a
fitting shall be plus or minus 2 inches.
F. Pipe and joints shall be capable of withstanding intermittent internal hydrostatic pressure of 10
psi without structural failure.
2.4 STIFFNESS CLASSES
A. Stiffness class of CCFRPM pipe shall satisfy design requirements, but shall not be less than
46 psi, when used in direct bury operation; 36 psi, when installed within a primary tunnel liner.
B. Stiffness class of CCFRPM in a pipe jacking operation shall be governed either by the ring
deflection limitations or by a pipe design providing longitudinal strength required by the jacking
method and shall satisfy design requirements stated below. Submit design calculations as
required in Paragraph 1.3, Submittals.
1. Pipe stress calculations based on jacking loads shall be performed to conform with
Section 02441 - Microtunneling and Pipe Jacked Tunnels.
2. Ring deflection calculations shall conform with design requirements of AWWA Manual
of Water Supply Practices: Fiberglass Pipe Design, AWWA M45. The pipe deflection
calculations shall ensure that predicted deflection will be less than 5 percent under long-
term loading conditions (soil prism load) for the highest density of soil overburden and
surcharge loads. Deflection on calculations shall be prepared using long-term (drained)
values for soil parameters.
2.5 TESTING
A. Pipes shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 3262, as applicable, except that the factory
hydrostatic pressure testing is not required.
B. Joints: Coupling joints shall be qualified per the tests of Section 7 of ASTM D 4161.
C. Stiffness: Minimum pipe stiffness when tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 shall normally
be 36 psi.
2.6 INSPECTION
A. The Engineer shall be entitled to inspect pipes or witness the pipe manufacturing. Such
inspection shall not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibilities to provide products that
comply with the applicable standards and these Specifications.
B. Manufacturer's Notification: Should the Engineer wish to see specific pipes during any phase
of the manufacturing process, the manufacturer must provide the Engineer with adequate
advance notice of when and where the production of those pipes will take place. The Engineer
shall make known to manufacturer of the intent to inspect production. The manufacturer shall
then inform the Engineer of the dates planned for production.
C. Failure to Inspect: Should the Engineer elect not to inspect the manufacturing, testing, or
finished pipes, it in no way implies approval of products or tests.
2.7 PACKAGING, HANDLING, AND SHIPPING
A. Packing, handling, and shipping should be done in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
01257198 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS PIPE 02635-3
01/01
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install pipe and fittings in accordance with project plans and specifications and the
manufacturer's requirements.
B. The manufacturer must supply a suitable qualified field service representative to be present
periodically during the installation of pipe.
C. Pipe Bedding: Conform to requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for
Utilities.
D. Pipe Handling: Use textile slings, other suitable material or forklift. Chains or cables shall not
be used.
E. Jointing:
1. Clean ends of pipe and coupling components.
2. Check pipe ends and couplings for damage. Correct any damage found.
3. Coupling grooves must be completely free of dirt.
4. Apply joint lubricant to pipe ends and elastomeric seals of coupling. Use only lubricants
approved by the pipe manufacturer.
5. Use suitable auxiliary equipment and end protection to push or pull the pipes together.
6. Do not exceed forces recommended by the manufacturer for coupling pipe. If excessive
force is required, remove coupling, determine source of problem, and correct it.
7. Join pipes in straight alignment then deflect to required angle. Do not allow the
deflection angle to exceed the deflection permitted by the manufacturer.
F. If pressure grouting of the pipe is conducted as part of a pipe jacked tunnel installation, seal the
grout holes with liner resin to a thickness equal to the pipe liner thickness, or with a threaded
plug for that purpose. Coat threaded plugs with manufacturer's polyester resin for additional
corrosion and abrasion resistance.
G. Field Tests:
1. Refer to Section 02533 — Acceptance Testing for Storm Sewers.
END OF SECTION 02635
01257198 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS PIPE 02635-4
01/01
r -
SECTION 02636
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE)
SOLID AND PROFILE WALL PIPE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) pipe for gravity sewers and drains, including fittings.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM D 618 - Practice for Conditioning Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials for
Testing.
B. ASTM D 1248 - Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials.
C. ASTM D 2657 - Standard Practice for Heat -Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings.
D. ASTM D 3212 - Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible
Elastomeric Seals.
E. ASTM D 3350 Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Materials.
F. ASTM F 477 - Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe.
G. ASTM F 714 - Specification for Polyethylene Plastic (PE) Pipe (SDR -PR) Based on Outside
Diameter.
H. ASTM F 894 - Specification for Polyethylene Plastic (PE) Large -diameter Profile Wall Sewer
and Drain Pipe.
I. ASTM F 667 Specification for Large Diameter Corrugated Polyethylene Tubing and Fitting.
J. ASTM F 810 — Specification for Smoothwall Polyethylene (PE) Pipe for Use in Drainage and
Waste Disposal Systems.
K. AASHTO M 294 — Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 12 to 36 inch
Diameter.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
r" B. Submit product data and shop drawings with the following information:
1. Design dimensions and details for pipe and fittings indicating alignment, grade, and
laying dimensions.
-, 2. Fabrication details, details of fittings and flanges details of P s ecials and roP osed
1.4
A.
P
welding procedures.
3. Show station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Drawings.
4. Properties and strength of the pipe and pipe design analysis.
5. Instruction on storage, handling, transporting, and installation.
6. Standard Catalog Sheet.
QUALITY CONTROL
Provide the manufacturer's certificate of conformance to the Specifications
01257198 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE)
- 01/01 SOLID AND PROFILE WALL PIPE
02636-1
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 APPROVED AND PREAPPROVED PRODUCTS
A. Provide HDPE pipe as follows:
WALL
CONSTRUCTION
SPECIFICATION
DESIGNATION
DIAMETER RANGE
(INCHES)
Solid Wall
ASTM F714
24 to 48
Profile Wall
AASHTO M294
24 to 36
B. Solid wall pipe shall be produced with plain end construction for heat joining (butt fusion)
conforming to ASTM D 2657. Utilize controlled temperatures and pressures for joining to
produce a fused leak -free joint.
C. Furnish profile -wall gravity sewer pipe with bell -and -spigot end construction conforming to
ASTM D 3212. Joining will be accomplished with an elastomeric gasket in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Use integral bell -and -spigot gasketed joint designed so that
when assembled, the elastomeric gasket, contained in a machined groove on the pipe spigot, is
compressed radially in the pipe bell to form a positive seal. Also have joint designed to avoid `-
displacement of the gasket when installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
D. No HDPE pipe greater than 48" diameter will be used in tunneling situations.
E. HDPE pipe for tunneling refer to Section 02425 — Tunnel Excavation and Primary Liner.
F. All HDPE pipe and joints shall be capable of withstanding an intermittent internal hydrostatic
pressure of 10 psi without structural failure.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Pipe and Fittings: High density, high molecular weight polyethylene pipe material meeting the
requirements of Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34, as defined in ASTM D 1248.
Material meeting the requirements of cell classification in accordance with ASTM D 3350 are
also suitable for making pipe products under these specifications.
B. Other Pipe Materials: Materials other than those specified in Paragraph 2.2A, Pipe and Fittings,
may be used as part of the profile construction, e.g., as a core tube to support the shape of the
profile during processing, provided that these materials are compatible with the base
polyethylene material and are completely encapsulated in the finished product and in no way
compromise the performance of the pipe products in the intended use. Examples of suitable
material include polyethylene and polypropylene.
C. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own
plant from resin of the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free
of visible cracks, holes, voids, foreign inclusions, or other defects that may affect the wall
integrity.
D. Gaskets
1. Use gaskets meeting requirement of ASTM F 477. Use gasket molded into a circular
form or extruded to the proper section and then spliced into circular form. When no
contaminant is identified, use gaskets of a properly cured, high-grade elastomeric
compound. The basic polymer shall be natural rubber, synthetic elastomer, or a blend of
both.
01257198 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) 02636-2
01/01 SOLID AND PROFILE WALL PIPE
compound. The basic polymer shall be natural rubber, synthetic elastomer, or a blend of
both.
2. Hydrocarbon resistant gaskets shall be used where indicated on the drawings and shall be
manufactured from nitrile rubber.
E. Lubricant. Use a lubricant for assembly of gasketed joints which has no detrimental effect on
. , the gasket or on the pipe, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
2.3 WORKMANSHIP
A. Furnish pipe and fittings that are homogeneous throughout and free from visible cracks, holes,
foreign inclusions, or other injurious defects. Provide pipe as uniform as commercially
practical in color, opacity, density, and other physical properties.
2.4 INSPECTIONS
A. The Engineer reserves the right to inspect pipes or witness pipe manufacturing. Such inspection
shall in no way relieve the manufacturer of the responsibilities to provide products that comply
with the applicable standards and these Specifications.
B. Manufacturer's Notification: Should the Engineer wish to witness the manufacture of specific
pipes, the manufacturer shall provide the Engineer with adequate advance notice of when and
where the production of those specific pipes will take place. The Engineer shall make known to
manufacturer of the intent to inspect production. The manufacturer shall the inform Engineer of
the dates planned for production.
C. Failure to Inspect: Should the Engineer elect not to inspect the manufacturing, testing, or
finished pipes, it in no way implies approval of products or tests.
2.5 TEST METHODS
A. Conditioning. Conditioning of samples prior to and during tests are subject to approval by
Owner. When tests are required, condition the specimens in accordance with Procedure A in
ASTM D 618 at 73.4 degrees F plus or minus 3.6 degrees F and 50 percent relative humidity
plus or minus 5 percent relative humidity for not less than 40 hours prior to test. Conduct tests
under the same conditions of temperature and humidity unless otherwise specified.
B. Flattening. Flatten three specimens of pipe, prepared in accordance with Paragraph 2.5A, in a
suitable press until the internal diameter has been reduced to 40 percent of the original inside
diameter of the pipe. The rate of loading shall be uniform and at 2 -inches per minute. The test
specimens, when examined under normal light and with the unaided eye, shall show no
evidence of splitting, cracking, breaking, or separation of the pipe walls or bracing profiles.
C. Joint Tightness. Test for joint tightness in accordance with ASTM D 3212, except replace the
shear load transfer bars and supports with 6 -inch -wide support blocks that can be either flat or
contoured to conform to the pipe's outer contour.
D. Purpose of Tests. The flattening and the joint tightness tests are not intended to be routine
quality control tests, but rather to qualify pipe to a specified level of performance.
2.6 MARKING
A. Mark each standard and random length of pipe in compliance with these Specifications with the
following information:
1. Pipe size
2. Pipe class
01257198 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) 02636-3
�.,, 01/01 SOLID AND PROFILE WALL PIPE
3. Production code
4. Material designation
2.7 PACKAGING, HANDLING, AND SHIPPING
A. Packing, handling, and shipping should be done in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Conform to requirements of the following Sections:
1. Section 02631 — Storm Sewers
B. Install pipe in accordance with the Drawings.
3.2 TESTING
A. Refer to Section 02533 — Acceptance Testing for Storm Sewers.
END OF SECTION 02636
01257198 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) 02636-4
01/01 SOLID AND PROFILE WALL PIPE
SECTION 02638
REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Reinforced concrete pipe for storm sewers.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C 76 - Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe.
B. ASTM C 361 - Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low -Head Pressure Pipe.
C. ASTM C 443 - Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe.
D. ASTM C 497 - Method of Testing Concrete Pipe, Sections, or Tile.
E. ASTM C 655 - Reinforced Concrete D -load Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe.
F. ASTM C 822 - Standard Definitions and Terms Relating to Concrete Pipe and Related
Products.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit complete product data for pipe, fittings and gaskets for approval. Indicate conformance
to appropriate reference standards.
C. Submit certificates by testing laboratory, hired and paid by the manufacturer, that concrete pipe
meets applicable standards when tested in accordance with ASTM C 497.
D. For jacking pipe, submit drawings and data describing grouting port design and closure
procedures when required by Section 02430 - Tunnel Grout, including liner repair, as
applicable. Grouting port closure shall meet the same durability, strength and internal pressure
resistance as the remainder of the pipe.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
A. Acceptable types and classes of pipe are shown on the drawings.
B. Circular reinforced concrete pipe shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 76, where such
C76 pipe is required or permissible on the drawings. Lifting holes will not be permitted. Pipe
shall have tongue and groove joints suitable for flexible plastic gasket installation. Where
water -tight or hydrocarbon gaskets are indicated, provide rubber gasketed joints conforming to
ASTM C 361 or ASTM C 443. Use hydrocarbon resistant gaskets where indicated.
C. Reinforced concrete D -load pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 655, where
C655 pipe is required on the drawings or permissible. Lifting holes will not be permitted. Pipe
shall have tongue and groove joints suitable for flexible plastic gasket installation. Where
water -tight or hydrocarbon gaskets are indicated, provide rubber gasketed joints conforming to
ASTM C 361 or ASTM C 443. Use hydrocarbon resistant gaskets where indicated.
D. Reinforced concrete pipe for jacking, boring or tunneling shall meet the requirements of the
pertinent ASTM specifications. Pipe shall be marked to identify pipe for jacking, boring or
tunneling.
01257198 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 02638-1
�, 01/01
E. Refer to Section:
1. Section 02425 — Tunnel Excavation and Primary Liner.
2. Section 02441 — Microtunneling and Pipe Jacked Tunnels.
2.2 JOINT SEALANT
A. Preformed Plastic Gaskets
1. Where water -tight joints are not required, furnish a mastic or butyl sealant suitable for
use with tongue and groove joints equal to ConSeal CS -202 Butyl Sealant or Ram-Nek or
equal.
B. Rubber Gaskets
1. When no contaminant is identified, furnish rubber gasket conforming to ASTM C 443 for
circular reinforced concrete pipe.
2. Hydrocarbon resistant gaskets shall be manufactured from nitrile rubber and installed
where indicated on the drawings.
2.3 MARKING
A. The following information shall be clearly marked on each section of pipe:
1. The class or D -load of pipe.
2. The date of manufacture.
3. The name or trademark of the manufacture.
4. Pipe for jacking and boring shall be identified for the intended use.
2.4 INSPECTION
A. The Engineer shall be entitled to inspect pipes or witness the pipe manufacturing. Such
inspection shall not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibilities to provide products that
comply with the applicable standards and these specifications.
B. Manufacturer's Notification: Should the Engineer wish to see specific pipes during any phase of
the manufacturing process, the manufacturer must provide the Engineer with adequate advance
notice of when and where the production of those pipes will take place. The Engineer shall
make known to manufacturer of the intent to inspect production. The manufacturer shall then
inform Engineer of the dates planned for production.
C. Failure to Inspect: Should the Engineer elect not to inspect the manufacturing, testing, or
finished pipes; it in no way implies approval of products or tests.
2.5 CAUSES FOR REJECTION
A. Pipe shall be subject to rejection for failure to conform to any of the specification requirements.
Individual sections of pipe may be rejected because of any of the following:
1. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, except for a single end crack that does not
exceed the depth of the joint.
2. Defects that indicate imperfect proportioning, mixing and molding.
3. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture.
4. Damaged ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint.
01257198 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 02638-2
O1/01
r
PART 3 - EXECUTION
-^ 3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Conform to requirements of the following Sections, as applicable:
1. Section 02448 - Pipe and Casing Augering for Sewers.
2. Section 02631 - Storm Sewers.
3. Section 02441 - Microtunneling and Pipe Jacked Tunnels.
B. Install reinforced concrete pipe in accordance with the Drawings.
3.2 TESTING
A. Refer to Section 02533 — Acceptance Testing for Storm Sewers.
END OF SECTION 02638
r.
r-
r
cam,
01257198 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
01/01
02638-3
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 02638-4
O1/01
SECTION 02741
HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1. Hot -mix asphalt paving.
�-
2. Hot -mix asphalt patching.
3. Asphalt surface treatments.
4. Pavement -marking paint.
5. Cold milling of existing hot -mix asphalt pavement.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
., B.
Section 01400 - Quality Requitements.
C.
Section 02300 -Earthwork.
D.
Section 02764 -Pavement Joint Sealants.
1.3
DEFINITIONS
A.
Hot -Mix Asphalt Paving Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 8 for definitions of terms.
1.4
REFERENCES
AASHTO T 102 Spot Test of Asphaltic Materials
AASHTO T 245 Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using
Marshall Apparatus
AASHTO M 248 Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed White and Yellow
Traffic Paints
-,
Al MS -2 (1994) Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other
Hot -Mix Types
AIMS -22 Construction of Hot Mix Asphalt Pavements
r
ASTM C 29/C 29M (1991; Rev. A) Unit Weight and Voids in Aggregate
ASTM C 88 (1990) Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or
Magnesium Sulfate
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741-1
01/01
ASTM C 117
ASTM C 127
ASTM C 128
ASTM C 131
ASTM C 136
ASTM C 188
ASTM D 70
ASTM D 75
ASTM D 242
ASTM D 546
ASTM D 692
ASTM D 854
ASTM D 946
ASTM D 979
ASTM D 995
ASTM D 1073
ASTM D 1075
ASTM D 1188
ASTM D 1559
(1995) Materials Finer than 75 -Micrometer (No. 200) Sieve in
Mineral Aggregates by Washing
(1988; R 1993) Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse
Aggregate
(1993) Specific Gravity and Absorption of Fine Aggregate
(1996) Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse
Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine
(1996; Rev. A) Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
(1995) Density of Hydraulic Cement
(1982; R 1990) Specific Gravity of Semi -Solid Bituminous
Materials
(1987; R 1992) Sampling Aggregates
(1995) Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures
(1994) Sieve Analysis of Mineral Filler for Road and Paving
Materials
(1994; Rev. A) Coarse Aggregate for Bituminous Paving
Mixtures
(1992) Specific Gravity of Soils
(1982; R 1993) Penetration -Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in
Pavement Construction
(1996) Sampling Bituminous Paving Mixtures
(1995; Rev. B) Mixing Plants for Hot -Mixed, Hot -Laid
Bituminous Paving Mixtures
(1994) Fine Aggregate for Bituminous Paving Mixtures
(1996) Effect of Water on Cohesion of Compacted Bituminous
Mixtures
(1996) Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Compacted
Bituminous Mixtures Using Paraffin -Coated Specimens
(1989) Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures
Using Marshall Apparatus
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741-2
01/01
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING
01/01
02741-3
ASTM D 2027
Standard Specificaton for Cutback Asphalt (Medium -Curing
Type)
ASTM D 2041
(1995) Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of
Bituminous Paving Mixtures
r�
ASTM D 2172
(1995) Quantitative Extraction of Bitumen from Bituminous
r --
Paving Mixtures
ASTM D 2726
(1996; Rev. A) Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Non -
Absorptive Compacted Bituminous Mixtures
ASTM D2950
Standard Test Method for Density of Bituminous Concrete in
Place by Nuclear Methods
ASTM D 3381
(1992) Viscosity -Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement
Construction
ASTM D3405
Standard Specification for Joint Sealants, Hot -Applied, for
Concrete and Asphalt Pavements
ASTM D3549
Standard Test Method for Thickness or Height of Compacted
Bituminous Paving Mixture Specimens
TEX-126-E
Molding, Testing and Evaluating Bituminous Black Base
Materials
TEX-204-F
Design of Bituminous Mixtures
TEX-224-F
Determining Flakiness Index
TxDOT Item 300
Asphalt, Oils and Emulsions
TxDOT Item 301
Asphalt Antistripping Agents
TxDOT Item 340
Specification for Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement
TxDOT Item 345
Specification for Asphaltic Stabilized Base (Plant Mix)
r^+
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. For each type of product indicated. Include technical data and tested physical and
performance properties.
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING
01/01
02741-3
B. Job -Mix Designs
1. Submit a job -mix design, for approval prior to preparing and placing the bituminous
mixture. Design mix using procedures contained in Chapter III, Marshall Method of
Mix Design, of Al MS -2. Formulas shall indicate physical properties of the mixes as
shown by tests made by a commercial laboratory approved by the Engineer, using
materials identical to those to be provided on this project. Submit formulas with
material samples. Job -mix formula for each mixture shall be in effect until modified in
writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. Provide a new job -mix
formula for each source change.
C. Qualification Data
1. Submit qualifications for product manufacturers.
D. Material Test Reports
1. Specific gravity test of asphalt
2. Coarse aggregate tests
3. Weight of slag test
4. Percent of crushed pieces in gravel
5. Fine aggregate tests
6. Specific gravity of mineral filler �.
7. Bituminous mixture tests
8. Aggregates tests
9. Bituminous mix tests
10. Pavement courses
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM D 3666 for testing indicated, as
documented according to ASTM E 548. -
B. Asphalt -Paving Publication: Comply with TxDOT Item 345 "Asphalt Stabilized Base" (Plant
Mix) unless other requirements are indicated herein, for asphalt stabilized base. Comply with
TxDOT Item 340 "Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement" for hot mix wearing course unless
other requirements are indicated herein.
C. Mock -Up Test Section
1. Prior to full production of the binder and wearing course[s], prepare a quantity of
bituminous mixture according to the job -mix formula. Construct a test section 200 feet
long by not less than 10 feet wide and of the same compacted depth specified for the
construction of the course which the test section represents. The underlying grade or
pavement structure upon which the test section is to be constructed shall be the same as
the remainder of the course represented by the test section. The equipment used in
construction of the test section shall be the same type and weight to be used on the
remainder of the course represented by the test section. Test not less than two samples
of the mixture produced at the plant for gradation, asphalt cement content, stability,
flow, air voids, voids in mineral aggregate, and in weight. Obtain not less than three
cores from the test strip for density and thickness tests. Check the test section for
smoothness and finish surface texture. If the test section should prove to be
unsatisfactory, make the necessary adjustments to the mix design, plant operation, �-
transportation, laydown, and/or rolling procedures. Additional test sections, as
required, shall be constructed and evaluated for conformance to the specified
requirements. When test sections do not conform to specified requirements, remove
and replace the bituminous pavement. A marginal quality test section that has been
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741-4
O1/01 "
r
m,
placed in an area of little or no traffic may be left in place. If a second test section also
does not meet specified requirements, remove both sections at the Contractor's
expense. Full production shall not begin without the Engineer's approval.
D. Required Data
1. Job -mix formula shall show the following:
a. Source and proportions, percent by weight, of each ingredient of the mixture;
b. Correct gradation, the percentages passing each size sieve listed in the
specifications for the mixture to be used, for the aggregate and mineral filler
from each separate source and from each different size to be used in the mixture
and for the composite mixture;
C. Amount of material passing the No. 200 sieve determined by dry sieving;
^- d. Number of blows of hammer compaction per side of molded specimen;
e. Temperature viscosity relationship of the asphalt cement;
f. Stability, flow, percent voids in mineral aggregate, percent air voids, unit
A-, weight;
g. Asphalt absorption by the aggregate;
h. Effective asphalt content as percent by weight of total mix;
.-� i. Temperature of the mixture immediately upon completion of mixing;
j. Asphalt viscosity grade and/or penetration range; and
k. Curves for the asphalt stabilized base and hot mix asphalt paving courses.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Inspect materials delivered to the site for damage and store with a minimum of handling.
Store aggregates in such a manner as to prevent segregation, contamination, or intermixing of
the different aggregate sizes.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not apply asphalt materials if subgrade is wet or excessively
damp or if the following conditions are not met:
1. Prime and Tack Coats: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F.
2. Asphalt Base Course: Minimum surface temperature of 40 deg F and rising at time of
placement.
3. Asphalt Surface Course: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F at time of
placement.
B. Pavement -Marking Paint: Proceed with pavement marking only on clean, dry surfaces and at
a minimum ambient or surface temperature of 40 deg F for oil-based materials, 50 deg F for
water-based materials, and not exceeding 95 deg F.
1.9 MIXING PLANT
A. Provide mixing plant capable of meeting the needs of the project
B. At no time shall the plant hinder the progress of the project.
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741-5
.. 01/01
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Aggregate General: Use materials and gradations that have performed satisfactorily in
previous installations.
1. Coarse Aggregate - Coarse aggregate shall conform to ASTM D692.
a. The coarse aggregate shall be the material retained on a No. 10 sieve, and shall
consist of clean, tough, durable fragments of crushed stone of uniform quality.
Mixing or combining of crushed gravel and crushed stone will not be permitted.
Coarse aggregate shall be crushed to the extent that produces a minimum of 50%
crushed faces for Type "D" HMAC when tested in accordance with ASTM D
692.
b. Coarse aggregate shall have a maximum loss of 25% when subjected to 5 cycles
of the Magnesium Sulfate Soundness Test ASTM C-88. The amount of organic
matter, clays, loams, or particles coated therewith, or other undesirable materials
shall not exceed 2 percent. When subjected to the Los Angeles Abrasion test, the
coarse aggregate shall not have a loss greater than 40 percent by weight.
2. Fine Aggregate - fine aggregate shall conform to ASTM D1073.
a. The fine aggregate shall be that part of the material passing the No. 10 sieve and
shall consist of sand and/or screenings. The plasticity index of that part of the
sand passing the 40 sieve shall not exceed 6. The plasticity index of the
screenings shall not exceed 9.
b. Sand shall be composed of durable stone particles free from injurious foreign
matter. Screenings shall be of the same or similar material as specified for
coarse aggregate.
3. Mineral Filler
a. Mineral filler shall conform to ASTM D242 and consist of thoroughly dry stone
dust, portland cement or other material dust approved by the Engineer. The
mineral filler shall be free of foreign and other injurious matter and shall meet
the following gradation:
Percent by Weight Retained on No. 30 Sieve 0
Percent by Weight Retained on No. 80 Sieve 10 maximum
Percent by Weight Retained on No. 200 Sieve 35 maximum
B. Asphalt
1. Asphalt shall be performance grade 64-28 S or L, AASHTO Performance Graded
Binder Specification (MPI).
2. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the source of asphaltic material for approval
prior to production of the asphaltic mixture.
3. The optimum asphalt content shall be determined by the Marshall Stability method.
4. The percent asphalt content in HMAC surface shall be optimum as indicated by
Marshall Stability optimum plus 0.5 percentage point for Type "D" HMAC.
5. The asphalt content of the paving mixture shall not be below optimum, or vary from the
specified design asphalt content by more than plus 0.3 percent dry weight, based on
total mixture.
C. Prime Coat
1. The surface shall be primed using an application of 0.25 gallons per square yard of MC
asphalt conforming to ASTM D 2027 - MC 30.
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741-6
O1/01
N
roll
D. Tack Coat
1. The asphaltic material for tack coat shall meet the requirements for Cut -Back Asphalt
RC -250.
E. Joint Sealant
1. ASTM D 3405 or AASHTO M 301, hot -applied, single -component, polymer -modified
bituminous sealant.
F. Pavement -Marking Paint
1. Alkyd -resin type, lead and chromate free, ready mixed, complying with
�^ AASHTO M 248, Type N.
2. Color, dimension and spacing of markings to match those existing prior to removal.
G. Mix Design
1. Hot -Mix Asphalt: Dense, hot -laid, hot -mix asphalt plant mixes approved by authorities
having jurisdiction; designed according to procedures in AI MS -2, "Mix Design
Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot -Mix Types"; and complying with the
�-. following requirements:
a. Provide mixes with a history of satisfactory performance in geographical area
where Project is located.
2. Base Course
a. Asphalt stabilized base shall consist of a compacted mixture of graded gravel
aggregate and asphalt cement mixed hot in a mixing plant in accordance with these
,., specifications. Unless otherwise specified, the materials and construction shall
conform to TxDOT Item 345 "Asphalt Stabilized Base" (Plant Mix).
b. The Contractor shall provide a current mix design using the approved materials
indicating gradation and optimum asphalt content. The aggregate mixture shall
conform to the following master gradation:
Sieve Size 1-1/2" 3/a" 1/2" #4 #40
Percent Retained by Weight 0 8-30 30-55 50-70 70-90
Material passing the #40 sieve shall be known as soil binder and shall meet the
following requirements:
Liquid Limit shall not exceed 45
Plasticity Index shall not exceed 15
Linear Shrinkage shall not exceed 5
C. The mineral aggregate shall not contain more than 0.5% moisture prior to
entering the pugmill for mixing with asphalt.
d. The ASB mixture shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregate and
asphaltic material. The mineral aggregate shall conform to the gradation
requirements specified. The percent asphaltic material shall be determined in
accordance with Test Method Tex. -126-E or Test Method Tex. -204-F and
r� procedures outlined in TxDOT Bulletin C-14. In no case shall the asphalt
content be less than 4% or more than 9% by weight. Asphalt for the mixture
shall meet the requirements of TxDOT Item 300 "Asphalt, Oils, and Emulsions".
The grade of asphalt and source must be approved by the Engineer prior to use.
3. Surface Course
a. Hot mix asphalt concrete surface shall consist of a compacted mixture of coarse
aggregate, fine aggregate, mineral filler (if required), and asphalt cement mixed
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741-7
.- 01/01
hot in a mixing plant in accordance with these specifications. Unless otherwise
specified, the materials and construction shall conform to TxDOT Item 340 "Hot
Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement".
b. The combined mineral aggregate, after final processing by the mixing plant and
prior to addition of asphalt and mineral filler, shall have a sand equivalent value
of not less than 45 when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex 203-F. The
percent of flat of elongated slivers of stone for any aggregate shall not exceed
25 % when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex 224-F.
C. Asphaltic mixtures shall be conditioned with either lime or liquid anti -stripping
agent approved by the Engineer. Anti -stripping agents shall meet requirements
of TxDOT Item 301 "Asphalt Antistripping Agents".
d. Type "D" Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete (HMAC) shall be used for asphalt -paved
street repairs on this project. The Contractor shall provide a current HMAC
mix design using the approved materials indicating gradation and optimum
asphalt content. The aggregate mixture shall conform to the following master
gradation:
Tvne "D" (Fine Graded Surface Course
Percent passing 5/8"
100
Percent retained on 3/8"
0-15
Percent retained on No. 4
30-50
Percent retained on No. 10
12-30
Total Retained on No. 10
53-65
Percent retained on No. 40
10-20
Percent retained on No. 80
5-15
Percent retained on No. 20
5-15
Percent passing No. 200
1-6
Material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be known as soil binder and shall meet the
following requirements:
Liquid Limit shall not exceed 45
Plasticity Index shall not exceed 15
Linear Shrinkage shall not exceed 5
e. The mineral aggregate shall not contain more than 0.5% moisture prior to
entering the pugmill for mixing with asphalt.
f. The HMAC mixture shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregate and
asphalt material. The percent asphalt in the mixture shall be determined to meet
the Marshall Stability criteria as follows:
Marshall Criteria Type "D"
No. Blows (each end of specimen) 50
Stability (Lb.) 1200
Flow (units of 0.01 inch) 8 min 18 max
Percent Air Voids 3 min 6 max
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741 -8
01/01
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
"^ A. Verify that subgrade is dry and in suitable condition to support paving and imposed loads.
B. Proof -roll subbase using heavy, pneumatic -tired rollers to locate areas that are unstable or that
require further compaction.
C. Proceed with paving only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
D. Surface shall be clean and free of loose dirt, rock, or any other foreign matter.
3.2 PRIME COAT
A. Application
1. Immediately following the surface preparation, apply the bituminous material by means
of the bituminous distributor. Apply the bituminous material at a pressure range of 25
to 75 pounds per square inch within the temperature limits specified herein, and at the
rate of not less than .25 gallon of bituminous material per square yard. Apply the
bituminous material so that uniform distribution is obtained over the entire surface to be
treated. Unless the distributor is equipped to obtain satisfactory results at the junction
of previous and subsequent applications, spread building paper on the surface of the
applied material for a sufficient distance back from the ends of each application, so that
flow from the sprays may be started and stopped on the paper, and so that all sprayers
will operate at full force on the surface to be treated. Immediately after the application,
remove the building paper and apply bituminous material to spots missed by the
distributor.
B. Curing
1. Following the application of bituminous material, allow the surface to cure without
being disturbed for a period of not less than 48 hours or longer, as may be necessary to
attain penetration into the foundation course and evaporation of the volatiles from the
bituminous material. Furnish and spread enough sand to effectively blot up and cure
excess bituminous material. Maintain the primed surface until the succeeding layer of
pavement is placed by protecting the surface against damage and by repairing and
repriming deficient areas.
C. Temperature
1. Maintain application temperature between 68 ° F and 149 ° F.
D. Protection
1. Keep traffic off surfaces freshly treated with bituminous material. Provide sufficient
warning signs and barricades to prevent traffic over freshly treated surfaces.
3.3 TACK COAT
W
Application
1. Apply the tack coat when the surface to be treated is dry. Immediately following the
preparation of the surface for treatment, apply the bituminous material by means of the
bituminous distributor, within the limits of temperature specified herein and at a rate of
not less than 0.05 gallon nor more than 0.15 gallon of diluted emulsion per square
yard. Apply the bituminous material so that uniform distribution is obtained over the
entire surface to be treated. Treat lightly coated areas and spots missed by the
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741-9
rte- 01/01
distributor with the bituminous material. Following the application of bituminous
material, allow the surface to cure without being disturbed for period of time necessary
to permit setting of the tack coat. Apply the bituminous tack coat only as far in
advance of the placing of the overlying layer as required for that day's operation.
Maintain and protect the treated surface from damage until the succeeding course of
pavement is placed.
B. Temperature
1. Maintain application temperature between 122° F and 185° F.
C. Material Test
1. Perform spot test for asphalt in accordance with AASHTO T102 on each shipment.
D. Traffic Controls
1. Keep traffic off surfaces freshly treated with bituminous material. Provide sufficient
warning signs and barricades so that traffic will not travel over freshly treated surfaces.
3.4 ASPHALT STABILIZED BASE COURSE (ASB)
A. ASB shall not be placed when air temperature as reported by the National Weather Service is
below 45 degrees F and falling.
B. ASB that is 25 degrees F or more below approved temperature of 250 degrees F shall be
rejected and no payment will be made.
C. ASB shall be placed and compacted in 3 inch lifts, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
The material shall be placed in such a manner than when properly compacted the finished
course is smooth, of uniform density, and in conformance with required cross-sections and
grades.
3.5 SURFACE COURSE
A. HMAC shall be placed with a minimum compacted thickness of 1 '/z inches unless otherwise
shown on the plans.
B. Air temperature requirements as follows:
1. November 1 to April 1
HMAC shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 55 degrees F and falling.
HMAC may be placed when the air temperature is above 50 degrees F and rising.
2. April 1 to November 1
HMAC shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling.
HMAC may be placed when the air temperature is above 45 degrees and rising.
Air temperature shall be determined by the National Weather Service hourly report.
C. If the temperature of any HMAC, measured while passing through the lay down machine, is
25 degrees F less than the mixing temperature, that material shall be rejected. No payment
will be made for rejected material. -
D. The asphaltic mixture shall be dumped and spread on the approved prepared surface using an
approved spreading and finishing machine. The material shall be placed in such a manner that
when properly compacted the finished course is smooth, of uniform density, and in
conformance with the cross-sections and grades shown on the associated plans.
E. A level up course, '/2 inch or more in thickness, shall require the use of ASB or a coarse
grade of HMAC approved by the Engineer.
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741-10
O1/01
r1+
Pon,
F.
When the asphaltic mixture is placed in a small area where use of a finishing machine is not
practical, the contractor may use other methods approved by the Engineer provided a
satisfactory surface can be obtained.
G.
Adjacent to curbs, gutters or other flush structures, the surface shall be finished uniformly
high so that when compacted it will be 1/a inch above the curb or flush structure.
H.
All joints shall present the same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of the
course. The joints between old and new pavements or between successive day's work shall be
made to insure a continuous bond between the old and new sections of the course. The
*-°
transverse edges of old pavement and, if required by the Engineer, the successive day's
pavement shall be cut with an approved concrete saw to expose an even vertical surface for
the full thickness of the course. All contact surfaces of previously constructed pavement shall
�^*
be painted with a thin uniform coat of hot bituminous material (tack coat) before the fresh
mixture is placed.
I.
Rolling with three wheel and tandem rollers shall start longitudinally at the sides and proceed
,.-
toward the center of the pavement, overlapping on successive trips by at least half the width
of the rear wheels. Alternate trips of the roller shall be slightly different in length. On super -
elevated curves rolling shall begin at the low side and progress toward the high side.
r., J.
The motion of the rollers shall be slow enough to avoid displacement of the mixture. Rollers
shall not be permitted to stand on pavement which has not been fully compacted. Any
displacement of the mixture shall be corrected immediately by the use of rakes and fresh
mixture where required.
K.
Places inaccessible to the rollers may be compacted using lightly oiled tamps. Limited areas
where required compaction cannot be obtained using a three wheel roller shall be compacted
with a trench type roller.
L.
The surface of the pavement after compaction shall be smooth and true to the established line,
grade, and cross-section. When tested with a 10 foot straight edge placed parallel to the
centerline of the roadway, or other means acceptable to the Engineer, the maximum deviation
shall be not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet. An acceptable 10 foot straight edge shall be provided
by the Contractor. Any point in the surface not meeting this requirement shall be corrected as
directed by the Engineer. When placed on existing surfaces, the 1/8 inch maximum deviation
requirements may be waived by the Engineer.
3.6
JOINTS
A.
Construct joints to ensure a continuous bond between adjoining paving sections. Construct
joints free of depressions with same texture and smoothness as other sections of hot -mix
asphalt course.
1. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat to joints.
2. Offset longitudinal joints, in successive courses, a minimum of 6 inches.
3. Offset transverse joints, in successive courses, a minimum of 24 inches.
4. Construct transverse joints as described in AI MS -22, "Construction of Hot Mix
Asphalt Pavements."
S. Compact joints as soon as hot -mix asphalt will bear roller weight without excessive
displacement.
6. Compact asphalt at joints to a density within 2 percent of specified course density.
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741-11
�.. 01/01
3.7 COMPACTION
A. General: Begin compaction as soon as placed hot -mix paving will bear roller weight without
excessive displacement. Compact hot -mix paving with hot, hand tampers or vibratory -plate
compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers.
1. Complete compaction before mix temperature cools to 185 deg F.
B. Breakdown Rolling: Complete breakdown or initial rolling immediately after rolling joints
and outside edge. Examine surface immediately after breakdown rolling for indicated crown,
grade, and smoothness. Correct laydown and rolling operations to comply with requirements.
C. Intermediate Rolling: Begin intermediate rolling immediately after breakdown rolling while
hot -mix asphalt is still hot enough to achieve specified density. Continue rolling until hot -mix
asphalt course has been uniformly compacted to the following density:
1. Average Density: 96 percent of reference laboratory density according to
AASHTO T 245, but not less than 94 percent nor greater than 100 percent.
D. Finish Rolling: Finish roll paved surfaces to remove roller marks while hot -mix asphalt is
still warm.
E. Edge Shaping: While surface is being compacted and finished, trim edges of pavement to
proper alignment. Bevel edges while asphalt is still hot; compact thoroughly.
F. Repairs: Remove paved areas that are defective or contaminated with foreign materials and
replace with fresh, hot -mix asphalt. Compact by rolling to specified density and surface
smoothness.
G. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled
and hardened.
H. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become
marked.
3.8 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Thickness: Compact each course to produce the thickness indicated within the following
tolerances:
1. Base Course: Plus or minus 1/2 inch.
2. Surface Course: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus.
B. Surface Smoothness: Compact each course to produce a surface smoothness within the
following tolerances as determined by using a 10 -foot straightedge applied transversely or
longitudinally to paved areas:
1. Base Course: 1/4 inch.
2. Surface Course: 1/8 inch.
3. Crowned Surfaces: Test with crowned template centered and at right angle to crown.
Maximum allowable variance from template is 1/4 inch.
3.9 PAVEMENT MARKING
A. Do not apply pavement -marking paint until layout, colors, and placement have been verified
with Engineer.
B. Allow paving to age for 30 days before starting pavement marking.
C. Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust.
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741-12
01/01
D. Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce pavement markings of dimensions
indicated, with uniform, straight edges. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rates to
provide a minimum wet film thickness of 15 mils.
1. Broadcast glass spheres uniformly into wet pavement markings at a rate of 6 lb/gal.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Contractor shall perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports..
1. Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether tested
work complies with or deviates from specified requirements.
B. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
C. Thickness: In-place compacted thickness of hot -mix asphalt courses will be determined
according to ASTM D 3549.
D. Surface Smoothness: Finished surface of each hot -mix asphalt course will be tested for
compliance with smoothness tolerances.
E. In -Place Density: Testing agency will take samples of uncompacted paving mixtures and
compacted pavement according to ASTM D 979 or AASHTO T 168.
1. Reference maximum theoretical density will be determined by averaging results from
four samples of hot -mix asphalt -paving mixture delivered daily to site, prepared
according to ASTM D 2041, and compacted according to job -mix specifications.
2. In-place density of compacted pavement will be determined by testing core samples
according to ASTM D 1188 or ASTM D 2726.
a. One core sample will be taken for every 2000 sq. yd. or less of installed
pavement.
b. Field density of in-place compacted pavement may also be determined by nuclear
method according to ASTM D 2950 and correlated with ASTM D 1188 or
ASTM D 2726.
F. Remove and replace or install additional hot -mix asphalt where test results or measurements
indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements.
G. Owner may elect to take confirmation tests at Owner's expense. Contractor shall cooperate
with Owner's testing agency. Failing tests taken at Owner's direction shall be charged to the
Contractor. Failing test charges shall include pro -rata technician charges, actual failing test
charge, pro -rata mileage charge, and other pro -rated charges.
3.11 DISPOSAL
A. Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01576 — Waste
Material Disposal.
1. Do not allow excavated materials to accumulate on-site.
END OF SECTION 02741
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741-13
, „ 01/01
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741-14
O1/01
SECTION 02751
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section includes the following:
1. Concrete pavement.
2. Curb and gutter.
3. Driveways (alleys).
4. Sidewalks.
B. This section applies wherever Contractor has elected to remove, or is required to remove, and
replace concrete pavement, curb and gutter, driveway (alleys), and sidewalks as part of storm
sewer installation. Section applies also for repair or replacement of facilities otherwise
damaged by Contractor's operations.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections apply to this section.
B. Section 02221 — Removing Existing Pavements.
C. Section 02300 — Earthwork.
D. Section 02741 — Hot -Mix Paving.
E. Section 02764 — Pavement Joint Sealants.
F. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended
hydraulic cement, expansive hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated
blast -furnace slag, and silica fume.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data in accordance with Section 01330 — Submittal Procedures.
B. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated.
C. Design Mixes: For each concrete pavement mix. Include alternate mix designs when
characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances
warrant adjustments.
D. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results
for compliance of the following with requirements indicated, based on comprehensive testing of
current materials:
1. Cementitious materials and aggregates.
2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories.
3. Fiber reinforcement.
4. Admixtures.
5. Curing compounds.
r- 6. Applied finish materials.
01257198 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751-1 01/01
7. Bonding agent or adhesive.
8. Joint fillers.
E. Shop drawings for reinforcement detailing, fabricating, bending, and placing concrete
reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced
Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, materials, steel
grades, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement and methods of support.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed pavement work similar in
material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in
construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of ready -mixed concrete products complying with
ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment.
1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mix Concrete
Association's Plant Certification Program.
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from
the same manufacturer's plant and each aggregate from one source.
E. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," unless
modified by the requirements of the Contract Documents. Refer to Section 03300 — Cast -in -
Place Concrete for additional codes and standards.
F. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material
evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other
construction activities and emergency services.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORMS
A. Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal -framed plywood, or other approved panel -type
materials to provide full -depth, continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces.
1. Use flexible or curved forms for curves of a radius 100 feet or less.
2. Forms should be no less than 10 ft. in length.
B. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent with a maximum of 350 g/1
volatile organic compounds (VOC's) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete
surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
C. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, adjustable -length, removable or snap -off metal form ties
designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling of concrete upon removal. Provide
units that will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2 inches to the plane of the exposed concrete
surface.
1. Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch in diameter in the
concrete surface.
01257198 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751-2
01/01
2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Plain -Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat
sheets, shall be 6" x 6" — 10 gauge welded wire fabric, or as shown on plans.
B. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed.
C. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars, ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60. Cut bars true to length
with ends square and free of burrs.
D. Tie Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed.
E. Hook Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A, internally and externally threaded. Design hook -bolt joint
assembly to hold coupling against pavement form and in position during concreting operations,
and to permit removal without damage to concrete or hook bolt.
F. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening
reinforcement bars, welded wire fabric, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports
according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete
or fiber -reinforced concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete, and as follows:
I. Equip wire bar supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will
not support chair legs.
2. Space reinforcing supports at 5'-0" maximum in any direction.
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. General: Use the same brand and type of cementitious material from the same manufacturer
throughout the Project.
B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, H, or III or ASTM G176 IA, IIA, or IIIA for air
entrained.
1. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C or F.
C. Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, from a single source, with coarse aggregate as
follows:
I. CIass: 4M.
2. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inches nominal.
3. Coarse aggregate for Class C or D concrete shall be crushed limestone (Brownwood type
or equivalent).
Aggregate shall be graded from fine to coarse and shall conform to ASTM C 136. The
gradation for aggregate shall meet the following requirements by weight:
FINE AGGREGATE COARSE AGGREGATE
Sieve Percent Retained Sieve Percent Retained
3/8 inch 0 1-3/4 inch 0
No. 4 0-5 1-1/2 inch 0-5
No. 16 20-55 3/4 inch 30-65
No. 30 45-75 3/8 inch 70-90
No. 50 70-90 No. 4 95-100
No. 100 98-100
Maximum amounts of organic impurities shall conform to ASTM C 40 and ASTM C 87.
Maximum amounts of impurities finer than the #200 sieve shall conform to ASTM C
117. Maximum amounts of soft particles shall conform to ASTM C 123. Maximum
amounts of friable particles shall conform to ASTM C 142.
Stockpiles shall be protected from dusty conditions by drift fences or other methods
approved by the Engineer. Stockpiling methods used shall not allow aggregate to roll
01257198 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 -3
01/01
down the slope as it is added to existing stockpiles. Stockpiles shall be built in layers of
uniform thickness. Equipment shall not be permitted to operate over the same lift
repeatedly.
D. Water: ASTM C 94.
2.4 ADMIXTURES
A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-
soluble chloride ions by mass of cement and to be compatible with other admixtures.
B. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with
other required admixtures.
C. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A.
D. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G.
E. Water -Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E.
F. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D.
2.5 FIBER REINFORCEMENT
A. Fiber reinforcement may be used in place of wire mesh only if approved by Engineer and
Owner.
B. Fiber reinforcement shall be 100% virgin polypropylene, collated, fibrillated fibers, made for
use as concrete reinforcement, containing no reprocessed olefin materials, and conforming to
ASTM C 1116, Type III.
C. Specific gravity -.91
Tensile Strength — 70,000 psi to 100,000 psi
Length — 3/4"
2.6 CURING COMPOUND
A. Liquid -type membrane -forming curing compound complying with ASTM C 309, Type I, Class
A. Moisture loss not more than 1.0 pounds per square yard when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal.
2.7 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Expansion- and Isolation -Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber.
B. Texture Surface for Ramps
1. Meet requirements of the Texas Accessibility Standards.
2. Color as selected by Owner.
3. Surface should be non-skid.
4. Durabak with Safti-Traxx Detacable Warning System by Cote -L Distribution Company,
or approved equal.
C. Bonding Agent
1. Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base.
D. Sand Cusion
1. Clean, manufactured or natural sand with plasticity index of 8 or less.
E. Epoxy Adhesive
1. ASTM C 881, two -component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Provide
material type, grade, and class to suit project requirements.
01257198 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751-4
O1/01 "`
r
2.8 CONCRETE MIXES
A. Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301, for each type and strength of normal -
weight concrete determined by either laboratory trial mixes or field experience.
B. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs
for the trial batch method.
1. Do not use Owner's field quality -control testing agency as the independent testing
agency.
C. Proportion mixes to provide concrete with the following properties:
1. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.45.
D. Classification
1. The following City of Lubbock classes of concrete shall be used:
Class A Curb and gutter, sidewalks, curb ramps, medians, and driveways.
Class B Alley returns and alley paving.
Class C Valley gutters, fillets, and concrete street pavement.
Class D Lubbock Power and Light encasements.
Class E Fast setting concrete pavement such as "Fast Track" Concrete
Pavement or other special design.
E. Mix Design
1. At least 15 days prior to beginning any concrete pavement construction the Contractor
shall submit the following to the Engineer for approval:
a. Test certificates from an approved commercial testing laboratory on all proposed
aggregate. Certificates shall indicate material source, gradation, and loss from 5
cycle Magnesium Sulfate or Sodium Sulfate test (not to exceed 18%).
b. A mix design based on water -cement ratio.
C. Results of compression tests in conformance with ASTM C 39 and/or flexural tests
in conformance with ASTM C 78, made by an approved commercial testing
laboratory. Tests shall be made on 6 cylinders and/or 6 beams at curing times
appropriate to the class of concrete.
2. The Engineer will approve or reject the mix design and materials based on these
submittals. This approval shall be subject to additional testing during construction.
Mix designs for various classes of concrete shall conform to the following:
Minimum Sacks Maximum Gal Maximum Slump
Class Cement per CY Water per Sack Inches
A
_ 5.0
6.5
B
5.5
5.5
C
6.0
6.0
D
4.5
6.5
E
7.0
5.0
01257198 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
O1/01
4
3
3
4
As specified by
Concrete batch plant
02751-5
F. Strength Requirements
1. The various classes of concrete shall conform to the following strengths in psi as
determined by the average of two test cylinders or beams.
COMPRESSIVE FLEXURAL
Class 3 Day 7 Day 28 Day —
A - 2100 3000 -
B 2500 3000 - -
C - 2500 3600 600 (28 day)
D - - 2500 -
E Unless otherwise specified 500 (16 hr)
G. Properties
1. Air Entrainment: 5% +/- 1 ''/2% ASTM C 260.
2. Synthetic Fiber: Use manufacturer's recommended rate, but not less than 1.0 lb/cu.yd.
(where applicable).
3. Flyash: 20% to 30% by absolute volume of the cement.
2.9 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements and with ASTM C 94.
B. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements and with ASTM C 94 and ASTM C 1116
when synthetic fibers are involved.
1. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time
from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing
and delivery time to 60 minutes.
C. Project -Site Mixing: Comply with requirements and measure, batch, and mix concrete
materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum -
type batch machine mixer.
1. For mixers of 1 cu. yd. or smaller capacity, continue mixing at least one and one-half
minutes, but not more than five minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of
batch is released.
2. For mixers of capacity larger than 1 cu. yd., increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each
additional 1 cu. yd..
3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project
identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, and amount of water
added.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Proof -roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and verify need for additional
compaction. Proceed with pavement only after nonconforming conditions have been corrected
and subgrade is ready to receive pavement.
B. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete.
01257198 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751-6
O1/01 --.
3.2 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION
A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides for pavement to
required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and
so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement.
r-* B. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent to ensure separation from concrete
without damage.
3.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's (CRSI) "Manual of Standard
Practice" for fabricating reinforcement and with recommendations in CRSI's "Placing
Reinforcing Bars for placing and supporting reinforcement.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond -reducing materials.
C. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during
concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement.
D. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one
full mesh, and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps
in either direction.
3.4 JOINTS
A. General: Construct isolation, contraction, construction joints and tool edgings true to line with
faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to
�.. centerline, unless otherwise indicated.
1. When joining existing pavement, place transverse joints to align with previously placed
joints, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of pavement and at
locations where pavement operations are stopped for more than one-half hour, unless pavement
terminates at isolation joints.
1. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not
continue reinforcement through sides of pavement strips, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Provide tie bars at sides of pavement strips where indicated.
3. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or
partially hardened concrete surfaces.
C. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint -filler strips abutting concrete curbs,
catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated.
1. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of j oint.
2. Terminate joint filler less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface if joint
sealant is indicated.
3. Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface if joint sealant is not
indicated.
4. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths. Where more than one length is required, lace or
clip joint -filler sections together.
5. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with metal, plastic, or other
temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both
sides of joint.
D. Curb and Gutter
1. Place 3/4" pre -molded expansion joints at the tangent point of each return at intersections
and at intervals not more than 40 feet between the intersections.
2. Locate construction joints of at least 3/4" depth at 10 foot intervals.
01257198 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751-7
01/01
E. Sidewalk
1. Place 3/4" expansion joint material where. new construction abuts an existing structure,
sidewalk, etc.
2. Place expansion joints at 40 ft. spacing (max).
3. Place weakened plane joints at 5 ft. spacing (max). They shall be 1/4" wide by 3/4" deep.
F. Driveways and Pavements
1. Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints. Dowel bar spacing and size as
directed by Engineer. Lubricate or asphalt -coat one-half of dowel length to prevent
concrete bonding to one side of joint.
2. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing
each edge of joint with groover tool to the following radius. Repeat grooving of
contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover marks on concrete
surfaces.
a. Radius: 1/4 inch.
b. Bottom Width: 3/8 inch.
C. Top Width: 3/4 inch.
d. Depth: 1 5/8 inch.
3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcement
steel, and items to be embedded or cast in.
B. Remove snow, ice, or frost from subbase surface and reinforcement before placing concrete.
Do not place concrete on frozen surfaces.
C. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is placed. Do
not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at the required finish
elevation and alignment.
D. Comply with requirements and with recommendations in ACI 304R for measuring, mixing,
transporting, and placing concrete.
E. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push
or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place.
F. Consolidate concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand -spading,
rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures to consolidate concrete according to
recommendations in ACI 309R.
1. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an
internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side
forms. Use only square -faced shovels for hand -spreading and consolidation. Consolidate
with care to prevent dislocating reinforcement, dowels, and joint devices.
G. Place concrete in two operations; strike off initial pour for entire width of placement and to the
required depth below finish surface. Lay welded wire fabric or fabricated bar mats immediately
in final position. Place top layer of concrete, strike off, and screed.
1. Remove and replace portions of bottom layer of concrete that have been placed more than
15 minutes without being covered by top layer, or use bonding agent if approved by
Engineer.
H. Screed pavement surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Commence initial floating using
bull floats or darbies to form an open textured and uniform surface plane before excess moisture
or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning
finishing operations or spreading dry -shake surface treatments.
I. Curbs and Gutters: When automatic machine placement is used for curb and gutter placement,
submit revised mix design and laboratory test results that meet or exceed requirements.
Produce curbs and gutters to required cross section, lines, grades, finish, and jointing as
01257198 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751-8
01/01
ems.
specified for formed concrete. If results are not approved, remove and replace with formed
concrete.
J. When adjoining pavement lanes are placed in separate pours, do not operate equipment on
concrete until pavement has attained 85 percent of its 28 -day compressive strength.
K. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from
•, physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low
temperatures.
1. When air temperature has fallen to, or is expected to fall below, 40 deg F, uniformly heat
water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less
than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow.
.� 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or
chemical accelerators, unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs.
L. Hot -Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 305R and as
follows when hot -weather conditions exist:
1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement
below 90 deg F. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control
temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing
water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
2. Cover reinforcement steel with water -soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed
ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete.
3. Fog -spray forms, reinforcement steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep
subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
3.6 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. General: Wetting of concrete surfaces during screeding, initial floating, or finishing operations
is prohibited.
B. Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleed -water sheen has disappeared and
the concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power -
driven floats, or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces
to true planes. Cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Refloat surface iminediately to uniform
granular texture.
1. Burlap Finish: For sidewalks, drag a seamless strip of damp burlap across float -finished
concrete, perpendicular to line of traffic, to provide a uniform, gritty texture.
2. Medium -to -Fine -Textured Broom Finish: For curb and gutter, draw a soft bristle broom
across float -finished concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic to provide a uniform,
fine -line texture.
3. Medium -to -Coarse -Textured Broom Finish: For concrete pavement and driveways
(alleys), provide a coarse finish by striating float -finished concrete surface 1/16 to 1/8
inch deep with a stiff -bristled broom, perpendicular to line of traffic.
3.7 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and follow
recommendations in ACI 305R for hot -weather protection during curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy
conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing
operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and
bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.
01257198 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751-9
«�+ 01/01
C. Begin curing after finishing concrete, but not before free water has disappeared from concrete
surface.
D. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing, moisture -retaining -cover curing, curing
compound, or a combination of these as follows:
1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the
following materials:
a. Water.
b. Continuous water -fog spray.
C. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete
surfaces and edges with 12 -inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
2. Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining
cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped
at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any
holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape.
3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller
according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall
within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair
damage during curing period.
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Contractor shall sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports
during concrete placement. Sampling and testing for quality control include those specified in
this Article.
B. Testing Services: Testing shall be performed according to the following requirements:
1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: Representative samples of fresh concrete shall be obtained
according to ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94.
2. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each compressive -strength test,
but not less than one test for each day's pour of each type of concrete. Additional tests
will be required when concrete consistency changes.
3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method; one test for each compressive -strength test,
but not less than one test for each day's pour of each type of air -entrained concrete.
4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F
and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each set of compressive -
strength specimens.
5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; one set of four standard cylinders for
each compressive -strength test, unless otherwise indicated. Cylinders shall be molded
and stored for laboratory -cured test specimens unless field -cured test specimens are
required.
6. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour of each concrete
class exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu.
yd.. One specimen shall be tested at 7 days and two specimens at 28 days; one specimen
shall be retained in reserve for later testing if required.
7. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive -strength tests for a
given class of concrete, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected
batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used.
C. Test results shall be reported in writing to Engineer and Contractor within 24 hours of testing.
Reports of compressive -strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date
of concrete placement, name of concrete testing agency, concrete type and class, location of
concrete batch in pavement, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions
and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28 -day tests.
01257198 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751-10
O1/01
D. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be
permitted by Engineer but will not be used as the sole basis for approval or rejection.
E. Additional Tests: Contractor shall make additional tests of the concrete when test results
indicate slump, air entrainment, concrete strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as
directed by Engineer. Contractor may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored
cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed.
F. Contractor shall pay for failing tests.
G. Questionable Concrete
1. Concrete shall be considered "Questionable Concrete" where any of the following test
evaluations occur:
a. Individual test strength is below specified strength; or
b. Samples of concrete for acceptance test cylinders or acceptance test beams are not
representative of concrete -in-place in the pavement; or
C. Insufficient or inadequate concrete curing; or
d. Insufficient number of acceptance test cylinders or acceptance test beams for day's
concreting were made for testing.
2. Except where core tests will impair the strength of the structure, core test as directed by
the Owner shall be made at no cost to the Owner to resolve Questionable Concrete. If
core tests fail to demonstrate the test strength required by the contract documents or
structural analysis does not confirm the adequacy of the structure, the Owner may, at his
discretion, reject the work or require load tests or additional construction. Should
structural analysis confirm the adequacy of the pavement, the Owner may, at his
discretion, accept the concrete with credit for the full value of the concrete delivered to
the site in accordance with the General Conditions.
3. The Contractor shall pay all costs incurred in providing the additional testing or analysis
to resolve the acceptability of Questionable Concrete.
4. Core Tests
a. Three representative cores shall be taken from each member or area of concrete for
each test considered questionable. Location of cores shall be as directed by the
Owner to least impair the strength of the pavement. Damaged cores shall be
replaced.
b. Cores shall be obtained and tested in accordance with ASTM C42 except that if
concrete in the structure will be dry under service conditions the cores shall be air
dried (temperature 60 degrees F. to 80 degrees F., and relative humidity less than
60%) for 7 days before test and shall be tested dry. If the concrete in the structure
will be more than superficially wet under service conditions, the cores shall be
immersed in water for at least 48 hours and tested wet.
C. Questionable concrete will be considered structurally acceptable if the average of
the cores is equal to or greater than 90% of the specified strength and no single
core is greater than 500 psi below specified compressive strength (50 psi below
specified beam strength).
3.9 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Remove and replace concrete pavement that is broken, damaged, or defective, or does not meet
requirements in this Section.
B. Drill test cores where directed by Engineer when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks or
defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory pavement areas with portland cement
concrete bonded to pavement with epoxy adhesive.
r�
01257198 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751-11
O1/01
C. Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after
placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by _
removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur.
D. Maintain concrete pavement free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material from
construction traffic. Sweep concrete pavement not more than two days before date scheduled
for opening section to public traffic.
END OF SECTION 02751
01257198 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751-12
01/01
SECTION 02764
PAVEMENT JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Expansion and contraction joints within portland cement concrete pavement.
2. Joints between portland cement concrete and asphalt pavement.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Section 02751 — Concrete Pavement.
C. Section 02741 — Hot -Mix Paving.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C 1193 — Use of Joint Sealants
B. ASTM D 5249 — Backer Material for Use With Cold -and -Hot -Applied Joint Sealants in
Portland Cement Concrete and Asphalt Joints
C. ASTM D 1751 — Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural
Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)
D. ASTM D 3405 — Joint Sealants, Hot Applied, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements
E. ASTM D 3406 — Joint Sealant, Hot Applied, Elastomeric Type, for Portland Cement Concrete
Pavements
F. ASTM C 920 — Elastomeric Joint Sealants
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each joint -sealant product indicated.
B. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of joint sealant required. Install joint -sealant
samples in 1/2 -inch- wide joints formed between two 6 -inch- long strips of material matching
the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants.
C. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of joint sealants certifying that products
furnished comply with requirements and are suitable for the use indicated.
D. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From joint sealant manufacturer indicating the
following:
1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint -sealant backer materials have been tested for
compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants.
2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed for adhesion.
E. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating joint sealants comply with
requirements, based on comprehensive testing of current product formulations.
01257198 PAVEMENT JOINT SEALANTS 02764-1
O1/01
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants
similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has
resulted in joint -sealant installations with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single --
manufacturer.
C. Product Testing: Obtain test results for "Product Test Reports" Paragraph in "Submittals"
Article from a qualified testing agency, based on testing current sealant formulations within a
36 -month period.
1. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to
ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E
548.
2. Test joint sealants for compliance with requirements indicated by referencing standard
specifications and test methods.
D. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint sealant manufacturer, for
testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants.
1. Use manufacturer's standard test methods to determine whether priming and other
specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of
joint sealants to joint substrates.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels
indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing
time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials.
B. Store and handle materials to comply with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their
deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other
causes.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the
following conditions:
1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint
sealant manufacturer.
2. When joint substrates are wet.
3. When blowing dust conditions exist.
B. Joint -Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths
are less than that allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated.
C. Joint -Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants
capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backing materials, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
01257198 PAVEMENT JOINT SEALANTS 02764-2
01/01
application, as demonstrated by joint sealant manufacturer based on testing and field
experience.
B. Bituminous pre -molded expansion joint shall conform to ASTM D 1751.
C. Elastomeric sealant for contraction joints shall be, or shall be equivalent to, W.R. Meadows
"SOF-SEAL" or "Gardox".
rr. 1. Hot poured sealant for joints between portland cement concrete and bituminous concrete
shall conform to ASTM D 3405.
2. Hot poured sealant for all other joints in portland cement concrete pavement shall
conform to ASTM D 3406.
3. Cold poured joint sealant shall conform to ASTM C 920.
D. Mix material in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.
2.2 JOINT -SEALANT BACKER MATERIALS
A. General: Provide joint -sealant backer materials that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint
"k substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated
by joint sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
B. Round Backer Rod for Cold- and Hot -Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249, Type 1, of diameter
and density required to control sealant depths and prevent bottom -side adhesion of sealant.
y C. Backer Strips for Cold- and Hot -Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249; Type 2; of thickness and
width required to control sealant depths, prevent bottom -side adhesion of sealant, and fill
�+ remainder of joint opening under sealant.
D. Round Backer Rods for Cold -Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249, Type 3, of diameter and
density required to control sealant depths and prevent bottom -side adhesion of sealant.
2.3 PRIMERS
A. Primers: Product recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of
sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint- sealant -substrate
tests and field tests.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with
.. requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint -
sealant performance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to
comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended in writing by
joint sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior
experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions.
Confine primers to areas of joint -sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining
surfaces.
01257198 PAVEMENT JOINT SEALANTS 02764-3
01/01
3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions applicable to
products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.
B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint
sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
C. Install backer materials of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position
required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint
widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
1. Do not leave gaps between ends of backer materials.
2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear backer materials.
3. Remove absorbent backer materials that have become wet before sealant application and _
replace them with dry materials.
D. Install sealants by proven techniques to comply with the following and at the same time
backings are installed:
1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
2. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration.
3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow
optimum sealant movement capability.
E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or
curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform
beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of
sealant with sides of joint.
1. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint.
2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by joint sealant manufacturer and that do
not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.
F. Provide joint configuration to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions,
unless otherwise indicated.
G. Provide recessed joint configuration for silicone sealants of recess depth and at locations
indicated.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of
products in which joints occur.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances
and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without
deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage
or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately
so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work.
END OF SECTION
01257198 PAVEMENT JOINT SEALANTS 02764-4
01/01 --
i
PART1-GENERAL
SECTION 02920
LAWNS AND GRASSES
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This section refers to establishment of grasses for park and range areas damaged or removed by
construction activities. All park areas are to be re -sod using approved methods and materials.
All range areas are to be re -sod or re -seeded using approved methods and materials. Disturbed
areas or submergence in parks that are barren of vegetation immediately prior to construction of
storm sewers, inlets, outlets, tunnel access shafts, etc. are not required to be seeded or sodded.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 2 Section 02300 "Earthwork"
*A*
2. Division 2 Section 02317 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities"
3. Division 2 Section 02318 "Borrow"
4. Division 2 Section 02320 "Utility Backfill Materials"
1.3
DEFINITIONS
A.
Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.
B.
Manufactured Soil: Soil produced off-site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand
with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil.
C.
Planting Soil: Native or imported topsoil, manufactured topsoil, or surface soil modified to
become topsoil; mixed with soil amendments.
b D.
Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface
of a fill or backfill immediately beneath planting soil.
E.
Park: areas surrounding playa lakes
F.
Range: area to be disturbed by construction activities across Farmers Coop Compress, and
across City of Lubbock property along the trunk line, near the Yellow House Canyon.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
�. A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Certification of Grass Seed: From seed vendor for each grass -seed monostand or mixture
stating the botanical and common name and percentage by weight of each species and variety,
and percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year of production and date
of packaging.
`
1. Certification of each seed mixture for turfgrass, identifying source, including name and
telephone number of supplier.
C.
Product Certificates: For soil amendments and fertilizers, signed by product manufacturer.
" D.
Qualification Data: For landscape Installer.
E.
Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates for each type of planting.
01257198 LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920-1
01/01
F. Preconstruction Condition Documentation: Prior to construction in any park or range area,
submit video tape or photographic evidence that shows all areas to be disturbed. This will
provide the documentation of the "preconstruction" condition of these areas.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful
park and range grass establishment.
1. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time
supervisor on Project site when planting is in progress.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Seed: Deliver seed in original sealed, labeled, and undamaged containers.
B. Sod: Harvest, deliver, store, and handle sod according to requirements in TPI's "Specifications
for Turfgrass Sod Materials" and "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Transplanting and
Installation" in its "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding."
1.7 SCHEDULING
A. Planting Restrictions: Plant during one of the following periods. Coordinate planting periods
with maintenance periods to provide required maintenance from date of Substantial Completion.
1. Seeding: February - May
2. Sodding: March - September
B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit.
C. When construction activities are completed outside planting periods for seeding or sodding
operations, the Contractor shall overseed the areas disturbed by construction activities with
annual rye grass as a temporary stabilization measure. The Contractor shall re -seed or re -sod
areas overseeded with annual rye with approved permanent stabilization grasses as soon as
practical during the following planting season.
1.8 PARK MAINTENANCE
A. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until an acceptable
stand of grass is established, but for not less than the following periods:
1. Sodded Lawns: 30 calender days from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Maintain and establish grass by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting,
and other operations. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a
uniformly smooth surface.
C. Watering: Provide and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and lawn -watering equipment to
convey water from sources and to keep area uniformly moist to a depth of 4 inches.
1. Schedule watering to prevent wilting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of seed or
mulch. Lay out temporary watering system to avoid walking over muddy or newly
planted areas.
2. Water grass at a minimum rate of 1 inch per week.
01257198 LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920-2
O1/01
D. Mow grass as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain specified
height without cutting more than 40 percent of grass height. Remove no more than 40 percent
of grass -leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades
bend over and become matted. Do not mow when grass is wet. Schedule initial and subsequent
mowings to maintain the following grass height:
1. Mow grass 1-1/2 inch to 2 inches high.
E. Lawn Postfertilization: Apply fertilizer after initial mowing and when grass is dry.
1. Use fertilizer that will provide actual nitrogen of at least 1 lb/1000 sq. ft. to lawn area.
1.9 RANGE MAINTENANCE
A. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until an acceptable
stand of grass is established, but for not less than 40 calendar days from date of Substantial
Completion.
B. Maintain and establish grass by watering, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and other
operations. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas and remulch.
C. Watering: Provide and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and lawn -watering equipment to
convey water from sources and to keep range uniformly moist.
1. Schedule watering to prevent wilting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of seed or
mulch. Lay out temporary watering system to avoid walking over muddy or newly
planted areas.
2. Water range at a minimum rate of 1/2 inch per week for 4 weeks after planting.
D. Mow grass as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain specified
height without cutting more than 40 percent of grass height. Remove no more than 40 percent
of grass -leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades
bend over and become matted. Do not mow when grass is wet. Schedule initial and subsequent
mowings to maintain the following grass height:
I . Mow grass 4 inches to 6 inches high.
E. Lawn Postfertilization: Apply fertilizer after initial mowing and when grass is dry.
1. Use fertilizer that will provide actual nitrogen of at least 1 lb/1000 sq. ft. to lawn area.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SEED
A. Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new -crop seed complying with AOSA's "Journal of Seed
Technology; Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances.
B. Seed Species: Seed of grass species as follows, with not less than 95 percent germination, not
less than 85 percent pure seed, and not more than 0.5 percent weed seed:
1. Buffalograss (Buchloe dactyloides)
2.2 TURFGRASS SOD
A. Turfgrass Sod: Approved, complying with TPI's "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Materials" in
its "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Furnish viable sod of uniform density,
color, and texture, strongly rooted, and capable of vigorous growth and development when
planted.
B. Turfgrass Species:
1. Parks: Bermudagrass (Cynodon dactylon tiffway cultivar)
2. Range: Buffalograss (Buchloe dactyloides)
01257198
01/01
LAWNS AND GRASSES
02920-3
2.3 TOPSOIL
A. Contractor shall use approved topsoil obtained from stripping ahead of construction activities.
2.4 PLANTING ACCESSORIES
A. Selective Herbicides: EPA registered and approved, of type recommended by manufacturer for
application. :_-
2.5 FERTILIZER
A. Slow -Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water -insoluble
nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition:
1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent potassium, by
Ada
weight.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas to receive grasses for compliance with requirements and other conditions
affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected. --
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities, trees, shrubs, and
plantings from damage caused by planting operations.
1. Protect adjacent and adjoining areas from hydroseeding overspray.
B. Provide erosion -control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of
soil -bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
3.3 PARK AND RANGE PREPARATION
A. Limit subgrade preparation to areas to be planted.
B. Subgrade Over Excavated Trench: Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of 4 inches. Remove
stones larger than 1-1/2 inch in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous
matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
1. Apply superphosphate fertilizer directly to subgrade before loosening.
2. Reduce elevation of planting soil to allow for soil thickness of sod.
C. Adjacent Subgrades: If grasses are to be planted in areas unaltered or undisturbed by
excavating, grading, or surface soil stripping operations; but were affected by stockpiling,
vehicular traffic or other ancillary activity relating to construction operations, prepare surface
soil as follows:
1. Loosen surface soil to a depth of at least of 4 inches.
a. Apply superphosphate fertilizer directly to surface soil before loosening.
2. Remove stones larger than 1-1/2 inch in any dimension and sticks, roots, trash, and other
extraneous matter.
01257198 LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920-4
O1/01
r*4
3.6 SODDING OF PARKS AND RANGES
A. Lay sod within 48 hours of harvesting. Do not lay sod if dormant or if ground is frozen or
muddy.
B. Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod; do not stretch
or overlap. Stagger sod strips or pads to offset joints in adjacent courses. Avoid damage to
subgrade or sod during installation. Tamp and roll lightly to ensure contact with subgrade,
eliminate air pockets, and form a smooth surface. Work sifted soil or fine sand into minor
cracks between pieces of sod; remove excess to avoid smothering sod and adjacent grass.
1. Lay sod across angle of slopes exceeding 1:3.
2. Anchor sod on slopes exceeding 1:6 with wood pegs or staples spaced as recommended
by sod manufacturer but not less than 2 anchors per sod strip to prevent slippage.
C. Saturate sod with fine water spray within two hours of planting. During first week, water daily
or more frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to a minimum depth of 1-1/2 inches
below sod.
3.7 RENOVATION OF PARKS AND RANGES
A. Renovate existing grasses and landscaping damaged by Contractor's operations, such as storage
of materials or equipment and movement of vehicles, at Contractor's expense.
1. Reestablish lawn where settlement or washouts occur or where minor regrading is
required.
B. Remove sod and vegetation from diseased or unsatisfactory lawn areas; do not bury in soil.
01257198
01/01
LAWNS AND GRASSES -02920-5
3. Legally dispose of waste material, including grass, vegetation, and turf, off Owner's
property.
D.
Finish Grading: Grade planting areas to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly
fine texture. Grade to within plus or minus 1/2 inch of finish elevation. Roll and rake, remove
ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit fine grading to areas that can be planted
in the immediate future.
E.
Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface
to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil.
,.a F.
Restore areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading and before planting.
' 3.4
SEEDING OF RANGE GRASSES
A.
Sow seed with drill specifically designed for type of seed to be used. Do not broadcast or drop
seed when wind velocity is excessive. Evenly distribute seed by sowing equal quantities in two
directions at right angles to each other.
1. Do not use wet seed or seed that is moldy or otherwise damaged.
B.
Sow seed at the rate of 10 lb. of pure live seed (psl) per acre.
C.
Roll lightly, and water with fine spray.
3.5
HYDROSEEDING
A.
Hydroseeding: Mix specified seed, fertilizer, and fiber mulch in water, using equipment
specifically designed for hydroseed application. Continue mixing until uniformly blended into
homogeneous slurry suitable for hydraulic application.
1. Mix slurry with nonasphaltic or asphalt -emulsion tackifier.
2. Apply slurry uniformly to all areas to be seeded in a one-step process.
3.6 SODDING OF PARKS AND RANGES
A. Lay sod within 48 hours of harvesting. Do not lay sod if dormant or if ground is frozen or
muddy.
B. Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod; do not stretch
or overlap. Stagger sod strips or pads to offset joints in adjacent courses. Avoid damage to
subgrade or sod during installation. Tamp and roll lightly to ensure contact with subgrade,
eliminate air pockets, and form a smooth surface. Work sifted soil or fine sand into minor
cracks between pieces of sod; remove excess to avoid smothering sod and adjacent grass.
1. Lay sod across angle of slopes exceeding 1:3.
2. Anchor sod on slopes exceeding 1:6 with wood pegs or staples spaced as recommended
by sod manufacturer but not less than 2 anchors per sod strip to prevent slippage.
C. Saturate sod with fine water spray within two hours of planting. During first week, water daily
or more frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to a minimum depth of 1-1/2 inches
below sod.
3.7 RENOVATION OF PARKS AND RANGES
A. Renovate existing grasses and landscaping damaged by Contractor's operations, such as storage
of materials or equipment and movement of vehicles, at Contractor's expense.
1. Reestablish lawn where settlement or washouts occur or where minor regrading is
required.
B. Remove sod and vegetation from diseased or unsatisfactory lawn areas; do not bury in soil.
01257198
01/01
LAWNS AND GRASSES -02920-5
C. Remove topsoil containing foreign materials resulting from Contractor's operations, including
oil drippings, fuel spills, stone, gravel, and other construction materials, and replace with new
topsoil.
D. Remove weeds before seeding. Where weeds are extensive, apply selective herbicides as
required. Do not use pre -emergence herbicides.
E. Remove waste and foreign materials, including weeds, soil cores, grass, vegetation, and turf,
and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
F. Till stripped, bare, and compacted areas thoroughly to a soil depth of 6 inches.
G. Apply soil amendments and initial fertilizers required for establishing new lawns and mix -�
thoroughly into top 4 inches of existing soil. Provide new planting soil to fill low spots and
meet finish grades.
H. Water newly planted areas and keep moist until new grass is established.
3.8 SATISFACTORY PARKS AND RANGES
A. Satisfactory Seeded Range: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, uniform, close stand of
grass has been established, free of weeds and surface irregularities, with coverage exceeding 90
percent over any 10 sq. ft. (0.92 sq. m) and bare spots not exceeding 5 by 5 inches.
B. Satisfactory Sodded Park or Range: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, well -rooted,
even -colored, viable stand of grass has been established, free of weeds, open joints, bare areas,
and surface irregularities.
C. Reestablish park or range grasses that do not comply with requirements and continue
maintenance until grasses are satisfactory to the Owner.
3.9 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION
A. Promptly remove soil and debris created by landscape work from paved areas. Clean wheels of
vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks, or other paved areas.
B. Erect barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted areas from traffic.
Maintain barricades throughout maintenance period and remove after lawn is established.
C. Remove erosion -control measures after grass establishment period.
END OF SECTION 02920
01257198 LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920-6
O1/01
SECTION 03300
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes, but is not limited to cast -in place concrete, including formwork,
reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, curing, and finishes.
B. Cast -in-place concrete includes but is not limited to the following:
1. Foundations and footings.
2. Slabs -on -grade.
3. Inlets, headwalls and wingwalls.
4. Cast -in-place manhole bases and manhole riser supports at pipe tee locations.
C. Cast -in-place concrete for pavement, sidewalk, curb and gutter, driveways, and alleys shall
meet the requirements of Section 02751 - Portland Cement Concrete Pavement.
D. Cast -in-place concrete for cast -in-place non -reinforced concrete pipe shall meet the
requirements of Section 03301 - Cast -in -Place Non -reinforced Concrete Pipe.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming
accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, joint systems, curing compounds, dry -shake
finish materials, and others if requested by Engineer.
C. Shop drawings for reinforcement detailing fabricating, bending, and placing concrete
reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced
Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, materials, steel
grades, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement and methods of support. Include special
reinforcing required for openings through concrete structures.
D. Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test.
E. Test panels and samples of colored concrete as specified.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications, and
standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified:
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for
Buildings."
2. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."
3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice."
4. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 305R, "Hot Weather Concreting."
5. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 306R, "Cold Weather Concreting."
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-1
O1/01
9
6. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 306. 1, "Standard Specification for Cold Weather
Concreting."
7. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 350R, "Environmental Engineering Concrete
Structures."
8. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete
Construction and Materials."
B. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a testing agency acceptable to Owner to perform material
evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. Agency shall be qualified according to ASTM
C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated.
1. Personnel conducting field test shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing
Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP -1 or an equivalent certification program.
C. Materials and installed Work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of
Work. Tests, including retesting of rejected materials for installed Work, shall be done at
Contractor's expense.
D. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete work similar in
material, design, and extent to that indicated for this project and whose work has resulted in
construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
E. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete
products complying with ASTM C 94, "Requirements for Production Facilities and
Equipment."
1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete
Association Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM MATERIALS
A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Fitzgerald Formliner pattern No. 16982 Arizona Flagstone
- Urethane, or equal.
1. Fitzgerald Formliners, 1341 East Pomona Street, Santa Ana, CA 92705, 1-800-
547-7760.
2. Maximum dimension of formliner pattern joints shall not exceed 10" in any direction.
B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, earth, or another acceptable
material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
C. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum of
350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect
concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
D. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, adjustable -length, removable or snap -off metal form ties
designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling of concrete upon removal. Provide
units that will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2 inches to the plane of the exposed concrete
surface.
1. Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch in diameter in
the concrete surface.
2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 Grade 60, deformed.
B. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing,
supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar -type
supports complying with CRSI specifications.
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-2
01/01
I . For slabs -on -grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base
material will not support chair legs.
2. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms,
provide supports with legs that are protected by plastic (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel
(CRSI, Class 2).
3. Space reinforcing supports at 5'-0" maximum in any direction.
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
2.5 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or
field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use an
independent testing agency acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix
designs.
1. Do not use the same testing agency as Owner for field quality control testing.
B. Submit written reports to Engineer of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15
days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have
been reviewed by Engineer.
C. Where indicated on the drawings, concrete mix will contain pigment admixture at the
manufacturers prescribed rate. Owner will select color from manufacturers standard color
chart.
r 1. L.M. Scofield Chromix or equal.
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-3
., 01/01
A.
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I.
1. Use one brand of cement throughout Project unless noted otherwise.
B.
Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C.
C.
Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, size 57.
D.
Water: Potable.
E.
Admixtures, General: Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent
chloride ions.
F.
Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with
other required admixtures.
G.
Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A.
H.
High -Range Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G.
I.
Water -Reducing, Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E.
J.
Water -Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D.
K.
Color Conditioned Concrete: ASTM C979.
2.4 RELATED MATERIALS
A.
Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot -dip galvanized sheet steel, not less than 0.0336 inch thick with
bent tab anchors. Fill slot with temporary filler or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of
concrete or debris.
B.
Sand Cushion: Clean, manufactured or natural sand with plasticity index of 8 or less.
C.
Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: Liquid -type membrane -forming curing
compound complying with ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A. Moisture loss not more than 1.0
lb/sq.yd. when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal.
D.
Bonding Agent: Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base.
E.
Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two -component material suitable for use on dry or damp
surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit Project requirements.
2.5 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or
field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use an
independent testing agency acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix
designs.
1. Do not use the same testing agency as Owner for field quality control testing.
B. Submit written reports to Engineer of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15
days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have
been reviewed by Engineer.
C. Where indicated on the drawings, concrete mix will contain pigment admixture at the
manufacturers prescribed rate. Owner will select color from manufacturers standard color
chart.
r 1. L.M. Scofield Chromix or equal.
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-3
., 01/01
D. Standard design mix to be used unless noted otherwise, provide normal weight concrete with
the following properties:
1. 3000 psi, 28 -day compressive strength.^
2. Type I cement.
3. Fly Ash: Allow up to 25% of cementitious material, but flyash material shall not be used
to replace cement content.
4. Minimum Slump: 4 inches. '
5. Maximum Slump: 6 inches.
6. Maximum Water Cementitious Water Ratio: .55.
7. Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at
point of placement having an air content of 5 to 7 percent, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Water related structures mix design: Provide normal weight concrete with the following
properties:
1. 3500 psi, 28 -day compressive strength.
2. Type I cement
3. Fly Ash: 25% of total cementitious weight. `
4. Minimum slump: 6 inches
5. Maximum slump: 8 inches
6. Maximum water cementitious material ratio: .49 -
7. Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at
point of placement having an air content of 5 to 7 percent, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments maybe requested by Contractor when
characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances
warrant, as accepted by Engineer. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength
results must be submitted to and accepted by Engineer before using in Work.
2.6 ADMIXTURES
A. Use water -reducing admixture or high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in
concrete, as required, for placement and workability.
B. Use accelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient temperatures below 50 deg F.
C. Use admixtures for water reduction and set accelerating or retarding in strict compliance with
manufacturer's directions.
D. Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete required to be water tight, and
concrete with a water cementitious materials ratio below 0.50.
E. Limit water-soluble, chloride ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of
cement.
2.7 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified.
1. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery
time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F,
reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-4
01/01 -�
^4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarder, and other related materials with
placement of forms and reinforcing steel. Before concrete placement operations begin, the
substrate shall be fully prepared. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying that all work
which will be embedded is complete and necessary inspections have been performed. Pour
stops or bulkheads shall be in place and reinforcement shall be secured in proper location.
B. Prepare not more than six test panels, each measuring four feet by eight feet, with sufficient
depth or thickness for proper casting of formliner and stamped pattern concrete finishes.
1. Do not prepare test panels until formliner and stamped pattern submittals have been
reviewed and approved.
2. Do not prepare test panels until trial colors of colored concrete have been selected by
Owner. Owner may select up to six colors, with no limit on differences between colors.
3. Provide sample of rock riprap for color selections by Owner. Such sample shall be the
same rock as that to be supplied for the work. See Section 02371 - Riprap Protection
for rock riprap requirements.
4. Prepare test panels with either formliner or stamped pattern finish as directed by
Owner.
C. Owner will direct which colored concrete to use at each inlet and headwall and wingwall
location. Each location can have a colored concrete that is different from all other project
locations as directed by Owner.
3.2 FORMS
01257198
O1/01
V-111
C.
D.
E.
General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical, lateral,
static, and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads.
Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment,
elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface irregularities
complying with the following ACI 347 limits:
1. Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view.
2. Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces.
Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate
alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for
openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers,
blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the Work.
Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at
joints to prevent cement paste from leaking.
Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces.
Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces.
Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom
forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like for easy
removal.
Provide temporary openings for clean -outs and inspections where interior area of formwork
is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings and
set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at
inconspicuous locations.
Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated, using wood, metal, PVC, or rubber chamfer
strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints.
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300-5
F. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work
of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from trades
providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.
G. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete.
Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing concrete. Retighten
forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain
proper alignment.
3.3 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for
"Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports
and as specified.
1. Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder during reinforcement placement and
concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or
destroy bond with concrete.
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and
support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by -
Engineer.
D. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection.
Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during
concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward
exposed concrete surfaces.
E. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one
full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps
in either direction.
F. Do not weld reinforcing bars unless specifically shown. Where shown on the plans, comply
with AWS DIA. Bars to be welded shall conform to ASTM A706.
3.4 JOINTS
A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or
appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Engineer.
B. Provide keyways at least 1-1/2 inches deep in construction joints in walls and slabs and
between walls and footings. Bulkheads designed and accepted for this purpose may be used
for slabs.
C. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across
construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides
of strip placements.
D. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete.
E. Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated. Install waterstops to form
continuous diaphragm in each joint. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress
ofwork. Field fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's printed instructions.
F. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs -on -grade at points of
contact between slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation
walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated.
G. Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Construct contraction joints in slabs -on -grade
to form panels of patterns as shown.
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-6
01/01 --
3.5 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required
for other work that is attached to or supported by cast -in-place concrete. Use setting drawings,
diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached.
B. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated on drawings.
C. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to
achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to
support screed strips using strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds.
3.6 PREPARING FORM SURFACES
A. General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low-VOC, form -
coating compound before placing reinforcement.
B. Do not allow excess form -coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact with
in-place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply according to
manufacturer's instructions.
1. Coat steel forms with a nonstaining, rust -preventative material. Rust -stained steel
f k'
ormwor is not acceptable.
3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing
steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their
work.
B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing
Concrete," and as specified.
C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be
placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a
section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit
concrete to avoid segregation at its final location.
D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24
inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of
several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints.
1. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand -
spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of
concrete complying with ACI 309.
2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators
vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the
machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into
preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun
to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate
concrete and complete embedment ofreinforcement and other embedded items without
causing mix to segregate.
E. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation,
within limits of construction joints, until completing placement of a panel or section.
1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked
around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners.
2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or
darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior
to beginning finishing operations.
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-7
01/01
3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement.
F. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect
concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost,
freezing actions, or low temperatures.
G. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water
and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg
F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement.
1. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete
on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
2. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or
chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs.
H. Hot -Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and
strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305R and as specified.
1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement
to below 90 deg F. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control
temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing
water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
2. Cover reinforcing steel with water -soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel
temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding
in concrete.
3. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep
subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas.
4. Use water -reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low
humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Engineer.
I. Water may be added to the concrete at the project site, subject to the following conditions:
1. Truck tickets indicate maximum amount of water that can be added without exceeding
the maximum specified water/cement ratio.
2. Water is added in a manner to control volume added.
3. Concrete is properly re -mixed after addition of water.
4. Inspector is notified, if concrete placement requires inspection.
5. Site added water should be done prior to taking concrete samples for testing.
6. Do not add water to concrete after adding high range water -reducing admixtures to mix.
3.8 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough -Formed Finish: Provide a rough -formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not
exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other construction. This is the concrete
surface having texture imparted by form -facing material used, with tie holes and defective
areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed
down or chipped off.
B. Smooth -Formed Finish: Provide a smooth -formed finish on formed concrete surfaces exposed
to view or to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering
material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster,
painting, or another similar system. This is an as -cast concrete surface obtained with selected
form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of
seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins and other projections completely removed
and smoothed.
C. Form Liner Finish: Provide form liners as indicated to achieve finish texture and pattern.
Repair and patch defective areas with fins and other projections completely removed and
smoothed that disrupt the form liner pattern.
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-8
O1/01
w
E
Smooth -Rubbed Finish: Provide smooth -rubbed finish on scheduled concrete surfaces that
have received smooth -formed finish treatment not later than 1 day after form removal.
1. Moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until
producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that
created by the rubbing process.
Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed
surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and finish with a texture matching
adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly
across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
3.9 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES
A. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other
finishes as specified; slab surfaces to be covered with membrane or elastic waterproofing,
membrane or elastic roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo; and where indicated.
1. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until
ready for floating. Begin floating, using float blades or float shoes only, when surface
water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation
of power -driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by
hand -floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to
tolerances ofF(F) 18 (floor flatness) and F(L) 15 (floor levelness) measured according
to ASTM E 1155. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces
to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular
texture.
B. Trowel Finish: Apply a trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces exposed to view and slab
surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint, or another
thin film -finish coating system.
1. After floating, begin first trowel -finish operation using a power -driven trowel. Begin
�- final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface.
Consolidate concrete surface by final hand -troweling operation, free of trowel marks,
uniform in texture and appearance, and finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 20 (floor
flatness) and F(L) 17 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155. Grind
smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied floor covering system.
C. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and
�^ ramps, and elsewhere as indicated.
I Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with
fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish
with Engineer before application.
D. Stamped Pattern Finish: Matcrete Random Stone Pattern or equal. Stone image dimension not
to exceed 10 inches for a single stone outline.
r, 1. Matcrete Stamped Concrete Tools, Phone (877) 662-8273 or (714) 979-2727,
http://www.matcrete.com.
3.10 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other
trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place,
and cure concrete as specified to blend with in-place construction. Provide other
miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work.
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-9
." 01/01
3.11 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot '
temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before
and during finishing operations with an evaporation -control material. Apply according to
manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and -~
troweling.
B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing
and finishing.
C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by curing compound, and moisture -retaining cover curing.
D. Apply curing compound on exposed interior slabs and on exterior slabs, walks, and curbs as
follows:
1. Apply curing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are
complete (within 2 hours and after surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply
uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's
directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial
application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
2. Use membrane curing compounds that will not affect surfaces to be covered with finish
materials applied directly to concrete.
3. Curing compounds shall not be detrimental to dyed or colored concrete.
E. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs, and other flat surfaces,
by applying the appropriate curing method.
F. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams,
supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure
after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing by -�
curing compound.
3.12 REMOVING FORMS
A. General: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls,
columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less
than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not
be damaged by form -removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are
maintained.
3.13 REUSING FORMS
A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or
otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply
new form -coating compound as specified for new formwork.
B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces,
remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid
offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces except as acceptable to
Engineer.
3.14 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately
after removing forms, when acceptable to Engineer.
B. Mix dry -pack mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate
passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing.
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-10
01/01
1. Cutout honeycombs, rockpockets, voids over 1/4 inch in any dimension, and holes left
by tie rods and bolts down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth less than 1 inch.
^"+ Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, dampen
with water, and brush -coat the area to be patched with bonding agent. Place patching
mortar before bonding agent has dried.
2. For surfaces exposed to view, blend white portland cement and standard portland
cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Provide test
areas at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding
., with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike -off slightly higher than surrounding
surface.
C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects
cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Engineer. Surface defects include color and texture
irregularities, cracks spalls, air bubbles honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections
on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush
out form tie holes and fill with dry -pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in place
with bonding agent.
1. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the
concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete.
D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for
smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low
and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and
smoothness by using a template having the required slope.
1. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's
durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or
that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections
regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other
objectionable conditions.
2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14
days. If coloration of dyed or colored concrete is too contrasting with surrounding
finish, remove and replace.
3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing surface
finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish
repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds
may be used when acceptable to Engineer.
4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch in
diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas
with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch clearance all
., around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding
agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or
class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished
concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.
E. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter by dry -pack method.
Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt, and loose
particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding compound. Place dry -pack
before bonding agent has dried. Compact dry -pack mixture in place and finish to match
adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
F. Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Engineer for method and procedure, using
specified epoxy adhesive and mortar.
G. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Engineer.
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 11
01/01
3.15 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Sampling and testing for quality control during concrete placement shall be performed by
Contractor as follows:
1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with
ASTM C 94. --
a. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each
type of concrete; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have
changed. One test for each set of compressive strength cylinders cast. .
b. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight
concrete; ASTM C 231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for
each day's pour of each type of air -entrained concrete.
C. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature
is 40 deg F and below, when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each set of
compressive -strength specimens. One test for each set of compressive strength
cylinders cast.
d. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders
for each compressive -strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store
cylinders for laboratory -cured test specimens except when field -cured test -'
specimens are required.
e. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour
exceeding 5 cu. yd. plus additional sets for each 50 cu. yd. more than the first 25 -
cu. yd. of each concrete class placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7
days, two specimens tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for
later testing if required.
2. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class
of concrete, conduct testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from each
batch if fewer than five are used.
3. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three
consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength and no
individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than
500 psi.
B. Test results will be reported in writing to Engineer, ready -mix producer, and Contractor within
24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project
identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service,
concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength
at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type
of break for both 7 -day tests and 28 -day tests.
C. Additional Tests: The Contractor will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test
results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in
the structure, as directed by Engineer. The Owner may require the Contractor to conduct tests
to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by
other methods as directed.
D. Questionable Concrete
1. Concrete shall be considered "Questionable Concrete" where any of the following test
evaluations occur:
a. Individual test strength is below specified strength; or
b. Samples of concrete for acceptance test cylinders are not representative of
concrete in-place in the structure; or
C. Insufficient or inadequate concrete curing; or
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-12
O1/01
Rte-.
SECTION 03301
CAST -IN-PLACE NON -REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
-^ A. This Section of the Specifications covers cast -in-place non -reinforced concrete pipe placed in
trench.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections apply to this section.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 02082 — Precast Concrete Manholes and Vaults
2. Section 02260 - Excavation Support and Protection.
3. Section 02317 — Excavation & Backfill for Utilities
4. Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials
5. Section 02533 — Acceptance Testing for Storm Sewers
6. Section 02638 Reinforced Concrete Pipe
7. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete
1.3 REFERENCES
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
ASTM C 31-88 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field
ASTM C 33-86 Specification for Concrete Aggregates
ASTM C 39-86 Test for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
Specimens
ASTM C 42-87 Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of
Concrete
ASTM C 76-88 Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain,
and Sewer Pipe
ASTM C 94-89b Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete
ASTM C 109-87 Test for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars
(Using 2 in. or 50 mm Cube Specimens)
ASTM C 138-77 Test for Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of
Concrete
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE NON -REINFORCED_ CONCRETE PIPE 03301 -1
01/01
ASTM C 143-89a Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete
ASTM C 144-87 Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
ASTM C 150-86 Specification for Portland Cement
ASTM C 171-69 (1986) Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete
ASTM C 172-71 (1977) Sampling Fresh Concrete
ASTM C 173-78 Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Volumetric Method
ASTM C 191-77 Test for Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement by Vicat Needle
(Including Tentative Revision)
ASTM C 231-89a Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Pressure Method -
ASTM C 260-86 Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
ASTM C 309-89 Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for
Curing Concrete
ASTM C 361-89 Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low -Head Pressure Pipe
ASTM C 403-88 Test for Time of Setting of Concrete Mixtures by Penetration _.
Resistance
ASTM C 494-86 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
ASTM C 595-86 Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements
ASTM C 618-88 Specification for Flyash and Raw of Calcined Natural Pozzolan
for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications, and
standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified:
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for
Buildings.
2. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."
3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice."
4. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 305R, "Hot Weather Concreting. "
5. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 306R, "Cold Weather Concreting."
6. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 306. 1, "Standard Specification for Cold Weather
Concreting. "
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE NON -REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 03301-2
O1/01
r-�
7. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 350R, "Environmental Engineering Concrete
Structures."
8. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete
Construction and Materials."
9. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 346, "Standard Specification for Cast -in -Place
Nonreinforced Concrete Pipe."
B. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a testing agency acceptable to Owner to perform material
evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. Agency shall be qualified according to ASTM
C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated.
1. Personnel conducting field test shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing
Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP -I or an equivalent certification program.
C. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of
Work. Tests, including retesting of rejected materials for installed Work, shall be done at
Contractor's expense.
D. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete work similar in
material, design, and extent to that indicated for this project and whose work has resulted in
construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
E. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete
products complying with ASTM C 94, "Requirements for Production Facilities and
Equipment. "
1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete
Association Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Pipe Making Equipment
1. The pipe shall be constructed with equipment specially designed for constructing cast -
in -place concrete pipe. The equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, and the
Contractor may be required to furnish evidence of successful installations made with the
equipment he proposes to use. Equipment not suitable to produce the quality of work
required for the pipeline will not be permitted to operate on the job.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Cements: Unless otherwise permitted or required, cement shall be Type I, conforming to the
requirements of ASTM C 150 or Types IS or IP, conforming to the requirements of ASTM C
595. Different types of these different cements shall not be used interchangeably in the same
element or portion of the work.
B. Aggregates: The aggregates used for concrete or mortar shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM C 33, except that aggregates failing to meet these specifications but which have been
shown by special test or actual service to produce concrete of specified strength and adequate
durability may be used where authorized by the Engineer. The nominal maximum coarse
aggregate size shall be not more than 1/3 of minimum pipe wall thickness nor greater than 1
1/z inch, whichever is least.
C. Water: Water used for making concrete and mortar shall be free from injurious amounts of
silt, organic matter, alkali, salts, and other impurities. Water is acceptable if mortar cubes
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE NON -REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 03301 -3
01/01
(ASTM C 109) made with that water have strengths equal to at least 90 percent of companion
cubes made with potable water, and if setting of cement paste (ASTM C 191) or of concrete
(ASTM C 403) is not adversely affected.
D. Admixtures: If portland cement (ASTM C 150), portland blast furnace slag cement (ASTM C
595), or portland pozzolan cement (ASTM C 595) is used, an air -entraining admixture shall
be used in such amount as will produce concrete having an air content of 4 to 6 percent by
volume of the concrete as discharged from the mixer. Such air -entraining admixture may be
interground or blended with the cement as specified in ASTM C 150 or C 595 or may be
added to the concrete as an admixture. However, pozzolans or other admixtures as indicated
below may be used with or in lieu of the air -entraining admixture with the approval of the
Specifier. All admixtures shall conform to the appropriate ASTM specifications indicated
below. --
1. Air -entraining admixtures — ASTM C 260.
2. Chemical admixtures — ASTM C 494.
3. Fly ash and other pozzolans — ASTM C 618. R
E. Bonding Mortar: Bonding mortar shall consist of two or more parts of cement to three parts
of sand, by bulk volume. Sand shall conform to ASTM C 144.
2.3 TOLERANCES AND PROPERTIES
A. Pipe, trench properties and dimensions shall conform to ACI 346.
B. Wall Thickness: The minimum wall thickness of cast -in-place pipe at any point shall be 1/12
(one -twelfth) of the nominal internal diameter of the pipe plus 1/z inch, but in no case less than
2 inches.
C. Pipe Diameter Tolerances: The internal diameter of the pipe at any point shall not be less than
95 percent of the nominal diameter, and the average of any four measurements of the internal
diameter made at 45 degree intervals shall not be less than the nominal diameter.
D. Offsets: Offsets at form laps and horizontal edges shall not exceed the limits given in
paragraph 3.4.
E. Bearing Plate: Bearing plates, boards, or other supports necessary for two-stage construction
shall be removed, and any indentations exceeding 1/z inch left in the concrete from such plates
shall be cleaned, moistened, filled with mortar, trowelled, and cured.
F. Strength: Unless otherwise designated in the project specifications or on the plans, the
strength of the concrete shall be at least 3000 psi, when the concrete is not exposed to severe
and frequent freezing and thawing or 4000 psi when the concrete is exposed to severe and
frequent freezing and thawing, as determined on the basis of 28 day compressive strength
tests. Strengths shall be considered satisfactory if the average of any five consecutive sets of
strength tests of the laboratory -cured specimens is equal to or greater than the specified
strength, and if not more than 20 percent of the strength tests have values less than the
specified strength by more than 200 psi. The pipe represented by unsatisfactory strength tests
on cylinders shall be further tested either by coring or by load testing at the Contractor's
option. Any pipe failing these tests shall be replaced or repaired at the option of the Engineer,
at the Contractor's expense.
G. Cement and Water Content: All concrete shall have a water -cement ratio not exceeding 0.53
by weight, including free surface moisture on aggregates.
H. Air Content: All concrete shall contain 4 to 6 percent entrained air.
1. Slump: Slump of concrete shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C 143 and shall not
exceed 3 inches.
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE NON -REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 03301 -4
01/01
r J. Internal Pressure: The completed and cured pipe shall be capable of withstanding an
intermittent internal hydrostatic head of 15 feet, as measured from the center line of the pipe,
without structural failure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXCAVATION
A. The trench shall be excavated to the lines and grades shown on the drawings. The bottom of
the trench shall be prepared to provide full, firm, uniform support by undisturbed earth or
compacted fill
B. The flow line grade of the finished pipe shall not vary more than 0.10 foot from the grade
shown on the drawings between adjacent manholes.
3.2 PLACEMENT
,. A. Placing Concrete: All surfaces against which concrete is to be placed shall be free from
standing water, mud, and debris, and shall be firm enough to prevent contamination of the
concrete by earth or other foreign material. Absorptive surfaces against which concrete is to
be placed shall be moistened thoroughly so that the moisture will not be drawn from the
freshly -placed concrete.
B. The fresh concrete shall be consolidated effectively at production speeds, over the entire
circumference and from within the pipe shell. Consolidation methods shall be capable of
building up sufficient pressure to bond the concrete effectively to the surrounding earth.
Evidence of this pressure shall always be visible as the pipe is being extruded.
C. The cast -in-place concrete pipe shall be constructed in one placement with aluminum forms.
The concrete shall be placed around the full circumference of the pipe, with the invert of the
pipe available for inspection at all times during the pouring operation.
z,+ D. The temperature of concrete when it is being placed shall not be (1) more than 90 degrees F,
(2) less than 40 degrees in moderate weather, nor (3) less than 50 degrees when the mean
daily temperature in the vicinity of the work site falls below 40 degrees. Whenever the mean
daily temperature in the vicinity of the work site falls below 40 degrees F for more than one
day, the concrete shall be maintained at a temperature not lower than 50 degrees for at least
72 hours of protection at 50 degrees F. Where artificial heat is employed, special care shall
be taken to prevent the concrete from drying. If concrete is placed when the weather is such
that the temperature of the concrete would exceed 90 degrees F, the Contractor shall employ
effective means — such as precooling of aggregates and mixing water or placing at night — as
necessary to maintain the temperature of the concrete, as it is placed, below 90 degrees F.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
A. Construction joints may be formed by either of the two following methods:
1. The joint shall be formed at about 45 degrees from the vertical. After cleaning,
wetting, and freeing all such joints of all laitance, loose or defective concrete, coatings
and foreign material shall be removed to assure a good bond.
2. After squaring off the end of the pipe, an excavation shall be performed along the sides
and bottom of the joint of such size as to permit the placing of a concrete collar around
the outside of the joint. This collar shall have a minimum thickness at the joint of 1 1/a
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE NON -REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 03301 -5
g-,,
01/01
times the wall thickness of the pipe and shall lap the joint by at least 2 times the wall
thickness.
3. Concrete epoxy bonding agents shall be used when, in the opinion of the Engineer, the
epoxy is needed to form an acceptable bond between the collar and the joint.
3.4 FINISH
A. Except for the form offsets, the interior surface of the pipe shall be equivalent to or better
than a wood float finish.
B. Variations in the internal diameter shall not exceed 1/32 inch per diameter inch. (Example:
for 24 inch pipe, 1/32 x 24 inches = 3/a inch variation). Offsets at form laps and horizontal
edges shall not exceed the limits specified in the following table: --
Pipe Diameter
Maximum Offset -
24"
3/8„
27"
3/8" -
30"
3/8"
36"
1/2"
42"
1/2"
48"
5/8"
54"
5/8"
60"
5/8"
66"
5/8" —
72"
3/4"
78"
3/4"
C. All extraneous concrete shall be removed from the interior surface as soon as possible after
placing. Any additional finish work or repair work required to be done on the pipe shall be F—
completed within 5 days after the pipe is placed.
D. The finished surface of the concrete pipe shall be substantially free of fractures, cracks, and
interior surface roughness. If obvious segregation or honeycombing, or inadequate wall --
thickness, are encountered during inspection, the pipe may be rejected by the Engineer.
E. Shrinkage cracks shall be filled with non -shrink grout.
3.5 CURING
A. Immediately after finishing exposed exterior surfaces, the curing of these surfaces shall be -_
undertaken by any one or a combination of the following methods:
1. Pigmented sealing compound, blanketing, cotton mat, polyethylene film or spraying
methods as specified in ASTM C 309 and ASTM C 171.x,
2. A 3 -inch layer of moist earth may be backfilled over the pipe. However, care must be
taken to avoid damage to the fresh concrete while placing the backfill. The thickness of
the backfill shall be increased to 6 inches after initial set of the concrete has occurred.
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE NON -REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 03301 6
01/01 �-.
This backfill shall be kept moist for not less than 7 days, or until pipe is covered with
12 inches of soil, whichever is greater.
B. The exposed top portion of the pipe may be covered with wet burlap or other material of high
moisture retentive properties immediately after the pipe is cast. The covering material shall
be kept continuously moist until the placement of final backfill as described under Section A.
Moisture retentive material may be removed or left in place at the option of the Contractor.
C. A pigmented membrane -curing compound conforming to ASTM C 309 may be applied to the
exposed top surface immediately after the pipe is cast. The compound shall be applied at the
rate of not less than 1 gal. for each 150 ft' of exposed concrete. The pipe shall then be
covered with a minimum of 3 inches of moist loose soil when the curing compound is
sufficiently hard to resist damage from the fill. Final backfill shall be placed as soon as the
pipe attains suitable strength.
D. Polyethylene film complying with ASTM C 171, nominal thickness 0.0015 inches may be
placed on the exposed top surface of the pipe immediately after the pipe is cast. The film
shall be anchored in place with loose soil to assure continuous, adequate curing. The trench
shall be completely backfilled as soon as the pipe attains suitable strength.
E. A humid atmosphere within the pipe as evidenced by condensation on the interior surface
shall be maintained for at least 7 days following placement except for a maximum period of
48 hours allowed for removing forms and making repairs. To prevent air drafts which may
dry the pipe and to maintain a humid atmosphere inside the pipe, all openings into the pipeline
shall be kept closed or covered except when and where work is actually in progress on the
inside of the pipe. If necessary to promote high humidity, the pipeline shall be partially filled
with ponded water during the curing period.
3.6 TESTING
A. Secure at least one sample in accordance with ASTM C 172 for each 50 cubic yards of
concrete used, but not less than one sample for each day's work, nor less than one sample for
each section of pipe placed in a continuous operation.
B. Mold and cure two cylinders from each sample in accordance with ASTM C 31.
C. Test the two specimens at 28 days of curing in accordance with ASTM C 39. The 28 -day test
result shall be the average of the strength of the two specimens, except that if one specimen in
a test manifests evidence of improper sampling, molding, or testing, it shall be discarded and
the strength of the remaining specimen used.
D. Determine slump and air content of concrete in accordance with ASTM Test Methods C 143
(slump) and C 231, C 173, C 138 (air content). Tests shall be performed no less frequently
than the sampling frequency required by that said in paragraph 3.6.A.
E. If the load carrying capability of the pipe is in question, the Engineer may require load testing
in accordance with ACI -346. Such test shall be the expense of the Contractor.
F. Thickness Test - The Contractor shall measure the thickness of the pipe at least every 200
lineal ft. with individual measurements staggered at points designated by the Engineer.
Where thickness is not determined by probes through the fresh concrete, small holes shall be
drilled for the purpose. The Contractor shall patch all core holes in a manner that will be
permanent and will not leak. Furnish the Engineer with logs of thickness measurements.
G. Hydrostatic Test: In sections of the storm sewer marked "watertight" in the drawings,
hydrostatic tests shall be performed in accordance with ACI 346. The test shall be made at
any time after the concrete has been allowed to harden for 28 days, or earlier if mutually
agreed upon. The pipeline shall be filled with water to the head specified in Section 02533,
"Acceptance Testing for Storm Sewers" and kept filled at least 48 hours. The line may be
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE NON -REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 03301-7
01/01
filled in one length or between structures or bulkheads. If leaks are evident, the line shall be
drained and the leaks repaired by, and at the expense of, the Contractor. Thereafter, with the
line filled and under the specified head, there shall be a test for a minimum of 4 hours during
which loss of water from the section under test shall be measured. Water less than 50° F in
temperature shall not be used for this test. During the test period, the exfiltration rate shall
not exceed 1000 gallons per inch of diameter per mile per 24 hours. If the line fails the
hydrostatic test, the Contractor shall drain the line, repair imperfections as necessary to
provide continuity in structural and hydraulic integrity and retest the line as described above.
3.7 BACKFILL
A. Refer to Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities and Section 02320 - Utility TM
Backfill Materials.
B. Depth of backfill over the top of cast -in-place concrete pipe shall not exceed 6 inches until the
pipe has been in place at least 24 hours. Loose backfill may then be completed after the pipe
has been in place 24 hours. The backfill shall be materially free of clods or rocks having a
diameter greater than 2 inches, roots, or other deleterious foreign material. Until the height
of the backfill exceeds 3 feet, machine -placed backfill shall not be allowed to "free -fall" more
than three feet. The Contractor will be responsible for any damage to the pipe caused by
backfilling operations. Light traffic (axle loads less than 6,000 pounds) may be routed over
the pipe 48 hours after the pipe has been in place. Unrestricted traffic may be permitted over
the pipe after the pipe has been in place at least 72 hours. Where backfill is to be applied
mechanically, concrete strength shall reach 2,000 psi before compacting.
MAXIMUM SAFE DEPTHS OF BACKFILL
END OF SECTION 03301
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE NON -REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 03301 -8
01/01
Maximum Safe Backfill Depth to Top of Pipe
ft.
Pipe Size (in.)
Safe Load lbf
(lbf/lin ft)
Sand and Gravel
W = 120
Ku = 0.165
24
5800
No limit
30
7200
No limit
36
8500
No limit
42
9800
No limit
48
11000
No limit
54
12200
No limit
60
13300
47
66
14300
30
72
15500
31
78
17000
24
END OF SECTION 03301
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE NON -REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 03301 -8
01/01
SECTION 04220
w CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Concrete masonry units (CMU).
B. Decorative Concrete Masonry Units.
C. Mortar.
D. Grout for masonry.
E. Reinforcement, anchorage, and accessories.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Fabricated steel items.
1=
1.4 REFERENCES
A. ACI 530 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures.
B. ACI 530.1 - Specifications For Masonry Structures.
C. ASTM A82 - Cold -Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement.
D. ASTM A641 - Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire.
E. ASTM C90 - Load -Bearing Concrete Masonry Units.
F. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete.
G. ASTM C144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.
H. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement.
I. ASTM C207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.
J. ASTM C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry.
K. ASTM C387 - Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials, for Mortar and Concrete.
L. ASTM C404 - Aggregates for Masonry Grout.
M. ASTM C476 - Grout for Masonry.
N. IMIAC - International Masonry Industry All -Weather Council: Recommended Practices and
Guide Specification for Cold Weather Masonry Construction.
O. IMIAC - International Masonry Industry All -Weather Council: Recommended Practices and
Guide Specification for Hot Weather Masonry Construction.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings
1. Indicate bars sizes, spacings, locations, reinforcement quantities, bending and cutting
schedules, supporting and spacing devices for reinforcement, accessories.
B. Product Data
1. Provide data for decorative masonry units and fabricated wire reinforcement.
2. Include design mix complying with the Property specification of ASTM C270, required
environmental conditions, and admixture limitations.
01257198 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220-1
a^^
01/01
C. Samples
1. Samples: Submit one sample of decorative block units to illustrate texture.
2. Submit one sample of mortar, illustrating mortar color and color range.
D. Reports
1. Submit reports on mortar indicating conformance of mortar to property requirements
of ASTM C270 and test and evaluation reports to ASTM C780.
2. Submit reports on grout indicating conformance of component grout materials to
requirements of ASTM C476.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 530 and ACI 530.1.
1.7 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section
with minimum three years documented experience.
1.8 MOCKUP
A. Provide mockup of composite masonry under provisions of Section 01400.
B. Construct a masonry wall into a panel sized 2 feet long by 4 feet high, which includes mortar
and accessories, and weeps.
C. Locate where directed. ..
D. Mockup may not remain as part of the Work.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01600.
B. Accept decorative units on site. Inspect for damage.
C. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry, and protected against dampness, freezing, and
foreign matter.
1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Cold Weather Requirements: Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to
minimum 40 degrees F prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work.
B. Hot Weather Requirements: Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to maximum
90 degrees F (32 degrees C) prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Concrete and Decorative Concrete Masonry Units
1.
Featherlite Block Co.
B. Portland Cement, and Lime
1.
Essroc Materials, Inc.
2.
Glen-Gery Corporation.
3.
Lafarge Corporation.
4.
Lehigh Portland Cement Co.
5.
Riverton Corporation (The).
01257198 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220-2
O1/01
C. Joint Reinforcement, Ties, and Anchors
1.
Dur -O -Wal, Inc.
2.
Heckman Building Products, Inc.
3.
Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.
4.
Masonry Reinforcing Corp. of America.
5.
National Wire Products Industries.
6.
Southern Construction Products.
D. Admixtures
1.
Integral CMU Water Repellent
a. W.R. Grace & Co.
b. Master Builders, Inc.
3. Surface Finish
C. Addiment, Inc.
2.
Cold -Weather Admixture
a. Euclid Chemical Co.
4. Color: Gray.
b. W.R. Grace & Co.
3.
Water -Repellent Admixture
A.
a. W.R. Grace & Co.
b. Master Builders, Inc.
A82, hot dip galvanized conforming to ASTM A641, Class 1 after fabrication side rods with 9
C. Addiment, Inc.
2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A. Hollow Load Bearing Block Units (Regular CMU): ASTM C90, Type I - Moisture Controlled;
medium weight, with integral waterrepellent admixture.
B.
Provide bull -nose CMU at door jambs.
C.
Decorative Block Units (Rock Face CMU)
l . Conformance: ASTM C90, Type I - Moisture Controlled; medium weight, with integral
waterrepellent admixture.
2. Size and Shape: Nominal size of 8 x 8 x 16 inches.
3. Surface Finish
a. Split face (rock face).
4. Color: Gray.
2.3
REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE
A.
Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement: Truss type; cold drawn steel wire conforming to ASTM
A82, hot dip galvanized conforming to ASTM A641, Class 1 after fabrication side rods with 9
ga. wire cross ties.
B.
Reinforcing Steel: As specified in Section 03300 and as indicated on drawings.
2A
MORTAR AND GROUT
A.
Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I, gray.
B.
Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144 standard masonry type:
C.
Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.
D.
Grout Course Aggregate: ASTM C404.
E.
Water: Clean and potable.
2.5
ADMIXTURES
A.
Water Repellent: Liquid type; Dry -Block Mortar Admixture.
01
57198
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220-3
01/101
2.6 ACCESSORIES
A. Weeps: Preformed plastic tubes, hollow.
B. Cleaning Solution: Non -acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials.
2.7 MORTAR
A. Mortar: Portland cement and lime, ASTM C270, Type S using the Property specification.
2.8 GROUT MIXES
A. Bond Beams and Lintels: 2,500 psi strength at 28 days; 8-10 inches slump; premixed type in
accordance with ASTM C94.
2.9 GROUT MIXING
A. Mix grout in accordance with ASTM C94.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.
B. Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located.
C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work.
D. Request inspection of spaces to be grouted.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied to other sections.
B. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building
structure provides permanent bracing.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Mortar Mixing
1. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in accordance with ASTM C270 in quantities needed
for immediate use.
2. Maintain sand uniformly damp immediately before the mixing process. —.
3. Add mortar admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide
uniformity of mix and coloration.
4. Provide water repellent admixture in mortar for all masonry.
5. Do not use anti -freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar.
6. If water is lost by evaporation, re -temper only within two hours of mixing.
7. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 90 degrees F (32 degrees C),
or two -and -one-half hours at temperatures under 40 degrees F.
B. Coursing
1. General
a. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement.
b. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints
of uniform thickness.
01257198 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220-4
O1/01 �.
3.5 ENGINEERED MASONRY
A. Do not wet masonry unit surfaces in contact with grout prior to grout placement.
B. Grout spaces less than 2 inches (50 mm) in width with fine grout using low lift grouting
techniques. Grout spaces 2 inches (50 mm) or greater in width with course grout using low lift
grouting techniques.
C. When grouting is stopped for more than one hour, terminate grout 1-1/2 inch below top of upper
masonry unit to form a positive key for subsequent grout placement.
D. Low Lift Grouting: Place first lift of grout to a height of three CMU courses and rod for grout
consolidation. Place subsequent lifts in 8 inch increments and rod for grout consolidation.
3.6 BUILT-IN WORK
A. As work progresses, install built-in metal door frames, anchor bolts, plates, and other items to
be built-in the work and furnished by other sections.
B. Install built-in items plumb and level.
rl C. Bed anchors of metal door frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout.
D. Do not build -in organic materials subject to deterioration.
3.7 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/32 inch.
B. Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 ft and 1/2 inch in 20 ft or more.
C. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non -cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories or
more.
D. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 ft and 1/4 inch in 10 ft; 1/2 inch in 30
ft.
E. Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 ft.
F. Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4 inch.
G. Variation From Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch and minus 0 inches.
01257198 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220-5
01/01
2.
Concrete Masonry Units:
1117
a. Bond: Running.
b. Coursing: One unit and one mortar joint to equal 8.
c. Mortar Joints: Concave.
^-^
C. Placing and Bonding
1.
Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints.
2.
Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not permitted.
3.
Remove excess mortar as work progresses.
4.
Interlock intersections and external corners.
5.
Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment
must be made, remove mortar and replace.
6.
Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean,
unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges.
D. Reinforcement and Anchorage - Single Wythe Masonry
1.
Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches (400 mm) on -centers.
2.
Place joint reinforcement continuous in first and second joint below top of walls.
3.
Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches.
^^
4.
Reinforce stack bonded unit joint corners and intersections with strap anchors.
3.4 LINTELS
A. Install
reinforced unit masonry lintels over openings.
3.5 ENGINEERED MASONRY
A. Do not wet masonry unit surfaces in contact with grout prior to grout placement.
B. Grout spaces less than 2 inches (50 mm) in width with fine grout using low lift grouting
techniques. Grout spaces 2 inches (50 mm) or greater in width with course grout using low lift
grouting techniques.
C. When grouting is stopped for more than one hour, terminate grout 1-1/2 inch below top of upper
masonry unit to form a positive key for subsequent grout placement.
D. Low Lift Grouting: Place first lift of grout to a height of three CMU courses and rod for grout
consolidation. Place subsequent lifts in 8 inch increments and rod for grout consolidation.
3.6 BUILT-IN WORK
A. As work progresses, install built-in metal door frames, anchor bolts, plates, and other items to
be built-in the work and furnished by other sections.
B. Install built-in items plumb and level.
rl C. Bed anchors of metal door frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout.
D. Do not build -in organic materials subject to deterioration.
3.7 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/32 inch.
B. Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 ft and 1/2 inch in 20 ft or more.
C. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non -cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories or
more.
D. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 ft and 1/4 inch in 10 ft; 1/2 inch in 30
ft.
E. Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 ft.
F. Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4 inch.
G. Variation From Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch and minus 0 inches.
01257198 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220-5
01/01
H. Maximum Variation from Plane of Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/32 inch.
I. Maximum Variation of Panel from Plane: 1/8 inch.
3.8 CUTTING AND FITTING
A. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or
strength of masonry work may be impaired.
3.9 CLEANING
A. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses.
B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work.
C. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution.
D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations.
E. Do not scratch or deface units.
END OF SECTION
01257198 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220-6
01/01
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Shop fabricated ferrous metal items, prime painted and galvanized.
B.
Steel checkered floor plate.
C.
Steel pipe handrails.
D.
Stair nosings.
E.
Fabricated pipe grates that are located at headwalls and wingwalls.
F.
Fabricated bar grates that are locaed at headwalls and wingwalls.
r-,
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete: Placement of anchors in concrete.
B.
Section 04220 - Unit Masonry: Placement of anchors in masonry.
C.
Section 09900 - Painting: Field preparation and paint finish.
D.
Conform to Section 05530 - Gratings for commercially available metal bar grates located at
sluice gate and check valve control structures.
1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A.
Railings
1. Railing assembly including wall rails, and attachments to resist loads as defined in
r^a
ASTM E985 without damage or permanent set as tested in accordance with ASTM
A935.
1.5 REFERENCES
A.
ASTM A36 - Structural Steel.
B.
ASTM A48 - Gray Iron Castings.
C.
ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -coated Welded and Seamless.
D.
ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
E.
ASTM A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.
F.
ASTM A283 - Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars.
G.
ASTM A307 - Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners.
H.
ASTM A384 - Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During Hot -Dip Galvanizing
of Steel Assemblies.
I.
ASTM A500 - Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round
and Shapes.
�^
J.
ASTM A786 - Rolled Steel Floor Plates.
K.
ASTM A935 - Steel, Sheet and Strip, Heavy Thickness Coils, High Strength, Low -Alloy,
Columbium or Vanadium, or Both, Hot -Rolled.
01257198
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-1
01/01
L. ASTM B221 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and
Tubes.
M. ASTM B241 - Aluminum -Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube.
N. ASTM E985 - Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings.
O. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols.
P. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code.
Q. FS -S-325 - Shield, Expansion; Nail Expansion; and Nail, Drive Screw (Devices, Anchoring,
Masonry).
R. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings and Product Data
1. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type
of fasteners, and accessories.
2. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable.
3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.0 welding symbols. Indicate net
weld lengths.
4. Indicate adjacent construction and required anchorages to be provided by other sections.
5. Submit manufacturer's standard printed descriptive product literature for manufactured
items.
B. Design Data
1. Submit design calculations for metal stairs.
C. Samples
1. Submit 1 sample of elbow, tee, wall bracket, escutcheon and end stop.
D. Certification: Submit Welder's certificate verifying AWS qualification within the previous
12 months.
1.7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings and as instructed by
manufacturer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Stair Nosings.
1. American Safety Tread Co., Inc; Helena, AL.
2. Balco Metalines; Wichita, KS.
3. IKG Industries, Nashville, TN.
4. Wooster Products, Inc.; Wooster, OH.
B. Cast Metal Products
1. Barry Pattern & Foundry Co.
2. GS Metals
3. Neenah Foundry
C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
01257198 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-2
O1/01
2.2 MATERIALS
A.
General
1.
Aluminum Sections: ASTM B221.
2.
Steel Sections: ASTM A36.
3.
Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B.
4.
Steel Plates: ASTM A283.
5.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B Schedule 40.
6.
Aluminum Pipe: ASTM B241
7.
Fasteners: FS -S-325, type as required by condition indicated.
8.
Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 galvanized to ASTM A153 for galvanized
components.
9.
Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded.
10.
Shop and Touch -Up Primer: SSPC 15, Type 1, red oxide.
11.
Touch -Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc rich type.
B.
Stair Nosings
1.
Gray Iron: ASTM A48.
2.
Slip -resistant Surfacing: Manufacturer's standard mixture of aluminum oxide and
silicon carbide.
C.
Railings
1.
Steel System
a. Rails and Posts: ASTM A53, Grade B Schedule 40, seamless, 11/2 inch outside
diameter steel pipe; welded joints.
b. Fittings: Elbows, T -shapes, escutcheons; cast steel.
c. Mounting: Adjustable brackets and flanges, with steel inserts for casting in
concrete and with steel brackets for embedding in masonry.
d. Exposed Fasteners: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; consistent with design of
railing.
e. Splice Connectors: Concealed spigots.
D.
Floor Plate
1.
ASTM A786, 3/16 inch thick, pattern no. 5.
2.
Galvanize in conformance with ASTM A 123 and ASTM A384.
E.
Box
Vents
1.
Acceptable Product: McKinney Type 8V1TS.
F.
Fabricated Pipe Grates at Headwalls and Wingwalls
1.
ASTM A53 Grade B pipe.
2.
Galvanize in conformance with ASTM A 123 and ASTM A384.
G.
Fabricated Bar Grates at Headwalls and Wingwalls
1.
ASTM A36, dimensions as indicated on plans.
2.
Galvanize in conformance with ASTM A123 and ASTM A384.
H.
Resin Filled Screen Anchors:
1.
Acceptable product: Hilti HIT C-20
2.3 FABRICATION
A. General
1. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections for delivery to site.
2. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.
3. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds.
4. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints
butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.
5. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively
located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise.
01257198 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-3
.,, 01/01
6. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and
related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically
noted otherwise.
B. Railings
1. Fabricate will all joints welded and ground smooth.
2. Return rails to within 1/4 inch of wall surface.
3. Finish rail end with terminal caps.
2.4 FINISHES
A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing.
B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact with concrete or where field welding is required.
C. Prime paint items Specified or Scheduled to be field painted as Specified in Section 09900
with two coats.
D. Galvanized items Specified or Scheduled to be galvanized with 1.25 oz/sq ft zinc coating in
accordance with ASTM A 123.
1. Damaged galvanized coating may be repaired, at Engineer's discretion only, with ZRC
Cold Galvanizing Compound or other UL -recognized cold galvanizing compound.
2. Apply compound in accordance with manufacturer's directions.
3. Galvanized material which, in the opinion of the Engineer, has the coatings too
extensively damaged for meaningful touch-up or repair, shall be rejected and removed —
from the site of the work.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.
B. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required.
B. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates,
to appropriate sections.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects.
B. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until
completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments.
C. Field weld components indicated on shop drawings.
D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS Dl. 1.
E. Obtain Engineer approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled.
F. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed or galvanized, except
surfaces to be in contact with concrete.
G. Mechanically cut galvanized finish surfaces. Do not flame cut.
H. Anchor grating by bolting through flange blocks.
I. Anchor handrail brackets to CMU with resin filled screen anchors.
01257198 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-4
O1/01
i
J. Railing Posts
1. Set posts in steel sleeves cast into concrete.
a
A 2. Interior diameter of sleeve: Minimum I inch larger than outside diameter of post.
3. Fill sleeve with non -shrink grout.
K. Set stair nosings in concrete at edge of nosing, stopping nosing 3 inches from edge of tread.
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. General
1. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch in 10 feet.
r 2. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch.
END OF SECTION
e^R _
r—
r
r-
01257198 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-5
01/01
THIS PAGE HAS INTENTIONALLY BEEN LEFT BLANK.
01257198 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-6
01/01
t -
SECTION 05530
GRATINGS
PART 1
- GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Conform with Section 05500 for fabricated pipe grates and fabricated bar grates located at
headwalls and wingwalls.
.-, 1.2
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1. Metal bar grating.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For the following:
1. Clips and anchorage devices for gratings.
2. Formed -metal plank grating.
B.
Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for gratings. Include plans,
elevations, sections, and details of connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
"' A.
Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing gratings similar to those indicated
for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
production capacity to produce required units.
°* B.
Metal Bar Grating Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following:
1. Non -Heavy -Duty Metal Bar Gratings: Comply with NAAMM MBG 531, "Metal Bar
Grating Manual for Steel, Stainless Steel, and Aluminum Gratings and Stair Treads. "
1.5
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Field Measurements: Where gratings are indicated to fit to other construction, verify
dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate
measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress
Oak
to avoid delaying the Work.
1.6
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate installation of anchorages for gratings, grating frames, and supports. Furnish
setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves,
concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in
-
concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
01257198 GRATINGS 05530-1
01/01
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FERROUS METALS
A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36
B. Wire rod for Grating Cross Bars: ASTM A510
C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653, structural quality, Grade 33, with G90 Coating.
2.2 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide Type 304 or 316 stainless-steel fastener. Select fasteners for type, grade,
and class required.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Shop Assembly: Fabricate grating sections in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize
field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling
limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark
units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
B. Form from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated, but not less than that needed to
support indicated loads.
C. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs.
D. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints.
F. Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations and the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
G. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and
space anchoring devices to secure gratings, frames, and supports rigidly in place and to
support indicated loads.
H. Edges of grating shall be banded with bars of the same size as bearing bars.
2.4 METAL BAR GRATINGS
A. Fabricate welded steel grating as follows:
1. 2 t/4 x 3/16 blaring bars at 13/16 inches and cross bars at 4 inches.
B. Traffic Surface for Steel Bar Gratings: As follows:
1. Serrated.
C. Steel Finish: As follows:
1. Hot dipped galvanized with a coating weight of not less than 1.8 oz/sq foot of coated
surface.
D. Fabricate cutouts in grating sections for penetrations indicated. Arrange cutouts to permit
grating removal without disturbing items penetrating gratings.
1. Edge -band openings in grating that interrupt four or more bearing bars with bars of the
same size and material as bearing bars.
E. Do not notch bearing bars at supports to maintain elevation.
01257198 GRATINGS 05530-2
O1/01
.-a
r-.
2.5 FINISHES
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Finish gratings, frames, and supports after assembly.
C. Galvanizing: For those items indicated for galvanizing, apply zinc coating by the hot -dip
process complying with ASTM A 123.
PART 3
- EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary
for securing gratings to in-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and
masonry inserts, through -bolts, lag bolts, and other connectors.
B.
Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing
gratings. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from
established lines and levels and free from rack.
C.
Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete
or masonry.
D.
Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are
not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized
r.
after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
E.
Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
3.2
INSTALLING METAL BAR GRATINGS
A.
General: Install gratings to comply with recommendations of referenced metal bar grating
standards that apply to grating types and bar sizes indicated, including installation clearances
and standard anchoring details.
B.
Attach removable units to supporting members with type and size of clips and fasteners
indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by grating manufacturer for type of installation
conditions shown.
C.
Attach nonremovable units to supporting members by welding where both materials are the
same; otherwise, fasten by bolting as indicated above.
3.3
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A.
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraided areas and repair
galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780.
r^
END OF SECTION 05530
01257198 GRATINGS 05530-3
01/01
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 GRATINGS 05530-4
O1/01
SECTION 08110
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART
GENERAL
,.. 1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section.
1.2
WORK INCLUDED
A.
Standard non -rated steel doors.
1.3
RELATED WORK
A.
Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete.
B.
Section 04220 - Unit Masonry: Masonry mortar fill of metal frames.
C.
Section 08700 - Hardware.
D.
Section 09900 - Painting: Field painting of doors and frames; bituminous coating.
1.4
REFERENCES
A.
ANSI/SDI-100 - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors & Frames.
B.
ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable
by Physically Handicapped People.
C.
ANSI A224.1 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for
Steel Doors and Frames.
D.
ASTM A525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process, General
Requirements.
E.
SDI -107 - Hardware on Steel Doors (Reinforcement --Application).
r'^
F.
SDI -113 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Apparent Thermal Performance for
Steel Door and Frame Assemblies.
G.
SDI -114 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Acoustical Performance for Steel Door
.-
and Frame Assemblies.
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Regulatory Requirements
1. Conform to requirements of ANSI A117.1.
B.
Manufacturer
1. Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified with minimum five years
documented experience.
1.6
SUBMITTALS
A.
Shop Drawings and Product Data
1. Indicate each type door and frame elevation, reinforcements, hardware locations, metal
types and gauges, and finish. Use same numbering system as indicated on drawings.
2. Indicate frame configuration, anchor spacings and anchor types.
01257198
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-1
�,, 01/01
3. Indicate door core construction and head and sill closure method.
4. Manufacturer's standard printed installation instructions.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Provide frames with manufacturer's standard sill spreader bar for all welded units.
B. Protect doors and frames with manufacturer's standard resilient packaging.
C. Break seal on-site to permit ventilation.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Provide five year manufacturer's warranty.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Doors
1. Exterior: 16 gage stretcher level steel conforming to ASTM A525, G60.
B. Frames
1. Exterior: 14 gage steel conforming to ASTM A525, G60.
C. Protective Coatings
1. Bituminous Coating: Specified in Section 09900 - Painting.
2. Primer: Manufacturer's standard oven dried, gray alkyd enamel primer, complying
with requirements of ANSI/SDI A224.1.
D. Accessories
1. Jamb Anchors
a. Masonry Construction: 'T' -strap type, corrugated and galvanized.
2. Silencers: As specified in Section 08700 - Hardware.
2.2 FABRICATION
A. General `-
1. Fabricate doors and frames to sizes and profiles indicated and in conformance with,
except as otherwise specified, SDI -100.
2. Fabricate frames and doors with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place.
Provide mortar guard boxes for frames set in masonry.
3. Grind all welds smooth, fill all voids with body putty and seam filler and sand smooth.
Welds and joints shall not be visible. �.
B. Doors
1. Exterior doors: Grade III, Model 3.
2. Close top edge of doors with flush steel channel closure. Seal joints watertight.
3. Close bottom edge of doors with inverted steel channel closure.
4. Core Construction, Exterior Doors
a. Type C: Core permanently bonded to face sheets with manufacturer's standard
adhesive.
b. U -value through door: Maximum 0.15.
C. Frames
1. Fabricate and assemble as complete welded unit.
2. Weld Z and U anchors to frame.
01257198 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-2
01/01
01257198 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-3
01/01
3. Prepare frame for silencers. Provide for three single silencers on strike side of single
�."
door.
4. Provide minimum 14 gage steel floor angle clips welded to each jamb.
A^ 2.3
FINISH
A. Finish: As Specified in Section - 09900.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Install frames in accordance with SDI -105 and manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Coordinate with masonry wall construction for anchor placement.
3. Coat inside of frame profile with bituminous coating to a thickness of 1/16 inch where
in direct contact with masonry.
4. Install field applied hardware in accordance with SDI -107.
3.2
TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner.
3.3
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement.
END OF SECTION 08110
t
01257198 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-3
01/01
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-4
O1/01
SECTION 08700
HARDWARE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
` A. Drawings, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section.
1.2 WORK INCLUDED
A. All finish hardware necessary for completion of project.
1.3 RELATED WORK
A. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames
,.. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers Qualifications
1. Companies specializing in manufacturing door hardware with minimum three years
experience.
1.5 REFERENCES
A. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
1. ANSI A117 Building and Facilities - Providing Accessibility and Usability for
"7 Physically Handicapped People.
2. ANSI A156.16 Auxiliary Hardware.
3. ANSI A156.18 Materials and Finishes.
B. BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (BHMA)
1. BHMA Directory of Certified Locks & Latches.
2. BHMA Directory of Certified Door Closers.
... 3. BHMA Directory of Certified Exit Devices.
C. CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR)
1. 36CFR Part 1191 - Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)
D. DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE (DHI)
1. DHI-02 Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware.
2. DHI-04 Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware for Custom Steel Door and
Frames.
3. DHI-05 Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware for Standard Steel Doors
and Frames.
E. STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE
1. SDI -107 Hardware on Steel Doors (Reinforcement and Application).
F. Texas Civil Statutes, Article 9102, Architectural Barriers Act, Texas Accessibility Standards
(TAS)
1. TAS 4.13.9 Door Hardware
01257198 HARDWARE 08700-1
01/01
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Provide product data on specified hardware.
B. Hardware Schedule
1. Include for each item: Quantities; manufacturer's name and catalog numbers; sizes;
detail information or catalog cuts; finishes; door and frame size and materials; location
and hardware set identification using same opening numbers as indicated on the
drawings; lock trim material thicknesses; lock trim material evaluation test results;
corresponding ANSI/ BHMA standard type number or function number from
manufacturer's catalog if not covered by ANSI/ BHMA; and list of abbreviations.
2. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware.
3. Indicate lock side of single cylinder doors.
C. Keying
1. Coordinate keying with the Owner.
2. Obtain keying system approval before delivering hardware to project.
D. Certificates of Compliance
1. Submit certificates of compliance attesting that hardware items conform to the ANSI/
BHMA standards specified. In lieu of certificates, submit statement that proposed
hardware items appear in current BHMA directories of certified products.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store and handle hardware to site in accordance with provisions of Section 01600.
B. Individually package each article of hardware in manufacturer's standard commercial carton
or container, and properly mark or label to be readily identifiable with approved hardware
schedule.
C. Tag or otherwise identify each change key with door for which its cylinder is intended.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate requirements for hardware to be mounted on metal doors or metal frames between
hardware manufacturer and door or frame manufacturer to establish location, reinforcement
required, size of holes, and similar details.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Hinges
1. Bommer; Landrum, SC
2. Hager Hinge Co.; St. Louis, MO
3. McKinney Manufacturing Co.; Scranton, PA
4. Stanley Hardware Division, Stanley Works; New Britain, CT
B. Lock and Latches
1. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co.; City of Industry, CA
2. Best Lock Corporation; Indianapolis, IN
3. Corbin/Russwin Architectural Hardware; Berlin, CT
4. PDQ Industries, Inc.; Leola, PA
5. Sargent Division, ESSEX Industries, Inc.; New Haven, CT
6. Schlage Lock Co.; San Francisco, CA
01257198 HARDWARE 08700-2
O1/01
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on
shop drawings.
B. Verify that power supply is available to power operated devices.
C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
*^ A. General
1. Locate in accordance with DHI 04 and DHI 05 recommended Locations for Builders'
Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames and DHI Recommended Locations for
r� Builders' Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames.
01257198 HARDWARE 08700-3
�,.
01/01
C.
Door Stops/Bumpers
1. Glynn -Johnson; Indianapolis, IN
2. Hager Companies; St. Louis, MO
3. H.B. Ives, Harrow Co.; Wallingford, CT
4. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Co.; Los Angeles, CA
D.
Door Silencers
1. Glynn -Johnson; Indianapolis, IN
r,
2. H.B. Ives, Harrow Co.; Wallingford, CT
3. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Co.; Los Angeles, CA
E.
Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A.
General
r-,
1. Provide hardware components as indicated in paragraph HARDWARE SCHEDULE at
the end of this section.
2. Schedule is based on proprietary products. Components of other manufacturers will be
acceptable provided they comply with the ANSI/BHMA standards for Grade 1 products
and are listed in the latest edition of the BHMA Directories of certification.
B.
Fastenings
+-
1. Provide proper type, size, quantity, and finish with each article of hardware.
2. Concrete or Grout Filled Masonry: Provide machine screws and expansion shields.
3. Hollow Masonry: Provide resin filled screw anchors equal to Hilti C7 anchors.
�.
4. Fastenings exposed to weather and in finished work: stainless steel.
C.
Finishes
1. Painting of primed surfaces: Specified in Section 09900 - Painting.
2. Conform to ANSI A156.18 as follows:
a. Hinges: BHMA 626
b. Lock and cylinder: BHMA 626
C. Miscellaneous hardware: Finish appearance to match door hardware, exterior
exposure setting.
D.
Keying
1. Provide an extension of existing keying system.
2. Send keys directly from lock manufacturer to Engineer by registered mail or other
approved means.
3. Supply 4 keys for each lock.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on
shop drawings.
B. Verify that power supply is available to power operated devices.
C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
*^ A. General
1. Locate in accordance with DHI 04 and DHI 05 recommended Locations for Builders'
Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames and DHI Recommended Locations for
r� Builders' Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames.
01257198 HARDWARE 08700-3
�,.
01/01
2. Install in accordance with DHI-02.
3. When approved, slight variations in locations or dimensions will be permitted.
4. Attach door control devices for exterior doors such as closers and holders to doors with
thru bolts such as hex bolts and nuts.
3.3 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Door 001 to have:
1 Cylinder Sargent VAC480
1'/z pr. Hinges Hagar BBI199NRP
1 ea. Dead Bolt Sargent 485 Dead Lock 488 Strike
1 ea. Floor Stop Hagar 252F
3 ea. Silencers Hagar 307D
END OF SECTION
01257198 HARDWARE 08700-4
O1/01
01257198 PAINTING 09900-1
01/01
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED
DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Surface preparation.
B.
Surface finish schedule.
m-•
1.3 RELATED WORK
A.
Section 04220 - Concrete Unit Masonry.
B.
Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications.
C.
Section 08110 - Steel Door and Frames.
1.4 REFERENCES
A.
ANSI/ASTM D16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related
Products.
B.
ASTM D 1730 - Practices for Preparation of Aluminum and Aluminum Surfaces for Painting.
C.
ASTM D2016 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood.
D.
ASTM D2092 - Practice for Preparation of Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Steel Surfaces for
Painting.
E.
ASTM D3359 - Test Methods for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test.
F.
ASTM D4138 - Test Method for Measurement of Dry Film Thickness of Protective Coating
--
Systems by Destructive Means.
G.
ASTM D4258 - Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating.
H.
ASTM D4261 - Surface Cleaning Concrete Masonry for Coating.
I.
ASTM D4262 - Test Method for pH of Chemically Cleaned or Etched Concrete Surfaces.
J.
ASTM D4263 - Test Methods for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet
Method.
K.
ASTM D4414 - Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch Gages.
`^
L.
ASTM D4541 - Test Method for Pull -Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion
Testers
M.
Steel Structure Painting Council - Steel Structures Painting Manual
1.5 DEFINITIONS
r^
A.
Conform to ANSI/ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this Section.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Product Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing quality paint and finish
products with five years experience.
01257198 PAINTING 09900-1
01/01
B. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with five years
documented experience.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings and Product Data
1. Provide product data on all finishing products.
2. Submit manufacturer's standard printed application instructions.
B. Samples
1. Submit two samples 6 x 6 inch in size illustrating range of colors and textures available
for each surface finishing product scheduled, for selection.
C. Field Samples
1. Provide field sample panel, 48 inches long by 48 inches wide, illustrating special coating
color, and finish.
2. Locate where directed.
3. Accepted sample may not remain as part of the Work.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01600.
B. Deliver products to site in sealed and labelled containers; inspect to verify acceptance. -�
C. Container labelling to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, brand code,
coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup, color designation, and instructions for
mixing and reducing.
D. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F. and a maximum of
90 degrees F., in well ventilated area, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's
instructions.
E. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion.
1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient
temperatures above 45 degrees F. for 24 hours before, during, and 48 hours after application
of finishes, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions.
B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is above 50
percent, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions.
C. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 50 degrees F. for exterior; unless
required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions.
D. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid -height at substrate surface.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. ICI Paint Stores, Cleveland, OH.
B. Kelly -Moore Paint Co., Inc., San Carlos, CA.
C. PPG Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, PA.
D. Substitutions: In accordance with Section 01600.
01257198 PAINTING 09900-2
01/01
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Coatings
1. Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Process pigments to a soft paste
r -R consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous
coating.
2. Good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags.
B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not
specifically indicated but required to achieve finishes specified, of commercial quality.
2.3 FINISHES
A. Refer to schedule at end of Section for surface finish schedule.
B. The schedule is based on the products of ICI Paint Stores as follows:
No. Product Name (ICI Paint) Type
1. 2406 Decra-Shield Acrylic -Semi -Gloss
2. 4020 Devflex DTM Primer Acrylic
3. 4308 Devguard Industrial Enamel Alkyd -Gloss
4. 4160 Devguard Tank & Structural Primer Alkyd
C. Dry mill film thickness (DMFT) indicated is minimum acceptable.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by product manufacturer.
B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any
condition that may potentially affect proper application.
-- C. Moisture Content
1. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter.
a. Field test concrete in accordance with ASTM D4263.
,.. b. Test moisture content of wood in accordance with ASTM D2016.
2. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below following
maximums:
a. Masonry, Unit Masonry: 12 percent.
`^ D. Beginning of installation means acceptance by Applicator of existing surfaces.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Unpainted Surfaces
1. General
a. Prepare surface in accordance with paint manufacturer's recommended procedures
unless higher level of preparation is specified.
b. Remove hardware and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing.
c. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this Section.
2. Impervious Surfaces
a. Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri -sodium phosphate and bleach.
b. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry.
01257198 PAINTING 09900-3
01/01
3. Galvanized Surfaces
a.
Clean in accordance with ASTM D1730.
b.
Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent.
C.
Apply coat of etching primer.
4. Aluminum
Surfaces —
a.
Clean in accordance with ASTM D1730.
b.
Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent.
C.
Apply coat of etching primer.
5. Unit
Masonry Surfaces
a.
Clean concrete in accordance with ASTM D4258.
b.
Clean unit masonry in accordance with ASTM D4261.
C.
Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter.
d.
Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri -sodium phosphate; rinse well and
allow to dry.
e.
Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium
metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water.
f.
Allow to dry.
6. Steel and Iron Surfaces
a.
Concealed Locations
(1) Remove all grease, dirt, mill scale, rust and weld slag in accordance with
paint manufacturer's recommended level of preparation.
(2) Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts,
and nuts are similarly cleaned.
b.
Exposed Locations
(1) Remove all grease, dirt, mill scale, rust and weld slag in accordance with
SSPC - SP1 - Solvent Cleaning and/or SSPC - SP2 - Hand Tool Cleaning in
accordance with paint manufacturer's recommended level of preparation.
(2) Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts,
and nuts are similarly cleaned.
B. Primed Surfaces
1. All
Surfaces
a.
Thoroughly clean of all grease, dirt, dust or other foreign matter.
b.
Remove blistering, cracking, flaking, peeling or other deteriorated coating.
C.
Roughen slick/glossy surfaces. —
d.
Repair damaged areas such as, but not limited to, nail holes, cracks, chips and
spalls with suitable materials to match adjacent areas.
e.
Feather edges of chipped paint and sand smooth.
f.
Sand and scrape to remove loose primer.
g.
Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous.
h.
Clean surfaces with solvent. _
i.
Prepare non-ferrous surfaces in accordance with paint manufacturer's
recommended level of preparation, and these specifications.
2. New Shop Primed Steel Surfaces
a.
Where higher level of preparation is specified in this Section than in other Sections
for unpainted steel, comply with requirements of this Section and following:
(1) At Contractor's option, either shop or field prepare steel in accordance with
procedures specified in this Section. r
(2) If steel is shop prepared and primed in accordance with lesser requirements
specified in other sections, it is considered a temporary protective coating
only.
(3) Remove temporary shop coatings and prepare steel in accordance with paint
manufacturer's recommended level of preparation for unpainted surfaces.
01257198
PAINTING 09900-4
01/01
fi
b. If steel is shop prepared and primed in accordance with paint manufacturer's
recommended level of preparation, field prepare in accordance with paragraph
"All Surfaces" above.
C. Prime coat specified under paragraph 3.9, SURFACE FINISH SCHEDULE, can
�., be eliminated except for bare areas requiring touch-up.
3.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration.
B. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by work of this Section.
C. Furnish drop cloths, shields, and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from
disfiguring other surfaces.
D. Remove empty paint containers from site.
3.4 APPLICATION
A. Paint, Stain and Varnish
1. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry.
3. Apply each coat to uniform finish.
4. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved.
5. Sand lightly between coats to achieve required finish.
6. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied.
3.5 PROTECTION OF DISSIMILAR METALS AND METALS IN MASONRY AND CONCRETE
A. Where specified in other sections, protect dissimilar metals that are in direct contact and
metals set on or filled with mortar or concrete with one coat of coal tar paint equal to
Carboline Bitumastic Super Service Black.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. General
.-. 1. When requested by Engineer, provide verification of coating application and durability
in accordance with specified requirements at no cost to the Owner.
B. Steel Surfaces
1. Dry Film Thickness: Verify in accordance with SSPC-PA 2 - Measurement of Dry
Paint Thickness with Magnetic Gages.
2. Adhesion: Confirm adhesion of coating system to substrate in accordnace with either
ASTM D3359 (Method B) or ASTM D4541.
C. Other Surfaces
1. Film Thickness
a. Measure wet film thickness in accordance with ASTM D4414 and convert to dry
film thickness by multiplying wet film thickness by percent soilds and by percent
solvent added.
b. Measure dry film thickness in accordance with ASTM D4138.
3.7 ADJUSTING
�.., A. Repair surfaces which have been destructively checked for dry film thickness.
B. Recoat surfaces determined not to be in conformance with dry film thicknesses specified.
C. Recoat in accordance with coating manufacturer's printed instructions.
01257198 PAINTING 09900-5
01/01
3.8 CLEANING
A. As Work proceeds, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed, or spattered.
B. During progress of Work maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools,
equipment, surplus materials, and debris.
C. Collect cotton waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed
metal containers and remove daily from site.
3.9 SURFACE FINISH SCHEDULE
A. Exterior Surfaces
Surface 1st Coat (DMFT) 2nd Coat (DMFT) 3rd Coat (DMF)
Aluminum 4020 (3.0) 2406 (2.0) 2406 (2.0)
Ferrous Metals
Gates, 4160 (2.0) 4308 (2.0) 4308 (2.0)
Railings,
Exposed Lintels,
Misc. Metal
Doors, Frames 4160 (2.0) 4308 (2.0) 4308 (2.0)
and Equipment
Galvanized Metals 4160 (2.0) 4308 (2.0) 4308 (2.0)
END OF SECTION
01257198 PAINTING 09900-6
O1/01
roll
k_;
01257198
01/01
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 13
h '
d. Insufficient number of acceptance test cylinders for day's concreting were made
for testing.
►-
2. Except where core tests will impair the strength of the structure, core test as directed
by the Owner shall be made at no cost to the Owner to resolve Questionable Concrete.
If core tests fail to demonstrate the test strength required by the contract documents or
,.,
structural analysis does not confirm the adequacy of the structure, the Owner may, at
his discretion, reject the work or require load tests or additional construction. Should
structural analysis confirm the adequacy of the structure, the Owner may, at his
discretion, accept the concrete with credit for the full value of the concrete delivered to
the site in accordance with the General Conditions.
3. The Contractor shall pay all costs incurred in providing the additional testing or analysis
to resolve the acceptability of Questionable Concrete.
4. Core Tests
a. IThree representative cores shall be taken from each member or area of concrete
for each test considered questionable. Location of cores shall be as directed by
0
the Owner to least impair the strength of the structure. Damaged cores shall be
replaced.
b. Cores shall be obtained and tested in accordance with ASTM C42 except that if
r-,
concrete in the structure will be dry under service conditions the cores shall be
air dried (temperature 60 degrees F. to 80 degrees F., and relative humidity less
than 60%) for 7 days before test and shall be tested dry. If the concrete in the
structure will be more than superficially wet under service conditions, the cores
shall be immersed in water for at least 48 hours and tested wet.
C. Questionable concrete will be considered structurally acceptable if the average
of the cores is equal to or greater than 90% of the specified strength and no
single core is greater than 500 psi below specified strength.
END OF SECTION 03300
roll
k_;
01257198
01/01
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 13
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-14
01/01
01257198
O1/01
SLUICE GATES
11290-1
SECTION 11290
.-,
SLUICE GATES
PART
1 - GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Sluice gates for storm water control.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 01330 Submittals
B.
Section 01600 Product Requirements
C.
Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete
1.3
REFERENCES
A.
ASTM A240 - Heat Resisting Chromium and Chromium - Nickel Stainless Steel
B.
AWWA Standard C501 - Sluice Gates
C.
ASTM B62 - Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings.
D.
ASTM A126 - Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe Fittings.
E.
ASTM A276 - Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes
F.
ASTM D2000 - Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications
G.
ASTM B584 - Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications.
H.
ASTM F593 - Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws and Studs.
I.
ASTM F594 - Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts.
J.
ASTM B21 - Standard Specification for Naval Brass Rod, Bar and Shapes.
1.4
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Design Requirements.
?^
1. Dimensions, frame type, and
seating and unseating head :............................ See Gate Schedule (Paragraph 3.5)
2. Maximum leakage :...................................... Conformance with AWWA C501
--
3. Maximum gate deflection at design head:........... 1/360 of span
4. Maximum handwheel effort: ........................... 25 lbs.
•-
1.5
SUBMITTALS
A.
General. Submit in accordance with the requirements of Section 01330 Submittals. In
.-
addition to the requirement in Section 01300, include the following:
1. Construction materials of all components.
2. Estimated leakage at design conditions.
.,
B.
Operation and Maintenance. Submit operation and maintenance information in accordance
with Specifications.
01257198
O1/01
SLUICE GATES
11290-1
C. Project Record Documents. In addition to the information required in other specification
sections, provide the following:
1. Gate invert elevations tied to NGVD 1929.
2. Elevations of tops of floor boxes, bottoms of operating pedestals tied to NGVD 1929.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Protection. Store and protect the equipment in accordance with the
manufacturers written instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Sluice Gates.
1. Hydro Gate Corporation.
2. Rodney Hunt Company.
3. Waterman Industries, Inc.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Sluice Gates
1. Frame, Slide, Wall Thimble,
Pedestal, Gear Housing, Wall Brackets
and Stem Guide Brackets ........................... Cast Iron Per ASTM A126, Class B
2. Wedges, Thrust Nut, and Lift Nut ................ Bronze per ASTM B584. Alloy
C86500 or C86700
3. Seating Faces ......................................... Bronze, ASTM B21 alloy C48200
4. Stems, Stem Couplings, and Flush -
Bottom Retainers ............................. Stainless steel, ASTM A276, Type 304
5. Fasteners .............................................. Stainless steel, ASTM F593/F594 alloy
group 1
6. Flush -bottom seal .................................... Neoprene, ASTM D2000
2.3 CONFORMANCE
A. Sluice Gates
1. Conform to AWWA C501 for cast iron sluice gates.
2.4 COMPONENTS
A. Sluice Gates
1. Gate Frame and Guides:
a. Gate frame and guides shall be cast in one piece and shall be Flat Back or Flange
Back as designated in the Gate Schedule. The back of the frame shall be
machined to a plane and drilled to mate with the wall thimble.
b. The guides shall be cast as an integral part of the frame and shall be sufficiently
long to retain at least one-half of the vertical height of the slide when it is in the
01257198 SLUICE GATES 11290-2
O1/01
0
►F1
3.
EM
01257198
01/01
Ga
5.
W
fully open position. Guides shall be capable of safely withstanding the full thrust
due to water pressure and wedging action. Guide grooves shall be accurately
machined to provide free movement of the slide tongues and insure proper
engagement of the wedging devices.
C. Pads shall be cast on the frame and machined and drilled for mounting wedging
devices.
Gate Slide:
a. The gate slide shall be cast in one piece with vertical and horizontal ribs, pads
for attaching wedging devices, a stem block pocket and a reinforced section
around the perimeter to provide for mounting of the seating faces. The casting
shall be of ample section to safely withstand the maximum head specified.
b. A stem block shall be provided to attach the gate slide to the stem. It shall be
threaded and provided with a means of locking it to the rising stem after it is
installed.
C. Pads for mounting wedging devices shall be machined and drilled. A groove
shall be cut in each pad to receive the mounting tongue of the side wedges.
Seating Faces:
a. A full -width dovetail slot shall be machined around the waterway opening of the
frame and along the frame guide extensions to a minimum height equal to one-
half of the vertical gate opening. The perimeter of the slide shall be machined
with the same dovetail slot. Corrosion -resistant full -width dovetail faces shall be
securely mounted and held in position without the use of screws or other
fasteners. Seating faces shall be machined to a plane with a 63 micro -inch
(RMS) finish or better. With the slide in the fully closed and wedged position in
the frame, the clearance between faces shall not exceed .004 inch.
Wedging Devices
a. Each gate shall be provided with sufficient wedging devices to provide a practical
degree of watertightness. Wedging devices shall be designed to wedge the
seating faces of the slide against those on the frame when the gate is fully closed.
Wedging devices shall be adjustable and provided with positive means of locking.
Individual parts of each wedging device shall be removable and replaceable
without complete disassembly of the gate or guide. All gates shall be equipped
with side wedging devices. Side wedges shall be keyed and attached to the slide
with corrosion -resistant fasteners. Each side wedge block shall be provided with
a corrosion -resistant wedging contact face and attached to the frame with two
corrosion -resistant fasteners. All contact faces of wedges and wedge blocks shall
be precision -finished with 63 micro -inch finish or better.
Flush -Bottom Seal
a. Flush -bottom gates shall be provided with a frame -mounted flush -bottom seal.
The solid bulb resilient rubber seal shall be firmly held in place using stainless
steel retainers and corrosion -resistant fasteners. The full length of the bottom
edge of the slide shall be machined for making uniform contact with the seal
when it is mounted on the frame. The differential pressure on the rubber seal
shall be variable by adjustment of wedges on the gate.
Wall Thimble
a. Wall thimble shall be a heavy, one-piece iron casting of F -type configuration. A
center ring or water stop shall be cast around the periphery of the thimble. The
front face of the thimble shall be machined and holes drilled and tapped for
attaching the gate with corrosion -resistant metal studs. The vertical centerline
SLUICE GATES 11290-3
shall be clearly marked at top and bottom to permit alignment of the front face in
the vertical plane. Wall thimble shall be internally braced during concrete
placement to prevent warping. Square thimbles shall be provided with holes in
the invert to allow satisfactory concrete placement beneath the thimble. Holes
shall be on centers of 24 in. or less. A rubber gasket of uniform thickness or a
mastic shall be used to form a seal between the front face of the thimble and the
back of the gate frame. E -type or mechanical joint wall thimbles shall have the
back flange drilled and machined as shown in the plans or specified in the "Gate
Schedule".
7. Stems and Stem Splices:
a. Stems shall be made of solid round stainless steel bars. Stem diameter shall be
adequate to withstand the opening and closing thrusts and torsion encountered in
the operation of the gate under the unbalanced head shown in the gate schedule
and to transmit in compression at least two times the rated output of the lift with
a 25-1b effort on the crank or handwheel. Stems shall be furnished in reasonable
lengths to permit easy installation and removal. Threading on stems shall be
rolled with double -lead threads of the Acme type of proper length to allow for
full gate opening. Cut threads will not be allowed.
b. The contact surfaces of the threads shall have a maximum 16 micro -inch finish.
Stem couplings shall have internal threads for transmitting the full thrust of the
stem and shall be held in place on the stem by bolts, or with a key simultaneously
engaging the coupling and both stems.
8. Stem Guides:
a. Stem guides shall be fully adjustable, heavy-duty castings with bronze bushed,
removable cast iron collars. They shall be properly spaced to support the stem as
a long column, with maximum spacing not exceeding 1/r of 200.
9. Manual Lifts:
a. The lifts shall be of the T -handle or enclosed gear type. Gears shall be steel with
machine -cut teeth designed for smooth operation. The gearing and lift nut shall
be mounted in a cast iron housing which, in turn, shall be supported by a cast
iron pedestal to place the input shaft approximately 36 in. above the floor.
Lubrication fittings shall be provided in the gear housing to permit lubrication of
all gears and bearings. A maximum effort of 25 lb. shall be required to operate
the gate after it is unseated from its wedging devices. All rising stem gates shall
be supplied with a clear plastic stem cover and position indicator. Lift nuts shall
be high-strength bronze. Oil bath lubrication shall not be allowed.
2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests. Complete a factory inspection to verify proper gate assembly. Operate the gate
through at least five complete cycles from full open to full closed before shipment.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All parts shall be installed and adjusted by the contractor in a workmanlike manner. The
manufacturer shall furnish necessary drawings and detailed installation, operation, and
01257198 SLUICE GATES 11290-4
01/01
0"
r-�
maintenance instructions for all components. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to
handle, store, and install all parts in accordance with the manufacturer's detailed written
recommendations. Stem threads shall be lubricated prior to operation of the gate.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests
1. After installation and before the gates are put into operation, a leakage test shall be
performed on all sluice gates in accordance with AWWA C501. Excess leakage shall
be reduced to this maximum by adjusting the gate and its wedges.
2. Demonstrate proper installation and operation by exercising the gate through at least
five cycles under the design conditions.
B. Manufacturer's Field Service.
1. Provide a qualified manufacturer's representative for one trip of one day to supervise
the gate installation.
2. Training. Provide a qualified representative, for one trip of one day, from the
manufacturer to perform operation and maintenance training for the Owner's personnel.
3.3 SPARE PARTS
A. Provide spare parts as recommended by the manufacturer as well as the following:
1. One year's supply of all lubricant types.
2. One set of seals for each gate type and size.
3.4 GATE SCHEDULE
END OF SECTION
01257198 SLUICE GATES
01/01
11290-5
Diameter of
Gate Type:
Maximun operating Head (ft)
Square Front
Seating
Unseating
Quantity
Required
Opening
Self -Contained or
Bottom Type
Flush/Std.
Operator
Manual/Electric
Flange
Wall Thimble
Material
Combination
Remarks
(in)
Not Self-contained
DesigniOperating
Design/Operating
Typell-ength
1
24
Not
14
5
Flush
Manual
E -Type
Comb #1
Round Opening
(Floor Box)
10"
1
24
Not
14
5
Flush
Manual
F -Type
Comb #1
Square Opening
(Floor Box)
10"
1
48
Not
22
19
Flush
Manual
E -Type
Comb #1
Round Opening
(Pedestal)
10"
1
48
Not
22
19
Flush
Manual
F -Type
Comb #1
Round Opening
(Pedestal)
10"
END OF SECTION
01257198 SLUICE GATES
01/01
11290-5
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
01257198 SLUICE GATES 11290-6
O1/01
M
SECTION 11296
ELASTOMERIC CHECK VALVES
PARTI- GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. "Duckbill" style elastomeric check valves for storm water control.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. General. Submit in accordance with the requirement of Section 01330 Submittals. In
addition to the requirements in Section 01330, include the following:
1. Product literature that includes information on the performance and operation of the
valve, materials of construction, dimensions and weights, elastomer characteristics,
flow data, headloss data and pressure ratings.
2. Upon request, provide shop drawings that clearly identify the valve dimensions.
B. Operation and Maintenance. Submit operation and maintenance information in accordance
with the specifications.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Supplier shall have at least ten (10) years experience in the manufacture of "duckbill" style
elastomeric valves, and shall provide references and a list of installations upon request.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Protection. Store and protect the equipment in accordance with the
manufacturers written instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
.R,
A. All valves shall be of the Series TF -1 as manufactured by the Red Valve Co., Inc. of
Carnegie, PA 15106, (412) 279-0044, or approved equal.
1. Maximum opening head, full open -1.0 feet, partial open -0.5 feet.
2. Maximum full -closure head -2 feet.
3. Maximum reverse head -20 feet.
01257198 ELASTOMERIC CHECK VALVES 11296-1
01/01
2.2 FUNCTION
A. When line pressure inside the valve exceeds the backpressure outside the valve by a certain
amount, the line pressure forces the bills of the valve open, allowing flow to pass. When
backpressure exceeds the line pressure by the same amount, the bills of the valve are forced
closed. The flat bottom allows the valve to be installed where minimal bottom clearance
exists.
2.3 "DUCKBILL" ELASTOMERIC CHECK VALVES
A. Check Valves are to be all rubber of the flow operated check type with a slip-on connection.
The Check Valve is designed to slip over the specified pipe outside diameter and attached by
means of vendor furnished stainless steel clamps. The port area shall contour down to a
duckbill, which shall allow passage of flow in one direction while preventing reverse flow.
The valve shall be one piece rubber construction with nylon reinforcement. The duckbill shall
be offset so that the bottom line of the valve is flat, keeping the invert of the pipe parallel with
the invert of the valve. The top of the valve shall rise to form the duckbill shape. In sizes
20" and larger, the bill portion shall be thinner and more flexible than the valve body, and
formed into a curve of 180'.
B. Manufacturer must have available flow test data from an accredited hydraulics laboratory to
confirm pressure drop data. Company name, plant location, valve size and serial number
shall be bonded to the check valve. Valves shall be manufactured in the USA.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Valve shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's written installation and Operation
Manual and approved submittals. -
3.2 MANUFACTURER'S CUSTOMER SERVICE
A. Manufacturer's authorized representative shall be available for customer service during
installation and start-up, and to train Owner's personnel in the operation, maintenance and
troubleshooting of the valve.
B. Manufacturer shall also make customer service available directly from the factory in addition
to authorized representatives for assistance during installation and start-up, and to train
Owner's personnel in the operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the valve.
END OF SECTION 11296
01257198 ELASTOMERIC CHECK VALVES 11296-2
O1/01